This is a modern-English version of Philippine progress prior to 1898 : a source book of Philippine history to supply a fairer view of Filipino participation and supplement the defective Spanish accounts, originally written by Craig, Austin, Benitez, Conrado O.. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Newly Designed Front Cover.
A Source Book of Philippine History
To Supply a Fairer View of Filipino Participation and Supplement the Defective Spanish Accounts
Philippine Progress Prior to 1898
Philippine Education Co., Inc., Manila, 1916
[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The following 720 pages are divided into two volumes, each of which, for the convenience of the reader, is paged separately and has its index, or table of contents:

The following 720 pages are split into two volumes, each of which is separately paged for the reader's convenience and has its own index or table of contents:

VOLUME I

VOLUME 1

I. The Old Philippines’ Industrial Development

I. The Old Philippines’ Industrial Development

(Chapters of an Economic History)

(Chapters of an Economic History)

I.—Agriculture and Landholding at the time of the Discovery and Conquest. II.—Industries at the Time of Discovery and Conquest. III.—Trade and Commerce at the Time of Discovery and Conquest. IV.—Trade and Commerce; the Period of Restriction. V.—The XIX Century and Economic Development.

I.—Agriculture and Landholding during the Discovery and Conquest. II.—Industries during the Time of Discovery and Conquest. III.—Trade and Commerce during the Time of Discovery and Conquest. IV.—Trade and Commerce; the Period of Restrictions. V.—The 19th Century and Economic Development.

By Professor Conrado Benitez

By Prof. Conrado Benitez

II. The Filipinos’ Part in the Philippines’ Past

II. The Role of Filipinos in the History of the Philippines

(Pre-Spanish Philippine History A. D. 43–1565; Beginnings of Philippine Nationalism.)

(Pre-Spanish Philippine History A. D. 43–1565; The Origins of Philippine Nationalism.)

By Professor Austin Craig

By Prof. Austin Craig

VOLUME II

VOLUME 2

(Jagor’s Travels in the Philippines; Comyn’s State of the Philippines in 1810; Wilkes’ Manila and Sulu in 1842; White’s Manila in 1819; Virchow’s Peopling of the Philippines; 1778 and 1878; English Views of the People and Prospects of the Philippines; and Karuth’s Filipino Merchants of the Early 1890s)

(Jagor’s Travels in the Philippines; Comyn’s State of the Philippines in 1810; Wilkes’ Manila and Sulu in 1842; White’s Manila in 1819; Virchow’s Peopling of the Philippines; 1778 and 1878; English Views of the People and Prospects of the Philippines; and Karuth’s Filipino Merchants of the Early 1890s)

Edited by Professor Craig

Edited by Prof. Craig

Made in ManilaPress of E. C. McCullough & Co.The Work of Filipinos

Made in ManilaPress of E. C. McCullough & Co.The Work of Filipinos

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Editor’s Explanations and Acknowledgments

This work is pre-requisite to the needed re-writing of Philippine history as the story of its people. The present treatment, as a chapter of Spanish history, has been so long accepted that deviation from the standard story without first furnishing proof would demoralize students and might create the impression that a change of government justified re-stating the facts of the past in the way which would pander to its pride.

This work is essential for the necessary re-writing of Philippine history as the narrative of its people. The current approach, viewed as a part of Spanish history, has been accepted for so long that straying from the standard story without providing evidence would confuse students and might give the impression that a change in government justifies altering the facts of the past to boost its pride.

With foreigners’ writing, the extracts herein have been extensive, even to the inclusion of somewhat irrelevant matter to save any suspicion that the context might modify the quotation’s meaning. The choice of matter has been to supplement what is now available in English, and, wherever possible, reference data have taken the place of quotation, even at the risk of giving a skeletony effect.

With the writings of foreigners, the excerpts included here have been extensive, even to the point of including some irrelevant information to avoid any suspicion that the context might alter the meaning of the quotations. The selected material aims to enhance what is currently available in English, and, whenever possible, reference data has replaced direct quotes, even at the risk of creating a sparse effect.

Another rule has been to give no personal opinion, where a quotation within reasonable limits could be found to convey the same idea, and, where given, it is because an explanation is considered essential. A conjunction of circumstances fortunate for us made possible this publication. Last August the Bureau of Education were feeling disappointment over the revised school history which had failed to realize their requirements; the Department of History, Economics and Sociology of the University were regretting their inability to make their typewritten material available for all their students; and Commissioner Quezon came back from Washington vigorously protesting against continuing in the public schools a Philippine history text which took no account of what American scholarship has done to supplement Spain’s stereotyped story. Thus there were three problems but the same solution served for all.

Another rule has been to avoid personal opinions when a quote within reasonable limits conveys the same idea, and, when provided, it’s because an explanation is deemed essential. A lucky combination of circumstances made this publication possible. Last August, the Bureau of Education was disappointed with the revised school history that didn’t meet their expectations; the Department of History, Economics, and Sociology at the University was regretting their inability to distribute their typewritten material to all their students; and Commissioner Quezon returned from Washington vigorously protesting against the continued use of a Philippine history text in public schools that ignored the contributions of American scholarship to improving Spain’s clichéd narrative. So, there were three problems, but the same solution worked for all.

Commissioner Rafael Palma, after investigation, championed furnishing a copy of such a book as the present work is and Chairman Leuterio of the Assembly Committee on Public Instruction lent his support. With the assistance of Governor-General Harrison and Speaker Osmeña, and the endorsement of Secretary Martin of the Department of Public Instruction, the Bureau of Education obtained the necessary item in their section of the general appropriation act. Possibly no one deserves any credit for conforming to plain duty, but after listing all these high officials, it may not be out of place to mention that neither has there come from any one of them, nor from any one else for that matter, any suggestion of what should be said or left unsaid or how it should be said, nor has any one asked to see, or seen, any of our manuscript till after its publication. Insular Purchasing Agent Magee, who had been, till his promotion, Acting Director of the Bureau of Education, Director Crone, returned from the San Francisco Exposition, and Acting Auditor Dexter united to smoothe the way for rapid work so the order placed in January is being filled in less than three months. Three others whose endorsements have materially assisted in the accomplishment of the work are President Villamor of our University, Director Francisco Benitez of its School of Education, and Director J. A. Robertson of the Philippine Library. And in recalling the twelve years of study here which has shown the importance of these notes there come to mind the names of those to whom I have been accustomed to go for suggestion and advice: Mariano Ponce, of the Assembly Library, Manuel Artigas, of the Filipiniana Section of the Philippines Library, Manuel Iriarte of the Executive Bureau Archives, Dr. T. H. Pardo de Tavera and Epifanio de los Santos, associates in the Philippine Academy, Leon and Fernando Guerrero, Jaime C. De Veyra, Valentin Ventura, of Barcelona, J. M. Ramirez, of Paris, the late Rafael del Pan, José Basa, of Hongkong, and Doctor Regidor, of London, all Filipinos, Doctor N. M. Saleeby, H. Otley Beyer, Dr. David P. Barrows, now of the University of California, along with assistance from the late Professor Ferdinand Blumentritt, of Leitmeritz, Dr. C. M. Heller, of Dresden, and the authorities of the British Museum, Congressional Library, America Institute of Berlin, University of California Library, and the Hongkong and Shanghai public libraries and Royal Asiatic Society branches.

Commissioner Rafael Palma, after his investigation, advocated for providing a copy of this book and Chairman Leuterio of the Assembly Committee on Public Instruction supported him. With help from Governor-General Harrison and Speaker Osmeña, along with the endorsement of Secretary Martin from the Department of Public Instruction, the Bureau of Education secured the necessary funding in their part of the general appropriation act. It might seem that no one deserves credit for simply doing their job, but after mentioning these high officials, it feels appropriate to note that none of them, nor anyone else for that matter, suggested what should be included or excluded, or how it should be expressed, nor did anyone request to review our manuscript until after it was published. Insular Purchasing Agent Magee, who until his promotion had been Acting Director of the Bureau of Education, Director Crone, who returned from the San Francisco Exposition, and Acting Auditor Dexter worked together to expedite the process so the order placed in January was completed in less than three months. Three others whose support significantly contributed to the project's success are President Villamor of our University, Director Francisco Benitez from its School of Education, and Director J. A. Robertson of the Philippine Library. Reflecting on the twelve years of study here that emphasized the importance of these notes, I remember those I frequently turned to for suggestions and advice: Mariano Ponce from the Assembly Library, Manuel Artigas from the Filipiniana Section of the Philippines Library, Manuel Iriarte from the Executive Bureau Archives, Dr. T. H. Pardo de Tavera, and Epifanio de los Santos, members of the Philippine Academy, Leon and Fernando Guerrero, Jaime C. De Veyra, Valentin Ventura from Barcelona, J. M. Ramirez from Paris, the late Rafael del Pan, José Basa from Hongkong, and Doctor Regidor from London, all Filipinos, as well as Doctor N. M. Saleeby, H. Otley Beyer, Dr. David P. Barrows, now at the University of California, along with support from the late Professor Ferdinand Blumentritt from Leitmeritz, Dr. C. M. Heller from Dresden, and the staff at the British Museum, Congressional Library, American Institute of Berlin, University of California Library, and branches of the Hongkong and Shanghai public libraries and Royal Asiatic Society.

It is due the printer, Mr. Frederic H. Stevens, manager of E. C. McCullough & Co.’s press; Mr. John Howe who figured out a sufficient and satisfactory paper supply despite the war-time scarcity; and Superintendent Noronha, that after the first vigorous protests against departures from established printing-house usages, they loyally co-operated in producing a book whose chief consideration has been the reader’s use. Paper, ink, special press-work and the clear-cut face chosen for the hand-set type have combined to get a great deal more matter into the same space without sacrifice of legibility; putting minor headings in the margin has been another space-saver which as well facilitates reference, while the omission of the customary blank pages and spaces between articles has materially aided in keeping down unnecessary bulk. Printed in the usual style this book should have run over twelve hundred octavo pages as against its under two-thirds that number of a but slightly larger page.

It’s thanks to the printer, Mr. Frederic H. Stevens, manager of E. C. McCullough & Co.’s press; Mr. John Howe, who managed to secure a reliable paper supply despite the wartime shortages; and Superintendent Noronha, that after some strong initial complaints about changes to the usual printing practices, they all worked together to create a book focused on the reader’s experience. The choice of paper, ink, special press techniques, and the clear typeface used for the hand-set type have all helped fit significantly more content into the same space without losing readability. Putting minor headings in the margins has saved space and made referencing easier, while getting rid of the usual blank pages and gaps between articles has helped reduce unnecessary bulk. If printed in the standard format, this book would have exceeded twelve hundred octavo pages, whereas it takes up less than two-thirds of that number on a slightly larger page.

And finally, my colleague, Professor Conrado Benitez, besides furnishing promptly his part of the manuscript has been chief adviser and most zealous in carrying out our joint plan.

And finally, my colleague, Professor Conrado Benitez, in addition to quickly providing his section of the manuscript, has been the main advisor and most enthusiastic in executing our joint plan.

Austin Craig.

Austin Craig.

University of the Philippines,
March 27, 1916.

University of the Philippines,
March 27, 1916.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Contents

Philippine Progress Prior to 1898

THE OLD PHILIPPINES’ INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT

Philippines' Industrial Development in the Past

Chapters of an Economic History

Chapters of an Economic History

by Conrado Benitez, A. M. (Chicago)

by Conrado Benitez, A. M. (Chicago)

Assistant Professor of Economics and Sociology in the University of the Philippines

Assistant Professor of Economics and Sociology at the University of the Philippines

I. Agriculture and Landholding at the time of the Discovery and Conquest.
II. Industries at the Time of Discovery and Conquest.
III. Trade and Commerce at the Time of Discovery and Conquest.
IV. Trade and Commerce; the Period of Restriction.
V. The XIX Century and Economic Development.

PHILIPPINE EDUCATION CO., INC., MANILA, 1916

PHILIPPINE EDUCATION CO., INC., MANILA, 1916

Filipino Writers Quoted in “The Old Philippines’ Industrial Development”:

Filipino Writers Cited in “The Old Philippines’ Industrial Development”:

  • Citizens of the Philippine Islands, “Memorial to the Council,” Manila, 1586.
  • Gobernadorcillo Nicolas Ramos, “Affidavit for Governor Dasmariñas,” Cubao, 1591.
  • Chief Miguel Banal, “Petition to the King of Spain,” Manila, 1609.
  • Governor Manuel Azcarraga y Palmero, “The Freedom of Trade in the Philippines,” Madrid, 1872.
  • Gregorio Sangclanco y Gozon, LL. D., “The Progress of the Philippines,” Madrid, 1884.
  • Dr. Jose Rizal Mercado y Alonso, “Annotations to Morga’s Events in the Philippines,” Paris, 1890.
  • Rizal’s The Indolence of the Filipinos, Madrid. 1889.
  • T. H. Pardo de Tavera, M. D., “Philippine Census, Volume I, History,” Manila, 1903.
  • Tavera’s Economic Development Results of the Philippines, Manila, 1912.
  • Antonio M. Regidor, D.C.L., (with J. Warren T. Mason), “Commercial Progress in the Philippine Islands,” London, 1905.

Made in ManilaPress of E. C. McCullough & Co.The Work of Filipinos [1]

Made in ManilaPress of E. C. McCullough & Co.The Work of Filipinos [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Introduction

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Need of more study of Philippine Economic Development.

The Spanish writers, and with them the Filipinos as well as, to a great extent, writers of Philippine treatises in other languages, have over-emphasized the political history of the Philippines. The history of this country has been regarded but as the history of the Spaniards in it, and not of its people, the Filipinos.1 Hence arises the need of studying our history from the point of view of the development of our people, especially to trace and show the part played by them in Philippine social progress as a whole.2 [2]

The Spanish writers, along with Filipinos and many authors of Philippine works in other languages, have focused too much on the political history of the Philippines. The history of this country has often been seen only as the history of the Spaniards here, rather than the history of its own people, the Filipinos. 1 This highlights the importance of studying our history from the perspective of our people's development, especially to identify and showcase the role they played in the overall social progress of the Philippines. 2 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The study of the economic history of a country is important also because economic forces play a great part in the development of any people. Indeed, some claim that all history may be explained in terms of economic motives. This is known as the economic interpretation of history.3 Without going into the controversy centering around this theory, we can readily see that what we know as civilization has a two-fold basis, the physical and the psychical. And it is only after the physical basis is secured, that further psychical advance is possible. “Among all species, and in every stage of evolution, the extent of aggregation and its place or position are determined by external physical conditions. Even when men have become united by sympathies and beliefs, the possibility of perpetuating their union is a question of the character and resources of their environment. The distribution of food is the dominating fact. Animals and men dwell together where a food supply is found, or may be certainly and easily produced. Other physical circumstances of the environment, however, such as temperature and exposure, surface and altitude, which make life in some places comparatively easy, in others difficult or impossible, exert an influence not to be overlooked.” (Franklin Henry Giddings, The Principles of Sociology, p. 82. New York: 1911.)

The study of the economics history of a country is important because economic forces play a significant role in the development of any society. In fact, some argue that all of history can be understood through economic motives. This idea is known as the economic interpretation of history.3 Without diving into the debate surrounding this theory, we can easily see that what we consider civilization rests on two foundations: the physical and the mental. Only after establishing the physical foundation can we make further progress on the mental aspect. “Among all species, and at every stage of evolution, the level of grouping and its location are determined by external physical conditions. Even when people come together due to shared feelings and beliefs, the sustainability of their unity depends on the characteristics and resources of their environment. The availability of food is the key factor. Animals and humans live together where food is available or can be reliably and easily produced. Other physical factors in the environment, like temperature and exposure, terrain, and altitude, which make life easier in some areas and difficult or impossible in others, also have an important impact that should not be overlooked.” (Franklin Henry Giddings, The Principles of Sociology, p. 82. New York: 1911.)

We need not trace the history of early civilizations to show the influence exerted by physical factors. We need only to recall the motives, familiar to all, which led to the discovery of America, namely, the closing of the trade routes to the East through the conquest of the [3]Turks. And the history of this country itself furnishes many illustrations. Both ancient and modern writers have had a good deal to say about the strategic position of the Philippine Islands in relation to the countries bordering around the Pacific Ocean.4 It was that central geographical position which explained the marked predominance of Manila as a trade depot over all the other ports in the Orient, at one time in our history. That was, furthermore, the reason why the Spaniards kept the country; they wanted to use it “as a means to [4]be nearer, and to reach more quickly, the rich country of spices, and then the continent of Asia, Japan, and the Orient in general.”5

We don’t need to go through the history of early civilizations to show how physical factors influenced them. We just have to remember the motives, which are well-known to everyone, that led to the discovery of America, specifically the closure of trade routes to the East after the Turks took control. The history of this country also provides many examples. Both ancient and modern writers have discussed the strategic importance of the Philippine Islands in relation to the nations surrounding the Pacific Ocean. That central geographical position is what made Manila a major trade hub compared to all the other ports in the Orient at one point in our history. Furthermore, that’s why the Spaniards held onto the country; they wanted to use it as a way to get closer and reach more quickly the rich spice lands, and then the continent of Asia, Japan, and the Orient as a whole.

Finally, we should distinguish the various causes that explain historical events. For example, a good deal of what has been known as the religious question in this country, is not concerned with religion at all, but chiefly with economics. It is not always easy to distinguish these various causes; a fact which only goes to explain the one-sided point of view which has prevailed till the present. But, that the questions connected [5]with the means of getting a living were considered paramount, even long before the formal exposition of the economic interpretation of history, may be seen from the words of the provincials of the religious orders in a remonstrance addressed to the governor and captain-general of the Philippines, wherein they depicted the deplorable conditions in the Islands:

Finally, we should differentiate the various causes that explain historical events. For instance, a large part of what has been referred to as the religious question in this country isn’t actually about religion at all, but mainly about economics. It’s not always easy to identify these different causes; this fact only highlights the one-sided perspective that has dominated until now. However, the issues related to the means of earning a living were seen as very important, even long before the formal explanation of the economic interpretation of history. This can be observed in the words of the members of the religious orders in a complaint addressed to the governor and captain-general of the Philippines, where they described the terrible conditions in the Islands:

“Third, all the Christian Indians would be more steadfast and rooted in the holy faith, and would become effective and most suitable instruments for (gaining) new conversions of infidels (and) apostates, the infidels themselves beholding the abundant wealth and profit, and other benefits, of the Christian Indians; FOR IT IS THE TEMPORAL WELFARE EVIDENT TO THEIR SENSES WHICH, AS EXPERIENCE TEACHES US, STRONGLY INFLUENCES BOTH CLASSES OF INDIANS, TO BE CONVERTED OR TO MAINTAIN THEMSELVES IN THE CHRISTIAN FAITH.”6

“Third, all the Christian Indians would be more committed and grounded in their faith, making them effective and suitable instruments for converting non-believers and those who have strayed. The non-believers themselves would see the wealth and benefits that Christian Indians enjoy; For it is the immediate well-being evident to their senses that, as experience shows us, strongly influences both groups of Indians to either convert or stay in the Christian faith..”6

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Divisions of present work.

The present work is built around a group of ideas briefly summarized as follows: The first three chapters portray the industries and commerce at the time of the coming of the Spaniards; and explain the causes that led to their decline; the fourth chapter dwells upon the era of restriction, and the Manila-Acapulco trade, which, for over two centuries, dominated this country, and has had such depressing effect upon economic growth; the last chapter takes up the era of liberalism, during the nineteenth century, and shows how the opening of the Philippines to foreign influence resulted in the development of its natural resources. Any attempt to trace Philippine economic development in the past three centuries must necessarily start, not so much with a detailed account of how the industries developed as with an exposition of how they were not developed. On the other hand, the remarkable social progress of the last half of the nineteenth century, following the opening of the markets of the world to Philippine products, is an encouraging indication of probable social advance yet to be attained. [6]

The current work revolves around a set of ideas summarized as follows: The first three chapters describe the industries and commerce at the time when the Spaniards arrived, and explain the reasons for their decline; the fourth chapter focuses on the period of restrictions and the Manila-Acapulco trade, which dominated this country for over two centuries and had a detrimental impact on economic growth; the last chapter addresses the era of liberalism in the nineteenth century and illustrates how the opening of the Philippines to foreign influences led to the development of its natural resources. Any effort to trace the economic development of the Philippines over the past three centuries must begin, not so much with a detailed account of how industries evolved, but rather with an explanation of how they were not developed. Conversely, the significant social progress in the latter half of the nineteenth century, following the opening of global markets to Philippine products, is a hopeful sign of potential social advancement yet to come. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 “This modest work, which does not pretend to be without mistakes, and perhaps other flaws, has a special interest in that it treats of a matter about which the historians of those islands had hardly occupied themselves. The chronicles written by the laborious ecclesiastics, the only books of history which may be consulted about the Philippines, contain nothing but descriptions of the campaigns against the Dutch, the wars against the infidels—in the Archipelago as well as on the continent of Asia—the rebellions of the natives in some provinces, so easily suppressed, the bloody encounters with the Chinese settled in the islands, portentous miracles, progress of the missions in China, Annam and Japan, famous conflicts between the ecclesiastical jurisdiction and the civil power represented by the Governor General and the Real Acuerdo, great crimes, other notable events of different kinds and changes in the personnel and form of administration of the country.

1 “This humble work, which doesn’t claim to be without errors and possibly other shortcomings, is particularly interesting because it addresses a topic that the historians of those islands hardly covered. The chronicles written by the diligent clergy, the only historical texts available about the Philippines, consist solely of accounts of the campaigns against the Dutch, the wars against non-believers—both in the Archipelago and on the Asian continent—the easily quashed rebellions by the locals in some provinces, the violent clashes with the Chinese settlers in the islands, miraculous events, the progress of missions in China, Annam, and Japan, notable conflicts between church authority and the civil power represented by the Governor General and the Real Acuerdo, major crimes, various significant events of different types, and changes in the personnel and structure of the country’s administration.

“But in all these works, though useful and important, there is observed, among others, the absence of antecedents relative to economic and mercantile legislation, the scarcity of data to show the development of wealth of the country and of its commercial movement, the lack of a critical analysis of the legal provisions concerning such activities, and of their influence on the decadence or progress of production and commerce.” (Manuel Azcarraga y Palmero, Gobernador civil cesante de Manila, Alcalde mayor que ha sido de Cagayan y de Bulacan, Auditor honorario de Marina, etc., La Libertad de Comercio en las Islas Filipinas.—Madrid, 1872, pp. 9–10.)

“But in all these works, while they are useful and important, it’s clear that there is a lack of background information regarding economic and trade laws, a shortage of data to demonstrate the development of the country’s wealth and commercial activity, a deficiency in critical analysis of the legal provisions related to these activities, and their effect on the decline or growth of production and commerce.” (Manuel Azcarraga y Palmero, Gobernador civil cesante de Manila, Alcalde mayor que ha sido de Cagayan y de Bulacan, Auditor honorario de Marina, etc., La Libertad de Comercio en las Islas Filipinas.—Madrid, 1872, pp. 9–10.)

2 “ * * * The result is that Spanish writers, with them the Filipinos, and to a great extent the writers of Philippine treatises in other languages (drawing hastily upon Spanish sources), have over emphasized the political history of this Philippine record. Of course, in Spain and the Spanish countries long-standing habit makes it the tendency to look to government for everything, and to think of all amelioration of evils and all incitements to progress as coming from above; while social and economic conditions in the Philippines are such as to emphasize this tendency, the aristocracy of wealth and education standing apart from the masses and being, to the latter, identified in the main with the government, with the “powers above.” Nevertheless, it is to be insisted that social and economic progress in the Philippines during the last half-century should be considered separately and studied more practically than they have been thus far.” (Le Roy’s Bibliographical Notes.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 52, 134.)

2 “ * * * The result is that Spanish writers, along with Filipinos, and to a large extent, writers of Philippine texts in other languages (often quickly referencing Spanish sources), have placed too much emphasis on the political history of the Philippines. In Spain and Spanish-speaking countries, there’s a long-standing habit of looking to the government for everything and believing that all improvements to problems and all initiatives for progress come from those in power. This is further emphasized by the social and economic conditions in the Philippines, where the wealthy and educated aristocracy is often seen as separate from the masses, and for the latter, they are mainly identified with the government and the "powers that be." However, it must be emphasized that the social and economic progress in the Philippines over the past fifty years should be viewed and studied separately and more practically than it has been so far.” (Le Roy’s Bibliographical Notes.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 52, 134.)

3 For detailed discussion of this theory, see The Economic Interpretation of History, by E. R. A. Seligman. Also, History of Civilization in England, by H. T. Buckle, Vol. I, Chapter II, Influence Exercised by Physical Laws over Organization of Society and the Character of Individuals. This chapter is reprinted in Sociology and Social Progress, by T. N. Carver.

3 For a detailed discussion of this theory, check out The Economic Interpretation of History by E. R. A. Seligman. Also, take a look at History of Civilization in England by H. T. Buckle, Vol. I, Chapter II, Influence Exercised by Physical Laws over Organization of Society and the Character of Individuals. This chapter is reprinted in Sociology and Social Progress by T. N. Carver.

4 “In many ways the next decade of the history of the Philippines may resemble the splendid development of the neighboring country of Japan. Both countries have in past times been isolated more or less from the life and thought of the modern world. Both are now open to the full current of human affairs. Both countries promise to play an important part in the politics and commerce of the Far East. Geographically, the Philippines occupy the more central and influential position, and the success of the institutions of the Philippines may react upon the countries of southeastern Asia and Malaysia to an extent that we cannot appreciate or foresee.” (Dr. D. P. Barrows, A History of the Philippines, pp. 9–10.)

4 “In many ways, the next decade in the history of the Philippines may look a lot like the remarkable growth seen in neighboring Japan. Both countries were relatively isolated from the modern world in the past, but now they are open to global affairs. Each country has the potential to play a significant role in the politics and commerce of the Far East. Geographically, the Philippines are in a more central and influential position, and the success of its institutions could impact the countries of Southeast Asia and Malaysia in ways we can't fully understand or predict.” (Dr. D. P. Barrows, A History of the Philippines, pp. 9–10.)

“Manila was also the commercial center of the Far East, and the entrepôt through which the kingdoms of eastern Asia exchanged their wares. Here came great fleets of junks from China laden with stores. Morga fills nearly two pages with an enumeration of their merchandise, which included all manner of silks, brocades, furniture, pearls and gems, fruits, nuts, tame buffalo, geese, horses and mules, all kinds of animals, ‘even to birds in cages, some of which talk and others sing and which they make perform a thousand tricks; there are innumerable other gewgaws and knickknacks, which among Spaniards are in much esteem.’

“Manila was also the commercial hub of the Far East, serving as the trading post where the kingdoms of Eastern Asia exchanged their goods. Great fleets of junks from China arrived here, loaded with all sorts of supplies. Morga spends almost two pages listing their products, which included various silks, brocades, furniture, pearls and gems, fruits, nuts, domesticated buffalo, geese, horses, and mules, as well as all kinds of animals, ‘even birds in cages, some of which talk and others sing, and which they train to perform a thousand tricks; there are countless other trinkets and knickknacks, which are highly valued among Spaniards.’”

“Each year a fleet of thirty to forty vessels sailed with the new moon in March. The voyage across the China Sea, rough with the monsoons, occupied fifteen or twenty days, and the fleet returned at the end of May or the beginning of June. Between October and March there came, each year, Japanese ships from Nagasaki which brought wheat, silks, objects of art, and weapons, and took away from Manila the raw silk of China, gold, deer horns, woods, honey, wax, palm-wine, and wine of Castile.

“Every year, a fleet of thirty to forty ships set sail with the new moon in March. The journey across the China Sea, rough due to the monsoons, took around fifteen to twenty days, and the fleet returned at the end of May or the beginning of June. Between October and March, Japanese ships from Nagasaki arrived each year, bringing wheat, silks, art objects, and weapons, and taking away from Manila raw silk from China, gold, deer horns, wood, honey, wax, palm wine, and wine from Castile.”

“From Malacca and India came fleets of the Portuguese subjects of Spain, with spices, slaves, Negroes and Kafirs, and the rich productions of Bengal, India, Persia, and Turkey. From Borneo, too, came the smaller craft of the Malays, who from their boats sold the fine palm mats, the best of which still come from Cagayan de Sulu and Borneo, slaves, sago, water-pots and glazed earthenware, black and fine. From Siam and Cambodia also, but less often, there came trading-ships. Manila was thus a great emporium for all the countries of the East, the trade of which seems to have been conducted largely by and through the merchants of Manila.” (Ibid., pp. 173–174.)

“From Malacca and India, fleets of Portuguese subjects of Spain arrived with spices, slaves, Black people, and Kafirs, as well as the valuable resources of Bengal, India, Persia, and Turkey. Smaller boats from the Malays also came from Borneo, where they sold fine palm mats—the best of which still come from Cagayan de Sulu and Borneo—along with slaves, sago, water pots, and high-quality glazed pottery. Trading ships occasionally arrived from Siam and Cambodia as well. Thus, Manila became a major trading center for all the Eastern countries, with most of the trade being carried out by merchants based in Manila.” (Ibid., pp. 173–174.)

“Their position, whether in a political or a commercial point of view, is strikingly advantageous. With India and the Malay Archipelago on the west and south, the islands of the fertile Pacific and the rising empires of the new world on the east, the vast market of China at their doors, their insular position and numerous rivers affording a facility of communication and defence to every part of them, an active and industrious population, climates of almost all varieties, a soil so fertile in vegetable and mineral productions as almost to exceed credibility; the Philippine Islands alone, in the hands of an industrious and commercial nation, and with a free and enlightened government would have become a mighty empire—they are—a waste!” (Bl. and Rb., Vol. 51, pp. 74–75, Remarks on the Philippine Islands, 1819–22, by “An Englishman.”)

“Their position, from both a political and business perspective, is extremely advantageous. With India and the Malay Archipelago to the west and south, the fertile islands of the Pacific and the emerging empires of the new world to the east, and the massive market of China right at their doorstep, their insular location and numerous rivers provide easy communication and defense throughout the region. They have a hardworking and industrious population, climates ranging nearly all varieties, and a soil so rich in both vegetable and mineral resources that it's almost unbelievable. The Philippine Islands alone, under an industrious and commercial nation with a free and enlightened government, could have become a powerful empire—they are—a waste!” (Bl. and Rb., Vol. 51, pp. 74–75, Remarks on the Philippine Islands, 1819–22, by “An Englishman.”)

5 “ * * * No one who has studied this subject with care can get rid of the idea that the religious aim was not the chief basis of the activities connected with the occupation of the Philippines. It was purely commercial. It was only later that the religious element acquired greater strength. * * * ”

5 “ * * * Anyone who has carefully examined this topic can’t shake the belief that the main motivation behind the activities related to the occupation of the Philippines wasn’t religious. It was strictly commercial. It was only afterwards that the religious aspect gained more significance. * * * ”

“ * * * In such mercantile activities, the Philippines played the role of a central market for the distribution of products between the West and East,—a work which was of greatest importance. * * * These Islands were not only a great commercial market, but also a great religious center. * * * ”

“ * * * In these trading activities, the Philippines served as a central marketplace for distributing goods between the West and East—a task that was extremely important. * * * These Islands were not just a major commercial hub, but also a significant religious center. * * * ”

“ * * * No one who has followed the opportunities offered to these Islands, can doubt the importance that they will have, due to their geographic position, in the modern commercial market which is opened to them with the establishment of their new means of communication with the world. (Referring to the Panama Canal.) These Islands, and not Japan, or Hongkong will bind the East with the West.” (“The Importance of the Study of Philippine Geography,”—Lecture delivered by Dr. J. A. Robertson, before the Asociación Geográfica de Filipinas, November 27, 1912.)

“ * * * Anyone who has looked into the opportunities these Islands provide can't doubt how significant they will be, given their geographic location, in the modern commercial market now accessible to them with the establishment of their new means of communication with the world. (Referring to the Panama Canal.) These Islands, not Japan or Hong Kong, will connect the East with the West.” (“The Importance of the Study of Philippine Geography,”—Lecture delivered by Dr. J. A. Robertson, before the Asociación Geográfica de Filipinas, November 27, 1912.)

6 Manila, October 7, 1701. (The Philippine Islands, 1493–1898—Blair and Robertson, Vol. 44, p. 139.)

6 Manila, October 7, 1701. (The Philippine Islands, 1493–1898—Blair and Robertson, Vol. 44, p. 139.)

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

I. Agriculture and Landholding at the Time of the Discovery and Conquest

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Agriculture.

At the time of the arrival of the Spaniards, agriculture in the Philippines was in a comparatively prosperous condition.1 The Filipinos cultivated rice, which, as today, formed their chief article of food. They grew also sugar-cane, coconuts, indigo, sweet potatoes, and other tubers, various kinds of bananas, the betel-nut palm, the tamarind, lansone, and several varieties of legumes,2 The hemp plant was likewise grown, [7]and as we shall see later on, was used at the time for making the so-called “sinamay” cloth.3 Cotton was [8]cultivated, and furnished the material for weaving. Among the native fruits mentioned by Morga are: “sanctors, mabolos, tamarinds, nancas, custard-apples, papaws, guavas, and everywhere many oranges, of all kinds—large and small, sweet and sour; citrons, lemons, and ten or twelve varieties of very healthful and palatable bananas.”4

At the time the Spaniards arrived, agriculture in the Philippines was relatively prosperous. The Filipinos cultivated rice, which, like today, was their main food source. They also grew sugarcane, coconuts, indigo, sweet potatoes, and other tubers, various kinds of bananas, the betel nut palm, tamarind, lansones, and several types of legumes. The hemp plant was also grown, and as we will see later, it was used at that time to make the so-called “sinamay” cloth. Cotton was cultivated and provided material for weaving. Among the native fruits mentioned by Morga are: “sanctors, mabolos, tamarinds, nancas, custard apples, papayas, guavas, and everywhere many oranges, of all kinds—large and small, sweet and sour; citrons, lemons, and ten or twelve varieties of very healthy and tasty bananas.”

With the coming of the Spaniards, very many plants which are commonly considered to be indigenous in this country, were introduced.5 The most important economic plant imported since Spanish discovery was the tobacco, which today forms one of the staple crops, though it took many years before it came to anything like its present position. The cacao nut also was imported. Among the most commonly known of the others are; maize, peanut, papaya, and, also pineapple, and sweet potato.6 All of these plants came from Mexico.7 Coffee was introduced from Europe.8 [9][10]

With the arrival of the Spaniards, many plants that are now commonly thought to be native to this country were brought over. The most significant economic plant introduced since the Spanish discovered the area was tobacco, which has since become one of the staple crops, although it took many years to reach its current status. The cacao nut was also brought in. Among the other well-known plants are maize, peanuts, papayas, pineapples, and sweet potatoes. All of these plants originated from Mexico. Coffee was introduced from Europe. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__][__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Live stock.

The Filipinos at the time of discovery had domestic animals, dogs, cats, pigs, goats and buffaloes, i.e. carabaos.9 “There were no horses, mares, or asses in the islands, until the Spaniards had them brought from China and brought them from Nueva Espana.”10 [11]

The Filipinos at the time of discovery had domestic animals like dogs, cats, pigs, goats, and buffaloes, specifically carabaos.9 “There were no horses, mares, or donkeys in the islands until the Spaniards brought them over from China and Nueva España.”10 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Kings of Spain in their instructions to the governors-general of the Philippines were solicitous about this matter of supplying this country with sufficient live stock to carry on farm work.11 The early accounts of expeditions to find food for the Spaniards show that chickens were raised by the Filipinos.12 [12]

The Kings of Spain, in their instructions to the governors-general of the Philippines, were concerned about ensuring this country had enough livestock to support farming. 11 Early records of expeditions to find food for the Spaniards indicate that Filipinos were raising chickens. 12 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

It has been truly said that the Filipino has been affected by the centuries of Spanish sovereignty far less on his material side than he has on his spiritual.13 For as we read the early accounts about agricultural life at the time of discovery and conquest, and compare it with that of a decade ago, we do not find any marked change or advance.14 The early Filipinos knew how to construct implements for the cultivation of their rice, such as for hulling and separating the chaff from the grain; and they had wooden mortars and pestles for [13]pounding and whitening rice. Then, the women did most of the work of pounding the rice for use, whereas today, the men do it.15 Furthermore, in the early days, the system of irrigating the rice fields that is used today was known and practiced.16 Of course, the so-called caing̃in method of cultivation prevailed, but the considerable amounts of rice which at various times were contributed by the Filipinos for the support of the Spanish conquerors could not have been produced under such a crude system of cultivation, but only by the more advanced one, which closely resembled that of the present time.17

It has been said that Filipinos have been influenced by centuries of Spanish rule more in their spiritual life than in their material life. 13 When we read the early accounts of agricultural life at the time of discovery and conquest and compare it to that of a decade ago, we don't see any significant changes or advancements. 14 The early Filipinos knew how to make tools for cultivating their rice, like those for hulling and separating the chaff from the grain; they had wooden mortars and pestles for [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]pounding and whitening rice. Back then, women did most of the work of pounding rice for use, but now, men do it. 15 Moreover, in the early days, the irrigation methods used for rice fields today were already known and practiced. 16 The so-called caing̃in method of cultivation was common, but the large quantities of rice that Filipinos contributed at various times to support the Spanish conquerors couldn’t have been produced with such a primitive cultivation system; it was only possible through a more advanced method that closely resembled the one we have today. 17

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Land holding.

The lands of the ancient Filipinos were divided among the whole barangay, so that each one had his holding and no resident of one barangay was allowed to cultivate lands in another barangay unless he had acquired them by inheritance, gift, or purchase. In some barangays the lands belonged to the chief through purchase from the original owners. In some localities the chiefs or principal personages also owned the fisheries, and their rights were respected.18 [14]

The land of the ancient Filipinos was divided among the entire barangay, so everyone had their own plot, and no one from one barangay was allowed to farm land in another barangay unless they inherited it, received it as a gift, or bought it. In some barangays, the land belonged to the chief, who purchased it from the original owners. In some areas, the chiefs or leading figures also owned the fishing areas, and their rights were honored.18 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

With the coming of the Spaniards, lands were assigned to the colonists, of which they were to have perpetual ownership after four years’ residence.19 Encomiendas of the Indians were also granted to the discoverers and conquerors.20 It is in connection with the administration of these encomiendas that we find in the annals of the Philippines many accounts of abuses and extortions practiced on the natives, and the consequent revolts. It must not, however, be supposed that the Filipinos were actually dispossessed of their lands by the king; for, although according to the constitutional law of the Indies the land and the soil in all [15]colonies were the domain of the king21 and, therefore, could be assigned to deserving persons, there were royal decrees intended to protect the natives in their time-honored possession.22 The question of land ownership [16]has, however, from earliest times been the source of conflicts between the religious orders and the people. Without going into the technical,—and perhaps today, academic,—question of which side had the better legal argument, the fact cannot be denied that the Filipinos had always protested, throughout the various centuries of contact with the Spaniards, against what they considered to be usurpation of their lands.23 [17]

With the arrival of the Spaniards, land was allocated to the colonists, giving them permanent ownership after four years of residence.19 Encomiendas of the Indigenous people were also granted to the explorers and conquerors.20 In connection with the management of these encomiendas, we find many records in the history of the Philippines about abuses and extortions inflicted on the natives, leading to uprisings. However, it should not be assumed that the Filipinos were actually stripped of their lands by the king; even though constitutional law of the Indies stated that the land and soil in all [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] colonies belonged to the king21 and could therefore be assigned to deserving individuals, there were royal decrees meant to protect the natives in their long-held possession.22 The issue of land ownership [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] has historically been a source of tension between religious orders and the people. Without delving into the technical—and perhaps now, academic—discussion of which side had a stronger legal argument, it cannot be denied that the Filipinos have consistently protested, throughout the centuries of contact with the Spaniards, against what they viewed as the usurpation of their lands.23 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 “Historia General de Filipinas,” Jose Montero y Vidal, Vol. 1, p. 66.

1 “General History of the Philippines,” Jose Montero y Vidal, Vol. 1, p. 66.

2 “Purposely introduced species comprise those of various other tropical countries that, for reason of their economic importance, have been introduced either in prehistoric or within historic times. Naturally the first plants introduced were those of the Malayan region that were familiar to the original invaders or their successors in western Malaya, and these include such species as Job’s tears (Coix lachryma-jobi L.), the more common form of use for ornamental purposes, another form cultivated for food; sugar cane (Saccharum officinarum L.), as a source of sugar; lemon grass (Andropogon citratus DC), used as a condiment; vetiver (Andropogon zizanioides Urb.), for its aromatic root; sorghum (Andropogon sorghum L.), for food; Italian millet (Setaria italica Beauv.), for food; rice (Oryza sativa L.), for food; bamboos (Bambusa vulgaris Schrad., and B. blumeana Schultes), for purposes of construction; coconut (Cocos nucifera L.), for food (this species is unquestionably of American origin, but reached the Orient long before the advent of Europeans); betel-nut palm (Areca catechu L.), for its stimulating properties; sweet flag (Acorus calamus L.), medicinal; taro (Colocasia esculentum Schott), food; yam, “ubi” (Dioscorea alata L.), for food; garlic (Allium sativum L.), for food; various varieties of the banana (Musa paradisiaca L.), for food; various zingiberaceous plants (Kaempferia galanga L., Curcuma zedoaria L., C. longa L., Zingiber zerumbet Sm., and Z. officinale Rosc), for condiments, etc.; betel-pepper (Piper betel L.) for use with the betel-nut for chewing; bread fruit (Artocarpus communis Forst.), and the jak fruit (A. integrifolia L. f.), for food; amaranths (Amaranthus gangeticus L., A. caudatus L.), for ornamental purposes and food; “libato” (Basella rubra L.), for food; champaca (Michelia champaca L.), for its fragrant flowers (this may have been introduced later by the Spaniards); siempre viva (Bryophyllum pinnatum Kurz), for medical purposes; horse radish tree (Moringa oleifera Lam.), for food and medicine; sappan (Caesalpinia sappan L.), for dyeing; the tamarind (Tamarindus indica L.), for food; indigo (Indigofera tinctoria L.), for dye; “caturay” (Sesbania grandiflora Pers.), for its edible flowers and its resinous exudation; the pigeon pea (Cajanus cajan Merr.), for food; the cow pea (Vigna sesquipedalis L.), for food; the asparagus pea (psophocarpus tetragonolobus DC.), for food; “batao” (Dolichos lablab L.), for food; the mungo (Phaseolus radiatus L.), for food; various citrus fruits, such as the pomelo (Citrus decumana Murr.), the lime (C. lima Lunan.), and varieties of the orange (C. aurantium L.), for food; the santol (Sandoricum koetjape Merr.), for food; the lansone (Lansium domesticum Jack), for food; some euphorbias (E. tirucalli L.), for medicine; “iba” (Cicca disticha L.), for food; crotons (Codiaeum variegatum Blume), for ornamental purposes; castor oil plant (Ricinus communis L.), for medicine; croton oil plant (Croton tiglium L.), for medicine and for poisoning fish; balsam (Impatiens balsamina L.), for medicine and for ornamental purposes; cotton (Gossypium sp.), for textile purposes; silk cotton tree (Ceiba pentandra Gaertn.) for its fibrous floss; various Eugenias (E. jambolana Lam., E. malaccensis L., E. jambos L., and E. javanica L.), for food; “papua” (Nothopanax fruticosum Miq.), for medicine and for ornamental purposes; jasmine (Sasminum sambac Ait.), for its fragrant flowers; “solasi” (Ocimum basilicum L., and O. sanctum L.), for condiments; sesame (Sesamum orientale L.) for its oily seed; the bottle gourd (Lagenaria leucantha Rusby), for food; the sponge gourd (Luffa cylindrica Roem. and L. acutangula Roxb.), for food; the “condol” (Benincasa hispida Cogn.), for food; and the “ampalaya” (Momordica charantia L.) for food.

2 “Intentionally introduced species include those from various tropical countries that were brought in because of their economic importance, either in prehistoric or historical times. Naturally, the first plants brought in were those from the Malayan region that were known to the original invaders or their successors in western Malaya. These include species like Job’s tears (Coix lachryma-jobi L.), which is commonly used for ornamental purposes, and another form that is cultivated for food; sugar cane (Saccharum officinarum L.), which is a source of sugar; lemon grass (Andropogon citratus DC), used as a condiment; vetiver (Andropogon zizanioides Urb.), for its aromatic root; sorghum (Andropogon sorghum L.), for food; Italian millet (Setaria italica Beauv.), for food; rice (Oryza sativa L.), for food; bamboos (Bambusa vulgaris Schrad. and B. blumeana Schultes), for construction purposes; coconut (Cocos nucifera L.), for food (this species is definitely of American origin but reached the Orient long before Europeans arrived); betel-nut palm (Areca catechu L.), for its stimulating properties; sweet flag (Acorus calamus L.), for medicinal purposes; taro (Colocasia esculentum Schott), for food; yam, “ubi” (Dioscorea alata L.), for food; garlic (Allium sativum L.), for food; various types of banana (Musa paradisiaca L.), for food; various zingiberaceous plants (Kaempferia galanga L., Curcuma zedoaria L., C. longa L., Zingiber zerumbet Sm., and Z. officinale Rosc), for condiments, etc.; betel-pepper (Piper betel L.) for use with betel-nut for chewing; breadfruit (Artocarpus communis Forst.), and the jackfruit (A. integrifolia L. f.), for food; amaranths (Amaranthus gangeticus L., A. caudatus L.), for ornamental purposes and food; “libato” (Basella rubra L.), for food; champaca (Michelia champaca L.), for its fragrant flowers (this may have been introduced later by the Spaniards); siempre viva (Bryophyllum pinnatum Kurz), for medical purposes; horse radish tree (Moringa oleifera Lam.), for food and medicine; sappan (Caesalpinia sappan L.), for dyeing; tamarind (Tamarindus indica L.), for food; indigo (Indigofera tinctoria L.), for dye; “caturay” (Sesbania grandiflora Pers.), for its edible flowers and resinous exudation; pigeon pea (Cajanus cajan Merr.), for food; cowpea (Vigna sesquipedalis L.), for food; asparagus pea (Psophocarpus tetragonolobus DC.), for food; “batao” (Dolichos lablab L.), for food; mung bean (Phaseolus radiatus L.), for food; various citrus fruits, like pomelo (Citrus decumana Murr.), lime (C. lima Lunan.), and types of orange (C. aurantium L.), for food; santol (Sandoricum koetjape Merr.), for food; lansone (Lansium domesticum Jack), for food; some euphorbias (E. tirucalli L.), for medicine; “iba” (Cicca disticha L.), for food; crotons (Codiaeum variegatum Blume), for ornamental purposes; castor oil plant (Ricinus communis L.), for medicine; croton oil plant (Croton tiglium L.), for medicine and for poisoning fish; balsam (Impatiens balsamina L.), for medicine and ornamental purposes; cotton (Gossypium sp.), for textile purposes; silk cotton tree (Ceiba pentandra Gaertn.), for its fibrous floss; various Eugenias (E. jambolana Lam., E. malaccensis L., E. jambos L., and E. javanica L.), for food; “papua” (Nothopanax fruticosum Miq.), for medicine and ornamental purposes; jasmine (Sasminum sambac Ait.), for its fragrant flowers; “solasi” (Ocimum basilicum L. and O. sanctum L.), for condiments; sesame (Sesamum orientale L.) for its oily seed; bottle gourd (Lagenaria leucantha Rusby), for food; sponge gourd (Luffa cylindrica Roem. and L. acutangula Roxb.), for food; “condol” (Benincasa hispida Cogn.), for food; and “ampalaya” (Momordica charantia L.) for food.

From an examination of the above list it will readily be seen that a great number of species were purposely introduced in prehistoric times from various parts of the East, chiefly through Malaya, for one reason or another, usually for their food value or for other reasons of economic importance. It is quite certain that none of the species enumerated above are natives of the Philippines, and it is equally certain that none reached the Archipelago without the aid of man. Again it is equally certain that, with possibly very few exceptions, all these species were introduced by the early Malay invaders, by their successors, or by peoples of various other nationalities with whom they came in contact, long before the advent of the Europeans in the Orient.”—“Notes on the Flora of Manila with special reference to the Introduced Element. E. D. Merrill. The Philippine Journal of Science, Vol. VII, No. 3, Sec. C. Botany, pp. 192–194.

From looking at the list above, it's clear that a lot of species were intentionally brought in during prehistoric times from different parts of the East, mainly through Malaya, for various reasons, usually for their food value or other economic benefits. It's definitely true that none of the species listed are native to the Philippines, and it's also true that none got to the Archipelago without human help. Furthermore, it's also true that, with very few exceptions, all these species were introduced by early Malay invaders, their successors, or by people from various other nationalities they interacted with, long before Europeans arrived in the East.—“Notes on the Flora of Manila with special reference to the Introduced Element. E. D. Merrill. The Philippine Journal of Science, Vol. VII, No. 3, Sec. C. Botany, pp. 192–194.

3 “If we exclude the abacá plant (Musa textilis Née) and the various trees yielding timbers, gums, and resins, a few palms, some bamboos, the rattans, etc., it will be found that practically all the species now found in the Archipelago that are of the greatest importance in the economy of the native, whether for food, for condiments, for clothing, for dyes, for ornamental purposes, and very many for medicinal purposes, have originated outside of the Philippines, and have purposely been introduced at one time or another.” (The Flora of Manila, E. D. Merrill, Ibid.)

3 “If we leave out the abacá plant (Musa textilis Née) and the various trees that provide timber, gums, and resins, along with a few palms, some bamboos, and rattan, we’ll find that almost all the species present in the Archipelago that are most important to the local economy—whether for food, condiments, clothing, dyes, decorative purposes, or many medicinal uses—originated from outside the Philippines and were specifically introduced at some point.” (The Flora of Manila, E. D. Merrill, Ibid.)

4 Sucesos de las Islas Filipinos, Antonio de Morga, Chap. 8. In Blair and Robertson Vol. 16, p. 87.

4 Events in the Philippine Islands, Antonio de Morga, Chap. 8. In Blair and Robertson Vol. 16, p. 87.

“Instead of olives and other pickled fruit, they have a green fruit, like walnuts, which they call “paos.” (Pahó.) Some are small, and others larger in size, and when prepared they have a pleasant taste. They also preserve “charas” in pickle brine, and all sorts of vegetables and greens, which are very appetizing. There is much ginger, and it is eaten green, pickled, and preserved.” (Ibid. p. 97).

“Instead of olives and other pickled fruits, they have a green fruit, similar to walnuts, which they call “paos.” (Pahó.) Some are small, while others are larger, and when prepared, they taste great. They also keep “charas” in pickle brine, along with all kinds of vegetables and greens that are very delicious. There’s a lot of ginger, which is eaten fresh, pickled, and preserved.” (Ibid. p. 97).

5 Merrill: Flora of Manila.

5 Merrill: Flora of Manila.

6 However, both Dr. Tavera (Census of the Philippine Islands, Vol. I, p. 329), and Montero y Vidal (Historia General de Filipinas, Vol. I, p. 66.), state that the sweet potato was being cultivated here at the time of the conquest. Pigafetta also mentions it in his account.

6 However, both Dr. Tavera (Census of the Philippine Islands, Vol. I, p. 329) and Montero y Vidal (Historia General de Filipinas, Vol. I, p. 66) state that sweet potatoes were being grown here at the time of the conquest. Pigafetta also references it in his account.

7 The American element in the Philippine flora is of peculiar interest as showing the effect of commerce on the vegetation of a country. Even with the limited communication between the Philippines and Mexico, it is surprising to consider the number of American forms introduced here through the medium of the galleons in the years when all communication between Spain and the Philippines was via Mexico. From the time of the Spanish conquest up to the year 1815, a period of nearly 300 years, the government galleons sailed annually for Manila, first from Navidad and later from Acapulco, on the western coast of Mexico. These galleons carried not only the civil, military, and ecclesiastical authorities between Spain and the Philippines via Mexico, but also other travellers, merchants, etc., as well as large quantities of merchandise.

7 The American aspect of the Philippine plant life is particularly interesting as it shows how trade can influence a country's vegetation. Even with limited communication between the Philippines and Mexico, it's surprising to think about how many American species were brought here through the galleons during the times when all communication between Spain and the Philippines was via Mexico. From the Spanish conquest until 1815, nearly 300 years, the government galleons traveled to Manila each year, initially from Navidad and later from Acapulco on Mexico's western coast. These galleons transported not only civil, military, and religious officials between Spain and the Philippines via Mexico, but also various travelers, merchants, and large quantities of goods.

At an early date various Spanish officials, but, apparently, chiefly the priests, introduced here the various species of economic value, food plants, medicinal plants, fruits, etc., that were familiar to their countrymen in tropical America, most often bringing seeds, but in some cases most certainly living plants. Undoubtedly many species were introduced at that time that failed to become established here. Among the American species purposely introduced from Mexico may be mentioned the following: “Maize (Zea mays L.), introduced for food; the “pineapple” (Ananas sativus Schultes), for its edible fruit and its fiber; maguey (Agave cantula Roxb.), for its fiber; the tuberose (Polianthes tuberosa L.), for its fragrant flowers; the spider lily (Hymenocallis tenuiflora Herb.), for ornamental purposes; the canna (Canna indica L.), for ornamental purposes; arrowroot (Marania arundinacea L.), for food; “aposotis” (Chenopodium ambrosioides L.), for medical purposes; four o’clock (Mirabilis jalapa L.), for ornamental purposes; “libato” (Anredera scandens Moq.); various species of Anona (A. muricata L., A. reticulata L., and A. squamosa L.), for their edible fruits; the avocado (Persea americana Mill.), for its edible fruit; the Mexican poppy (Argemone mexicana L.), for ornamental purposes or for medicine; “camanchile” (Pithecolobium dulce Benth.), for its tanbark and its edible fruit; “aroma” (Acacia farnesiana Willd.) for its fragrant flowers; “ipel-ipel” (Leucaena glauca Benth.), as a hedge plant; the sensitive plant (Mimosa pudica L.), for ornamental purposes; “cabellero” (Caesalpinia pulcherrima Sw.), for ornamental purposes; “acapulco” (Cassia alata L.), for medicinal purposes; the “peanut” (Arachis hypogaea L.), for food; indigo (Indigofera suffruticosa Mill.), for dye; “madre cacao” (Gliricidia sepium Steud.), for hedges and for ornamental purposes; the lima bean (Phaseolus lunatus L.), for food; the yam bean (Pachyrrhizus erosus Urb.), for its edible root; the bilimbi and carambola (Averrhoa bilimbi L., and A. carambola L.), for their edible fruits; physic nut (Jatropha curcas L.), for medicine, as well as J. multifida L. for ornamental purposes; cassava (Manihot utilissima Pohl), for food; the cashew nut (Anacardium occidentale L.), for its edible fruit; “ciruelas” (Spondias purpurea L,.), for its edible fruit; “cotton” (Gossypium braziliense Macf.), for textile purposes; “cacao” (Theobroma cacao L.), the source of chocolate and cacao; acheute (Bixa Orellana L.), for dye; the “papaya” (Carica papaya L.), for its edible fruit; various species of cacti (Nopalea and Cereus), for ornamental purposes; the guava (Psidium guajava L.), for its edible fruit; the “chico” (Achras sapota L.), for its edible fruit; the “chico mamey” (Lucuma mammosa L.), for its edible fruit; the “sapote negro” (Diospyros ebenaster Retz.), for its edible fruit; the temple flower (Plumeria acutifolia Poir.), for its fragrant flowers; the periwinkle (Lochnera rosea Reichb.), for its ornamental flowers; “campanello” (Thevetia neriifolia Juss. and Allamanda caihartica L.), for ornamental and medicinal purposes; some species of convolvuli (Ipomoea nil Roth, Quamoclit pinnata Boj., Colonictyon aculeatum House), for ornamental purposes, and the “sweet potato” (Ipomoea batatas Poir.), for food; lantana (Lantana camara L.), for ornamental purposes; “dama de noche” (Cestrum nocturnum L.), for its fragrant flowers; “tobacco” (Nicotiana tabacum L.); the tomato (Lycopersicum esculentum Mill.); the peppers (Capsicum frutescens L. and C. annuum L.), for condiments and for food; some ornamental Bignoniaceae (Crescentia alata HBK., and Tecoma stans Juss.); (?) the squash (Curcubita maxima Duch.), for food; some ornamental Compositae (Tagetes erecta L., Helianthus annuus L., Cosmos caudatus HBK., and C sulphureus Cav.), and “ayapana” (Eupatorium triplinerve Vahl), for medicine.”

At an early stage, various Spanish officials, but mainly the priests, brought different types of plants with economic value, food plants, medicinal herbs, fruits, etc., that were familiar to their countrymen in tropical America. They mostly brought seeds, but in some cases, they definitely introduced live plants. Many species were likely introduced during this time that did not thrive here. Among the American species that were purposely introduced from Mexico, the following can be highlighted: “Maize (Zea mays L.), introduced for food; the “pineapple” (Ananas sativus Schultes), for its edible fruit and fiber; maguey (Agave cantula Roxb.), for its fiber; tuberose (Polianthes tuberosa L.), for its fragrant flowers; spider lily (Hymenocallis tenuiflora Herb.), for decoration; canna (Canna indica L.), for decoration; arrowroot (Marania arundinacea L.), for food; “aposotis” (Chenopodium ambrosioides L.), for medical uses; four o’clock (Mirabilis jalapa L.), for decoration; “libato” (Anredera scandens Moq.); various species of Anona (A. muricata L., A. reticulata L., and A. squamosa L.), for their edible fruits; avocado (Persea americana Mill.), for its edible fruit; Mexican poppy (Argemone mexicana L.), for decoration or for medicine; “camanchile” (Pithecolobium dulce Benth.), for its tanbark and edible fruit; “aroma” (Acacia farnesiana Willd.) for its fragrant flowers; “ipel-ipel” (Leucaena glauca Benth.), as a hedge plant; sensitive plant (Mimosa pudica L.), for decoration; “cabellero” (Caesalpinia pulcherrima Sw.), for decoration; “acapulco” (Cassia alata L.), for medicinal purposes; peanut (Arachis hypogaea L.), for food; indigo (Indigofera suffruticosa Mill.), for dye; “madre cacao” (Gliricidia sepium Steud.), for hedges and decoration; lima bean (Phaseolus lunatus L.), for food; yam bean (Pachyrrhizus erosus Urb.), for its edible root; bilimbi and carambola (Averrhoa bilimbi L., and A. carambola L.), for their edible fruits; physic nut (Jatropha curcas L.), for medicine, as well as J. multifida L. for decoration; cassava (Manihot utilissima Pohl), for food; cashew nut (Anacardium occidentale L.), for its edible fruit; “ciruelas” (Spondias purpurea L.), for its edible fruit; “cotton” (Gossypium braziliense Macf.), for textiles; “cacao” (Theobroma cacao L.), the source of chocolate and cacao; achiote (Bixa Orellana L.), for dye; “papaya” (Carica papaya L.), for its edible fruit; various species of cacti (Nopalea and Cereus), for decoration; guava (Psidium guajava L.), for its edible fruit; “chico” (Achras sapota L.), for its edible fruit; “chico mamey” (Lucuma mammosa L.), for its edible fruit; “sapote negro” (Diospyros ebenaster Retz.), for its edible fruit; temple flower (Plumeria acutifolia Poir.), for its fragrant flowers; periwinkle (Lochnera rosea Reichb.), for its decorative flowers; “campanello” (Thevetia neriifolia Juss. and Allamanda caihartica L.), for decoration and medicinal purposes; some species of morning glories (Ipomoea nil Roth, Quamoclit pinnata Boj., Convolvulus aculeatus House), for decoration, and “sweet potato” (Ipomoea batatas Poir.), for food; lantana (Lantana camara L.), for decoration; “dama de noche” (Cestrum nocturnum L.), for its fragrant flowers; “tobacco” (Nicotiana tabacum L.); tomato (Lycopersicum esculentum Mill.); peppers (Capsicum frutescens L. and C. annuum L.), for spices and food; some decorative Bignoniaceae (Crescentia alata HBK., and Tecoma stans Juss.); (?) squash (Curcubita maxima Duch.), for food; some decorative Compositae (Tagetes erecta L., Helianthus annuus L., Cosmos caudatus HBK., and C sulphureus Cav.), and “ayapana” (Eupatorium triplinerve Vahl), for medicine.”

(Merrill: Flora of Manila, pp. 198–199.)

(Merrill: Flora of Manila, pp. 198–199.)

8 On the whole, agriculture was not the chief aim of Spanish colonization. “How little attention, on the whole, the conquistadores directed to agricultural colonies, considering their various services in the transplantation of domestic animals, cereals, and vegetables from the Old to the New World, is very clearly shown by Peter Martyr, who condemns the expedition to Florida with the words: “For what purpose do we need such products as are identical with those of southern Europe?” It is true that Columbus’s second voyage of discovery had a settlement in view, and for that reason was provided with domestic animals, seeds, etc. It was a failure, however, owing to the mutinous spirit of the Spaniards. The regions which were best adapted to agricultural colonies, as, for example, Caracas, Guiana, Buenos Ayres, were neglected by the Spaniards for centuries. (“The Spanish Colonial Policy,” Wilhelm Roscher (1904), pp. 2–3.)

8 Overall, agriculture wasn’t the main goal of Spanish colonization. “It’s striking how little focus the conquistadors had on agricultural colonies, especially given their various efforts in bringing domestic animals, grains, and vegetables from the Old World to the New World,” as highlighted by Peter Martyr, who criticized the Florida expedition by saying, “Why do we need products that are the same as those from southern Europe?” Columbus’s second voyage aimed to establish a settlement and included domestic animals, seeds, and more. However, it failed due to the rebellious attitude of the Spaniards. The areas that were most suitable for agricultural colonies, like Caracas, Guiana, and Buenos Ayres, were overlooked by the Spaniards for centuries. (“The Spanish Colonial Policy,” Wilhelm Roscher (1904), pp. 2–3.)

“It is a strange thing that the Spaniards who go to those regions (The Philippines) honestly to make a small fortune do not engage more in agriculture, in a country where there is so much virgin land and of such great fertility, where labor is extremely cheap, and the crop easily and profitably sold.” (La Libertad de Comercio en Filipinas, Manuel Azcarraga y Palmero, p. 27.)

“It’s odd that the Spaniards who go to the Philippines with the honest aim of making a little money don’t get more involved in agriculture, in a place where there’s so much untouched land that’s incredibly fertile, where labor is really cheap, and where crops can be sold easily and at a profit.” (La Libertad de Comercio en Filipinas, Manuel Azcarraga y Palmero, p. 27.)

“ * * * the Spaniards cared but little for the cultivation of the lands.” (The Ecclesiastical System in the Philippines, Manuel Buzeta, O. S. A., and Felipe Bravo, O. S. A., Madrid, 1850. From their Diccionario de las Islas Filipinas. In Bl. and Rb., Vol. 28, p. 285.

“ * * * the Spaniards didn’t care much about farming the land.” (The Ecclesiastical System in the Philippines, Manuel Buzeta, O. S. A., and Felipe Bravo, O. S. A., Madrid, 1850. From their Diccionario de las Islas Filipinas. In Bl. and Rb., Vol. 28, p. 285.

9 Montero y Vidal, “Historia General de Filipinas,” Vol. I, p. 67.

9 Montero and Vidal, “General History of the Philippines,” Vol. I, p. 67.

10 “Beef is eaten, cattle being raised abundantly in stockfarms in many different parts of the islands. The cattle are bred from those of China and Nueva España. The Chinese cattle are small, and excellent breeders. Their horns are very small and twisted, and some cattle can move them. They have a large hump upon the shoulders, and are very manageable beasts. * * * There is abundance of flesh of wild game, such as venison, and wild boars, and in some parts porcupines. There are many buffaloes, which are called carabaos, which are raised in the fields and are spirited; others are brought tame from China; these are very numerous, and very handsome. These last are used only for milking, and their milk is thicker and more palatable than that of cows. Goats and kids are raised, although their flesh is not savory, because of the humidity of the country. These animals sicken and die for that reason, and because they eat certain poisonous herbs. Ewes and rams, although often brought from Nueva España, never multiply. Consequently there are none of these animals, for the climate and pasturage has not as yet seemed suitable for them. There were no horses, mares, or asses, in the islands, until the Spaniards had them brought from China and brought them from Nueva España. Asses and mules are very rare, but there are many horses and mares. Some farms are being stocked with them, and those born (mixed breeds for the most part) turn out well, and have good colors, are good tempered and willing to work, and are of medium size. Those brought from China are small, very strong, good goers, treacherous, quarrelsome, and bad-tempered. Some horses of good colors are brought from Japan. They have well-shaped bodies, thick hair, large fetlocks, large legs and front hoofs, which make them look like draft-horses. Their heads are rather large, and their mouths rather hard. They run but slowly, but walk well, and are spirited and of much mettle. The daily feed of the horses consists throughout the year of green provender, besides rice in the husk, which keeps them very fat.” (Morga’s Sucesos, 1609, Bl. and Rb. Vol. 16, pp. 89–91.)

10 “Beef is consumed, with cattle being raised in large numbers on farms across various regions of the islands. The cattle are descended from those in China and New Spain. The Chinese cattle are small and excellent breeders. Their horns are very small and twisted, and some can even move them. They have a large hump on their shoulders and are very manageable animals. * * * There is plenty of wild game available, like venison, wild boar, and in some areas, porcupines. There are many buffalo, known as carabaos, that are raised in the fields and are spirited; others are brought over from China; these are abundant and quite attractive. The latter are used only for milking, and their milk is thicker and tastier than that of cows. Goats and kids are also raised, although their meat is not very appealing due to the humidity in the country. These animals often get sick and die because they eat certain poisonous plants. Ewes and rams are often brought from New Spain, but they never breed successfully. Therefore, there are no such animals, as the climate and grass haven't proven suitable for them. There were no horses, mares, or donkeys in the islands until the Spaniards imported them from China and New Spain. Donkeys and mules are quite rare, but there are plenty of horses and mares. Some farms are starting to stock them, and the offspring (mostly mixed breeds) turn out well, have good colors, are good-natured and willing to work, and are of medium size. Those brought from China are small, very strong, good at walking, but treacherous, quarrelsome, and ill-tempered. Some well-colored horses come from Japan. They have well-shaped bodies, thick hair, large fetlocks, sturdy legs, and big front hooves, giving them a draft-horse appearance. Their heads are rather large, and their mouths are quite strong. They run slowly but walk well, are spirited, and have a lot of energy. The daily feed for the horses consists year-round of green fodder, along with rice husks, which keeps them very fat.Morga’s Sucesos, 1609, Bl. and Rb. Vol. 16, pp. 89–91.)

11 “The islands, as I am told, need stallions, mares and cows, and other domestic animals. In order that they may be bred there in numbers, I am writing to the viceroy of Nueva España, to send to the said islands twelve mares, two stallions, twenty cows, and two bulls. You shall ask him for these as you pass there, and shall take them with you in your vessels as you go upon your voyage; and whatever you think needful for the animals can be brought from China and Japan. You shall order those farmers who are about to go to the said islands, and the chiefs, to tame and breed buffaloes, so that with all these animals there may be sufficiency to carry on the farming, and for other needful services.” (Instruction to Dasmariñas of Felipe II, Aug. 9, 1589;—Bl. and Rb. Vol. 7, p. 156.).

11 “I’ve heard that the islands need stallions, mares, cows, and other domestic animals. To ensure they can breed enough there, I'm writing to the viceroy of Nueva España to send twelve mares, two stallions, twenty cows, and two bulls to those islands. You should request these from him while you’re there and take them with you on your voyage. Whatever else you think the animals might need can be brought from China and Japan. You should instruct the farmers who are heading to those islands and the chiefs to domesticate and breed buffaloes, so that with all these animals there will be enough for farming and other necessary tasks.” (Instruction to Dasmariñas of Felipe II, Aug. 9, 1589;—Bl. and Rb. Vol. 7, p. 156.).

Also, Instructions to Tello, 1596, Bl. and Rb., Vol. 9, p. 236.

Also, Instructions to Tello, 1596, Bl. and Rb., Vol. 9, p. 236.

12 “There are plenty of fowls like those of Castilla, and others very large, which are bred from fowls brought from China. They are very palatable, and make fine capons. Some of these fowls are black in feather, skin, flesh, and bones, and are pleasant to the taste. Many geese are raised, as well as swans, ducks, and tame pigeons brought from China.”

12 “There are plenty of chickens like those from Castilla, and others that are much larger, bred from chickens brought from China. They taste great and make excellent capons. Some of these chickens have black feathers, skin, meat, and bones, and they are tasty. Many geese are raised, along with swans, ducks, and domesticated pigeons from China.”

(Antonio de Morga, Sucesos de las Islas Filipinos, Chap. 8.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 90.)

(Antonio de Morga, Sucesos de las Islas Filipinos, Chap. 8.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 90.)

13 “The material surroundings of the Filipino before the arrival of the Spaniards were in nearly every way quite as they are today. The “center of population” of each town today, with its great church, tribunal, stores and houses of stone and wood, is certainly in marked contrast; but the appearance of a barrio of little distance from the center is today probably much as it was then. Then, as now, the bulk of the people lived in humble houses of bamboo and nipa raised on piles above the dampness of the soil; then, as now, the food was largely rice and the excellent fish which abound in river and sea. There were on the water the same familiar bancas and fish corrals, and on land the rice fields and coconut groves. The Filipinos had then most of the present domesticated animals,—dogs, cats, goats, chickens, and pigs,—and perhaps in Luzon the domesticated buffalo, although this animal was widely introduced into the Philippines from China after the Spanish conquest. Horses followed the Spaniards and their numbers were increased by the bringing in of Chinese mares, whose importation is frequently mentioned.

13 “The material surroundings of the Filipinos before the Spaniards arrived were in almost every way similar to how they are today. The “center of population” in each town now, with its large church, courthouse, shops, and houses made of stone and wood, stands in stark contrast; however, the look of a barrio not far from the center today is likely much like it was back then. Just like today, most people lived in modest houses made of bamboo and nipa, raised on stilts to avoid the dampness of the ground; just like now, their diet mainly consisted of rice and the abundant fish from rivers and oceans. There were the same familiar canoes and fish traps in the water, and on land, the rice fields and coconut groves. The Filipinos also had most of the domesticated animals we see today—dogs, cats, goats, chickens, and pigs—and possibly in Luzon, the domesticated water buffalo, although this animal was widely brought into the Philippines from China after the Spanish conquest. Horses came with the Spaniards, and their numbers increased with the importation of Chinese mares, which is frequently mentioned."

“The Spaniards introduced also the cultivation of tobacco, coffee, and cacao, and perhaps also the native corn of America, the maize, although Pigafetta says they found it already growing in the Bisayas.

“The Spaniards also introduced the cultivation of tobacco, coffee, and cacao, and maybe even the native corn of America, maize, although Pigafetta mentions they found it already growing in the Bisayas.”

“The Filipino has been affected by these centuries of Spanish sovereignty far less on his material side than he has on his spiritual, and it is mainly in the deepening and elevating of his emotional and mental life and not in the bettering of his material condition that advance has been made.” (Dr. D. P. Barrows, A History of the Philippines, pp. 106–107).

“The Filipino has been impacted by these centuries of Spanish rule much more in terms of his spiritual life than his material well-being. Progress has mainly been seen in the enrichment and enhancement of his emotional and mental life, rather than in improvements to his material conditions.” (Dr. D. P. Barrows, A History of the Philippines, pp. 106–107).

14 “The planters keep working the soil almost as they used to do three centuries ago.” Memoria sobre los Montes de Filipinas, Sebastian Vidal y Soler; Madrid, 1874, p. 74.)

14 “The farmers are still cultivating the land much like they did three hundred years ago.” Memoria sobre los Montes de Filipinas, Sebastian Vidal y Soler; Madrid, 1874, p. 74.)

15 Antonio de Morga, “Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas,” chap. 8. Rival’s note to this says: This work, although not laborious, is generally performed now by the men, while the women do only the actual cleaning of the rice. (Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 79).

15 Antonio de Morga, “Events of the Philippines,” chap. 8. Rival’s note to this says: This work, while not demanding, is usually done by the men now, while the women only handle the actual cleaning of the rice. Please provide a short piece of text for modernization.Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 79).

16 “The lands which they inhabited were divided among the whole barangay, especially the irrigated portion, and thus each one knew his own.” Customs of the Tagalogs, Juan de Plasencia, O. S. F.; Manila, October 21, 1589. Blair and Robertson, Vol. 7, p. 174.

16 “The land they lived on was shared among the entire community, especially the irrigated areas, so everyone knew what belonged to them.” Customs of the Tagalogs, Juan de Plasencia, O. S. F.; Manila, October 21, 1589. Blair and Robertson, Vol. 7, p. 174.

17 See Chapter II, as to evidences of prosperity of the Filipinos at the time of the coming of the Spaniards.

17 See Chapter II for evidence of the Filipinos' prosperity when the Spaniards arrived.

Caing̃in system described: “They reported that the country was so fertile that when natives desired to plant their rice they only burn a part of the mountain and, without any further plowing or digging, they make holes with a stick in the soil, and drop some grains of rice in them. This was their manner of sowing; and, after covering the rice with the same earth, they obtained very heavy crops.” (Historia de la Provincia del Santo Rosario de la Orden de Predicadores, Diego Aduarte, O. P., Manila, 1640.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 32, p. 199.)

Caing̃in system described: “They reported that the land was so fertile that when the locals wanted to plant rice, they would just burn a section of the mountain and, without any further plowing or digging, make holes in the soil with a stick and drop some grains of rice in them. This was how they sowed; after covering the rice with the same dirt, they achieved very abundant harvests.” (Historia de la Provincia del Santo Rosario de la Orden de Predicadores, Diego Aduarte, O. P., Manila, 1640.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 32, p. 199.)

18 “Customs of the Tagalogs,” Juan de Plasencia: “* * * * The lands on the ‘tingues’ or mountain-ridges, are not divided, but owned in common by the barangay. Consequently, at the time of the rice harvest, any individual of any particular barangay, although he may come from some other village, if he commences to clear any land may sow it, and no one can compel him to abandon it. There are some villages (as, for example, Pila de la Laguna) in which these nobles, or maharlicas, paid annually to the dato a hundred gantas of rice. The reason of this was that, at the time of their settlement there, another chief occupied the lands, which the new chief upon his arrival, bought with his own gold; and therefore the members of his barangay paid him for the arable land, and he divided it, among those whom he saw fit to reward. But now, since the advent of the Spaniards, it is not so divided. * * *

18 “Customs of the Tagalogs,” Juan de Plasencia: “* * * * The lands on the ‘tingues’ or mountain ridges aren’t divided but are owned collectively by the barangay. So, during the rice harvest, anyone from a particular barangay can clear and plant on land, even if they're from a different village, and nobody can force them to leave it. In some villages, like Pila de la Laguna, these nobles, or maharlicas, would pay the dato a hundred gantas of rice every year. This was because, when they settled there, another chief had originally occupied the land, which the new chief bought with his own gold upon his arrival; that’s why the members of his barangay compensated him for the arable land, and he allocated it among those he wanted to reward. But now, since the Spaniards arrived, it’s no longer divided. * * *

“The chiefs in some villages had also fisheries, with established limits, and sections of the rivers for markets. At these no one could fish, or trade in the markets, without paying for the privilege, unless he belonged to the chief’s barangay or village.” (Bl. and Rb., Vol. 7, pp. 174–175.)

“The chiefs in some villages also owned fisheries, which had set boundaries, and parts of the rivers for markets. At these places, no one could fish or trade in the markets without paying for the privilege, unless they were part of the chief’s barangay or village.” (Bl. and Rb., Vol. 7, pp. 174–175.)

Also, T. H. Pardo de Tavera, Census of the Philippines, 1903, Vol. I, p. 325.

Also, T. H. Pardo de Tavera, Census of the Philippines, 1903, Vol. I, p. 325.

19 Expedition of Ruy Lopez de Villalobos. (Résumé of Contemporaneous Documents, Talavera, July 6, 1541.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 2, p. 54.)

19 Expedition of Ruy Lopez de Villalobos. (Summary of Current Documents, Talavera, July 6, 1541.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 2, p. 54.)

20 The origin of the encomienda “was in the REPARTIMIENTO, which at first (1497) meant a grant of lands in a conquered country; it was soon extended to include the natives dwelling thereon, who were compelled to till the land for the conqueror’s benefit. In 1503 ENCOMIENDAS were granted, composed of a certain number of natives, who were compelled to work. The word ENCOMIENDA is a term belonging to the military orders (from the ranks of which came many officials appointed for the colonies) and corresponds to our word commandery. It is defined by Helps (practically using the same language of Solorzano, the eminent Spanish jurist), as a right conceded by royal bounty, to well-deserving persons in the Indies, to receive and enjoy for themselves the tributes of the natives who should be assigned to them, with a charge of providing for the good of those natives in spiritual and temporal matters, and of inhabiting and defending the provinces where these ENCOMIENDAS should be granted to them.” (Note, Bl. and Rb., Vol. 2, p. 54.)

20 The origin of the encomienda began with the REPARTIMIENTO, which initially (in 1497) referred to a grant of land in a conquered territory; it was soon expanded to include the local natives living there, who were forced to work the land for the benefit of the conqueror. In 1503, ENCOMIENDAS were granted, consisting of a certain number of natives who were mandated to labor. The term ENCOMIENDA is associated with military orders (from which many officials appointed to the colonies were drawn) and corresponds to our word commandery. Helps defines it (essentially echoing the words of Solorzano, the distinguished Spanish jurist) as a privilege granted by royal favor to deserving individuals in the Indies, allowing them to receive and enjoy the tributes of the natives assigned to them, with the obligation to care for the welfare of those natives in both spiritual and material matters, and to inhabit and defend the territories where these Deliveries were assigned to them. (Note, Bl. and Rb., Vol. 2, p. 54.)

21 “According to the constitutional law of the Indies the land and the soil in all colonies were the domain of the king; therefore the encomiendas, which were granted only to discoverers and other men of conspicuous merit, were to be considered not so much as landed estates as public offices. (Compare “Recopilación,” ’IV 8, 9, 11.) The encomendero was appointed and sworn (law of 1532) for the express purpose of giving his natives military protection (law of 1552) and of promoting politically and religiously their conversion to civilization (laws of 1509, 1554, 1580). Whoever neglected to do this lost his encomienda (laws of 1536, 1551). It is characteristic that the Spaniards so readily combined the functions of discoverers, pacificators, and founders of settlements; as a matter of fact most of the Indian races were led to civil life, in our sense of the word, by them. In order to prevent extortion no encomendero could own a house in his village or stay there more than one night (law of 1609, 1618). Not even his nearest relatives or his slaves could enter the encomienda (law of 1574, 1550, and often). He was forbidden to maintain any industrial establishment in the encomienda (law of 1621), or to take into his house any of the inhabitants (law of 1528). That the natives were free men, that they could not be sold by an encomendero, was recognized in many laws. (“Recopilación,” VI, 2, I, II). After the legislation of 1542 some of the natives were the immediate subjects of the king, and the rest dependents attached to the encomiendas. The former paid three-fourths of their taxes to the treasury, and the latter the same proportion to their landlords. The right of holding an encomienda was granted, regularly for two generations, except in New Spain, where, on account of the very unusual services rendered by the conquerors, it was granted for three and even four generations. (Ibid. VI, 11, 14.) During the 18th century many of the families of the landlords died out and their possessions were not again granted. The authorities always interested themselves in the cause of the natives, until at length Charles III abolished the encomiendas.” (W. Roscher (1904) “The Spanish Colonial System,” pp. 4–5.)

21 “According to the constitutional law of the Indies, the land and soil in all colonies belonged to the king; therefore, the encomiendas, which were granted only to discoverers and other individuals of notable merit, should be seen more as public offices than as private estates. (See “Collection,” IV 8, 9, 11.) The encomendero was appointed and sworn in (law of 1532) specifically to provide military protection for his natives (law of 1552) and to promote their political and religious conversion to civilization (laws of 1509, 1554, 1580). Anyone who failed to do this lost their encomienda (laws of 1536, 1551). It's notable that the Spaniards easily combined the roles of discoverers, peacekeepers, and founders of settlements; in fact, most of the Indian populations were led to civil society, in our understanding of the term, by them. To prevent exploitation, no encomendero could own a house in his village or stay there for more than one night (law of 1609, 1618). Not even his closest relatives or his slaves could enter the encomienda (law of 1574, 1550, and frequently). He was prohibited from maintaining any industrial enterprise in the encomienda (law of 1621) or inviting any of the locals into his home (law of 1528). It was acknowledged in many laws that the natives were free individuals and could not be sold by an encomendero. (“Collection,” VI, 2, I, II). After the legislation of 1542, some of the natives became direct subjects of the king, while the others remained dependents tied to the encomiendas. The former paid three-quarters of their taxes to the treasury, while the latter paid the same proportion to their landlords. The right to hold an encomienda was typically granted for two generations, except in New Spain, where, due to the exceptional services rendered by the conquerors, it was granted for three or even four generations. (Ibid. VI, 11, 14.) During the 18th century, many of the landlord families died out, and their properties were not reassigned. The authorities consistently advocated for the natives until Charles III ultimately abolished the encomiendas.” (W. Roscher (1904) “The Spanish Colonial System,” pp. 4–5.)

22 “Let such allotments be made without prejudice to the natives, retaining for them their arable lands, gardens, and pastures, so that all shall be cared for.” (Foundation of the Audiencia of Manila, Felipe II; Aranjuez, May 5, 1583.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, p. 292.)

22 “Let these allocations be made without harming the locals, ensuring they keep their farmland, gardens, and grazing areas, so that everyone is taken care of.” (Foundation of the Audiencia of Manila, Felipe II; Aranjuez, May 5, 1583.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, p. 292.)

“I was petitioned on behalf of the said islands, to order that encomiendas be granted with the condition and obligation upon the encomenderos that some patch of ground should be cultivated, and that the farmers and natives should be aided so that they also may till and cultivate. I charged Gomez Perez strictly in his instructions with this, and now I charge you too. You shall grant lands and homesteads, cattle and horses for breeding and farming, both to the natives, and to the settlers and farmers. Inasmuch as the execution of this is important, you shall advise me of the conditions of former days and what ordinances you shall enact, so that what is advisable may be done during your term.” (Instructions to Tello, Felipe II, Toledo, May 25, 1596.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 9, p. 237.)

“I was asked to make sure that the islands receive encomiendas with the requirement that the encomenderos cultivate some patch of ground and that the farmers and natives be supported so they can also farm and cultivate. I specifically instructed Gomez Perez on this, and I’m now giving you the same charge. You must provide land and homes, along with cattle and horses for breeding and farming, to both the natives and the settlers and farmers. Because it’s important to carry this out, please update me on the past conditions and what rules you intend to put in place, so that the best actions can be taken during your term.” (Instructions to Tello, Felipe II, Toledo, May 25, 1596.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 9, p. 237.)

(To the same effect, Instructions to Dasmariñas, Felipe II, San Lorenzo, August 9, 1589. Ibid., Vol. 7, p. 157).

(To the same effect, Instructions to Dasmariñas, Felipe II, San Lorenzo, August 9, 1589. Ibid., Vol. 7, p. 157).

23 On July 25, 1609, Don Miguel Banal, a Filipino chief of Quiapo, sent a petition to the King, for redress against what he considered a usurpation of his lands. The petition begins thus: “Sire:—In former years the archbishop of these Philippine Islands, on petition of the natives of the village of Quiapo, which is near the city of Manila, wrote to your Majesty, informing you that the fathers of the Society of Jesus—under pretext that the former dean of this holy church of Manila, whom your Majesty has lately appointed archbishop, had sold them a garden lying back of our village—have been insinuating themselves more and more into our lands and taking more than what was assigned them by the dean; and that we had scarcely any land remaining in the village for our fields, and even for our houses. The petition begged your royal Majesty to remedy this and protect us under your royal clemency, since we are natives, who cannot defend ourselves by suits, as we are a poor people, and it would be a matter with a religious order. (Nothing was heard from the King, and in the meantime, petitioner was forcibly ejected from his own lands, and a house built by him thereon, destroyed.) For I fear that I can find no one to aid me in the suits that the fathers are about to begin against me, or who will appear for my justice, since I have even been unable to find any one who dared to write this letter for me. This letter is therefore written by my own hand and in my own composition, and in the style of a native not well versed in the Spanish language. Also in the meanwhile will you order the fathers not to molest me in the ancient possession that I have inherited from my fathers and grandfathers, who were chiefs of the said village.” (Bl. and Rb., Vol. 14, pp. 327–329.)

23 On July 25, 1609, Don Miguel Banal, a Filipino chief from Quiapo, sent a petition to the King, asking for help against what he believed was an illegal claim to his land. The petition starts like this: “Sire:—In earlier years, the archbishop of these Philippine Islands, responding to requests from the natives of Quiapo, which is close to Manila, wrote to your Majesty, informing you that the members of the Society of Jesus—using the excuse that the former dean of this holy church of Manila, whom your Majesty recently appointed as archbishop, had sold them a garden behind our village—have been encroaching more and more on our lands and taking more than what the dean had assigned them; and that we have barely any land left in the village for our fields or even for our homes. The petition asked your royal Majesty to intervene and protect us under your royal kindness, as we are locals who can't defend ourselves in legal matters, being a poor people, and this would be a case involving a religious order. (We received no response from the King, and in the meantime, the petitioner was forcefully removed from his own land, and a house he had built there was destroyed.) I fear that I cannot find anyone to help me with the lawsuits the fathers are about to start against me, or anyone to advocate for my justice, since I haven't even found anyone who dared to write this letter for me. This letter is therefore written by my own hand and in my own words, in the style of a native not very familiar with the Spanish language. Also, in the meantime, will you please instruct the fathers not to disturb me in the rightful possession I have inherited from my fathers and grandfathers, who were chiefs of this village.” (Bl. and Rb., Vol. 14, pp. 327–329.)

A letter from Felipe III to Silva, refers to above petition and orders thus: “Having examined it in my Council for the Yndias, it has appeared best to order and command you, as I do to inform me of what has occurred in this matter, and is occuring, and in the meantime to take such measures as are expedient. Madrid, on the 7th of December, 1610.” (Bl. and Rb., Vol. 17, pp. 151–152.)

A letter from Felipe III to Silva discusses the above petition and states: “After reviewing it in my Council for the Indies, it seems best to direct you, as I do, to update me on what has happened regarding this matter and what's happening now, and in the meantime, to take necessary actions. Madrid, on December 7, 1610.” (Bl. and Rb., Vol. 17, pp. 151–152.)

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

II. Industries at the Time of Discovery and Conquest

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Shipbuilding.

One of the most important industries in the Philippines during this period was shipbuilding. We would naturally expect this industry to be developed among the Filipinos, for they belong to a seafaring race that for centuries had been pushing their way northward and taking possession of the islands of this part of the Pacific; furthermore, once settled in this country, they had abundant supply of good timber for building purposes.1 Morga described the various kinds of ships and boats used by the Filipinos.2 There seems to be [18]no doubt that the Filipinos have forgotten much of what they knew about shipbuilding.3 [19]

One of the most important industries in the Philippines during this time was shipbuilding. It makes sense that this industry would flourish among the Filipinos, as they are a seafaring people who have been navigating the waters and claiming these islands in this part of the Pacific for centuries. Additionally, once they settled in this country, they had plenty of good timber available for building. 1 Morga highlighted the different types of ships and boats used by the Filipinos. 2 There seems to be [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]no doubt that the Filipinos have forgotten much of what they once knew about shipbuilding. 3 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Spaniards took advantage of the abundance of materials in this country, and engaged in shipbuilding on a large scale. Shipyards were established at various places,4 and to them the Filipinos were compelled to go and work. To the honor and glory of Spain, some of the largest ships in the world at that time were built in the Philippines.5

The Spaniards made the most of the plentiful resources in this country and started large-scale shipbuilding. Shipyards were set up in different locations, and Filipinos were required to go there and work. For the honor and glory of Spain, some of the biggest ships in the world at that time were constructed in the Philippines.

When the role played by the Filipinos in the history of Spanish achievement in the Philippines comes to be finally written, their share, in the form of service, direct—[20]and indirect—and suffering of different kinds, will occupy a considerable part of the account.6 First of all, the many lives sacrificed in connection with the building of ships should be considered.7 Then, the [21]effect on the industries of the country was disastrous.8 Besides, very frequently the laborers were not paid their wages.9 And worse than the physical cruelties practiced on them, the Filipinos were not only helping the King in the extension of his empire, but also those who actually abused them10 to get rich. It is not strange, therefore, [22]that we should find good intentioned persons, among them the early religious men—who wrote to the King and prayed for redress.11 In this connection, it is of interest to add that the Filipinos who served as seamen in the galleons suffered as much as their brethren who built the ships.12

When the role of Filipinos in the history of Spain's accomplishments in the Philippines is finally documented, their contributions—both direct and indirect—as well as their various forms of suffering, will take up a significant portion of the narrative.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] First, we should acknowledge the many lives lost during the shipbuilding process.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Next, the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]impact on the country's industries was catastrophic.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Furthermore, laborers often didn't receive their wages.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Even worse than the physical abuse they endured, Filipinos were not only aiding the King in expanding his empire, but also enabling those who exploited them to gain wealth.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] It's not surprising, then, that we find well-meaning individuals—among them early religious figures—who wrote to the King and petitioned for justice.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Additionally, it's worth noting that the Filipinos who served as sailors on the galleons suffered just as much as their counterparts who built the ships.[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

It is clear now why it is that the shipbuilding industry caused many revolts.13 An interesting effect of the [23]hardships suffered by the Filipinos was the migration of many of them to New Spain, and their settlement there.14 [24]

It’s now obvious why the shipbuilding industry led to many uprisings.13 One interesting consequence of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] hardships experienced by Filipinos was that many of them migrated to New Spain and settled there.14 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Fishing.

As, next to rice, fish formed an important part of the diet of the Filipinos, we find them engaged in the fishing industry at the time of discovery and conquest. Magellan and his party saw many fishing boats near the coasts of the islands passed by them. “All the shores of this bay (Manila) are well provided with abundant fisheries, of all kinds.”15 The other islands were described to have many large fisheries also.16 The inland waters, too, furnished the inhabitants with abundant fish supply.

As rice, fish was a key part of the Filipino diet, so we see them involved in the fishing industry at the time of discovery and conquest. Magellan and his group observed numerous fishing boats along the coasts of the islands they visited. “All the shores of this bay (Manila) are rich in various types of fish.” 15 The other islands were also said to have many large fishing grounds. 16 The inland waters also provided the locals with a plentiful supply of fish.

Most of the devices used today for catching fish were known then to the ancient Filipinos. “The natives’ method of catching them is by making corrals of bejucos. They catch the fish inside these corrals, having made the enclosures fast by means of stakes. They also catch the fish in wicker baskets made from the bejucos, but most generally with atarrayas (a species of fishing net), esparaveles (a round fishing net, which is jerked along by the fisher through rivers and shallow places), other small barrederas (a net of which the meshes are closer and tighter than those of common nets, so that the smallest fish may not escape it), and with hand lines and hooks.”17 The salambao was also used.18 [25]

Most of the fishing devices used today were already known to the ancient Filipinos. “The locals catch fish by creating enclosures made from vines. They trap the fish inside these enclosures, securing them with stakes. They also catch fish in wicker baskets made from the vines, but mainly with atarrayas (a type of fishing net), esparaveles (a round fishing net that is pulled through rivers and shallow areas), other small barrederas (a net with closer and tighter mesh than regular nets, so even the smallest fish can't escape), along with hand lines and hooks.”17 The salambao was also used.18 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Fishing for pearl oysters and other precious products of the sea was also a developed industry at the time of discovery and conquest. These products were exported to other countries.19

Fishing for pearl oysters and other valuable sea products was also a well-established industry during the time of discovery and conquest. These products were sent to other countries.19

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Mining and metal work.

The early accounts abound in glowing descriptions of the mining wealth of this country. “In many (indeed in most) islands are found amber and civet, and gold mines—these especially in the mountain ranges of Pangasinan [26]and Paracale, and in Pampanga.20 Consequently there was hardly any Filipino who did not possess chains and other articles of gold, according to the chroniclers. Indeed, many of the early settlers in the country saw no other evidence of wealth but the mines and metals.21 [27]

The early accounts are filled with glowing descriptions of the mining riches in this country. “In many (actually in most) islands, you can find amber, civet, and gold mines—especially in the mountain ranges of Pangasinan [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and Paracale, and in Pampanga.20 Because of this, there was hardly a Filipino who didn’t own gold chains and other items, according to the chroniclers. In fact, many of the early settlers in the country saw no other sign of wealth except for the mines and metals.21 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The early Filipinos did not only know how to work mines, but also knew the art of metal working. From the precious metals they made jewelry and all kinds of ornaments.22 They also used metal for some of their weapons.23 And the most noteworthy evidence of their progress in working metals was their use of firearms.24 [28]

The early Filipinos not only knew how to work in mines, but they also mastered the art of metalworking. From precious metals, they created jewelry and various ornaments.22 They also used metal for some of their weapons.23 The most significant evidence of their advancement in metalworking was their use of firearms.24 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Chief among the industries connected with the various kinds of palms found in the Philippines was the distillation of the sap into alcohol, a process known to the Filipinos long before Spanish arrival. “They draw a great quantity of wine from the palm-trees; one Indian can in one forenoon obtain two arrobas of sap from the palm-trees that he cultivates. It is sweet and good, and is used in making great quantities of brandy, excellent vinegar, and delicious honey.”25 “Their drink is a wine made from the tops of coco and nipa palm, of which there is great abundance. They are grown and [29]tended like vineyards, although without so much toil and labor. Drawing off the ‘tuba,’ they distilled it, using for alembics their own little furnaces and utensils, to a greater or less strength, and it becomes brandy. This is drunk throughout the islands.”26

The main industry related to the different types of palms found in the Philippines was the process of distilling the sap into alcohol, something the Filipinos had been doing long before the Spanish arrived. “They harvest a large amount of wine from the palm trees; one person can gather two arrobas of sap in just one morning from the trees they take care of. It's sweet and tasty, and is used to make a lot of brandy, excellent vinegar, and delicious honey.” 25 “Their drink is a wine made from the tops of coconut and nipa palms, which are very plentiful. They are cultivated and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] cared for like vineyards, but with less effort and hard work. By drawing off the ‘tuba,’ they distilled it, using their own small furnaces and tools, to varying strengths, and it becomes brandy. This is consumed all over the islands.” 26

Other uses similar to those of today were made of the different parts of the coconut and other palms.27

Other uses similar to those today were applied to the different parts of the coconut and other palms.27

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Textile industries.

Weaving was one of the industries well-known to the Filipinos long before the coming of the Spaniards. Contemporary writers all speak of the great quantity of cloths, especially cotton, woven in the country.28 Says Sande: “All know how to raise cotton and silk, and everywhere they know how to spin and weave for clothing.”29 [30]

Weaving was one of the industries well-known to the Filipinos long before the Spaniards arrived. Modern writers all mention the large amount of fabrics, especially cotton, produced in the country. 28 Sande says: “Everyone knows how to grow cotton and silk, and they all know how to spin and weave for clothing.” 29 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Besides cotton, the fibers of the abacá or hemp plant was also used for weaving; in fact, the latter must have been used even before the former.30 They wove cloths also from Piña, and from silk imported from China.31 The women knew the art of making lace and of embroidery.32

Besides cotton, the fibers from the abacá or hemp plant were also used for weaving; in fact, the latter was probably used even before the former.30 They also wove cloths from Piña and from silk imported from China.31 The women mastered the skills of making lace and embroidery.32

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Miscellaneous industries.

That the Filipinos first seen by the Spaniards were not wandering savages, as commonly assumed by later day writers, is shown by the manner in which they built their houses—which very much resembled those of today33,—[31]and fixed their settlements.34 It is from such and other similar facts that Rizal,35 and other writers,36 claimed for the early Filipinos a higher degree of culture than they were given credit for. [32]

That the Filipinos first seen by the Spaniards were not wandering savages, as commonly assumed by later writers, is shown by the way they built their houses—which closely resembled those of today33,—[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]and established their settlements.34 It is from such and other similar facts that Rizal,35 and other writers,36 argued that the early Filipinos had a higher degree of culture than they were given credit for. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Among the other industries at the time of discovery and conquest were: the manufacture of gun-powder; hunting for edible birds’ nests, and exporting them to China; preparing hides, especially of deer, for export to Japan.37 “As they possess many civet cats, although smaller than those of Guinea, they make use of the civet and trade it.38 They also carved the statues of their anitos.”39

Among the other industries during the time of discovery and conquest were: making gunpowder; hunting for edible bird nests and exporting them to China; and preparing animal hides, especially deer hides, for export to Japan. 37 “Since they have many civet cats, though smaller than those from Guinea, they use the civet for trade. 38 They also carved the statues of their anitos.” 39

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Conclusion.

To quote Rizal, “All the histories of those first years, in short, abound in long accounts about the industry and agriculture of the natives. Mines, gold-washings, looms, farms, barter, naval construction, raising of poultry and stock, weaving of silk and cotton, distilleries, manufactures of arms, pearl fisheries, the civet industry, the horn and hide industry, etc., are things encountered at every step, and, considering the time and the conditions in the islands, prove that there was life, there was activity, there was movement.”40 [33][34]

To quote Rizal, “All the histories of those early years are full of detailed accounts about the industries and agriculture of the locals. Mining, gold panning, weaving, farming, trading, shipbuilding, raising poultry and livestock, weaving silk and cotton, distilling, manufacturing weapons, pearl fishing, the civet industry, the horn and hide industry, and so on, are found everywhere, and given the time and circumstances in the islands, they show that there was life, there was activity, there was movement.”40 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__][__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Other evidences could be presented to strengthen the conclusion advanced here.41

Other evidence could be presented to strengthen the conclusion made here.41

The only question that remains to be answered is that asked by Rizal: “How then, and in what way, was that active and enterprising infidel native of ancient times converted into the lazy and indolent Christian, as our contemporary writers say?” In connection with the discussion of ancient industries we had occasion to [35]see that the Filipinos had neglected and even forgotten many such industries. Of this fact there is plenty of reliable proof.42

The only question left to answer is the one Rizal asked: “How did that active and enterprising non-believer from ancient times become the lazy and indifferent Christian, as our modern writers claim?” In relation to the discussion of ancient industries, we noted that Filipinos have overlooked and even forgotten many of these industries. There is plenty of reliable evidence for this fact.

What were the causes that led to the decay of these old industries? “First came the wars, the internal disorders which the new change of affairs naturally brought with it.”43 Then, as already pointed out, the [36]effect of shipbuilding was fatal to the very lives of the people.44 Add to these the abuses practiced by the encomenderos, and it is easy to understand the reason [37]for the decline of the industries at the time.45 However, in this connection, the benefits arising out of Spanish conquest should not be forgotten.46 [38]

What caused the decline of these old industries? “First, there were the wars and the internal conflicts that came with the new changes in circumstances.”43 Then, as mentioned earlier, the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]impact of shipbuilding was detrimental to the livelihoods of the people.44 On top of that, the abuses committed by the encomenderos make it easy to see why the industries faced decline at that time.37 However, we shouldn't overlook the benefits that came from the Spanish conquest.46 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 “For the above reason there is a large supply of lumber, which is cut and sawed, dragged to the rivers, and brought down, by the natives. This lumber is very useful for houses and buildings, and for the construction of small and large vessels. Many very straight trees, light and pliable, are found, which are used as masts for ships and galleons. Consequently, vessels of any size may be fitted with masts from these trees, made of one piece of timber, without its being necessary to splice them or make them of different pieces. For the hulls of the ships, the keels, futtock-timbers, top-timbers, and any other kinds of supports and braces, compass-timbers, transomes, knees small and large, and rudders, all sorts of good timber are easily found; as well as good planking for the sides, decks, and upper-works, from very suitable woods.” (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas.—Chapter 8, Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 84–87.)

1 “For this reason, there is a large supply of lumber that is cut, sawed, dragged to the rivers, and transported by the locals. This lumber is very useful for building houses and other structures, as well as for constructing small and large boats. Many straight trees that are lightweight and flexible are found, which are used as masts for ships and galleons. As a result, vessels of any size can have masts made from these trees, crafted from a single piece of wood, without needing to splice or join multiple pieces. For the ships’ hulls, keels, futtock-timbers, top-timbers, and various supports and braces, compass-timbers, transoms, knees both small and large, and rudders, all types of quality timber are readily available, along with suitable wood for the sides, decks, and upper structures.” (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas.—Chapter 8, Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 84–87.)

2 “Their ships and boats are of many kinds; for on the rivers and creeks inland they use certain very large canoes, each made from one log, and others fitted with benches and made from planks, and built up on keels. They have vireys and barangays, which are certain, quick, and light vessels that lie low in the water, put together with little wooden nails. These are as slender at the stern as at the bow, and they can hold a number of rowers on both sides, who propel their vessels with ‘bucceyes’ or paddles, and with ‘gaones,’ on the outside of the vessels; and they time their rowing to the accompaniment of some who sing in their language refrains by which they understand whether to hasten or retard their rowing. Above the rowers is a platform or gangway, built of bamboo, upon which the fighting men stand, in order not to interfere with the rowing of the oarsmen. In accordance with the capacity of the vessels, is the number of men on these gangways. From that place they manage the sail, which is square and made of linen, and hoisted on a support or yard made of two thick bamboos, which serves as a mast. When the vessel is large, it also has a foresail of the same form. Both yards, with their tackle, can be lowered upon the gangway when the weather is rough. The helmsmen are stationed in the stern to steer. It carries another bamboo framework on the gangway itself; and upon this when the sun shines hot, or it rains, they stretch an awning made from some mats, woven from palm-leaves. These are very bulky and close, and are called ‘cayanes.’ Thus all the ship and its crew are covered and protected. There are also other bamboo frameworks for each side of the vessel, which are as long as the vessel, and securely fastened on. They skim the water, without hindering the rowing, and serve as a counterpoise, so that the ship cannot overturn nor upset, however heavy the sea, or strong the wind against the sail.

2 "They have various types of ships and boats. On the rivers and creeks inland, they use large canoes made from a single log, as well as others that have benches and are constructed from planks and built up on keels. They have vireys and barangays, which are quick and light vessels that sit low in the water, held together with small wooden nails. These boats are just as narrow at the back as they are at the front and can accommodate several rowers on both sides, who use 'bucceyes' or paddles, and 'gaones' on the outer sides of the vessels. The rowers coordinate their strokes with singers who recite refrains in their language, signaling when to speed up or slow down. Above the rowers is a bamboo platform or gangway where the warriors stand to avoid interfering with the oarsmen. The number of men on the gangway matches the vessel's capacity. From this spot, they manage a square sail made of linen, which is hoisted on a support or yard made of two thick bamboo poles that serve as a mast. Larger vessels also have a foresail of the same shape. Both yards, with their rigging, can be lowered onto the gangway in rough weather. The helmsmen steer from the back of the boat. There is another bamboo frame on the gangway itself, which they use to stretch an awning made from mats woven from palm leaves for shade on sunny days or to keep dry in the rain. These awnings are thick and tightly woven, referred to as 'cayanes.' This way, the entire ship and crew are sheltered and protected. Additionally, there are other bamboo frameworks on each side of the vessel that are as long as the ship and securely attached. They skim the water without obstructing the rowing and act as a counterbalance so that the ship cannot tip or capsize, no matter how rough the sea or strong the wind against the sail."

“It may happen that the entire hull of these vessels, which have no decks, may fill with water and remain between wind and water, even until it is destroyed and broken up, without sinking, because of these counterpoises. These vessels have been used commonly through the islands since olden times. They have other larger vessels called ‘lapis,’ and ‘tapaques,’ which are used to carry their merchandise, and which are very suitable, as they are roomy and draw but little water. They generally drag them ashore every night, at the mouths of rivers and creeks, among which they always navigate without going into the open sea or leaving the shore. All the natives can row and manage these boats. Some are so long that they can carry one hundred rowers on a side and thirty soldiers above to fight. The boats commonly used are barangays and vireys, which carry a less crew and fighting force. Now they put many of them together with iron nails instead of the wooden pegs and the joints in the planks, while the helms and bows have beaks like Castilian boats.” (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas.—Ch. 8, Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 82–84.)

“It may happen that the entire hull of these vessels, which have no decks, can fill with water and stay afloat, even until it is destroyed and broken apart, without sinking, due to these counterweights. These vessels have been commonly used throughout the islands for a long time. They also have larger vessels called ‘lapis’ and ‘tapaques,’ which are used to transport their goods and are very suitable because they are spacious and require very little water. They generally pull them ashore every night, at the mouths of rivers and creeks, navigating among them without venturing into the open sea or leaving the shore. All the locals can row and handle these boats. Some are so long that they can carry one hundred rowers on each side and thirty soldiers above to fight. The boats commonly used are barangays and vireys, which carry fewer crew members and less fighting force. Now, they put many of them together with iron nails instead of wooden pegs and the joints in the planks, while the sterns and bows have beaks like Castilian boats.” (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas.—Ch. 8, Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 82–84.)

3 “The Filipinos, like the inhabitants of the Marianas, who are no less skilful and dexterous in navigation, far from progressing, have retrograded; since, although boats are now built in the islands, we might assert that they are all after European models. The boats that held one hundred rowers to a side and thirty soldiers have disappeared. The country that once, with primitive methods, built ships of about 2,000 toneladas, today (1890) has to go to foreign ports, as Hongkong, to give the gold wrenched from the poor, in exchange for unserviceable cruisers. The rivers are blocked up, and navigation in the interior of the islands is perishing, thanks to the obstacles created by a timid and mistrusting system of government; and there scarcely remains in the memory anything but the name of all that naval architecture. It has vanished, without modern improvements having come to replace it in such proportion as during the past centuries has occurred in adjacent countries.” (Rizal’s note to Morga.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 84.)

3 “The Filipinos, like the people of the Marianas, who are just as skilled and talented in navigation, have not progressed; instead, they have gone backward. Even though boats are now built in the islands, we can say that they are all modeled after European designs. The boats that used to carry one hundred rowers on each side and thirty soldiers have disappeared. The country that once built ships weighing about 2,000 tons using primitive methods now has to go to foreign ports like Hong Kong to exchange the gold taken from the poor for useless cruisers. The rivers are blocked, and navigation within the islands is dying, thanks to the obstacles created by a fearful and distrustful government system; and hardly anything remains in memory except the name of all that naval architecture. It has disappeared, without modern improvements coming in to replace it as extensively as has happened in neighboring countries over the last centuries.” (Rizal’s note to Morga.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 84.)

4 “The shipyards of the galleons built during Don Juan de Silva’s term were thirty, forty, fifty, sixty, seventy, and eighty leguas from the city of Manila, in different places; namely, on the island of Marinduque, where the galleon San Juan Bautista was built, which is forty leguas from Manila; in the province of Camarines at Dalupanes were built Nuestra Señora de Guadalupe, and the Angel de la Guardia (i. e. Guardian Angel), fifty leguas from Manila; in the province of Ibalon at Bagatan were built San Felipe and Santiago, eighty leguas from Manila; in Mindoro was built the galleon San Juan Bautista, fifty leguas from Manila; in Marinduque was built the almiranta San Marcos, forty leguas from Manila; in Masbate was built the royal flagship Salvador, seventy leguas from Manila, in the point where the fleets anchor; in the port of Cavite, six galleys; in the city of Manila, two.” (Sebastian de Pineda; Mexico, 1619.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, pp. 173–174.)

4 “The shipyards for the galleons built during Don Juan de Silva’s time were located thirty, forty, fifty, sixty, seventy, and eighty leagues away from the city of Manila, in various places; specifically, on the island of Marinduque, where the galleon San Juan Bautista was built, which is forty leagues from Manila; in the province of Camarines at Dalupanes, Nuestra Señora de Guadalupe and Angel de la Guardia (i.e., Guardian Angel) were built, fifty leagues from Manila; in the province of Ibalon at Bagatan, San Felipe and Santiago were built, eighty leagues from Manila; in Mindoro, the galleon San Juan Bautista was built, fifty leagues from Manila; in Marinduque, the admiral ship San Marcos was built, forty leagues from Manila; in Masbate, the royal flagship Salvador was built, seventy leagues from Manila, at the point where the fleets anchor; in the port of Cavite, six galleys; and in the city of Manila, two.” (Sebastian de Pineda; Mexico, 1619.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, pp. 173–174.)

5 “Governor Don Diego de Salcedo, considering the many oppressions that were experienced by the provinces near Manila from the continual cutting of timber and building of galleons—a necessary evil and one in which the wrongs that are committed in it can be obviated only with great difficulty—very prudently determined to build the galleon Nuestra Señora del Buen Socorro in the province of Albay. He entrusted its execution to the commander Diego de Arévalo who was most experienced in maritime matters. He appointed him alcalde-mayor of the adjoining province of Camarines for the better expedition of the timber-cutting, putting him under greater obligations (to do well) by the future reward of commander of the galleon which he was about to build. In order that that galleon might be built more quickly and finished sooner, he sent as chief overseer his lieutenant master-of-camp, Don Agustin de Cepeda Carnacedo, who was then master-of-camp of the army of these islands for his Majesty, in order that he might live in the port of Albay. He did that with so great care that in little more than one year the largest and best galleon that had yet been seen in the islands was built—and very few so large have been seen in European seas, and extremely few that are larger. For that purpose the woods of Filipinas are the best that can be found in all the universe.” (Casimiro Diaz, O. S. A.; Manila, 1718. Conquistas, in Bl. and Rb., Vol. 37, pp. 250–251.)

5 “Governor Don Diego de Salcedo, aware of the many hardships faced by the provinces near Manila due to the constant cutting of timber and construction of galleons—a necessary but troublesome task where the wrongs involved are hard to avoid—wisely decided to build the galleon Nuestra Señora del Buen Socorro in the province of Albay. He entrusted the project to Commander Diego de Arévalo, who had extensive experience in maritime affairs. He appointed him alcalde-mayor of the neighboring province of Camarines to facilitate timber-cutting, placing greater expectations on him with the prospect of becoming the commander of the galleon once it was completed. To ensure the galleon was built quickly and finished sooner, he sent his lieutenant master-of-camp, Don Agustin de Cepeda Carnacedo, as the chief overseer, having him stay in the port of Albay. He managed this with such diligence that in just over a year, the largest and finest galleon ever seen in the islands was constructed—and very few of that size have been seen in European seas, with extremely few that are larger. For this purpose, the timber in the Philippines is among the best in the entire world.” (Casimiro Diaz, O. S. A.; Manila, 1718. Conquistas, in Bl. and Rb., Vol. 37, pp. 250–251.)

6 “Those who cut these woods and build these ships and galleys are Indian natives of the said islands. They are carpenters, who are called cagallanes or pandais, in their language. Those Indians who are no more than woodcutters, and serve only as hewers and planers of wood, are paid each seven or eight reals a month, and are given daily rations of one-half celemin of rice. Those of better trades than the latter generally earn ten to twelve reals a month. Those who are masters—the ones who lay out, prepare, round, and make the masts, yards, and topmasts are each paid three or four pesos of eight reals a month, and double rations.” (Philippine Ships and Shipbuilding, Sebastian de Pineda (1619).—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, p. 174.)

6 "Those who cut down these woods and build these ships and boats are local Indian natives of the islands. They are carpenters known as cagallanes or pandais in their language. The Indians who only work as woodcutters, serving as sawers and planers of wood, earn seven or eight reals a month and receive daily rations of half a celemin of rice. Those with more skilled trades typically earn ten to twelve reals a month. The master tradespeople—those who design, prepare, shape, and create the masts, yards, and topmasts—are paid three or four pesos of eight reals a month, along with double rations." (Philippine Ships and Shipbuilding, Sebastian de Pineda (1619).—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, p. 174.)

7 “When a fleet was being prepared in Cavite there were generally one thousand four hundred of these carpenters there. Just now there are very few, for when the Mindanao enemies burned one galleon and two petaches in the past year, one thousand six hundred and seventeen, which were being built in the shipyard of Pantao, sixty leguas from the city of Manila, they captured more than four hundred of the workmen, and killed more than two hundred others; while many have died through the severe work in the building. And because they have been paid for five years nothing except a little aid, many have fled from the land; and so few remain that when the last ships sailed from the city of Manila last year, six hundred and eighteen, there were not two hundred of those Indians in Cavite.” (Ships and Shipbuilding, Sebastian de Pineda, 1619.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, pp. 174–175.)

7 “When a fleet was getting ready in Cavite, there were usually around one thousand four hundred carpenters present. Right now, there are very few, because when the enemies from Mindanao burned one galleon and two smaller vessels last year, in sixteen hundred and seventeen, which were under construction at the Pantao shipyard, sixty leagues from Manila, they captured over four hundred workers and killed more than two hundred others; while many have died from the harsh conditions of the work. Since they have only received a little support after five years of no pay, many have fled the area; and now so few remain that when the last ships departed from Manila last year, six hundred and eighteen in total, there were not even two hundred of those workers left in Cavite.” (Ships and Shipbuilding, Sebastian de Pineda, 1619.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, pp. 174–175.)

*   *   *

* * *

“As above stated, it will be necessary for Governor Don Alonso Fajardo to devise immediate means for building galleons and to repair the six at Manila. I regard the present building of ships in that country as impossible. For with the former ships and fleets and with the depredations and deaths caused by the enemy in those districts the natives are quite exhausted; for, as I said above, in the former years of six hundred and seventeen the Mindanao enemy captured four hundred native carpenters and killed more than two hundred others. The year before that, six hundred and sixteen, in the expedition made by Don Juan de Silva to the strait of Cincapura, where he died, it was found from lists that more than seven hundred Indians, of those taken as common seamen (of whom more than two hundred were carpenters), died on that expedition. Before that, in the year six hundred and fourteen, the said Mindanao enemy captured in the islands of Pintados nine hundred odd Indians, of whom but few have been ransomed. In the shipbuilding and in the hauling of wood many have died. Consequently, on account of all combined, there is a lack of natives for the above works. Therefore your Majesty must order the said Don Alonso Fajardo, governor and captain-general of the said islands, that in case galleons are to be built, it should not be in the islands—on the one hand, on account of the short time that those woods last, and on the other because of the lack in that land of natives (occurring through the above-mentioned causes, and because those natives in the islands are serving in the fleets as common seamen and carpenters).” (Ibid., pp. 182–183.)

“As mentioned earlier, Governor Don Alonso Fajardo needs to find immediate ways to build galleons and repair the six in Manila. I believe shipbuilding in that country right now is impossible. The previous ships and fleets, along with the losses and fatalities caused by the enemy in those areas, have left the locals completely worn out. As I stated before, in the year six hundred and seventeen, the Mindanao enemy captured four hundred native carpenters and killed more than two hundred others. The year before that, in six hundred and sixteen, during the expedition led by Don Juan de Silva to the strait of Cincapura, where he passed away, records showed that more than seven hundred Indians, many of whom were common sailors (over two hundred of them carpenters), died on that mission. Before that, in the year six hundred and fourteen, the Mindanao enemy captured over nine hundred Indians in the Pintados islands, with only a few being ransomed. Many have died in shipbuilding and while hauling wood. Therefore, all these factors combined have resulted in a shortage of locals for these tasks. Thus, your Majesty must instruct Don Alonso Fajardo, governor and captain-general of those islands, that if galleons need to be built, it shouldn't be done in the islands—partly because the wood there doesn’t last long and partly due to the lack of locals (which is a result of the reasons mentioned above, and because those locals in the islands are serving in the fleets as common sailors and carpenters).” (Ibid., pp. 182–183.)

8 “The shipbuilding carried on in these islands on your Majesty’s account is the total ruin and death of these natives, as all tell me. For, in addition to the danger caused by it in withdrawing them from the cultivation of their lands and fields—whereby the abundance of foods and fruits of the country is destroyed—many of them die from severe labor and harsh treatment. Joined to this is another evil, namely, that every Indian who takes part in the shipbuilding is aided by all the neighborhood where he lives with a certain number of pesos, on account of the small pay that is given them in behalf of your Majesty. Hence many are being harassed and worn out by these methods, and a great expense is being caused to your Majesty’s royal treasury.” (Letter to Felipe III, Alonso Fajardo de Tenza, Cavite, Aug. 10, 1618; Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, pp. 130–131.)

8 "The shipbuilding happening in these islands for your Majesty is causing the complete ruin and death of the locals, according to everyone I’ve spoken to. Not only does it create danger by pulling them away from farming their lands—leading to the destruction of food and fruit production—but many also die due to harsh labor and treatment. To make matters worse, every Indian involved in shipbuilding receives financial support from their community, as the pay they get from your Majesty is very low. As a result, many are being stressed and worn out by these conditions, causing significant expenses to your Majesty’s royal treasury." (Letter to Felipe III, Alonso Fajardo de Tenza, Cavite, Aug. 10, 1618; Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, pp. 130–131.)

9 “Item: That the governor be warned to endeavor to avoid, as far as possible, the injuries inflicted upon the natives in the cutting of wood and in personal services; for they sometimes draft them in the planting season or at harvest, so that they lose their fields, as I have seen. In addition to this, many times they do not pay the Indians, because there is no money in the treasury, which is continually short of funds. This often arises from the fact that they do not estimate and consider the needs of the Indians with the amount of money that is available; and consequently all the Indians complain. Finally, when the said Indians are paid, it is done by the hand of the chiefs or cabezas de barangay, who generally keep the money.” (Reforms Needed in Filipinas, by H. de los Rios Coronel.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, pp. 315–316.)

9 “Item: The governor should be reminded to make an effort to minimize the harm done to the natives during woodcutting and personal service, as they sometimes pull them away during planting or harvest seasons, causing them to lose their crops, as I have witnessed. Furthermore, often they do not pay the Indians because the treasury is frequently short on funds. This often happens because they do not assess and consider the Indians' needs against the available budget, leading to widespread complaints among the Indians. Lastly, when the Indians do get paid, it is typically through the chiefs or cabezas de barangay, who usually end up keeping the money.” (Reforms Needed in Filipinas, by H. de los Rios Coronel.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, pp. 315–316.)

10 “The loss of so many ships caused us great sadness of heart. The greatest hardship fell to the Indians, for they cannot live without ships. When one is lost it is necessary to build another, and that means the cutting of wood. Six or eight thousand Indians are assembled for that task, and go to the mountains. On them falls the vast labor of cutting and dragging the timber in. To that must be added the blows that are rained down upon them, and the poor pay, and bad nourishment that they receive. At times, religious are sent to protect and defend them from the infernal fury of some Spaniards. Moreover, in the timber collected for one ship there is (actually enough) for two ships. Many gain advantage at the cost of the Indians’ sweat, and later others make a profit in Cavite, as I have seen.” (D. F. Navarrete, O. P.; 1676, from his Tratados Históricos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 38, pp. 42–43.)

10 "The loss of so many ships made us really sad. The biggest impact was on the Indigenous people, as they can't survive without ships. When one is lost, they need to build another, which means cutting down trees. Six to eight thousand Indigenous people come together for this task and head to the mountains. They bear the tremendous burden of cutting and dragging the timber in. On top of that, they face harsh treatment, receive poor pay, and have inadequate food. Sometimes, religious individuals are sent to protect them from the horrific behavior of certain Spaniards. Additionally, the amount of timber collected for one ship is actually enough for two. Many benefit from the hard work of the Indigenous people, and later others profit in Cavite, as I've observed." (D. F. Navarrete, O. P.; 1676, from his Tratados Históricos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 38, pp. 42–43.)

11 ”* * * I must remind your Majesty that the islands are at the end of their resources, as far as the Indians in them are concerned; for it is they who bring the timber from the forests for the said shipbuilding. I have thought of an expedient for this, in order not to complete the destruction of the Indians; it is, to ask the viceroys of your Majesty in Nueva España and Pirú to send vessels here. * * *” (Letter to Felipe IV, by Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera, Cavite, July 11, 1636.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 26, p. 289.)

11 "* * * I need to remind Your Majesty that the islands are running out of resources, especially concerning the indigenous people living here; they are the ones who bring the timber from the forests for shipbuilding. I've come up with a solution to avoid the complete destruction of the indigenous population; I propose asking Your Majesty's viceroys in New Spain and Peru to send ships here. * * *” (Letter to Felipe IV, by Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera, Cavite, July 11, 1636.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 26, p. 289.)

12 “Item. That it be ordered that the common seamen who serve in the said ships, who are always Indian natives, be all men of that coast, who are instructed how to navigate; and that they be made to wear clothes, with which to shelter themselves from the cold; for, because they do not, most of them die in high latitudes, of which he (the writer) is a witness. Inasmuch as the factor enrolls other Indians who live in the interior, and who do not know the art of sailing, and as they are a wretched people, they are embarked without clothes to protect them against the cold, so that when each new dawn comes there are three or four dead men (a matter that is breaking his heart); besides, they are treated inhumanly and are not given the necessaries of life, but are killed with hunger and thirst. If he were to tell in detail the evil that is done to them, it would fill many pages. He petitions your Majesty to charge your governor straitly to remedy this.” (Reforms Needed in Filipinas, Hernando de los Rios Coronel, 1619–1620.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, pp. 299–300.)

12 “Item. It is ordered that the common sailors serving on these ships, who are always local Indian natives, should all be men from that region who know how to navigate; and that they be provided with clothes to protect themselves from the cold; because most of them, lacking proper clothing, die in colder areas, which the writer has personally witnessed. The factor enrolls other Indians from the interior, who have no sailing skills, and since they are a poor people, they are taken on board without clothing to shield them from the cold, resulting in three or four deaths by each new dawn (a fact that breaks his heart); moreover, they are treated cruelly and not given the essentials for living, suffering from hunger and thirst. If he were to describe in detail the harm inflicted upon them, it would require many pages. He asks Your Majesty to strictly instruct your governor to address this issue.” (Reforms Needed in Filipinas, Hernando de los Rios Coronel, 1619–1620.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, pp. 299–300.)

13 “This has been the cause of tumults and insurrections, such as that of Palapag in 1649, and that of the province of Pampanga in 1660; and, in the time of Governor Don Juan de Silva, that of 1614, because of the considerable felling of timber which was occasioned by so much shipbuilding as was caused by the undertaking against the Dutch. Then, most of the provinces of these islands mutinied and almost rose in insurrection; and there was danger of a general outbreak, had not the religious who were ministers in the provinces reduced the minds of the natives to quiet; for they, overburdened by so heavy a load, were at the point of desperation.” (Casimiro Diaz, O.S.A.; Manila, 1718, Conquistas.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 37, p. 212.)

13 “This led to riots and uprisings, like the one in Palapag in 1649 and the one in the province of Pampanga in 1660; and during Governor Don Juan de Silva's time, there was another in 1614 due to the extensive logging triggered by all the shipbuilding efforts against the Dutch. As a result, most provinces in these islands revolted and nearly sparked a widespread insurrection; there was a real risk of a major outbreak if not for the religious leaders in the provinces who calmed the locals; they were overwhelmed by such a heavy burden and were on the verge of desperation.” (Casimiro Diaz, O.S.A.; Manila, 1718, Conquistas.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 37, p. 212.)

14 “Those islands have so few natives, that if your Majesty does not expressly order no vessels to be constructed in them, not any of their people will be left, for as a result the events that have happened in those islands for the last eight years, both murders and captivities, many of those who have been left, who are constantly coming to Nueva España, every year as common seamen in the vessels that regularly sail, remain in Nueva España. In the galleon Espíritu Santo which came last year, six hundred and eighteen, were seventy-five native Indians as common seamen, but not more than five of the entire number returned in the said galley. If your Majesty does not have that corrected, the same thing will occur every year, and should your Majesty not correct it, the following things will occur. The first is the great offense committed against our Lord, for many (indeed most) of those native Indians of the Filipinas Islands who come as common seamen are married in those said islands; and, inasmuch as they are unknown in Nueva España, they remarry here. Another wrong follows which is very much to the disservice of your Majesty and your royal treasury, which is caused by the said Indian natives of the Filipinas Islands who come as common seamen and remain in Nueva España; and if it is not checked in time, it will cause considerable injury to these kingdoms. This consists in the fact that there are in Nueva España so many of those Indians who come from Filipinas Islands who have engaged in making palm wine along the other seacoast, that of the South Sea, and which they make with stills, as in Filipinas, that it will in time become a part reason for the natives of Nueva España, who now use the wine that comes from Castilla, to drink none except what the Filipinos make. For since the natives of Nueva España are a race inclined to drink and intoxication, and the wine made by the Filipinos is distilled and as strong as brandy, they crave it rather than the wine from España. Consequently it will happen that the trading fleets (from Spain) will bring less wine every year, and what is brought will be more valuable every year. So great is the traffic in this (palm wine) at present on the coast of Navidad, among the Apusabalcos, and throughout Colima, that they lead beasts of burden with this wine in the same way as in España. By postponing the speedy remedy that this demands, the same thing might also happen to the vineyards of Piru. It can be averted, provided all the Indian natives of the said Filipinas Islands are shipped and returned to them, that the palm groves and vessels with which that wine is made be burnt, the palm-trees felled, and severe penalties imposed on whomever remains or returns to make that wine.

14 "Those islands have so few natives that if your Majesty doesn't explicitly forbid the construction of any vessels there, there won't be any people left, due to the events that have occurred over the past eight years, including both murders and captures. Many of those who remain are constantly coming to Nueva España every year as common sailors on the ships that regularly travel there, and they tend to stay in Nueva España. In the galleon Espíritu Santo that arrived last year, out of six hundred and eighteen people, seventy-five were native Indians working as common sailors, but only five of them returned on that same ship. If your Majesty doesn't put a stop to this, it will happen every year, and if it's not corrected, several issues will arise. First, there’s the serious offense against our Lord, as many (indeed, most) of those native Indians from the Philippines who come as common sailors are married back home; since they are unknown in Nueva España, they end up remarrying here. Another significant issue, which harms your Majesty and your royal treasury, is created by these native Indians from the Philippines who come as common sailors and then remain in Nueva España; if it’s not addressed soon, it will cause substantial harm to these kingdoms. This is because there are so many of these Indians from the Philippines in Nueva España who have started producing palm wine along the southern coast, similar to back home, using stills. Over time, this will likely cause the natives of Nueva España, who currently drink wine from Castilla, to prefer only the wine made by Filipinos. Since the natives of Nueva España tend toward drinking and intoxication, and the Filipino wine is distilled and as strong as brandy, they will crave it over the wine from España. As a result, the trading fleets from Spain will bring less wine each year, and the wine that is brought will become increasingly valuable. The trade of this palm wine on the coast of Navidad, among the Apusabalcos, and throughout Colima is so extensive that they transport it with beasts of burden just like in España. If we delay addressing this urgent issue, the same fate might befall the vineyards of Piru. This can be prevented if all the native Indians from the Philippines are sent back, the palm groves and the equipment used to make that wine are destroyed, the palm trees are cut down, and severe penalties are imposed on anyone who stays or returns to produce that wine."

“Incited by their greed in that traffic, all the Indians who have charge of making that wine go to the port of Acapulco when the ships reach there from Manila, and lead away with them all the Indians who come as common seamen. For that reason, and the others above mentioned, scarcely any of them return to the said Filipinas Islands. From that it also results that your Majesty loses the royal revenues derived from those islands, inasmuch as all those Indians are tributaries there, and when absent pay nothing.” (Ships and Shipbuildings, by Sebastian de Pineda, 1619.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, pp. 183–185.)

“Driven by their greed in that trade, all the Indians responsible for making that wine go to the port of Acapulco when the ships arrive from Manila and take away with them all the Indians who come as regular sailors. Because of this and the other reasons mentioned, very few of them return to the Philippines. This also means that your Majesty loses the royal revenues from those islands since all those Indians are tax payers there, and when they are absent, they don’t pay anything.” (Ships and Shipbuildings, by Sebastian de Pineda, 1619.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, pp. 183–185.)

15 Antonio de Morga, Sucesos de las Islas Filipinos, Chap. 8.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 108.

15 Antonio de Morga, Events in the Philippine Islands, Chap. 8.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 108.

16 Relación de las Islas Filipinas, Miguel de Loarca; Arévalo, June, 1582.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, p. 73.

16 Relación de las Islas Filipinas, Miguel de Loarca; Arévalo, June, 1582.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, p. 73.

17 Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas, Antonio de Morga, Chap. 8.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 96.

17 Events in the Philippines, Antonio de Morga, Chap. 8.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 96.

18 Report of Conditions in the Philippines, Antonio de Morga, Manila, June 8, 1598.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 10, pp. 85–86.

18 Report of Conditions in the Philippines, Antonio de Morga, Manila, June 8, 1598.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 10, pp. 85–86.

“The fishing is done with salambaos, and with fine-meshed nets; with which they block up the bay and kill the small fish. These nets ought not to be employed, and the size of the mesh should be regulated so that the supply of fish will not be exhausted; for already experience has demonstrated that they are not so abundant as formerly.”

“The fishing is done with salambaos and fine-meshed nets, which they use to block the bay and catch small fish. These nets should not be used, and the mesh size should be regulated to prevent depleting the fish supply, as experience has shown that fish are not as abundant as they used to be.”

Night fishing was also practiced. “What we call pitch in this region is a resin from which the natives make candles in order to use in their night-fishing, and is the same as the copal of Nueva España, or at the most differs from it very little in color, smell, and taste.” (Expedition of Miguel Lopez de Legazpi. [Résumé of Contemporaneous Documents, 1558–68.]—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 2, p. 153.)

Night fishing was also a common activity. “What we refer to as pitch in this area is a resin that the locals use to make candles for their night fishing, and it’s very similar to the copal of New Spain, differing only slightly in color, scent, and flavor.” (Expedition of Miguel Lopez de Legazpi. [Résumé of Contemporaneous Documents, 1558–68.]—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 2, p. 153.)

Artificial fish-culture seems to have been introduced by the Japanese before the Spanish arrival. “The greatest of the Japanese industries, which they taught the natives, was breeding ducks and fishes for export. The rivers and coast waters of the Archipelago provided splendid feeding grounds for numerous varieties of fish and fowl, and the Japanese assisted nature’s breeding process, particularly in the case of fishes in a manner followed by present day experts. The roe were transported to safe places for development, tanks were used to guard small fish from harm, and various other precautionary measures were adopted properly to rear the fish. To the early Spaniards, the pisciculture of the Filipinos was regarded almost as a new art, so much more advanced it was than fish breeding methods in Europe.” (Commercial Progress in the Philippine Islands, Antonio M. Regidor and J. Warren T. Mason, 1905.)

Artificial fish farming seems to have been introduced by the Japanese before the arrival of the Spanish. “The biggest of the Japanese industries, which they taught the natives, was breeding ducks and fish for export. The rivers and coastal waters of the Archipelago provided excellent feeding grounds for various types of fish and birds, and the Japanese aided nature’s breeding process, especially with fish, in a way that today’s experts still follow. The eggs were moved to safe locations for development, tanks were used to protect small fish from danger, and various other safety measures were adopted to properly raise the fish. To the early Spaniards, the fish farming practices of the Filipinos were seen almost as a new art, so much more advanced than the fish breeding methods in Europe.” (Commercial Progress in the Philippine Islands, Antonio M. Regidor and J. Warren T. Mason, 1905.)

19 In some of these islands pearl oysters are found, especially in the Calamianes, where some have been obtained that are large and exceedingly clear and lustrous. Neither is this means of profit utilized. (By the Spaniards, he means, as is clear from the preceding paragraph, which states that, “if the industry and efforts of the Spaniards were to be converted into the working of the gold, as much would be obtained from any one of these islands as from those provinces which produce the most in the world. But since they attend to other means of gain rather than to this, as will be told in due time, they do not pay the proper attention to this matter.”) In all parts, seed pearls are found in the ordinary oysters, and there are oysters as large as a buckler. From the (shells of the) latter the natives manufacture beautiful articles. There are also very large turtles in all the islands. Their shells are utilized by the natives, and sold as an article of commerce to the Chinese and Portuguese, and other nations who go after them and esteem them highly, because of the beautiful things made from them.

19 In some of these islands, pearl oysters are found, especially in the Calamianes, where some have been harvested that are large, very clear, and shiny. However, this potential for profit is not being exploited. (The author refers to the Spaniards, as is clear from the previous paragraph, which states that, “if the industry and efforts of the Spaniards were directed towards gold mining, as much would be obtained from any of these islands as from those regions that produce the most in the world. But since they focus on other means of earning, as will be explained later, they do not pay the necessary attention to this matter.”) Seed pearls can be found in ordinary oysters all around, and there are oysters as big as shields. The locals make beautiful items from the shells of these larger oysters. There are also very large turtles in all the islands. The locals use their shells and sell them as commercial goods to the Chinese, Portuguese, and other nations who seek them out and value them highly for the beautiful products made from them.

“On the coasts of any of these islands are found many small white snail shells, called siguei. The natives gather them and sell them by measure to the Siamese, Cambodians, Pantanes, and other peoples of the mainland. It serves there as money, and those nations trade with it, as they do with cacaobeans in Nueva España.” (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas, Chap. 8.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 103.)

“Along the coasts of any of these islands, you can find many small white snail shells, called siguei. The locals collect them and sell them by weight to the Siamese, Cambodians, Pantanes, and other people from the mainland. They act as currency there, and those nations trade with them, just like they do with cacao beans in New Spain.” (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas, Chap. 8.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 103.)

20 Description of Filipinas Islands, Bartholome de Letona, 1662.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 36, p. 201.

20 Description of Filipinas Islands, Bartholome de Letona, 1662.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 36, p. 201.

All these islands are, in many districts, rich in placers and mines of gold, a metal which the natives dig and work. However, since the advent of the Spaniards in the land, the natives proceed more slowly in this, and content themselves with what they already possess in jewels and gold ingots, handed down from antiquity and inherited from their ancestors. This is considerable for he must be poor and wretched who has no gold chains, calombigas (bracelets), and earrings.

All these islands have many areas that are rich in gold deposits and mines, which the locals mine and process. However, since the Spaniards arrived, the locals have been slower to pursue this and are satisfied with the jewels and gold ingots they already have, passed down from ancient times and inherited from their ancestors. It’s quite a lot, as anyone who lacks gold chains, bracelets, and earrings must be truly poor and miserable.

Some placers and mines were worked at Paracale in the province of Camarines, where there is good gold mixed with copper. This commodity is also traded in the Ilocos, for at the rear of this province, which borders the seacoast, are certain lofty and rugged mountains which extend as far as Cagayan. On the slopes of these mountains, in the interior, live many natives, as yet unsubdued, and among whom no incursion has been made, who are called Ygolotes. These natives possess rich mines, many of gold and silver mixed. They are wont to dig from them only the amount necessary for their wants. They descend to certain places to trade this gold (without completing its refining or preparation), with the Ilocos; there they exchanged it for rice, swine, carabaos, cloth and other things that they need. The Ilocos complete its refining and preparation, and by their medium it is distributed throughout the country. Although an effort has been made with these Ygolotes to discover their mines, and how they work them, and their method of working the metal, nothing definite has been learned, for the Ygolotes fear that the Spaniards will go to seek them for their gold, and say that they keep the gold better in the earth than in their houses.

Some placers and mines were worked at Paracale in the province of Camarines, where good gold is found mixed with copper. This commodity is also traded in Ilocos, for at the back of this province, which borders the seacoast, are some tall and rugged mountains that extend all the way to Cagayan. On the slopes of these mountains, deep in the interior, live many natives who remain unconquered, among whom no incursion has been made, known as Ygolotes. These natives have rich mines with plenty of gold and silver mixed. They usually extract only as much as they need. They go down to certain areas to trade this gold (without fully refining or preparing it) with the Ilocos; there, they exchange it for rice, pigs, carabaos, cloth, and other necessities. The Ilocos handle the refining and preparation, and through them, the gold is distributed throughout the country. Although attempts have been made to discover the Ygolotes' mines, their working methods, and how they process the metal, nothing conclusive has been learned, as the Ygolotes fear that the Spaniards will seek them out for their gold and say they keep the gold better underground than in their homes.

There are also many gold mines and placers in the other islands, especially among the Pintados, on the Botuan River in Mindanao, and in Sebu, where a mine of good gold is worked, called Taribon. If the industry and efforts of the Spaniards were to be converted into the working of the gold, as much would be obtained from any one of these islands as from those provinces which produce the most in the world. But since they attend to other means of gain rather than to this, they do not pay the proper attention to this matter.” (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos; Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 101–103.)

There are also many gold mines and placer deposits on the other islands, especially among the Pintados, along the Botuan River in Mindanao, and in Sebu, where a productive gold mine called Taribon is located. If the Spaniards focused their industry and efforts on mining gold, they could extract as much from any of these islands as from the provinces that produce the most gold in the world. However, since they prioritize other ways to make a profit over this, they don’t give it the attention it deserves. (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos; Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 101–103.)

21 Memorial to the Council by Citizens of the Philippine Islands; July 26, 1586.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 6, p. 223.

21 Memorial to the Council by Citizens of the Philippine Islands; July 26, 1586.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 6, p. 223.

“In this island, there are many gold mines, some of which have been inspected by the Spaniards, who say that the natives work them as is done in Nueva España with the mines of silver; and, as in those mines, the vein of ore here is continuous. Assays have been made, yielding so great wealth, that I shall not endeavor to describe them, lest I be suspected of lying. Time will prove the truth.”

“In this island, there are many gold mines, some of which have been checked out by the Spaniards. They claim that the locals extract gold the same way they do in New Spain with silver mines; and, just like those mines, the ore here runs continuously. Tests have been conducted, showing such great wealth that I won't try to describe it, for fear of being accused of lying. Time will reveal the truth.”

Las nuevas quescriven de las yslas del Poniente, Hernando Riquel y otros. Mexico, January 11, 1574.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 243.

The new reports from the islands of the West, Hernando Riquel and others. Mexico, January 11, 1574.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 243.

22 They are the best and most skilful artificers in jewels and gold that we have seen in this land. Almost all the people of Los Camarines pursue this handicraft.” Letter from Guido de Lavezaris to Felipe II, Manila, July 17, 1574.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 273.)

22 They are the best and most skilled craftsmen in jewelry and gold that we've seen in this land. Almost all the people of Los Camarines engage in this craft.” Letter from Guido de Lavezaris to Felipe II, Manila, July 17, 1574.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 273.)

“During these five days, the Moros had, little by little, given two hundred taels of impure gold, for they possess great skill in mixing it with other metals. They give it an outside appearance so natural and perfect, and so fine a ring, that unless it is melted they can deceive all men, even the best of silversmiths.” (Relation of the Voyage to Luzon, 1570.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 81.)

“During these five days, the Moros had gradually given two hundred taels of impure gold, as they are very skilled at mixing it with other metals. They create an exterior that looks so natural and perfect, and it has such a fine finish that unless it is melted down, they can fool anyone, even the best silversmiths.” (Relation of the Voyage to Luzon, 1570.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 81.)

“There are some chiefs in this island who have on their persons ten or twelve thousand ducats’ worth of gold in jewels—to say nothing of the lands, slaves, and mines that they own. There are so many of these chiefs that they are innumerable. Likewise the individual subjects of these chiefs have a great quantity of the said jewels of gold, which they wear on their persons—bracelets, chains, and earrings of solid gold, daggers of gold, and other very rich trinkets. These are generally seen among them, and not only the chiefs and freemen have plenty of these jewels, but even slaves possess and wear golden trinkets upon their persons, openly and freely.” (Reply to Fray Rada’s ‘Opinion,’ Guido de Lavezaris and others; Manila, June, 1574.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 267.)

“There are some chiefs on this island who have ten or twelve thousand ducats’ worth of gold in jewels on them—not to mention the lands, slaves, and mines they own. There are so many of these chiefs that they’re countless. Similarly, the individual subjects of these chiefs possess a large amount of these gold jewels, wearing them as bracelets, chains, and earrings made of solid gold, gold daggers, and other very valuable trinkets. These items are commonly seen among them, and it’s not just the chiefs and free men who have plenty of these jewels; even slaves openly wear and possess gold trinkets.” (Reply to Fray Rada’s ‘Opinion,’ Guido de Lavezaris and others; Manila, June, 1574.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 267.)

23 “About their necks they wear gold necklaces, wrought like spun wax, and with links in our fashion, some larger than others. On their arms they wear armlets of wrought gold, which they call calombigas, and which are very large and made in different patterns. Some wear strings of precious stones—cornelians and agates; and other blue and white stones, which they esteem highly. They wear, around the legs some strings of these stones, and certain cords, covered with black pitch in many foldings, as garters.” (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 76–77.)

23 “They wear gold necklaces around their necks, crafted like spun wax, with links similar to ours, some larger than others. On their arms, they have large gold armlets, which they call calombigas, made in various designs. Some wear strings of precious stones—cornelians and agates—along with other blue and white stones that they highly value. They also adorn their legs with strings of these stones and certain cords, wrapped in black pitch in many layers, used as garters.” (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 76–77.)

24 “The people are the most valiant yet found in these regions; they possess much good armour—as iron corselets, greaves, wristlets, gauntlets, and helmets—and some arquebuses and culverins.” (Letter from Guido de Lavezaris to Felipe II, Manila, July 17, 1574.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 273.)

24 “The people here are the bravest we've seen in these areas; they have quite a bit of quality armor, like iron breastplates, shin guards, wrist guards, gloves, and helmets—and some firearms like arquebuses and culverins.” (Letter from Guido de Lavezaris to Felipe II, Manila, July 17, 1574.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 273.)

“At the waist they carry a dagger four fingers in breadth, the blade pointed, and a third of a vara in length; the hilt is of gold or ivory. The pommel is open and has two cross bars or projections, without any other guard. They are called bararaos. They have two cutting edges, and are kept in wooden scabbards, or those of buffalo-horn, admirably wrought.”

“At the waist, they carry a dagger about four fingers wide, with a pointed blade that's a third of a vara long; the hilt is made of gold or ivory. The pommel is open and has two crossbars or projections, without any other guard. They are called bararaos. The daggers have two sharp edges and are kept in wooden scabbards or those made from buffalo horn, which are beautifully crafted.”

(This weapon has been lost, and even its name is gone. A proof of the decline into which the present Filipinos have fallen is the comparison of the weapons that they manufacture now, with those described to us by the historians. The hilts of the talibones now are not of gold or ivory, nor are their scabbards of horn, nor are they admirably wrought.—Rizal.)

(This weapon has been lost, and even its name is gone. A proof of the decline that the current Filipinos have fallen into is the comparison of the weapons they make now with those described to us by historians. The hilts of the talibones are no longer made of gold or ivory, nor are their scabbards made of horn, and they are not beautifully crafted anymore.—Rizal.)

(Morga’s Sucesos, Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 81 and note 65.)

(Morga’s Sucesos, Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 81 and note 65.)

“Since they have seen the Spaniards use their weapons, many of the natives handle the arquebuses and muskets quite skilfully. Before the arrival of the Spaniards they had bronze culverins and other pieces of cast iron, with which they defended their forts and settlements, although their powder is not so well refined as that of the Spaniards.” (Ibid., p. 82.)

“Since they've seen the Spaniards use their weapons, many of the locals now handle the arquebuses and muskets quite skillfully. Before the Spaniards arrived, they had bronze culverins and other cast iron pieces, which they used to defend their forts and settlements, though their gunpowder isn't as refined as that of the Spaniards.” (Ibid., p. 82.)

“This intercourse and traffic had acquainted the Filipinos with many of the accessories of civilized life long before the arrival of the Spaniards. Their chiefs and datos dressed in silks, and maintained some splendor of surroundings; nearly the whole population of the tribes of the coast wrote and communicated by means of a syllabary; vessels from Luzon traded as far south as Mindanao and Borneo, although the products of Asia proper came through the fleets of foreigners; and perhaps what indicates more clearly than anything else the advance the Filipinos were making through their communication with outside people is their use of firearms. Of this point there is no question. Everywhere in the vicinity of Manila, on Lubang, in Pampanga, at Cainta and Laguna de Bay, the Spaniards encountered forts mounting small cannon, or lantakas. The Filipinos seem to have understood, moreover, the arts of casting cannon and of making powder. The first gun-factory established by the Spaniards was in charge of a Filipino from Pampanga.” (Dr. D. P. Barrows, A History of the Philippines, pp. 101–102.)

“This interaction and trade had familiarized the Filipinos with many aspects of civilized life long before the Spaniards arrived. Their leaders and chiefs wore silks and upheld some level of grandeur; almost the entire coastal population could write and communicate using a syllabary; ships from Luzon traded as far south as Mindanao and Borneo, although the goods from mainland Asia came through foreign fleets; and perhaps what shows the progress the Filipinos were making through their connections with outsiders is their use of firearms. There’s no doubt about it. Everywhere around Manila, on Lubang, in Pampanga, at Cainta and Laguna de Bay, the Spaniards found forts with small cannons or lantakas. The Filipinos also seemed to have knowledge of casting cannons and making gunpowder. The first gun factory set up by the Spaniards was run by a Filipino from Pampanga.” (Dr. D. P. Barrows, A History of the Philippines, pp. 101–102.)

25 (Relación de las Islas Filipinas, Miguel de Loarca; Arévalo, June, 1582.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, p. 169.)

25 (Relación de las Islas Filipinas, Miguel de Loarca; Arévalo, June, 1582.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, p. 169.)

26 Antonio de Morga, Sucesos, Chap. 8.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 80.

26 Antonio de Morga, Sucesos, Chap. 8.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 80.

27 “The coconuts furnish a nutritious food when rice is scarce. From the nut-shells they make dishes, and (from the fibrous husk) match-cords for their arquebuses; and with the leaves they make baskets.” (Relación, Miguel de Loarca; Arévalo, June, 1852.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, p. 169.)

27 “The coconuts provide a healthy food source when rice is hard to come by. They use the shells to create dishes, and from the fibrous husk, they make match cords for their guns; with the leaves, they craft baskets.” (Relación, Miguel de Loarca; Arévalo, June, 1852.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, p. 169.)

See also First Voyage Around the World, Antonio Pigafetta.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 33, p. 105, for description of how the palm sap was obtained, oil made, and of other uses of the coconut.

See also First Voyage Around the World, Antonio Pigafetta.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 33, p. 105, for a description of how palm sap was collected, how oil was produced, and other uses of the coconut.

28 Relación, Miguel de Loarca; June, 1582.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, pp. 34–188.

28 Relación, Miguel de Loarca; June, 1582.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, pp. 34–188.

Conquest of the Island of Luzon. Manila, April 20, 1572.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 171.

Conquest of the Island of Luzon. Manila, April 20, 1572.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 171.

29 Relation and Description of the Philippine Islands, Francisco de Sande; Manila, June 8, 1577.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 4, p. 98.

29 Relation and Description of the Philippine Islands, Francisco de Sande; Manila, June 8, 1577.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 4, p. 98.

“Cotton is raised abundantly throughout the islands. It is spun and sold in the skein to the Chinese and other nations, who come to get it. Cloth of different patterns is also woven from it, and the natives also trade that. Other cloths, called medriñiques, are woven from the banana leaf.” (Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas, Antonio de Morga; Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 106.)

“Cotton is grown extensively across the islands. It's spun and sold in skeins to the Chinese and other countries that come to buy it. Different patterned cloth is also woven from it, and the locals trade that too. Other fabrics, known as medriñiques, are made from banana leaves.” (Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas, Antonio de Morga; Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 106.)

Cotton was woven into sail. “The canvas (lienzo) from which the sails are made in the said islands is excellent, and much better than what is shipped from España, because it is made from cotton. There are certain cloths (lienzos) which are called mantsa from the province of Ilocos, for the natives of that province manufacture nothing else, and pay your Majesty their tribute in them. They last much longer than those of España.” (Philippine Ships and Shipbuilding, Sebastian de Pineda, 1619.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, p. 178.)

Cotton was woven into sails. “The canvas from which the sails are made in the mentioned islands is excellent, and much better than what is shipped from Spain, because it is made from cotton. There are certain fabrics called mantsa from the province of Ilocos, as the natives of that province produce nothing else, and pay your Majesty their tribute in them. They last much longer than those from Spain.” (Philippine Ships and Shipbuilding, Sebastian de Pineda, 1619.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 18, p. 178.)

30 Relation of the Western Islands called Filipinas, Diego de Artieda, 1573.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 203.

30 Relation of the Western Islands called Filipinas, Diego de Artieda, 1573.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p. 203.

Fray Rada’s Opinion, Guido de Lavezaris and others, Manila, June, 1574.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p....

Fray Rada’s Opinion, Guido de Lavezaris and others, Manila, June, 1574.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, p....

“The island of Zubu produces a small quantity of rice, borona, and millet and little or no cotton; for the cloth which the natives use for their garments is made from a kind of banana. From this they make a sort of cloth resembling colored calico, which the natives call medriñaque (Relación, Miguel de Loarca, June, 1582.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, pp. 43–45.)

“The island of Zubu produces a small amount of rice, borona, and millet, and hardly any cotton; the cloth that the locals use for their clothing is made from a type of banana. They create a fabric that looks like colored calico, which the locals call medriñaque (Relación, Miguel de Loarca, June, 1582.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, pp. 43–45.)”

31 T. H. Pardo de Tavera, Census, 1903, Vol. I, p. 329.

31 T. H. Pardo de Tavera, Census, 1903, Vol. I, p. 329.

32 Ibid. “The women have needlework as their employment and occupation, and they are very clever at it, and at all kinds of sewing. They weave cloth and spin cotton, and serve in houses of their husbands and fathers. (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 79.)

32 Ibid. “The women do needlework as their job and are very skilled at it, along with all types of sewing. They weave fabric and spin cotton, and they work in the homes of their husbands and fathers. (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 79.)

33 “Their houses are constructed of wood, and are built of planks and bamboo, raised high from the ground on large logs, and one must enter them by means of ladders. They have rooms like ours; and under the house they keep their swine, goats, and fowls.” (Antonio Pigafetta, First Voyage Around the World.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 33, p. 153.)

33 “Their houses are made of wood, built from planks and bamboo, elevated off the ground on large logs, and you have to enter them using ladders. They have rooms similar to ours; and underneath the house, they keep their pigs, goats, and chickens.” (Antonio Pigafetta, First Voyage Around the World.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 33, p. 153.)

“The houses and dwellings of all these natives are universally set upon stakes and arigues (i. e., columns) high above the ground. Their rooms are small and the roofs low. They are built and tiled with wood and bamboos, and covered and roofed with nipa-palm leaves. Each house is separate, and is not built adjoining another. In the lower part are enclosures made by stakes and bamboos, where fowls and cattle are reared, and the rice pounded and cleaned. One ascends into the houses by means of ladders that can be drawn up, which are made from two bamboos. Above are their open batalanes (galleries) used for household duties; the parents and (grown) children live together. There is little adornment and finery in the houses, which are called bahandin.

“The houses and dwellings of all these natives are universally raised on stakes and columns high above the ground. Their rooms are small and the roofs are low. They are constructed and tiled with wood and bamboo, and covered with nipa palm leaves. Each house is separate and isn’t built next to another. In the lower part, there are enclosures made from stakes and bamboo where chickens and cattle are kept, and where rice is pounded and cleaned. You enter the houses using ladders that can be pulled up, made from two bamboo poles. Above are their open galleries used for household activities; the parents and adult children live together. There isn’t much decoration or luxury in the houses, which are called bahandin.”

“Besides these houses, which are those of the common people, and those of less importance, there are the chiefs’ houses. They are built upon trees and thick arigues, with many rooms and comforts. They are well constructed of timber and planks, and are strong and large. They are furnished and supplied with all that is necessary, and are much finer and more substantial than the others. They are roofed, however, as are the others, with the palm-leaves called nipa.” (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 117–118.)

“Besides these houses, which belong to the common people and are of lesser importance, there are the chiefs’ houses. They are built on trees and thick platforms, with many rooms and comforts. They are well constructed from timber and planks, and are strong and spacious. They are furnished and equipped with everything necessary, and are much nicer and more substantial than the others. They are roofed, like the others, with palm leaves called nipa.” (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 117–118.)

34 “The edifices and houses of the natives of all these Filipinas Islands are built in a uniform manner, as are their settlements; for they always build them on the shores of the sea, between rivers and creeks. The natives generally gather in districts or settlements where they sow their rice, and possess their palm trees, nipa and banana groves, and other trees, and implements for their fishing and sailing.” Ibid., p. 117.)

34 “The buildings and homes of the Indigenous people across all these Philippine Islands are constructed in a similar style, just like their communities; they typically locate them along the coast, between rivers and streams. The locals usually cluster in areas or communities where they cultivate rice and have their palm trees, nipa and banana plantations, along with other trees, and tools for fishing and boating.” Ibid., p. 117.)

35 Especially in La Indolencia de los Filipinos, in “La Solidaridad,” 1890, which develops the idea advanced by Sangcianco y Gozon.

35 Especially in La Indolencia de los Filipinos, in “The Solidarity,” 1890, which builds on the idea put forward by Sangcianco y Gozon.

36 ”* * * As already seen, we must reject so often reiterated of late years that the early missionaries found nomadic or half-fixed clans and taught them the ways of village life. Village life there was already, to some extent, and it was upon this that the friars built. Doubtless they modified it greatly until in time it approached in most ways as closely to European village life as might be expected in tropical islands whose agricultural resources are not as yet well developed. From the first there would be a tendency to greater concentration about the churches, beginning with the rude structures of cane and thatch, which are replaced before 1700 in all the older settlements by edifices of stone, frequently massive and imposing, especially, so as they tower over the acres of bamboo huts about them, from the inmates of which have come the forced labor which built them. From the first, too, it was to the interest of the Spanish conquerors, lay and priestly, to improve the methods of communication between the communities which formed their centers of conversion or of exploration and collection of tribute. Yet to represent either the friars or the soldiers as great pathfinders and reconstructors of wilderness is the work of ignorance. When Legaspi’s grandson, Juan de Salcedo, made his memorable marches through northern Luzon, bringing vast acres under the dominion of Spain with a mere handful of soldiers, he found the modern Bigan a settlement of several thousand people; his successors in the conquest of the Upper Kagayan Valley, one of the most backward portions of the archipelago to-day, reported a population of forty thousand in the region lying around the modern Tuguegarao, and so it was quite commonly everywhere on the seacoasts and on the largest rivers. Some very crude deductions have been made as to the conquest period by writers of recent years who assume that the natives were at the beginning mere bands of wandering savages, and that all the improvements visible in their external existence to-day were brought about in these early years.” (James A. LeRoy, The Americans in the Philippines, Vol. I, pp. 8–10.)

36 ”* * * As we've already seen, we need to reject the commonly repeated claim that early missionaries encountered wandering or semi-nomadic clans and taught them how to live in villages. There was already some form of village life present, and the friars built upon that foundation. They likely altered it significantly until it resembled European village life as closely as could be expected in tropical islands where agricultural resources were still underdeveloped. Initially, there was a tendency for people to gather more closely around the churches, starting with basic structures made of cane and thatch, which were replaced by 1700 in all the older settlements with stone buildings that were often large and impressive, especially as they rose above the surrounding bamboo huts, from which the forced labor to construct them came. From the outset, it was in the interest of the Spanish conquerors, both lay and clerical, to improve communication methods between the communities that served as centers for conversion, exploration, or tribute collection. However, portraying the friars or soldiers as great explorers and builders of wilderness is a sign of ignorance. When Legaspi’s grandson, Juan de Salcedo, conducted his notable marches through northern Luzon, expanding Spain's territory with just a small group of soldiers, he discovered that modern Bigan was already a settlement of several thousand people; his successors in conquering the Upper Kagayan Valley, one of the most underdeveloped areas of the archipelago today, reported a population of forty thousand around what is now Tuguegarao, and this was quite typical along the coastlines and major rivers. Some misguided conclusions have been drawn about the conquest period by recent writers who assume that the natives were initially just wandering savages and that all visible improvements in their lives today were the result of these early years.” (James A. LeRoy, The Americans in the Philippines, Vol. I, pp. 8–10.)

“The friar missionaries did not bring about the first settlement and conquests under Legaspi; they did not blaze the way in wildernesses and plant the flag of Spain in outlying posts long in advance of the soldiers, the latter profiting by their moral-suasion conquests to annex great territories for their own plunder; they did not find bloodthirsty savages, wholly sunk in degradation, and in the twinkling of an eye convert them to Christianity, sobriety, and decency, * * *; they did not teach wandering bands of huntsmen or fishermen how to live peacefully in orderly settlements, how to cultivate the soil, erect buildings (except the stone churches), and did not bind these villages together by the sort of roads and bridges which we have today, though they had considerable share in this work, especially in later time; they did not find a squalid population of 400,000 to 750,000 in the archipelago, and wholly by the revolution wrought by them in ways of life make it possible for that population to increase by ten or twenty times in three centuries.” (Ibid., pp. 10–11.)

“The friar missionaries didn’t establish the first settlements and conquests under Legaspi; they didn’t forge paths through the wilderness and plant Spain’s flag in remote areas ahead of the soldiers, who benefited from the moral victories to claim large territories for their own gain; they didn’t encounter savage tribes completely lost in degradation and instantly convert them to Christianity, sobriety, and decency, * * *; they didn’t teach roaming groups of hunters or fishermen how to live peacefully in organized communities, how to farm, build structures (aside from the stone churches), and didn’t connect these villages with the kind of roads and bridges we have today, although they did play a significant role in this work, especially later on; they didn’t find a destitute population of 400,000 to 750,000 in the archipelago and completely revolutionize their way of life to enable that population to grow by ten or twenty times in three centuries.” (Ibid., pp. 10–11.)

37 Relación de las Islas Filipinas, Pedro Chirino, S. J., Roma 1604.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 12, p. 188.

37 Relación de las Islas Filipinas, Pedro Chirino, S. J., Rome 1604.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 12, p. 188.

38 Morga’s Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 105.

38 Morga’s Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 105.

39 Census of the Philippine Islands, 1903, Vol. I, p. 329.

39 Census of the Philippine Islands, 1903, Vol. I, p. 329.

40 In La Indolencia de los Filipinos, Rizal continues thus:

40 In La Indolencia de los Filipinos, Rizal goes on:

“And if this, which is deduction, does not convince any minds imbued with unfair prejudices, perhaps of some avail may be the testimony of the oft-quoted Dr. Morga, who was Lieutenant-Governor of Manila for seven years and after rendering great service in the Archipelago was appointed criminal judge of the Audiencia of Mexico and Counsellor of the Inquisition. His testimony, we say, is highly credible, not only because all his contemporaries have spoken of him in terms that border on veneration but also because his work, from which we take these citations, is written with great circumspection and care, as well with reference to the authorities in the Philippines as to the errors they committed. ‘The natives,’ says Morga, in chapter VII, speaking of the occupations of the Chinese, ‘are very far from exercising those trades and have even forgotten much about farming, raising poultry, stock and cotton, and weaving cloth AS THEY USED TO DO IN THEIR PAGANISM AND FOR A LONG TIME AFTER THE COUNTRY WAS CONQUERED.

“And if this reasoning doesn’t convince anyone who holds unfair biases, maybe the words of the well-cited Dr. Morga, who was Lieutenant-Governor of Manila for seven years and after providing significant service in the Archipelago was appointed as a criminal judge for the Audiencia of Mexico and Counsellor of the Inquisition, will help. We assert that his testimony is very credible, not only because all his contemporaries have praised him highly but also because his written work, from which we take these quotes, is composed with great caution and thoroughness, addressing both the authorities in the Philippines and the mistakes they made. ‘The natives,’ Morga says in chapter VII, speaking about the jobs of the Chinese, ‘are very far from exercising those trades and have even forgotten much about farming, raising poultry, livestock and cotton, and weaving cloth AS THEY DID IN THEIR PAGANISM AND FOR A LONG TIME AFTER THE COUNTRY WAS CONQUERED.'

“The whole of Chapter VIII of his work deals with this moribund activity, this much-forgotten industry, and yet in spite of that, how long is his eighth chapter!

“The entire Chapter VIII of his work focuses on this dying activity, this much-forgotten industry, and yet despite that, it’s astonishing how long his eighth chapter is!”

“And not only Morga, not only Chirino, Colin, Argensola, Gaspar de San Agustin and others agree in this matter, but modern travelers, after two hundred and fifty years, examining the decadence and misery, assert the same thing. Dr. Hans Meyer, when he saw the unsubdued tribes cultivating beautiful fields and working energetically, asked if they would not become indolent when they in turn should accept Christianity and a paternal government.

“And not just Morga, Chirino, Colin, Argensola, Gaspar de San Agustin, and others agree on this, but modern travelers, after two hundred and fifty years, looking at the decline and suffering, say the same thing. Dr. Hans Meyer, when he saw the untamed tribes farming beautiful fields and working hard, asked if they would become lazy once they accepted Christianity and a guiding government.”

“Accordingly, the Filipinos, in spite of the climate, in spite of their few needs (they were less then than now), were not the indolent creatures of our time, and, as we shall see later on, their ethics and their mode of life were not what is now complacently attributed to them.”

“Therefore, the Filipinos, despite the climate and their limited needs (which were fewer back then than they are now), were not the lazy people that we think they are today. As we will see later, their values and way of life are not what is now casually assigned to them.”

Rizal has the following, to say about the abundance of wealth in this country:

Rizal has the following to say about the abundance of wealth in this country:

“Wealth abounded in the islands. Pigafetta tells us of the abundance of foodstuffs in Paragua and of its inhabitants, who nearly all tilled their own fields. At this island the survivors of Magellan’s expedition were well received and provisioned. A little later, these same survivors captured a vessel, plundered and sacked it, and took prisoner in it the chief of the Island of Paragua (!) with his son and brother.

“Wealth was abundant in the islands. Pigafetta tells us about the plentiful food in Paragua and its inhabitants, most of whom farmed their own fields. The survivors of Magellan’s expedition were well received and provided for on this island. Soon after, these same survivors captured a ship, looted it, and took the chief of the Island of Paragua (!) along with his son and brother as prisoners.”

“In this same vessel they captured bronze lombards, and this is the first mention of artillery of the Filipinos, for these lombards were useful to the chief of Paragua against the savages of the interior.

“In this same ship, they captured bronze lombards, and this is the first mention of Filipino artillery, as these lombards were useful to the chief of Paragua against the inland savages.

“They let him ransom himself within seven days, demanding 400 measures (cavanes?) of rice, 20 pigs, 20 goats, and 450 chickens. This is the first act of piracy recorded in Philippine history. The chief of Paragua paid everything, and moreover voluntarily added coconuts, bananas, and sugar-cane jars filled with palm-wine. When Caesar was taken prisoner by the corsairs and required to pay twenty-five talents ransom, he replied: ‘I’ll give you fifty, but later I’ll have you all crucified!’ The chief of Paragua was more generous: he forgot. His conduct, while it may reveal weakness, also demonstrates that the islands were abundantly provisioned. This chief was named Tuan Mahamud; his brother, Guantil, and his son, Tuan Mahamed. (Martin Mendez, Purser of the Ship “Victoria”: Archivos de Indias, Ibid.)

“They allowed him to ransom himself within seven days, asking for 400 measures (cavanes?) of rice, 20 pigs, 20 goats, and 450 chickens. This marks the first act of piracy recorded in Philippine history. The chief of Paragua paid everything and even voluntarily added coconuts, bananas, and jars of sugarcane filled with palm wine. When Caesar was captured by the pirates and asked to pay twenty-five talents as ransom, he responded: ‘I’ll give you fifty, but later I’ll have you all crucified!’ The chief of Paragua was more generous: he forgot. His actions, while they might show weakness, also indicate that the islands were well-supplied. This chief was named Tuan Mahamud, and his brother was Guantil, with his son being Tuan Mahamed. (Martin Mendez, Purser of the Ship “Victoria”: Archivos de Indias, Ibid.)

41 I have already said that all of it is thickly populated, and that it has a great abundance of rice, fowls, and swine, as well as great numbers of buffaloes, deer, wild boars, and goats; it also produces great quantities of cotton and colored cloths, wax, and honey; and date palms abound. In conclusion, it is very well supplied with all the things above mentioned, and many others which I shall not enumerate. It is the largest island which has thus far been discovered in these regions. As I say, it is well populated and very rich in gold mines. There is much trade with China. That part of it which has thus far been conquered and pacified, the governor has begun to allot to the conquerors.” Conquest of the Island of Luzon, Manila, April 20, 1572. (Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, pp. 171–172.)

41 I've already mentioned that the entire area is densely populated and has a lot of rice, chickens, and pigs, along with many buffalo, deer, wild boars, and goats. It produces a large amount of cotton and colored fabrics, as well as wax and honey, and there are plenty of date palms. In short, it’s well stocked with all the items I’ve mentioned, plus many others I won’t list. It’s the largest island discovered so far in this region. As I said, it’s well populated and very rich in gold mines. There’s significant trade with China. The part that has been conquered and settled, the governor has started to distribute to the conquerors.” Conquest of the Island of Luzon, Manila, April 20, 1572. (Bl. and Rb., Vol. 3, pp. 171–172.)

“This province (Pampanga) possesses many rivers and creeks that irrigate it. They all flow and empty into the bay. This province contains many settlements of natives and considerable quantities of rice, fruits, fish, meat, and other foods.” (Antonio de Morga’s Sucesos, 1609.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 108.)

“This province (Pampanga) has many rivers and creeks that irrigate it. They all flow into the bay. This province has many native settlements and significant amounts of rice, fruits, fish, meat, and other foods.” (Antonio de Morga’s Sucesos, 1609.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 108.)

(Rizal’s Note:—“This province had decreased so greatly in population and agriculture, a half century later, that Gaspar de San Agustin said: ‘Now it no longer has the population of the past, because of the insurrection of that province, when Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara was governor of these islands, and because of the incessant cutting of the timber for the building of his Majesty’s ships, which prevents them from cultivating their extremely fertile plain.’ Later, when speaking of Guagua or Wawa, he says: ‘This town was formerly very wealthy because of its many chiefs, and because of the abundant harvests gathered in its spacious plains, which are now submerged by the water of the sea.’” (Ibid.)

(Rizal’s Note:—“This province had decreased so much in population and agriculture over the next fifty years that Gaspar de San Agustin noted: ‘It no longer has the population it once did, due to the uprising in that province when Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara was governor of these islands, and because of the relentless cutting of timber for the construction of His Majesty’s ships, which prevents them from farming their incredibly fertile land.’ Later, when mentioning Guagua or Wawa, he says: ‘This town was once very prosperous because of its many leaders and the plentiful harvests from its vast plains, which are now underwater due to the sea.’” (Ibid.)

“In reply to the fourth question he stated that, before the coming of the Spaniards, all the natives lived in their villages, applying themselves to the sowing of their crops and the care of their vineyards, and to the pressing of wine; others planting cotton, or raising poultry and swine, so that all were at work; moreover, the chiefs were obeyed and respected, and the entire country well provided for. But all this has disappeared since the coming of the Spaniards.” (Testimony of Nicolas Ramos, chief of Cubao village and governor of same, under oath, in compliance with order of G. P. Dasmariñas “forbidding” the Indians to wear Chinese stuff; April 9, 1591.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 8, p. 87.)

“In response to the fourth question, he said that before the arrival of the Spaniards, all the native people lived in their villages, focused on planting their crops and taking care of their vineyards, and making wine; others planted cotton or raised chickens and pigs, so everyone was busy. Additionally, the chiefs were obeyed and respected, and the whole country was well taken care of. But all of this has vanished since the Spaniards came.” (Testimony of Nicolas Ramos, chief of Cubao village and governor of same, under oath, in compliance with order of G. P. Dasmariñas “forbidding” the Indians to wear Chinese stuff; April 9, 1591.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 8, p. 87.)

42 ”* * * Many islands and villages are devastated and almost wiped out, partly by the Spaniards or because of them, and partly by famines of which, or at the beginning of them, the Spaniards were the reason; for either by fear or to get rid of the Spaniards the natives NEGLECTED THEIR SOWING, and when they wished to sow then anguish came to them, and consequently many people have died of hunger.” (Augustinian Memoranda, 1373.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 34, p. 279.)

42 ”* * * Many islands and villages are devastated and nearly wiped out, partly due to the Spaniards or because of them, and partly because of famines that the Spaniards caused or contributed to; either out of fear or to escape the Spaniards, the natives Ignored their planting, and when they wanted to plant, despair struck them, resulting in many people dying from hunger.” (Augustinian Memoranda, 1373.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 34, p. 279.)

“After the end of the war the need of the city began, for, because of not having Sangleys who worked at the trades, and brought in all the provisions, there was no food, nor any shoes to wear, not even at excessive prices. The native Indians are very far from exercising those trades, and have even forgotten much of farming, and the raising of fowls, cattle, and cotton, and the weaving of cloth, which they used to do in the days of their paganism and for a long time after the conquest of the country. In addition to this, people thought that Chinese vessels would not come to the islands with food and merchandise, on account of the late revolution. * * *” (Antonio de Morga’s Sucesos, 1601.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 42–43).

“After the war ended, the city started to face a shortage. Without the Sangleys, who used to work in various trades and supply all the food, there was no food or even shoes available, not even at high prices. The native Indians are far from taking on those trades and have even forgotten much about farming, raising poultry, cattle, cotton, and weaving cloth, activities they used to do back in their pagan days and for a long time after the country was conquered. On top of this, people believed that Chinese ships wouldn’t come to the islands with food and goods because of the recent revolution. * * *” (Antonio de Morga’s Sucesos, 1601.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 42–43).

43 In La Indolencia, Rizal further says:

43 In La Indolencia, Rizal further states:

“It was necessary to subject the people either by cajolery or force; there were fights, there was slaughter; those who had submitted peacefully seemed to repent of it; insurrections were suspected, and some occurred; naturally there were executions, and many capable laborers perished. Add to this condition of disorder the invasion of Limahong, add the continual wars into which the inhabitants of the Philippines were plunged to maintain the honor of Spain, to extend the sway of her flag in Borneo, in the Moluccas and in Indo-China; to repel the Dutch foe: costly wars, fruitless expeditions, in which each time thousands and thousands of native archers and rowers were recorded to have embarked, but whether they returned to their homes was never stated. Like the tribute that once upon a time Greece sent to the Minotaur of Crete, the Philippine youth embarked for the expedition, saying good-by to their country forever: on their horizon were the stormy sea, the interminable wars, the rash expeditions. Wherefore, Gaspar de San Agustin says: ‘Although anciently there were in this town of Dumangas many people, in the course of time they have very greatly diminished because the natives are the best sailors and most skillful rowers on the whole coast, and so the governors in the port of Iloilo take most of the people from this town for the ships that they send abroad. * * * When the Spaniards reached this island (Panay) it is said that there were on it more than fifty thousand families; but these diminished greatly; * * * and at present they may amount to some fourteen thousand tributaries.’ From fifty thousand families to fourteen thousand tributaries in little over half a century!

“It was necessary to control the people either by persuasion or force; there were fights and there was slaughter; those who had submitted peacefully seemed to regret it; uprisings were suspected, and some did occur; naturally, there were executions, and many skilled workers died. On top of this chaotic situation was the invasion of Limahong, along with the constant wars that the people of the Philippines were involved in to uphold Spain’s honor, to expand her influence in Borneo, the Moluccas, and Indo-China; to fend off the Dutch enemy: expensive wars, pointless missions, where each time thousands of native archers and rowers reportedly set sail, but whether they returned home was never mentioned. Like the tribute that Greece once sent to the Minotaur of Crete, Philippine youth embarked for the expedition, bidding farewell to their country forever: before them were the raging sea, endless wars, and reckless missions. Therefore, Gaspar de San Agustin says: ‘Although there were many people in this town of Dumangas in ancient times, over time they have very greatly diminished because the natives are the best sailors and most skillful rowers on the entire coast, and so the governors in the port of Iloilo take most of the people from this town for the ships they send abroad. * * * When the Spaniards arrived on this island (Panay), it is said that there were more than fifty thousand families; but these greatly decreased; * * * and now they may number around fourteen thousand tributaries.’ From fifty thousand families to fourteen thousand tributaries in just over half a century!”

We would never get through, had we to quote all the evidence of the authors regarding the frightful diminution of the inhabitants of the Philippines in the first years after the discovery. In the time of their first bishop, that is, ten years after Legaspi, Philip II said that they had been reduced to less than two-thirds.”

We wouldn't get through it all if we had to mention every piece of evidence from the authors about the terrifying decline in the population of the Philippines in the early years after its discovery. During the time of their first bishop, which was ten years after Legaspi, Philip II stated that they had dropped to less than two-thirds.

44 La Indolencia de los Filipinos:

44 The Indolence of the Filipinos:

“In order to make headway against so many calamities, to secure their sovereignty and take the offensive in these disastrous contests, to isolate the warlike Sulus from their neighbors in the south, to care for the needs of the empire of the Indies (for one of the reasons why the Philippines were kept, as contemporary documents prove, was their strategical position between New Spain and the Indies), to wrest from the Dutch their growing colonies of the Moluccas and get rid of some troublesome neighbors, to maintain, in short, the trade of China with New Spain, it was necessary to construct new and large ships which, as we have seen, costly as they were to the country for their equipment and the rowers they required, were not less so because of the manner in which they were constructed. Fernando de los Rios Coronel, who fought in these wars and later turned priest, speaking of these King’s ships, said: ‘As they were so large the timber needed was scarcely to be found in the forests (of the Philippines!), and thus it was necessary to seek it with great difficulty in the most remote of them, where, once found, in order to haul and convey it to the shipyard the towns of the surrounding country had to be depopulated of natives, who get it out with immense labor, damage, and cost to them. The natives furnished the masts for a galleon, according to the assertion of the Franciscans, and I heard the governor of the province where they were cut, which is Laguna de Bay, say that to haul them seven leagues over very broken mountains 6,000 natives were engaged three months, without furnishing them food, which the wretched native had to seek for himself.’

“To make progress against so many disasters, to secure their power and take the initiative in these devastating conflicts, to isolate the aggressive Sulus from their southern neighbors, to address the needs of the empire of the Indies (one reason the Philippines were retained, as contemporary documents show, was their strategic position between New Spain and the Indies), to take the Dutch colonies in the Moluccas, and to eliminate some troublesome neighbors, and to maintain trade between China and New Spain, it was essential to build new and large ships which, as we have noted, were costly for the country due to their outfitting and the rowers they required, and just as much due to the way they were built. Fernando de los Rios Coronel, who fought in these wars and later became a priest, spoke about these King’s ships, saying: ‘Because they were so large, the timber needed was hardly found in the forests (of the Philippines!), so it was necessary to look for it with great difficulty in the most remote areas, where, once located, to haul and transport it to the shipyard the nearby towns had to be stripped of their native populations, who collected it with immense labor, damage, and cost to themselves. The natives provided the masts for a galleon, according to the Franciscans, and I heard the governor of the province where they were cut, Laguna de Bay, say that moving them seven leagues over very rough mountains involved 6,000 natives working for three months, without any food provided, which the poor natives had to find for themselves.’”

“And Gaspar de San Agustin says: ‘In these times (1690), Bacolor has not the people that it had in the past, because of the uprising in that province when Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara was Governor of these islands and because of the continual labor of cutting limber for his Majesty’s shipyards, WHICH HINDERS THEM FROM CULTIVATING THE VERY FERTILE PLAIN THEY HAVE’.”

“And Gaspar de San Agustin says: ‘In these times (1690), Bacolor doesn't have the population it once did, due to the uprising in that province when Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara was Governor of these islands and because of the ongoing work of cutting timber for his Majesty’s shipyards, WHICH PREVENTS THEM FROM FARMING THE VERY FERTILE PLAIN THEY HAVE.’”

45 “The Indians, upon seeing that wealth excited the rapacity of the encomenderos and soldiers, abandoned the working of the mines, and the religious historians assert that they counseled them to a similar action in order to free them from annoyances. Nevertheless, according to Colin (who was ‘informed by well-disposed natives’), more than 100,000 pesos of gold annually, conservatively stated, was taken from the mines during his time, after eighty years of abandonment. According to a ‘manuscript of a grave person who had lived long in these islands,’ the first tribute of the two provinces of Ilocos and Pangasinan alone amounted to 109,500 pesos. A single encomendero, in 1587, sent 3,000 taheles of gold in the ‘Santa Ana,’ which was captured by Cavendish.” (Rizal’s Notes to Antonio de Morga’s Sucesos, 1609, Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 101.)

45 “The Indigenous people, realizing that wealth encouraged the greed of the encomenderos and soldiers, stopped working the mines. Religious historians claim that they advised the people to take this action to avoid further troubles. However, according to Colin (who was ‘informed by well-meaning natives’), over 100,000 pesos in gold was extracted from the mines each year during his time, even after it had been abandoned for eighty years. A ‘manuscript from a serious individual who had lived long in these islands’ notes that the first tribute from the two provinces of Ilocos and Pangasinan alone totaled 109,500 pesos. One encomendero, in 1587, sent 3,000 taheles of gold on the ‘Santa Ana,’ which was captured by Cavendish.” (Rizal’s Notes to Antonio de Morga’s Sucesos, 1609, Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 101.)

“If this is not sufficient to explain the depopulation of the islands and the abandonment of industry, agriculture and commerce, then add ‘the natives who were executed, those who left their wives and children and fled in disgust to the mountains, those who were sold into slavery to pay the taxes levied upon them,’ as Fernando de los Rios Coronel says; add to all this what Philip II said in reprimanding Bishop Salazar about ‘natives sold by some encomenderos to others, those flogged to death, the women who are crushed to death by their heavy burdens, those who sleep in the fields and there bear and nurse their children and die bitten by poisonous vermin, the many who are executed and left to die of hunger and those who eat poisonous herbs * * * and the mothers who kill their children in bearing them,’ and you will understand how in less than thirty years the population of the Philippines was reduced one-third. We are not saying this: it was said by Gaspar de San Agustin, the preeminently anti-Filipino Augustinian, and he confirms it throughout the rest of his work by speaking every moment of the state of neglect in which lay the farms and fields once so flourishing and so well cultivated, the towns thinned that had formerly been inhabited by many leading families!

“If this doesn’t explain why the islands experienced depopulation and the decline of industry, agriculture, and commerce, then add ‘the natives who were executed, those who left their wives and children and fled in disgust to the mountains, those who were sold into slavery to pay the taxes levied on them,’ as Fernando de los Rios Coronel points out; include what Philip II said when he reprimanded Bishop Salazar about ‘natives sold by some encomenderos to others, those flogged to death, the women who are crushed under their heavy burdens, those who sleep in the fields and give birth to and nurse their children only to die from being bitten by poisonous pests, many who are executed and left to starve, and those who eat toxic plants * * * and mothers who kill their children during childbirth,’ and you’ll see how in less than thirty years the population of the Philippines decreased by one-third. We’re not saying this: it was stated by Gaspar de San Agustin, the notably anti-Filipino Augustinian, and he confirms it throughout his work by constantly describing the neglect of the farms and fields that were once thriving and well-cultivated, and the towns that had once been home to many leading families!”

“How is it strange, then, that discouragement may have been infused into the spirit of the inhabitants of the Philippines, when in the midst of so many calamities they did not know whether they would see sprout the seed they were planting, whether their field was going to be their grave or their crop would go to feed their executioner? What is there strange in it, when we see the pious but impotent friars of that time trying to free their poor parishioners from the tyranny of the encomenderos by advising them to stop work in the mines, to abandon their commerce, to break up their looms, pointing out to them heaven for their whole hope, preparing them for death as their only consolation?”—(La Indolencia.—Rizal.)

“How is it strange, then, that discouragement may have settled into the spirits of the people in the Philippines when, amidst so much suffering, they didn’t know if the seeds they were planting would even sprout? Would their fields become their graves, or would their harvests go to feed their executioner? What is strange about it when we see the well-meaning but powerless friars of that time trying to save their struggling parishioners from the oppression of the encomenderos by suggesting they stop working in the mines, give up their businesses, and dismantle their looms, directing them to look to heaven for hope and preparing them for death as their only comfort?”—(La Indolencia.—Rizal.)

46 ”* * * Doubtless if we could see the whole character of the Spanish rule in those decades, we should see that the actual condition of the Filipino had improved and his grade of culture had risen. No one can estimate the actual good that comes to a people in being brought under the power of a government able to maintain peace and dispense justice. Taxation is sometimes grievous, corruption without excuse; but almost anything is better than anarchy.

46 ”* * * Without a doubt, if we could see the entire scope of Spanish rule during those decades, we would notice that the situation for Filipinos had improved and their level of culture had increased. It's hard to measure the real benefits that come from being governed by a power capable of maintaining peace and delivering justice. While taxation can be burdensome and corruption is inexcusable, nearly anything is preferable to chaos.

“Before the coming of the Spaniards, it seems unquestionable that the Filipinos suffered greatly under two terrible grievances that afflict barbarous society—in the first place, warfare, with its murder, pillage, and destruction, not merely between tribe and tribe, but between town and town, such as even now prevail in the wild mountains of northern Luzon, among the primitive Malayan tribes; and in the second place, the weak and poor man was at the mercy of the strong and the rich.

“Before the arrival of the Spaniards, it is clear that the Filipinos endured immense suffering due to two harsh realities that plague uncivilized societies. Firstly, there was warfare, with its violence, looting, and devastation, not just between tribes but also between towns, which still occurs today in the remote mountains of northern Luzon among the primitive Malay tribes. Secondly, the weak and poor were at the mercy of the strong and wealthy.”

“The establishment of Spanish sovereignty had certainly mitigated, if it did not wholly remedy, these conditions. ‘All of these provinces,’ Morga could write, ‘are pacified and are governed from Manila, having alcaldes mayores, corregidors, and lieutenants, and dispense justice. The chieftains (principales), who formerly held the other natives in subjection, no longer have power over them in the manner which they tyrannically employed, which is not the least benefit these natives have received in escaping from such slavery.’” (Dr. D. P. Barrows, History of the Philippines, p. 166.)

“The establishment of Spanish control had definitely improved, if it didn't fully fix, these conditions. 'All of these provinces,' Morga wrote, 'are pacified and are governed from Manila, with mayors, officials, and lieutenants who administer justice. The local leaders (principales), who once held power over the other natives, no longer exert authority over them in the tyrannical way they used to, which is one of the significant benefits these natives have gained by escaping such oppression.'” (Dr. D. P. Barrows, History of the Philippines, p. 166.)

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

III. Trade and Commerce at the Time of Discovery and Conquest

Centuries before Spanish discovery the Filipinos were in regular intercourse with the neighboring countries of China, Japan, Borneo, and others. In the work of Chao Ju-kua, a Chinese geographer of the thirteenth century, there is a chapter on Philippine trade, from which we learn that the “foreign traders import porcelain, commercial gold, iron vases for perfumes, leaden objects, glass, pearls of all colors, iron needles,”1 black damask, and other silk fabrics, fish nets, and tin, and also silk umbrellas, and a kind of basket woven from rattan. In exchange, the Filipinos exported cotton (perhaps the “kapok” or tree cotton), yellow wax, strange [39]cloth (foreign cloth: sinamay, a light fabric made from abacá,—and other textiles of the country.—Blumentritt’s note), coconuts, onions, (camotes?—Blumentritt’s note), and fine mats; also pearls, shells (i. e., tortoise-shell.—Blumentritt’s note), betelnuts, and jute (yuta) textiles. (Yu-ta seems to be the abacá.—Blumentritt’s note).2 [40]

Centuries before the Spanish arrived, Filipinos were regularly interacting with neighboring countries like China, Japan, Borneo, and others. In a work by Chao Ju-kua, a Chinese geographer from the thirteenth century, there’s a chapter about Philippine trade, which tells us that “foreign traders brought in porcelain, commercial gold, iron vases for perfumes, lead items, glass, colorful pearls,” black damask, and other silk fabrics, fishing nets, tin, as well as silk umbrellas, and a type of basket made from rattan. In return, Filipinos exported cotton (possibly “kapok” or tree cotton), yellow wax, unusual cloth (foreign cloth: sinamay, a light fabric made from abacá—and other local textiles.—Blumentritt’s note), coconuts, onions, (camotes?—Blumentritt’s note), and fine mats; also pearls, shells (meaning tortoise-shell.—Blumentritt’s note), betelnuts, and jute textiles. (Yu-ta seems to refer to abacá.—Blumentritt’s note.)

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Domestic trade.

The first Spaniards who came to the Philippines observed a lively commercial intercourse, not only among the peoples of the different islands, but also with the near-by countries.3 The chief method of exchange [41]was by means of barter,4 though oftentimes gold dust was used.

The first Spaniards who arrived in the Philippines noticed a vibrant trade not just among the various island communities but also with nearby countries.3 The main method of exchange [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] was through barter,4 although gold dust was often used as well.

With the coming of the Spaniards, domestic trade was upset. First of all, restrictions were imposed upon trade; communication between the villages was restrained.5 [42]Though later ordinances allowed freedom of commerce between villages and provinces,6 the spirit of restriction predominated until modern times.7 [43]

With the arrival of the Spaniards, local trade was disrupted. First, they put restrictions on trade; communication between the villages was limited. Though later laws allowed free trade between villages and provinces, the mindset of restriction continued to dominate until modern times.

Then, the government officials, though in many decrees and ordinances prohibited to engage in trade,8 used their position as a means of gaining profits in trade.9 [44]This evil prevailed till later days.10 However, as seen by Dr. Tavera, trading by the officials was not without its good effect.11

Then, the government officials, despite being prohibited from engaging in trade by many laws and regulations, used their positions to profit from trading. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]This issue continued for many years. However, as noted by Dr. Tavera, the officials' trading did have some positive effects. 11

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Trade relations with oriental countries.

The coming of the Spaniards opened a new market to the products of the Orient, and Manila soon became [45]the great distributing center of the East.12 “The merchants and business men form the bulk of the residents of the islands, because of the great amount of merchandise brought there—outside of native products—from China, Japan, Maluco, Malacca, Siam, Cambojia, Borneo, and other districts.”13

The arrival of the Spaniards opened up a new market for products from the East, and Manila quickly became [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the major distribution center of the region.12 “The majority of the island's residents are merchants and business people due to the vast amounts of goods imported there—besides local products—from China, Japan, the Spice Islands, Malacca, Siam, Cambodia, Borneo, and other areas.”13

From China, from thirty to forty ships sailed every year usually in March, and reached Manila in fifteen or twenty days; here the traders sold their goods, and, with the exception of some of the larger dealers, returned towards the end of May or during the first days of June, in order to avoid the stormy season. Morga gives a detailed list of the goods imported from China.14 [46]

From China, around thirty to forty ships typically set sail every year in March and arrived in Manila within fifteen to twenty days. There, the traders sold their goods and, except for a few of the bigger dealers, headed back towards the end of May or in the first few days of June to steer clear of the stormy season. Morga provides a detailed list of the goods imported from China.14 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The merchandise brought by the Chinese were unloaded into champans (bancas), and taken to the Parian (Chinese quarter), or to other houses and magazines outside of the city, and there freely sold. No Spaniard, Sangley (Chinese trader), or any other person was allowed to go to the ship to buy or trade merchandise, food, or anything else. The purchase price was paid in silver and reals, for the Sangleys did not want gold, or any other articles, and would not take other things to China.

The goods brought by the Chinese were unloaded into champans (bancas) and taken to the Parian (Chinese quarter) or to other homes and warehouses outside the city, where they were sold freely. No Spaniard, Sangley (Chinese trader), or anyone else was allowed to go to the ship to buy or trade merchandise, food, or any other items. Payments were made in silver and reals because the Sangleys didn’t want gold or any other goods, and they wouldn't take anything else to China.

From Nagasaki, Japan, came Japanese and Portuguese merchants, who brought excellent wheat-flour and highly prized salt meats.15 The bulk of the merchandise was used in the country. Returning to Japan, during the months of June and July, they carried with them raw Chinese silk, gold, deerskin, and brazil-wood for their dyes; also honey, manufactured wax, palm and Castilian wine, civet-cats, large tibors in which to store their tea, glass, cloth, and other curiosities from Spain. [47]

From Nagasaki, Japan, Japanese and Portuguese merchants brought high-quality wheat flour and sought-after salt meats. The majority of the goods were used locally. When they returned to Japan in June and July, they took with them raw Chinese silk, gold, deer skin, and brazil wood for their dyes, as well as honey, manufactured wax, palm and Castilian wine, civet cats, large containers for storing their tea, glass, cloth, and other curiosities from Spain. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

From the Moluccas, Malacca, and India, the Portuguese imported many articles,16 and in return took with them to the Moluccas rice, wine, crockery-ware, and other wares needed there; to Malacca, gold and money, besides a few special trinkets and curiosities from Spain, and emeralds.

From the Moluccas, Malacca, and India, the Portuguese brought in a lot of goods, 16 and in exchange, they took back to the Moluccas rice, wine, pottery, and other necessary items; to Malacca, they brought gold and money, along with some unique trinkets and curiosities from Spain, as well as emeralds.

Smaller vessels belonging to natives of Borneo also came to Manila, bringing well-made palm-mats, a few slaves, sago, and tibors; large and small jars, and excellent camphor; these articles were bought more by the Filipinos than by the Spaniards. The Borneans took with them wine and rice, cotton cloth, and other wares of the Philippines.

Smaller boats from the locals of Borneo also arrived in Manila, bringing high-quality palm mats, a few slaves, sago, and tibors; large and small jars, and fine camphor; these items were purchased more by the Filipinos than by the Spaniards. The Borneans took back wine and rice, cotton fabric, and other goods from the Philippines.

“Very seldom a few vessels came from Siam and Camboja, carrying ‘benzoin, ivory, and cotton cloth; rubies and sapphires, badly cut and set; a few slaves; rhinoceros horns, and the hides, hoofs, and teeth of this animal; and other goods.’”17

“Very rarely, a few ships arrived from Siam and Cambodia, bringing ‘benzoin, ivory, and cotton fabric; rubies and sapphires, poorly cut and set; a few slaves; rhinoceros horns, and the hides, hooves, and teeth of this animal; and other goods.’”17

It was the goods that were imported into Manila by the Oriental traders, especially the Chinese, that [48]formed the bulk of the commerce between the Philippines and New Spain. The only products of Philippine industry dealt with in the so-called galleon trade were gold, cotton cloth, mendriñaque, and cakes of white and yellow wax.18 By buying from the Oriental traders their merchandise, and sending them to Mexico, the Spaniards in the Philippines made fabulous profits. It is due to this trade that those engaged in it amassed great wealth in a short time, and Manila became a great distributing center of the East.19 The prosperity of Manila during the first years after the conquest is attributed to the fact that commerce was then unrestrained.20 To the same cause was due the settlement of many Chinese and Japanese and other Orientals in [49]the country.21 To say, however, that the later restrictions upon commerce killed off all prosperity, would not be justified.22 [50]

It was the goods imported into Manila by Oriental traders, especially the Chinese, that [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]made up most of the trade between the Philippines and New Spain. The only products from Philippine industries that were part of the so-called galleon trade were gold, cotton cloth, mendriñaque, and cakes of white and yellow wax.18 By purchasing merchandise from the Oriental traders and sending it to Mexico, the Spaniards in the Philippines made huge profits. This trade allowed those involved to accumulate great wealth quickly, making Manila a major distribution center for the East.19 The prosperity of Manila in the early years after the conquest is attributed to the fact that commerce was unrestricted at that time.20 This same factor also led to the settlement of many Chinese, Japanese, and other Orientals in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the country.21 However, saying that the later restrictions on trade completely ended prosperity would not be accurate.22 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 Chao Ju-kua’s Description of the Philippines.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 34, pp. 183–191.

1 Chao Ju-kua’s Description of the Philippines.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 34, pp. 183–191.

Rizal, La Indolencia. (All quotations from this work are taken from the Derbyshire translation.):

Rizal, La Indolencia. (All quotes from this work are from the Derbyshire translation.):

“Indolence in the Philippines is a chronic malady, but not a hereditary one. The Filipinos have not always been what they are, witnesses whereto are all the historians of the first years after the discovery of the Islands.

“Laziness in the Philippines is a long-standing issue, but it’s not inherited. Filipinos haven’t always been this way, as all the historians from the early years after the Islands were discovered can attest.”

“Before the arrival of the Europeans, the Malayan Filipinos carried on an active trade, not only among themselves but also with all the neighboring countries. A Chinese manuscript of the 13th century, translated by Dr. Hirth (Globus, Sept. 1889), which we will take up at another time, speaks of China’s relations with the islands, relations purely commercial, in which mention is made of the activity and honesty of the traders of Luzon, who took the Chinese products and distributed them throughout all the islands, traveling for nine months, and then returned to pay religiously even for the merchandise that the Chinamen did not remember to have given them. The products which they in exchange exported from the islands were crude wax, cotton, pearls, tortoise-shell, betelnuts dry-goods, etc.”

“Before the Europeans arrived, the Malayan Filipinos were engaged in active trade not just among themselves but also with neighboring countries. A 13th-century Chinese manuscript, translated by Dr. Hirth (Globus, Sept. 1889), which we will discuss later, talks about China’s trade relations with the islands, which were purely commercial. It highlights the diligence and honesty of the traders from Luzon, who brought Chinese goods and distributed them across all the islands, often traveling for nine months. They would return and make sure to pay for even the goods that the Chinese merchants had forgotten to charge them for. The products they exported from the islands included crude wax, cotton, pearls, tortoise-shell, betelnuts, dry goods, and more.”

2 The method of trading is thus described by Chao Ju-kua:

2 The trading method is described this way by Chao Ju-kua:

“When (Chinese) merchantmen arrive at that port they cast anchor at a place (called) the place of Mandarins. That place serves them as a market, or site where the products of their countries are exchanged. When a vessel has entered into the port (its captain) offers presents consisting of white parasols and umbrellas which serve them for daily use. The traders are obliged to observe these civilities in order to be able to count on the favor of those gentlemen.

“When Chinese merchants arrive at the port, they anchor at a spot known as the place of Mandarins. This area acts as their market, where they can exchange goods from their countries. Once a ship has entered the port, its captain presents gifts, including white parasols and umbrellas, which they use in their daily lives. The traders must follow these courtesies to secure the favor of those gentlemen.”

“In order to trade, the savage traders are assembled (the Chinese call all foreigners savages except the Japanese, Koreans, and people of Anam.—Blumentritt) and have the goods carried in baskets, and although the bearers are often unknown, none of the goods are ever lost or stolen. The savage traders transport these goods to other islands, and thus eight or nine months pass until they have obtained other goods of value equivalent to those that have been received (from the Chinese). This forces the traders of the vessels to delay their departure, and hence it happens that the vessels that maintain trade with Ma-yi are the ones that take the longest to return to their country.” * * *

“In order to trade, the foreign traders gather (the Chinese refer to all outsiders as savages, except for the Japanese, Koreans, and people of Anam.—Blumentritt) and have the goods transported in baskets. Even though the porters are often unknown, none of the goods are ever lost or stolen. The foreign traders move these goods to other islands, and so eight or nine months go by before they acquire other valuable goods equivalent to what they received (from the Chinese). This makes the ship traders delay their departure, which is why the vessels that engage in trade with Ma-yi are the ones that take the longest to return home.” * * *

“When foreign traders come to one of their villages, they must not touch the ground, but must remain aboard their vessel, which is anchored in the middle of the current, and announce their presence by beat of drum. Thereupon the savage traders approach in their light craft, in which they carry cotton, yellow wax, strange cloth, coconuts, onions, and fine mats, and all those things they offer for sale in exchange (for the articles of the Chinese). In case of misunderstanding in the price of the goods, it is necessary to summon the chief of the traders of that place, so that he may present himself in person, and arrange the tariff to the satisfaction of all.” * * *

“When foreign traders arrive at one of their villages, they can’t touch the ground but must stay on their boat, which is anchored in the middle of the river, and announce their arrival by beating a drum. Then, the local traders come in their small boats, bringing items like cotton, yellow wax, unusual cloth, coconuts, onions, and fine mats, which they offer for sale in exchange for Chinese goods. If there’s a misunderstanding about the price of the goods, it’s necessary to call for the chief trader from that area so he can come in person and sort out the prices to everyone’s satisfaction.”

3 The first thing noticed by Pigafetta, who came with Magellan in 1521, on arriving at the first island of the Philippines, Samar, was the courtesy and kindness of the inhabitants and their commerce. “To honor our captain,” he says, “they conducted him to their boats where they had their merchandise, which consisted of cloves, cinnamon, pepper, nutmegs, mace, gold and other things; and they made us understand by gestures that such articles were to be found in the islands to which we were going.”

3 The first thing Pigafetta noticed when he arrived at Samar, the first island of the Philippines, with Magellan in 1521, was the politeness and generosity of the locals and their trade. “To honor our captain,” he wrote, “they led him to their boats where they had their goods, including cloves, cinnamon, pepper, nutmegs, mace, gold, and other items; and through gestures, they indicated that such products could be found on the islands we were heading to.”

Further on he speaks of the vessels and utensils of solid gold that he found in Butuan, where the people worked mines. He describes the silk dresses, the daggers with long gold hilts and scabbards of carved wood, the gold sets of teeth, etc. Among cereals and fruits he mentions rice, millet, oranges, lemons, panicum, etc.

Further on, he talks about the solid gold vessels and utensils he discovered in Butuan, where the locals mined. He describes the silk dresses, the daggers with long gold handles and sheaths made of carved wood, the sets of gold teeth, and more. Among the grains and fruits, he mentions rice, millet, oranges, lemons, panicum, and others.

That the islands maintained relations with neighboring countries and even with distant ones is proven by the ships from Siam, laden with gold and slaves, that Magellan found in Cebu. These ships paid certain duties to the King of the island. In the same year, 1521, the survivors of Magellan’s expedition met the son of the Rajah of Luzon, who, as captain-general of the Sultan of Borneo and admiral of his fleet, had conquered for him the great city of Lave (Sarawak?). Might this captain, who was greatly feared by all his foes, have been the Rajah Matanda whom the Spaniards afterwards encountered in Tondo in 1570?

That the islands had connections with nearby countries and even distant ones is shown by the ships from Siam, loaded with gold and slaves, that Magellan discovered in Cebu. These ships paid certain taxes to the King of the island. In the same year, 1521, the survivors of Magellan’s expedition met the son of the Rajah of Luzon, who, as captain-general of the Sultan of Borneo and admiral of his fleet, had conquered the massive city of Lave (Sarawak?). Could this captain, who was greatly feared by all his enemies, have been the Rajah Matanda that the Spaniards later encountered in Tondo in 1570?

In 1539 the warriors of Luzon took part in the formidable contests of Sumatra, and under the orders of Angi Siry Timor, Rajah of Batta, conquered and overthrew the terrible Alzadin, Sultan of Atchin, renowned in the historical annals of the Far East. (Marsden, Hist. of Sumatra, Chap. XX.)

In 1539, the warriors of Luzon participated in the intense battles of Sumatra, and under the command of Angi Siry Timor, Rajah of Batta, they defeated the fierce Alzadin, Sultan of Atchin, who is famous in the historical records of the Far East. (Marsden, Hist. of Sumatra, Chap. XX.)

At that time, that sea where float the islands like a set of emeralds on a paten of bright glass, that sea was everywhere traversed by junks, paraus, barangays, vintas, vessels swift as shuttles, so large that they could maintain a hundred rowers on a side (Morga); that sea bore everywhere commerce, industry, agriculture, by the force of the oars moved to the sound of warlike songs of the genealogies and achievements of the Philippine divinities. (Colin, Labor Evangelica, Chap. XV.)

At that time, the sea where islands floated like a group of emeralds on a bright glass platter was filled with junks, paraus, barangays, and vintas, boats as quick as shuttles, so large they could carry a hundred rowers on each side (Morga); that sea was bustling with commerce, industry, and agriculture, powered by oars moving to the sound of warlike songs celebrating the genealogies and achievements of the Philippine deities. (Colin, Labor Evangelica, Chap. XV.)


Legaspi’s expedition met in Butuan various traders of Luzon with their boats laden with iron, wax cloths, porcelain, etc. (Gaspar de San Agustin), plenty of provisions, activity, trade, movement in all the southern islands.

Legaspi's expedition encountered various traders from Luzon in Butuan, who had boats loaded with iron, wax cloths, porcelain, and more (Gaspar de San Agustin). There were also plenty of supplies, and there was a lot of activity, trade, and movement happening throughout all the southern islands.

They arrived at the Island of Cebu, “abounding in provisions, with mines and washings of gold, and peopled with natives,” as Morga says; “very populous, and at a port frequented by many ships that came from the islands and kingdoms near India,” as Colin says; and even though they were peacefully received discord soon arose. The city was taken by force and burned. The fire destroyed the food supplies and naturally famine broke out in that town of a hundred thousand people, as the historians say, and among the members of the expedition, but the neighboring islands quickly relieved the need, thanks to the abundance they enjoyed. (La Indolencia, Rizal.)

They arrived at the Island of Cebu, “full of food, with gold mines and washings, and inhabited by locals,” as Morga says; “very crowded, and at a port visited by many ships from the islands and kingdoms near India,” as Colin notes; and even though they were welcomed peacefully, conflict soon broke out. The city was taken by force and burned. The fire destroyed the food supplies, and naturally, famine struck that town of a hundred thousand people, as historians say, as well as among the members of the expedition, but the nearby islands quickly provided relief, thanks to their abundance. (La Indolencia, Rizal.)

Dr. J. A. Robertson in a note to the English translation of this work says:

Dr. J. A. Robertson, in a note to the English translation of this work, says:

“There is no doubt of the frequency of interisland trade among the peoples of the Philippines at an early period. Trade was stimulated by the very fact that the Malay peoples, except those who have been driven into the mountainous interiors, are by their very nature a seafaring people. The fact of an interisland traffic is indicative of a culture above that possessed by a people in the barbarian stage of culture. Of course, there was considerable Chinese trade as well throughout the islands.”

“There’s no doubt that interisland trade was common among the people of the Philippines in the past. Trade was encouraged by the fact that the Malay people, except for those pushed into the mountainous areas, are naturally seafaring. The existence of interisland traffic shows a culture that is more advanced than that of a people in a barbaric stage of development. Additionally, there was significant trade with the Chinese across the islands.”

4 “Their customary method of trading was by bartering one thing for another, such as food, cloth, cattle, fowls, lands, houses, fields, slaves, fishing-grounds, and palm-trees (both nipa and wild). Sometimes a price intervened, which was paid in gold, as agreed upon, or in metal bells brought from China. These bells they regard as precious jewels; they resemble large pans and are very sonorous. They play upon these at their feasts, and carry them to the war in their boats instead of drums and other instruments. There are often delays and terms for certain payments, and bondsmen who intervene and bind themselves, but always with usurious and excessive profits and interests.” (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos; Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 128.)

4 “Their usual way of trading was by exchanging one thing for another, like food, clothes, cattle, chickens, land, houses, fields, slaves, fishing spots, and palm trees (both nipa and wild). Sometimes they agreed on a price, which was paid in gold, or in metal bells brought from China. They see these bells as precious gems; they look like large pans and make a loud sound. They use them at their feasts and take them to war in their boats instead of drums and other instruments. There are often delays and terms for certain payments, with bondsmen getting involved and making commitments, but it always comes with excessive profits and interest.” (Antonio de Morga, Sucesos; Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 128.)

5 “The natives are free to move from one island to another, and from one province to another, and pay their tribute for that year in which they move and change their residence in the place to which they move; and to move from a Christian village that has instruction to another village possessing it. But on the other hand, they may not move from a place having instruction to one without it, nor in the same village from one barangay to another, nor from one faction to another. In this respect, the necessary precautions are made by the government, and the necessary provisions by the Audiencia, so that this system may be kept, and so that all annoyances resulting from this moving of the settled natives of one place to another may be avoided.

5 “The locals are allowed to travel from one island to another, and from one province to another, and pay their tribute for the year when they relocate. They can move from a Christian village with education to another village that also has it. However, they cannot move from a location with education to one without, nor can they shift from one barangay to another within the same village, or switch factions. To manage this, the government has implemented necessary precautions, and the Audiencia has put in place provisions to ensure that this system is maintained and to prevent any issues arising from the relocation of settled locals.”

“Neither are the natives allowed to go out of their villages for trade, except by permission of the governor, or of his alcaldes-mayores and justices, or even of the religious, who most often have been embarrassed by this, because of the instruction. This is done so that the natives may not wander about aimlessly when there is no need of it, away from their homes and settlements.” (Morga’s Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 162–163.)

“Native people aren’t allowed to leave their villages for trade unless they get permission from the governor, his deputies, or even the religious leaders, who have often found this situation awkward due to their teachings. This rule is in place to prevent the natives from wandering unnecessarily away from their homes and communities.” (Morga’s Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 162–163.)

6 17. (Commerce is to be free to all Indians of whatever jurisdiction they be, throughout the Philippines; and no license is required, nor can any fee be charged. This will ensure a good supply of provisions and other necessities, and promote the cultivation of the land. Good treatment must be shown to them, and their passage from one place to another facilitated, under penalty of a fine of 100 pesos, and a charge in the residencia of the one who transcends this order.)” (Ordinances of Good Government by Corcuera, 1642, and Cruzat y Gongora, 1696.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 50, p. 203).

6 17. (Commerce is open to all Indians, regardless of their jurisdiction, throughout the Philippines; no license is needed, and no fees can be charged. This will ensure a good supply of food and other essentials, and encourage land cultivation. They must be treated well, and their movement from one location to another should be facilitated, with a fine of 100 pesos imposed on anyone who violates this order.)” (Ordinances of Good Government by Corcuera, 1642, and Cruzat y Gongora, 1696.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 50, p. 203).

7 “70. (Interprovincial trade of the various products shall not be prohibited, as such prohibition is in violation of law vii, título xviii, book iv and law xxv, título i, book vi, in accordance with which laws trade is to be encouraged. The Indians may cut timber in accordance with law xiv, título xvii, book iv. The desire to gain, however, shall not be allowed to cause the Indians to send out of any province the products necessary for its conservation. This may be prohibited with the consent of the father minister, from whom the alcalde-mayor shall ask a certification for his own protection. Without the certification, he shall not make such prohibition, under penalty of the penalties of the preceding ordinance. The natives shall pay no fees for the privilege of interprovincial trade; and, if any alcalde-mayor violates this, he shall incur a fine of 100 pesos, besides the responsibility of making good all the loss occasioned by his action. This shall be a charge in the residencia.) (Raon’s Ordinance, February 26, 1768.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 50, pp. 250–251.)

7 “70. (Trade between provinces involving various products will not be prohibited, as such a ban goes against law vii, title xviii, book iv, and law xxv, title i, book vi, which state that trade should be encouraged. The Indigenous people are allowed to cut timber according to law xiv, title xvii, book iv. However, the desire for profit should not force the Indigenous people to export essential products for the sustenance of any province. This can only be restricted with the approval of the father minister, from whom the alcalde-mayor must request a certification for protection. Without this certification, the alcalde-mayor cannot enforce such a restriction, under penalty of the consequences of the previous ordinance. The natives will not be charged any fees for the privilege of interprovincial trade; if any alcalde-mayor violates this, he will face a fine of 100 pesos and will also be responsible for compensating any losses caused by his actions. This will be recorded in the residencia.) (Raon’s Ordinance, February 26, 1768.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 50, pp. 250–251.)

This is one of the reasons adduced by Rizal to explain the decay of agriculture in this country:

This is one of the reasons given by Rizal to explain the decline of agriculture in this country:

“Of no little importance were the hindrances and obstacles that from the beginning were thrown in the farmers’s way by the rulers, who were influenced by childish fear and saw everywhere signs of conspiracies and uprisings. The natives were not allowed to go to their labors, that is, their farms, without permission of the governor, or of his agents and officers and even of the priests as Morga says. Those who know the administrative slackness and confusion in a country where the officials work scarcely two hours a day; those who know the cost of going to and returning from the capital to obtain a permit; those who are aware of the petty retaliations of the little tyrants will well understand how with this crude arrangement it is possible to have the most absurd agriculture. True it is that for some time this absurdity, which would be ludicrous had it not been so serious, has disappeared; but even if the words have gone out of use other facts and other provisions have replaced them. The Moro pirate has disappeared but there remains the outlaw who infests the fields and waylays the farmer to hold him for ransom. Now then, the government, which has a constant fear of the people, denies to the farmers even the use of a shotgun, or if it does allow it does so very grudgingly and withdraws it at pleasure; whence it results with the laborer, who, thanks to his means of defense, plants his crops and invests his meager fortune in the furrows that he has so laboriously opened, that when his crop matures, it occurs to the government, which is impotent to suppress brigandage, to deprive him of his weapon; and then, without defense and without security he is reduced to inaction and abandons his field, his work, and takes to gambling as the best means of securing a livelihood. The green cloth is under the protection of the government, it is safer! A mournful counselor is fear, for it not only causes weakness but also in casting aside the weapons strengthens the very persecutor!”—(La Indolencia.)

“From the very start, the rulers, driven by childish fear and constantly seeing conspiracies and uprisings everywhere, threw many obstacles in the way of the farmers. Natives weren't allowed to work on their farms without the permission of the governor, his agents and officers, and even the priests, as Morga states. Those familiar with the inefficiency and disarray in a country where officials barely work two hours a day, those who understand the cost of traveling to and from the capital to get a permit, and those who know about the petty reprisals of minor tyrants will easily see how this messed-up system leads to the most ridiculous farming practices. It's true that for a time this absurd situation, which would be laughable if it weren't so serious, has faded away; but even if the terms are no longer used, new facts and regulations have taken their place. The Moro pirate is gone, but the outlaws who lurk in the fields and ambush farmers for ransom are still around. The government, always fearing the people, prohibits farmers from even carrying a shotgun, and if they do allow it, it's only reluctantly and can be taken away at any moment. Consequently, when a laborer, relying on his means of protection, works hard to plant his crops and invests his limited savings in the fields he's painstakingly prepared, the government, powerless to combat banditry, decides to take away his weapon. Stripped of defense and security, he's left inactive, abandoning his field and his work, turning to gambling as the best way to make a living. The green cloth is protected by the government; it's safer! Fear is a dismal advisor, as it not only breeds weakness but, by disarming its victims, also empowers their oppressor!”—(La Indolencia.)

8 There were other earlier decrees to the same effect as the following:

8 There were other earlier orders that stated the same thing as the following:

“6. (Alcaldes-mayor and corregidors are not to accept any presents, even of food, during the term of their office, as their hands will be bound thereby. They must pay a just price for what they purchase. During the term of their office they are not to purchase a ranch or any lands in the territory of their jurisdiction; neither are their secretaries or alguacils-mayor to buy them: for many evils follow therefrom. They are to build no sailing craft under any consideration, ‘under penalty of loss thereof and two hundred pesos, applied half to fines for the treasury and fortifications, because of the great harm caused to the natives by such constructions. For when you need any vessel, you can charter one.’ Likewise they are forbidden to engage in any trade with the natives and citizens of their jurisdiction, either directly or through agents.”) (Ordinances of Good Government, by Corcuera, 1642.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 50, p. 195.)

“6. Alcaldes-mayor and corregidors are not allowed to accept any gifts, even food, while in office, as this will compromise their integrity. They must pay a fair price for what they buy. During their time in office, they cannot purchase a ranch or any land in their jurisdiction; nor can their secretaries or alguacils-mayor buy them, as this leads to many problems. They are not permitted to build any sailing vessels under any circumstances, with a penalty of losing the vessel and a fine of two hundred pesos, with half going to the treasury and fortifications, due to the significant harm these constructions cause to the locals. If they need a boat, they should rent one instead. They are also prohibited from engaging in any trade with the locals and citizens in their jurisdiction, either directly or through intermediaries.” (Ordinances of Good Government, by Corcuera, 1642.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 50, p. 195.)

9 “106. The chief aim of the alcaldes-mayor, corregidors, and assistants, is trade. They buy up by wholesale the products of the land, especially rice and other food supplies, exactly as is said above concerning the religious of certain curacies, and their interpreters and helpers.

9 “106. The main goal of the alcaldes-mayor, corregidors, and assistants is trade. They purchase the local products in bulk, particularly rice and other food supplies, just as mentioned earlier about the religious figures in certain parishes, along with their interpreters and helpers.


“111. It is not advantageous for these alcaldes-mayor and corregidors, or their assistants or friends, to receive the royal collections, for they perpetrate the numberless frauds and cheats, both against the royal treasury and against the Indians; and there is no remedy for this, as they themselves administer justice. They hold the collections in their possession for a long time, trading with them, and the royal treasury is the loser.” (Report of Conditions in the Philippines, by Antonio de Morga; Bl. and Rb., Vol. 10, pp. 94–95.)

“111. It's not beneficial for these alcaldes-mayor and corregidors, or their assistants or associates, to handle the royal collections, because they commit countless frauds and scams, both against the royal treasury and the Indians; and there’s no solution for this, since they are the ones administering justice. They keep the collections for a long time, using them for trade, and the royal treasury ends up suffering the consequences.” (Report of Conditions in the Philippines, by Antonio de Morga; Bl. and Rb., Vol. 10, pp. 94–95.)

Referring to the religious men, Morga says in the same report:

Referring to the religious figures, Morga states in the same report:

“2. They trade and make a profit in their districts, from rice, wax, wine, gold, boats, fowls, cloth, and deerskins, to the great detriment of the Indians, as well as that of the entire country.

“2. They trade and profit in their regions from rice, wax, wine, gold, boats, chickens, cloth, and deer hides, to the great detriment of the Native Americans and the entire country.”

“3. They deal openly in merchandise of the above-mentioned articles, as well as in those of China, in the trade with Nueva España.”

“3. They openly deal in the goods mentioned above, as well as those from China, in the trade with New Spain.”

“Before the governor Don Gonzalo Ronquillo came, there were not more than three or four alcaldes-mayor in all these islands; but now there are sixteen and most of them are men who came with him. As they came poor, and as the salaries are small, they have taken the Indians—as all affirm, and it is common talk—at the time for harvesting rice; and they buy up all other provisions, and many profit by selling them again. In this way everything has become dear, because, as they have forbidden the Indians to trade and traffic, they sell at whatever price they wish. Formerly the Indians brought their products to the gates, and sold it at very low prices; for they are satisfied with very little gain, which is not true of the Spaniards.” (Affairs in the Philippine Islands, Fray Domingo de Salazar. (Manila, 1593).—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, p. 217.)

“Before Governor Don Gonzalo Ronquillo arrived, there were only three or four alcaldes-mayor across these islands; now there are sixteen, most of whom came with him. Since they arrived with little money and the salaries are low, they have taken advantage of the Indians—everyone agrees on this, and it’s common knowledge—during rice harvesting season; they buy all other supplies and many make a profit by reselling them. Because of this, everything has become expensive, as they have prohibited the Indians from trading and bartering, allowing them to charge whatever price they want. In the past, the Indians brought their goods to the gates and sold them for very low prices; they were content with small profits, which isn’t the case for the Spaniards.” (Affairs in the Philippine Islands, Fray Domingo de Salazar. (Manila, 1593).—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 5, p. 217.)

10 Rizal, La Indolencia.—“We will not cite our own experiences, for aside from the fact that we do not know which to select, critical persons may reproach us with partiality; neither will we cite those of other Filipinos who write in the newspapers; but we shall confine ourselves to translating the words of a modern French traveler who was in the Philippines for a long time:

10 Rizal, La Indolencia.—“We won’t share our own experiences because, aside from not knowing which ones to choose, critics might accuse us of bias; we also won’t refer to accounts from other Filipinos who write in the newspapers. Instead, we will stick to translating the words of a modern French traveler who spent a considerable amount of time in the Philippines:

“‘The good curate,’ he says with reference to the rosy picture a friar had given him of the Philippines, ‘had not told me about the governor, the foremost official of the district, who was too much taken up with the ideal of getting rich to have time to tyrannize over his docile subjects; the governor, charged with ruling the country and collecting the various taxes in the government’s name, devoted himself almost wholly to trade; in his hands the high and noble functions he performs are nothing more than instruments of gain. He monopolizes all the business and instead of developing on his part the love of work, instead of stimulating the too natural indolence of the natives, he with abuse of his powers thinks only of destroying all competition that may trouble him or attempt to participate in his profits. It matters little to him that the country is impoverished, without cultivation, without commerce, without industry, just so the governor is quickly enriched!

“‘The good curate,’ he says, referring to the overly optimistic view a friar had shared with him about the Philippines, ‘hadn't mentioned the governor, the top official in the area, who was so focused on the idea of getting rich that he didn't have time to oppress his compliant subjects; the governor, responsible for governing the country and collecting various taxes for the government, dedicated almost all his time to trade; in his hands the high and noble responsibilities he carries out are nothing more than tools for profit. He controls all the business and instead of fostering a work ethic, instead of encouraging the natives' natural laziness, he abuses his power and only thinks about eliminating any competition that could challenge him or share in his profits. It doesn't concern him that the country is suffering, without farming, without trade, without industry, as long as the governor becomes wealthy quickly!

11 Resultados del Desarrollo Económico de Filipinas; in “Revista Económica,” November, 1912:

11 Economic Development Results in the Philippines; in “Economics Journal,” November, 1912:

“In imposing a tax payable in articles of food or dress, the foundations of the Philippine industry were unwittingly laid. It is natural for a person manufacturing a piece of cloth for the purpose of paying tribute with it to have an interest in making another like piece to sell or to exchange for some other needed object. At the same time, as the encomendero and alcaldes mayores engaged in trade sold the articles received as tribute, a market for industrial products was in this wise created which provoked a demand for such merchandise.”

“In setting a tax that could be paid with food or clothing, the basics of the Philippine industry were unintentionally established. It makes sense that someone who makes a piece of fabric to pay their tribute would also want to make another to sell or trade for something they need. Meanwhile, as the encomendero and alcaldes mayores traded the items received as tribute, a market for industrial products emerged, which created a demand for such goods.”

12 Azcarraga, La Libertad de Comercio de Filipinas, p. 40.

12 Azcarraga, La Libertad de Comercio de Filipinas, p. 40.

“To this abundance and fertility was added the proximity of China, India, Japan, Malacca, and Maluco. From China they not only began to ship their riches in silks and glazed earthenware, as soon as they learned of our wealth of four and eight real pieces: * * *.” (Relación de las Islas Filipinas, Pedro Chirino, S. J.; Roma, 1604.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 12, p. 191.)

“To this abundance and fertility was added the closeness of China, India, Japan, Malacca, and the Moluccas. From China, they quickly started to send their wealth in silks and glazed pottery as soon as they found out about our riches of four and eight real pieces: * * *.” (Relación de las Islas Filipinas, Pedro Chirino, S. J.; Roma, 1604.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 12, p. 191.)

13 Morga’s Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 176.

13 Morga’s Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, p. 176.

14 “These vessels come laden with merchandise, and bring wealthy merchants who own ships, and servants and factors of other merchants who remain in China. They leave China with the permission and leave of the Chinese viceroys and mandarins. The merchandise that they generally bring and sell to the Spaniards consists of raw silk in bundles, of the fineness of two strands (“dos cabezas”), and other silk of poorer quality; fine untwisted silk, white and of all colors, wound in small skeins; quantities of velvets, some plain, and some embroidered in all sorts of figures, colors, and fashions—others with body of gold, and embroidered with gold; woven stuffs and brocades, of gold and silver upon silk of various colors and patterns; quantities of gold and silver thread in skeins over thread and silk—but the glitter of all the gold and silver is false, and only on paper; damasks, satins, taffetans, gorvaranes, picotes (coarse stuff made of goat’s hair, or a glossy silk stuff; probably the latter is intended in the text. Gorvaran or gorgoran is a sort of silk grogram), and other cloths of all colors, some finer and better than others; a quantity of linen made from grass, called ‘lencensuelo’ (handkerchief). (This fabric is now called Piña); and white cotton cloth of different kinds and qualities, for all uses. They also bring musk, benzoin, and ivory; many bed ornaments, hangings, coverlets, and tapestries of embroidered velvet; damask and gorvaran of different shades; tablecloths, cushions, and carpets; horse-trappings of the same stuff, and embroidered with glass beads and seed-pearls; also some pearls and rubies, sapphires and crystal-stones; metal basins, copper kettles, and other copper and cast-iron pots; quantities of all sorts of nails, sheet-iron, tin and lead; saltpetre and gunpowder. They supply the Spaniards with wheat flour; preserves made of orange, peach, ‘scorzonera,’ pear, nutmeg, and ginger, and other fruits of China; salt pork and other salt meats; live fowls of good breed, and very fine capons; quantities of green fruit, oranges of all kinds; excellent chestnuts, walnuts, pears, and ‘chicueyes’ (both green and dried, a delicious fruit); quantities of fine thread of all kinds, needles, and knick-knacks; little boxes and writing-cases; beds, tables, chairs, and gilded benches, painted in many figures and patterns. They bring domestic buffaloes; geese that resemble swans; horses, some mules and asses; even caged birds, some of which talk, while others sing, and they make them play innumerable tricks. The Chinese furnish numberless other gewgaws and ornaments of little value and worth, which are esteemed among the Spaniards; besides a quantity of fine crockery of all kinds; canganes, (this must be the cloth and not the porcelain of Kaga, which even today is so highly esteemed.—Rizal), sines, and black and blue robes; ‘tacley,’ which are beads of all kinds; strings of cornelians, and other beads and precious stones of all colors; pepper and other spices; and rarities—which, did I refer to them all, I would never finish, nor have sufficient paper for it.” (Ibid., pp. 178–180.)

14 “These ships arrive full of goods and bring wealthy merchants who own the ships, along with their servants and representatives from other merchants who stay in China. They leave China with permission from the Chinese viceroys and mandarins. The goods they usually bring and sell to the Spaniards include bundles of raw silk, two strands thick (“dos cabezas”), and other lower-quality silk; fine untwisted silk in white and various colors, wrapped in small skeins; lots of velvets, some plain and some heavily embroidered in different designs, colors, and styles—others made with gold and embroidered with gold; woven fabrics and brocades of gold and silver on silk of various colors and patterns; lots of gold and silver thread in skeins along with silk thread—but the shine of all the gold and silver is fake, only printed on paper; damasks, satins, taffetas, gorvaranes, picotes (coarse cloth made from goat hair, or possibly a glossy silk fabric; likely the latter is meant in the text. Gorvaran or gorgoran is a type of silk grogram), and other fabrics in all colors, some finer and of better quality than others; a lot of linen made from grass, called ‘lencensuelo’ (handkerchief). (This fabric is now known as Piña); and white cotton cloth of various types and quality for all uses. They also bring musk, benzoin, and ivory; a variety of bed decorations, hangings, coverlets, and tapestries made of embroidered velvet; damask and gorvaran in different shades; tablecloths, cushions, and carpets; horse decorations made from the same fabric, embroidered with glass beads and seed pearls; plus some pearls, rubies, sapphires, and crystals; metal basins, copper kettles, and other pots made of copper and cast iron; lots of nails, sheet iron, tin, and lead; saltpeter and gunpowder. They supply the Spaniards with wheat flour; preserves from oranges, peaches, ‘scorzonera,’ pears, nutmeg, ginger, and other fruits from China; salt pork and other salted meats; live fowl of good breeds and very fine capons; a wide variety of green fruits, oranges of all sorts; excellent chestnuts, walnuts, pears, and ‘chicueyes’ (both green and dried, a delicious fruit); a lot of fine thread of all kinds, needles, and trinkets; little boxes and writing cases; beds, tables, chairs, and gilded benches, painted in many designs and colors. They bring domestic buffaloes; geese that resemble swans; horses, some mules, and donkeys; even caged birds, some of which can talk while others sing, and they can be taught to perform countless tricks. The Chinese provide numerous other trinkets and ornaments of little actual value that are prized among the Spaniards; as well as a considerable amount of fine pottery of all types; canganes, (this likely refers to fabric and not the porcelain of Kaga, which is still highly valued today.—Rizal), sines, and black and blue robes; ‘tacley,’ which are beads of all sorts; strings of cornelians and other beads and precious stones in all colors; pepper and other spices; and rarities—which, if I were to list them all, I would never finish, nor would I have enough paper for it.” (Ibid., pp. 178–180.)

15 “They also bring some fine woven silk goods of mixed colors; beautiful and finely-decorated screens done in oil and gilt; all kinds of cutlery; many suits of armor, spears, catans, and other weapons, all finely wrought; writing cases, boxes and small cases of wood, japanned and curiously marked; other pretty gewgaws; excellent fresh pears; barrels and casks of good salt tunny; cages of sweet-voiced larks, called “fimbaros;” and other trifles.” (Ibid., p. 183.)

15 “They also bring some beautifully woven silk goods in various colors; stunningly decorated screens made with oil and gold; all kinds of knives and utensils; many suits of armor, spears, katanas, and other finely crafted weapons; writing kits, wooden boxes, and small cases that are lacquered and intricately designed; other lovely trinkets; delicious fresh pears; barrels and casks of quality salted tuna; cages filled with sweet-singing larks, known as ‘fimbaros;’ and other small items.” (Ibid., p. 183.)

16 ”* * * They take merchandise consisting of spices—cloves, cinnamon, and pepper; slaves, both black and Cafres; cotton cloth of all sorts, fine muslins (caniquies), linens, gauzes, rambuties, and other delicate and precious cloths; amber, and ivory; cloths edged with pita, for use as bed covers; hangings, and rich counterpanes from Vengala (Bengal), Cochin, and other countries; many gilt articles and curiosities; jewels of diamonds, rubies, sapphires, topazes, balas-rubies, and other precious stones, both set and loose; many trinkets and ornaments from India; wine, raisins, and almonds; delicious preserves, and other fruits brought from Portugal and prepared in Goa; carpets and tapestries from Persia and Turquia, made of fine silks and wools; beds, writing-cases, parlor-chairs, and other finely-guilded furniture, made in Macao; needle-work in colors and in white, of chain-lace and royal point lace, and other fancy-work of great beauty and perfection. Purchases of all the above are made in Manila, and paid in reals and gold. The vessels return in January with the brisas, which is their favorite monsoon. They carry to Maluco provisions of rice and wine, crockery-ware, and other wares needed there; while to Malacca they take only the gold or money, besides a few special trinkets and curiosities from España, and emeralds. The royal duties are not collected from these vessels.” (Morga’s Sucesos, 1609.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 184–185.)

16 ”* * * They bring goods like spices—cloves, cinnamon, and pepper; slaves, both black and Cafres; various types of cotton cloth, fine muslins (caniquies), linens, gauzes, rambuties, and other delicate and valuable fabrics; amber and ivory; cloths trimmed with pita to use as bed covers; hangings and luxurious bedspreads from Vengala (Bengal), Cochin, and other regions; many gilt items and curios; jewels including diamonds, rubies, sapphires, topazes, balas-rubies, and other precious stones, both set and loose; a variety of trinkets and ornaments from India; wine, raisins, and almonds; delicious preserves, and other fruits brought from Portugal and prepared in Goa; carpets and tapestries from Persia and Turquia, crafted from fine silks and wools; beds, writing desks, parlor chairs, and other beautifully gilded furniture made in Macao; needlework in colors and white, featuring chain lace and royal point lace, along with other exquisite crafts of great beauty and skill. All these items are purchased in Manila and paid for with reals and gold. The ships return in January during the brisas, which is their preferred monsoon. They transport rice and wine, crockery, and other necessary goods to Maluco; to Malacca, they take only gold or money, along with a few special trinkets and curios from España, and emeralds. There are no royal duties collected from these vessels.” (Morga’s Sucesos, 1609.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 16, pp. 184–185.)

17 Ibid., pp. 185–186.

17 Same source, pp. 185–186.

18 Ibid., p. 186.

18 Same source, p. 186.

19 “All of these things (referring to the trade of the Philippines) make life in that region pleasant and an object of desire to men; and indeed it seems a copy of that Tyre so extolled by Ezequiel.” (Relación de las Islas Filipinas, Pedro Chirino.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 13, p. 192.)

19 “All these things (referring to the trade of the Philippines) make life in that region enjoyable and highly desirable; it truly resembles the Tyre praised by Ezekiel.” (Relación de las Islas Filipinas, Pedro Chirino.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 13, p. 192.)

“The capital of our colony was, therefore, a few years after the conquest, an emporium of wealth which, by its commercial activity, gained in those seas the title of Pearl of the Orient.” (La Libertad de Comercio, Azcarraga, p. 41.)

“The capital of our colony became, a few years after the conquest, a hub of wealth that earned the title of Pearl of the Orient due to its commercial activity in those seas.” (La Libertad de Comercio, Azcarraga, p. 41.)

“The commerce of these islands began with their second discovery and the first settlement, which was in the year 1565. However, it was at the first scanty and of little weight, until during the government of Guido de Labazarris, in the year 1576, the trade of China was introduced, and with it considerable profits, which extended it freely to Nueva España, Guatimala, Tierrafirme, and Perú, by a royal decree of April 14, 1579.” (Informatory Memorial addressed to the king, Juan Grau y Monfalcon; Madrid, 1637.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 27, pp. 157–158.)

“The trade in these islands started with their second discovery and the first settlement in 1565. Initially, it was minimal and not very significant, until Guido de Labazarris's administration in 1576 when trade with China was introduced, bringing substantial profits. This trade expanded freely to New Spain, Guatemala, Tierra Firma, and Peru, following a royal decree on April 14, 1579.” (Informatory Memorial addressed to the king, Juan Grau y Monfalcon; Madrid, 1637.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 27, pp. 157–158.)

20 “For thirty years after the conquest the commerce of the islands was unrestricted and their prosperity advanced with great rapidity.” (Historical Introduction, E. G. Bourne.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 1, p. 61.)

20 “For thirty years after the conquest, trade in the islands was open, and their prosperity grew rapidly.” (Historical Introduction, E. G. Bourne.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 1, p. 61.)

“As for the second point, the amount of the commerce, this was formerly without any limitation; and during the time (which was short) while that condition lasted the islands acquired what strength and wealth and grandeur they now possess.” (Juan Grau y Monfalcón in Extracto Historial by Antonio Alvarez de Abreu; Madrid, 1736.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 30, p. 50.)

“As for the second point, the amount of commerce, this used to be limitless; and during the brief time that situation lasted, the islands gained the strength, wealth, and greatness they have today.” (Juan Grau y Monfalcón in Extracto Historial by Antonio Alvarez de Abreu; Madrid, 1736.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 30, p. 50.)

This is the point of view taken by Azcarraga in his La Libertad de Comercio en Filipinas.

This is the perspective presented by Azcarraga in his La Libertad de Comercio en Filipinas.

21 “In 1603, that is, when our colony had only thirty-two years of existence, there were already in the capital 25,000 Chinese, and the number of Japanese must have been also quite considerable, since they formed a colony which occupied the barrios of San Anton and San Miguel, at present inhabited by natives and a great portion of the white population.” (Azcarraga, La Libertad de Comercio, p. 44.)

21 “In 1603, when our colony had only been around for thirty-two years, there were already 25,000 Chinese living in the capital, and the number of Japanese must have been significant as well, since they had a colony in the neighborhoods of San Anton and San Miguel, which are now home to locals and a large part of the white population.” (Azcarraga, La Libertad de Comercio, p. 44.)

22 “37. Accordingly the commerce of this city is extensive, rich, and unusually profitable; for it is carried on by all these Chinese and their ships, with those of all the islands above mentioned and of Tonquin, Cochinchina, Camboja, and Siam—four separate kingdoms, which lie opposite these islands on the continent of Great China—and of the gulfs and the numberless kingdoms of Eastern India, Persia, Bengala, and Ceilan, when there are no wars; and of the empire and kingdom of Xapon. The diversity of the peoples, therefore, who are seen in Manila and its environs is the greatest in the world; for these include men from all kingdoms and nations—España, Francia, Inglaterra, Italia, Flandes, Alemania, Dinamarca, Suecia, Polonia, Moscobia; people from all the Indias, both eastern and western; and Turks, Greeks, Moros, Persians, Tartars, Chinese, Japanese, Africans, and Asiatics. And hardly is there in the four quarters of the world a kingdom, province, or nation which has not representatives here, on account of the voyages that are made hither from all directions—east, west, north, and south.” Description of Filipinas Islands, Bartholomé de Letona, O. S. F.; La Puebla, Mexico, 1662.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 36, p. 205.)

22 “37. As a result, the trade in this city is vast, prosperous, and exceptionally rewarding; it involves all these Chinese merchants and their ships, along with those from all the islands mentioned earlier and from Tonkin, Cochinchina, Cambodia, and Siam—four distinct kingdoms located across the seas from these islands on the mainland of Greater China—along with the gulf regions and countless kingdoms of Eastern India, Persia, Bengal, and Ceylon, when there are no conflicts; and from the empire and kingdom of Japan. Consequently, the variety of people found in Manila and its surroundings is the greatest in the world; they include individuals from all kingdoms and nations—Spain, France, England, Italy, Flanders, Germany, Denmark, Sweden, Poland, Muscovy; people from both eastern and western Indies; as well as Turks, Greeks, Moors, Persians, Tartars, Chinese, Japanese, Africans, and Asians. Hardly any kingdom, province, or nation in the four corners of the globe is without representation here, due to the voyages that arrive from all directions—east, west, north, and south.” Description of Filipinas Islands, Bartholomé de Letona, O. S. F.; La Puebla, Mexico, 1662.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 36, p. 205.)

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

IV. Trade and Commerce: the Period of Restrictions

Hardly had wealth been created by the commerce of the first years after the conquest, when the policy of restriction found its strong supporters in the merchants of Cadiz and Seville, who, accustomed to monopolize the trade with America, looked with jealous eyes upon the rapidly growing prosperity of Manila, the new center of trade. The cotton and silk cloths from China were underselling in Mexico those coming from Spain and Peru, and a good deal of the silver was going, not to Spain, but to the East; hence, the long drawn-out rivalry between Manila, on the one hand, and Cadiz, and Seville, on the other, with America as a third party, also working for her own interest. This commercial activity was the phenomenon which dominated the Philippines for over two centuries, and had such marked influence upon its whole economic development.

As soon as wealth was generated by the trade in the early years after the conquest, the policy of restriction gained strong support from the merchants of Cadiz and Seville. They were used to monopolizing the trade with America and viewed the rapidly growing prosperity of Manila, the new trade center, with jealousy. Cotton and silk cloths from China were selling for less in Mexico than those from Spain and Peru, and a significant amount of silver was going not to Spain but to the East. This sparked a prolonged rivalry between Manila and both Cadiz and Seville, with America as a third party also pursuing its interests. This commercial activity dominated the Philippines for more than two centuries and had a significant impact on its overall economic development.

Before giving the various decrees passed from time to time to regulate this commerce, it is advisable to discuss the arguments advanced by the two sides. The Spanish merchants contended that the competition of goods coming from the East would destroy the manufactures on the Peninsula; and, further, that the sending of silver to the Orient, would drain the supply available for Spain, and, therefore, in accordance with the mercantilist doctrine, should be prevented. Manila answered by saying that the goods that she exported to New Spain were different from those coming from Spain; therefore, there was really no competition between them. In other words, the demand for either kind of goods was separate from, and independent of, the demand for the other.1 Other arguments were advanced to prove that [51]Manila should be treated with consideration; the driving out of the Dutch from the Moluccas by the Philippine government,2 the preservation of the missionary conquests in the Far East,3 and the maintenance of the prestige of the Spanish crown,4 all of these would result from the maintenance of the Philippines, by making it possible for her to support herself with the galleon trade. These, added to the fact that the trade with New Spain was not so profitable as commonly reported5 on account of the many perils involved in it, entitled Manila to a more liberal treatment.

Before outlining the various regulations established over time to manage this trade, it’s important to examine the arguments presented by both sides. Spanish merchants argued that competition from goods imported from the East would ruin local industries on the Peninsula. They also claimed that sending silver to the East would deplete the resources available for Spain, and therefore, following mercantilist principles, this should be stopped. Manila responded by stating that the goods it exported to New Spain were different from those coming from Spain, so there was no real competition between them. In other words, the demand for each type of product was separate and independent from each other. Other arguments were made to show that [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Manila deserved consideration; the expulsion of the Dutch from the Moluccas by the Philippine government, 2 the protection of missionary efforts in the Far East, 3 and the preservation of the Spanish crown's prestige 4 would all be achieved by maintaining the Philippines and allowing it to support itself through the galleon trade. Additionally, the fact that the trade with New Spain wasn’t as profitable as often claimed 5 due to the numerous risks involved justified Manila’s request for more favorable treatment.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Restrictions.

The continued protests of the Spanish merchants finally led to the prohibition of the shipment from New [52]Spain to Perú or Tierra-Firme of Chinese cloths brought from the Philippines.6 “And in order that what was prohibited in one way might not be obtained in another, decrees were despatched on February 6 and December 18, 1591, ordering the total cessation of commerce between the islands and Perú. That was later extended to Tierra-Firme and Guatimala, by decrees of January 12, 1593, and July 5, 1595, forbidding the trade of China and its merchandise to all the Indias, except to Nueva España, which was left open to the Philippines.”7 In 1593 a decree absolutely limited the trade between Mexico and the Philippines to 250,000 pesos annually for the exports to Mexico, and to 500,000 pesos for the imports from Mexico,8 to be carried in two ships not to exceed three hundred tons burden.9 It was also decreed that “no person trade or traffic in the kingdom or in any part of China, and that no goods be shipped from that kingdom to the Philippine Islands, on the account of the merchants of those islands. The Chinese themselves shall convey their goods at their own account and risk, and sell them there by wholesale.”10 Further, it was ordered that “the Chinese merchandise and articles which have been and shall be shipped from Filipinas to Nueva España, can and shall be consumed there only, or shipped to these kingdoms after paying the duties. They can not be taken to Perú, Tierra-Firme, or any other part of the Indias, under penalty of confiscation....”11

The ongoing protests from Spanish merchants eventually resulted in the ban on shipping Chinese textiles from New [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Spain to Peru or Tierra-Firme, which had been brought in from the Philippines.6 “To ensure that what was banned in one way couldn’t be obtained in another, decrees were sent out on February 6 and December 18, 1591, mandating a complete stop to trade between the islands and Peru. This was later expanded to Tierra-Firme and Guatemala, through decrees dated January 12, 1593, and July 5, 1595, prohibiting the trade of Chinese goods and merchandise to all the Indies, except for Nueva España, which remained open to the Philippines.”7 In 1593, a decree strictly limited trade between Mexico and the Philippines to 250,000 pesos annually for exports to Mexico, and 500,000 pesos for imports from Mexico,8 carried in two ships not exceeding three hundred tons in weight.9 It was also mandated that “no person may trade or conduct business in the kingdom or any part of China, and that no goods may be shipped from that kingdom to the Philippine Islands on behalf of the merchants of those islands. The Chinese themselves shall transport their goods at their own expense and risk, and sell them there in bulk.”10 Additionally, it was ordered that “the Chinese merchandise and items that have been and will be shipped from the Philippines to Nueva España can only be used there or shipped to these kingdoms after paying the duties. They cannot be taken to Peru, Tierra-Firme, or any other part of the Indies, under penalty of confiscation....”11

“Fortunately,” says Azcarraga,12 “that tyrannical provision, meeting with the opposition of the private interests, which it so greatly injured, and among which were included those of the authorities and officials who were called upon to enforce it—was prevented from being [53]carried in force, and thus, in reality, the Acapulco trade continued unlimited until the year 1604, when, by another decree the enforcement of previous laws was ordered.”13 However, evasion of the law was a common practice, and the galleons usually carried very much more cargo than was allowed. The abuses became so apparent that in 1635, at the instigation of the merchants of Cadiz and Seville, a special commissioner was sent to Manila,14 who strictly enforced the law. And, in order to prevent all evasions of the law, it was decreed in 1636 to the viceroys of Perú and New Spain “to prohibit and suppress, without fail, this commerce and trade between both kingdoms, by all the ways and means possible.”15

“Fortunately,” says Azcarraga,12 “that oppressive rule faced strong resistance from the private interests it harmed, including the authorities and officials who were supposed to enforce it—so it wasn’t [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]implemented, and as a result, the Acapulco trade remained unrestricted until 1604, when another decree ordered the enforcement of prior laws.”13 However, ignoring the law was common, and the galleons often carried far more cargo than permitted. The problems became so clear that in 1635, spurred by the merchants of Cadiz and Seville, a special commissioner was sent to Manila,14 where he rigorously enforced the law. To prevent any further violations, it was mandated in 1636 to the viceroys of Peru and New Spain “to stop and eliminate, without fail, this trade and commerce between both kingdoms, by all means necessary.”15

The rest of the seventeenth century found Manila still engaged in a great commercial controversy with the merchants of Spain; the endless number of petitions sent from the Philippines to the king bears ample testimony to the magnitude of the problem.16

The rest of the seventeenth century saw Manila still caught up in a major trade dispute with the merchants of Spain; the countless petitions sent from the Philippines to the king clearly highlight the significance of the issue.16

Further petition from Manila resulted in the decreeing in 1702 that in the Philippine Islands two ships should be built, each of 500 toneladas burden, which should transport the goods permitted to that trade; that the citizens should be authorized to convey in these to Nueva España the amount of 300,000 pesos in their products and other commodities, and on the return to the Philippines to carry 600,000 pesos in silver, allowing 100 per cent gain minus the duties and expenses.17 It was [54]further provided in the decree that in the enumeration of the traders should be included the Spaniards in the country, and the military men stationed in the port of Cavite, excluding, however, ecclessiatical ministers, whether secular or regular, and foreigners.18 And he who had no goods to lade was not allowed to give up his right in favor of a third person, but a new distribution was made.19

Further requests from Manila led to a decree in 1702 stating that in the Philippine Islands, two ships should be built, each with a capacity of 500 toneladas, to transport goods allowed for that trade. The citizens were permitted to send 300,000 pesos worth of their products and other goods to Nueva España, and upon returning to the Philippines, to bring back 600,000 pesos in silver, allowing for a 100 percent gain minus duties and expenses.17 The decree also specified that the list of traders should include Spaniards living in the country and military personnel stationed at the port of Cavite, but excluded ecclesiastical ministers, whether secular or regular, and foreigners.18 Additionally, anyone without goods to load was not allowed to transfer their rights to someone else; instead, a new distribution was made.19

Induced by protests by Cadiz and Seville based on the ground that the galleons carried more cargo than allowed, and that the great abundance of silk in America had caused the decrease of the textile industry, thus causing the decline of factories in Toledo, Valencia, Seville, and Granada, a royal decree of January 8, 1718, prohibited the carrying in the galleon of silk, woven or raw, from China.20 The only trade which could be carried on was in linen goods, porcelain, wax, cinnamon, cloves, and other goods which were not brought from Spain.21

Induced by protests from Cadiz and Seville claiming that the galleons were carrying more cargo than allowed, and that the surplus of silk in America had hurt the textile industry, leading to the decline of factories in Toledo, Valencia, Seville, and Granada, a royal decree on January 8, 1718, banned the transportation of silk, whether woven or raw, from China.20 The only trade that was permitted involved linen goods, porcelain, wax, cinnamon, cloves, and other products not sourced from Spain.21

More petitions came from Manila, and, finally, a royal decree of June 17, 1724, repealed that of 1720, and allowed [55]once more the importation of Chinese silk.22 An attempt on the part of the Viceroy of Mexico to put a stop to the importation of Chinese silk resulted in the royal decree of April 8, 1734, which, besides allowing trade in silk, increased the amount of the trade permitted to Manila to 500,000 pesos of investment and 1,000,000 of returns.23

More petitions came from Manila, and finally, a royal decree on June 17, 1724, overturned the one from 1720, and allowed [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]once again the importation of Chinese silk.22 An attempt by the Viceroy of Mexico to stop the importation of Chinese silk led to the royal decree on April 8, 1734, which, in addition to allowing silk trade, increased the amount of trade allowed in Manila to 500,000 pesos of investment and 1,000,000 in returns.23

The galleon trade continued during the rest of the eighteenth century, until 1811 when the last galleon sailed from Manila, and 1815, when the final return voyage was made. The next period in the history of Philippine commerce is characterized by the opening of the country to foreign influence.

The galleon trade carried on for the remainder of the eighteenth century, ending in 1811 when the last galleon departed from Manila, and in 1815, when the final return journey took place. The following era in Philippine commerce is marked by the country's opening to foreign influence.

Before, however, going into the next period let us see who were entitled to participate in the galleon trade. The right to ship was known as boleta or ticket, and there were as many boletas as divisions in the ship. On the average there were 1,500 such divisions, each worth from 200 to 225 pesos, a good portion of which were given to the governor-general, the religious corporations, the regidores, the favorites and privileged, and the widows of retired Spaniards. Those who had no capital to invest in merchandise sold their boletas to the merchants, and in spite of prohibition, this practice continued with impunity. The cargo consisted chiefly of Chinese and Indian silk and cotton cloths, and gold ornaments, and were sold at one hundred per cent profit in New Spain.24 Almost all the merchants secured [56]loans from the “Obras Pias,”25 which were funds donated for pious purposes, and two-thirds of which loaned at the following rate of interest: for Acapulco, fifty per cent; for China, twenty-five per cent; for India, thirty-five per cent; the rest of the funds formed the reserve. Besides the merchandise and silver the galleons transported the official correspondence, arms, troops, missionaries, and public officials. The officers of the galleon were highly paid. The commander, who had [57]the title of general, made 40,000 pesos per voyage, the pilot about 20,000,26 and the mates, 9,000 each. Most of the crew were natives.27

Before we move on to the next period, let's look at who was allowed to participate in the galleon trade. The right to ship was called boleta or ticket, and there were as many boletas as there were divisions in the ship. On average, there were 1,500 such divisions, each worth between 200 and 225 pesos, a good portion of which went to the governor-general, religious organizations, the regidores, favorites and privileged individuals, and the widows of retired Spaniards. Those who couldn't invest in merchandise sold their boletas to the merchants, and despite it being prohibited, this practice continued without consequence. The cargo mainly included Chinese and Indian silk and cotton fabrics, along with gold ornaments, which were sold at a hundred percent profit in New Spain.24 Most of the merchants secured [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]loans from the “Obras Pias,”25 which were funds donated for charitable purposes, with two-thirds loaned at the following interest rates: for Acapulco, fifty percent; for China, twenty-five percent; for India, thirty-five percent; the rest of the funds formed the reserve. In addition to merchandise and silver, the galleons transported official correspondence, weapons, troops, missionaries, and public officials. The officers of the galleon were well-paid. The commander, who held the title of general, earned 40,000 pesos per voyage, the pilot around 20,000,26 and the mates received 9,000 each. Most of the crew were natives.27

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Effects of the galleon trade

What were the effects of the Manila-Acapulco trade upon the economic growth of the Philippines? There are two answers to this question. On the one hand, those who believe that the policy of restriction was necessary in order to protect the industries of Spain, of course, say that such policy was beneficial. Furthermore, it is alleged that no other economic activity could have been possible during the early part of Spanish [58]domination because, at the time, there were no products of the country which would serve as the basis of a rich and flourishing commerce; there was no capital sufficient to exploit the natural resources of the Philippines. And to show that Manila was benefited by acting as a distributing point of Oriental goods, the prosperity of Singapore and Hongkong is cited; what prosperity would these cities enjoy if it were not for the fact that they act as entrepots of the East?28 The very retention of the Philippines depended upon its ability to support itself in part, and the profits from the trade as a whole made that possible.

What were the effects of the Manila-Acapulco trade on the economic growth of the Philippines? There are two answers to this question. On one hand, supporters of the restrictive policy argue that it was necessary to protect Spain's industries, claiming that it was beneficial. Additionally, they suggest that no other economic activity could have thrived during the early period of Spanish [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]rule since there were no domestic products to support a rich and thriving trade, and there wasn't enough capital to exploit the Philippines' natural resources. To illustrate the benefits that Manila gained by serving as a distribution center for Eastern goods, they point to the prosperity of Singapore and Hong Kong; what prosperity would these cities have if they weren’t acting as trade hubs for the East? The very survival of the Philippines relied on its ability to partially sustain itself, and the overall profits from the trade made that possible.

On the other hand, the galleon trade absorbed too much of the attention of the Spaniards,29 and caused the neglect of Philippine extractive industries, especially agriculture.30 It attracted the Spaniards into Manila, and, thus, left the rest of the country without the benefit [59]of whatever good they could have done; and in Cebu, the point was reached when, at one time, there was not a sufficient number of persons to fill the offices of alcalde and regidores, and it was necessary to assign to the city a few boletas from Manila.31 Lastly, it enriched only the few,32 [60]and the resulting economic depression checked the growth of population.33

On the other hand, the galleon trade consumed too much of the Spaniards' attention,29 and led to the neglect of Philippine industries, especially agriculture.30 It drew the Spaniards to Manila, leaving the rest of the country without the benefits [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] of whatever good they could have contributed; in Cebu, there came a point when there weren't enough people to fill the positions of alcalde and regidores, necessitating the assignment of a few boletas from Manila to the city.31 Ultimately, it only enriched a few,32 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and the resulting economic downturn hindered population growth.33

Not everything, however, is to be attributed to the influence of the galleon trade; a good deal of the neglect of the country’s natural resources was due to Spanish dislike of industrial activity. Azcarraga explains that characteristic by saying that the eight centuries of continuous struggle to drive out the Moors from Spain created a chivalrous spirit and a love of risky undertakings; the discovery of the New World furnished a wide sphere of action to that adventurous spirit, and the resulting emigration to the newly discovered lands depopulated the Peninsula to such an extent that labor could be had neither for the factories nor for agriculture. “The current of precious metals flowing into Spain from the mines of Mexico and Perú fascinated the Spaniards; [61]created easy-going and indolent habits; held them off the mechanical arts, formerly called servile, and all desired to gird the word and enjoy the spoils of conquest.”34 This was the real cause of the decadence of Spanish industries, and not, as alleged by the monopolists of Spain, the competition of the Manila-Acapulco trade. With such causes operating to check development, it is no wonder that Philippine industries were in a primitive state down to the last years of Spanish domination. [62]

Not everything can be blamed on the galleon trade; a significant part of the neglect of the country’s natural resources was due to the Spanish aversion to industrial activity. Azcarraga explains that this characteristic arises from the eight centuries of ongoing struggle to expel the Moors from Spain, which fostered a chivalrous spirit and a taste for risky ventures. The discovery of the New World provided an expansive frontier for that adventurous spirit, and the subsequent emigration to these newly discovered lands led to such a depopulation of the Peninsula that there was no workforce left for factories or agriculture. “The flow of precious metals from the mines of Mexico and Peru mesmerized the Spaniards; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]created laid-back and lazy habits; diverted them from the mechanical arts, which were once deemed servile and all wanted to enjoy the rewards of conquest.” 34 This was the true reason behind the decline of Spanish industries, not, as claimed by Spain’s monopolists, the competition from the Manila-Acapulco trade. With such factors hindering progress, it’s no surprise that Philippine industries remained in a primitive state until the final years of Spanish rule. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]


1 “Number 96. Distinctions in products from the islands, and their qualities with respect to those of España.

1 “Number 96. Differences in products from the islands and how they compare in quality to those from Spain.”

“All these products that are trafficked from the islands are divided into six (sic) classes. The first is of silk, in skeins, thread, and trama. The second, the silk textiles. The third, the cotton textiles. The fourth, the products of the islands. The fifth, other small wares and articles that are brought. Of these, the last class amounts to but little, and is not harmful to the commerce of España, as it is composed of rarities and foreign products. The fourth class, namely, that of the products of the islands, by that very fact ought to be exported—a claim that is founded on justice; since it is not usual to prohibit to any province its own trade, and the exportation of its products wherever they may have a sale, even though foreign commerce be denied to it. Besides, this sort has the characteristic of the third, namely, that these wares are so cheap that their like cannot be supplied from España, as has been said, on account of the great difference of their prices. (In the margin: “In number 95.”) Hence, the wares of these kingdoms would not be used any more, even did those of the islands fail; nor less, even if there were an over-supply. For the Indians and negroes care only for the linens of China and Filipinas, and, if they do not have them, they get along without them; for they have no wealth to give eight reals for what costs them one and one-half reals. One thousand bales of linen which is shipped from Sevilla in each trading fleet always finds a sale, and no more can be carried (to Nueva España)—because that would create a lack in España, and it would, moreover, be too advantageous to the foreigners, to whom almost all this commodity belongs. Two thousand bales of cotton textiles exported from Manila are also consumed (there); and the fact that there is less or more does not cause any considerable loss in the linen made from flax and hemp, nor does it involve much money; for the two thousand bales of cotton are worth one hundred and fifty thousand pesos, while one thousand of fine linen are worth more than one million.” (Informatory Memorial addressed to the King, Juan Grau y Monfalcon, Procurator General; Madrid, 1637.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 27, pp. 200–201.)

“All these products shipped from the islands are categorized into six classes. The first includes silk in skeins, thread, and trama. The second class is silk textiles. The third consists of cotton textiles. The fourth is made up of the islands' products. The fifth includes various small goods and articles that are brought over. The last class constitutes a minor amount and does not negatively impact Spain's trade, as it consists of rarities and foreign products. The fourth class, namely the products from the islands, should be exported—this claim is based on fairness; it's uncommon to restrict a province from trading its own goods and exporting them where there is demand, even if foreign trade is limited. Additionally, this class has a characteristic similar to the third, meaning these goods are so affordable that they can't be matched in Spain, due to the significant price difference. Thus, products from these regions wouldn’t be used anymore, even if the islands' goods were not available; nor would it matter if there was an oversupply. The Indians and Africans only want linens from China and the Philippines, and if they don’t have those, they manage without them since they can’t afford to pay eight reals for something that costs them one and a half reals. A thousand bales of linen shipped from Seville on each trade fleet always sell out, and no more can be sent to Nueva España—because that would create a shortage in Spain and it would, moreover, be too beneficial to foreigners, to whom almost all this commodity belongs. Two thousand bales of cotton textiles exported from Manila are also consumed there; and whether there is more or less does not significantly affect the flax and hemp linen industry, nor does it involve much money; for the two thousand bales of cotton are valued at one hundred and fifty thousand pesos, while one thousand bales of fine linen are worth over one million.” (Informatory Memorial addressed to the King, Juan Grau y Monfalcon, Procurator General; Madrid, 1637.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 27, pp. 200–201.)

2 Ibid., pp. 98–104.

2 Same source, pp. 98–104.

3 Ibid., pp. 115–116.

3 Same source., pp. 115–116.

4 Ibid., pp. 120.

4 Same source, pp. 120.

5 Ibid., pp. 186–197.

5 Same source, pp. 186–197.

6 Ibid., p. 158.

6 Ibid., p. 158.

7 Ibid.

7 Same source.

8 Recopilación de Leyes, Lib. IX, Tit. XXXV, Ley VI. In Bl. and Rb., Vol. 17, pp. 30–31. Jan. 11, 1593.

8 Collection of Laws, Book IX, Title XXXV, Law VI. In Bl. and Rb., Volume 17, pages 30–31. January 11, 1593.

9 Ibid., Ley XV.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 17, pp. 31–32. Jan. 11, 1593.

9 Ibid., Ley XV.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 17, pp. 31–32. Jan. 11, 1593.

10 Ibid., Ley XXXIV.—Bl.and Rb., Vol. 17, p. 32. Jan. 11, 1593.

10 Same source., Law XXXIV.—Bl.and Rb., Vol. 17, p. 32. Jan. 11, 1593.

11 Ibid., Ley LXVIII.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 17, p. 33. Jan. 11, 1593.

11 Same source., Law 68.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 17, p. 33. Jan. 11, 1593.

12 La Libertad de Comercio, p. 49.

12 The Freedom of Trade, p. 49.

13 Recopilación, Lib IX, Tit. XXXV, Leyes LXXIV, LXXV, and LXXVI.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 17, pp. 42–44.

13 Recopilación, Book IX, Title XXXV, Laws LXXIV, LXXV, and LXXVI.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 17, pp. 42–44.

14 Pedro Quiroga.

14 Pedro Quiroga.

15 Recopilación, ibid., Ley LXXVIII.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 17, pp. 44–45.

15 Recopilación, ibid., Law LXXVIII.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 17, pp. 44–45.

16 As to the effect of these restrictions Azcarraga says: “* * * thus, at the end of that century, there was nothing but poverty and discontent in the city; the white population had hardly increased; commerce, confined within the narrow sphere of periodic voyages to Acapulco, was languishing, without attempting to engage in any other kind of traffic; and poverty was reflected even in the very troops stationed in the city, who did duty unshod and without uniform (camisa), frequently committing robberies at the Chinese stores. * * *” (La Libertad, p. 54.)

16 Regarding the impact of these restrictions, Azcárraga states: “* * * Therefore, by the end of that century, the city was filled with poverty and discontent; the white population had barely grown; trade, limited to occasional trips to Acapulco, was struggling and made no effort to pursue any other kind of business; and the poverty was evident even among the troops stationed in the city, who served without shoes and uniforms (camisa), often robbing the Chinese stores. * * *” (La Libertad, p. 54.)

17 Extracto Historial, Antonio Alvarez de Abreu.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 44, p. 231.

17 Extracto Historial, Antonio Alvarez de Abreu.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 44, p. 231.

18 Ibid., p. 236.

18 Ibid., p. 236.

19 Ibid., p. 232.

19 Same source, p. 232.

20 Ibid., pp. 256–258.

20 Same source, pp. 256–258.

Also Azcarraga, La Libertad, pp. 58–59.

Also Azcárraga, La Libertad, pp. 58–59.

21 Royal decree of October 27, 1720, enforcing that of 1718, provides further that: “The values of the lading which the said ships are to carry from the Philippines to the port of Acapulco may be up to the amount of 300,000 pesos, which must come invested strictly and solely in the following kinds of merchandise: gold, cinnamon, elephants, wax, porcelain, cloves, pepper, cambayas, and linens woven with colors (lienzos pintados), chitas, chintzes, gauzes, lampotes, Hilocos blankets, silk floss and raw silk spun, cordage, and other commodities which are not silks.” These ships are prohibited from carrying silken fabrics, “satins, pitiflores, velvets, damasks, Pekin silks (Pequines), sayasayas, brocades, plain satins, grograms, taffetas; silver and gold brocades; embroidered pieces of silk stuff for (covers of) beds, the (hangings for) drawing-rooms (estrados), and women’s petticoats; silken gauzes flowered with gold and silver; pattern pieces for petticoats, figured or embroidered; dressing-gowns, chimones, or made-up garments; hose, ribbons, or handkerchiefs; or any fabric which contains silk.” (Commerce in the Philippines with Nueva España, 1640–1736, by Antonio Alvarez de Abreu; Madrid, 1736. (From Extracto Historial.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 44, pp. 266–268.)

21 A royal decree from October 27, 1720, reinforcing the one from 1718, states that: “The total value of the cargo that these ships can carry from the Philippines to the port of Acapulco may reach 300,000 pesos and must be invested strictly in the following types of goods: gold, cinnamon, elephants, wax, porcelain, cloves, pepper, cambayas, and colored linens (lienzos pintados), chitas, chintzes, gauzes, lampotes, Hilocos blankets, silk floss and raw silk, cordage, and other items that are not silk.” These ships are not allowed to carry silk products, including “satins, pitiflores, velvets, damasks, Pekin silks (Pequines), sayasayas, brocades, plain satins, grograms, taffetas; silver and gold brocades; embroidered silk pieces for bed covers, drawing-room hangings (estrados), and women’s petticoats; silk gauzes embellished with gold and silver; patterned or embroidered petticoats; dressing gowns, chimones, or other made clothing; hosiery, ribbons, or handkerchiefs; or any fabric that contains silk.” (Commerce in the Philippines with Nueva España, 1640–1736, by Antonio Alvarez de Abreu; Madrid, 1736. (From Extracto Historial.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 44, pp. 266–268.)

22 Ibid., p. 306.

22 Same source., p. 306.

23 Extracto Historial, Antonio Alvarez de Abreu.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 45, pp. 57–59.

23 Extracto Historial, Antonio Alvarez de Abreu.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 45, pp. 57–59.

24 For a detailed list of the goods sent to Mexico, and as to what was done with them there, see Informatory Memorial addressed to the King, Juan Grau y Monfalcon, 1637.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 27, pp. 198–200.

24 For a detailed list of the goods sent to Mexico and what was done with them there, see Informatory Memorial addressed to the King, Juan Grau y Monfalcon, 1637.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 27, pp. 198–200.

“Number 95. Trade of the islands necessary in Nueva España, because of their goods.

“Number 95. The trade of the islands is essential in New Spain due to their goods.”

“In regard to the first part, which pertain to the merchandise, the trade of the Filipinas is so necessary today in Nueva España, that the latter country finds it as difficult as do the islands to get along without that trade; and its lack cannot be supplied with merchandise from these kingdoms. The wares taken to Acapulco are plain and figured velvets, satins, and damasks; grograms, taffetas, and picotes; headdresses and stockings; silk, loose and twisted, in skeins, that reeled on spindles, and woven; thread; tramas, plushes, and other silk stuffs and textiles. Of cotton, there are sinavafas, fine glazed buckrams (bocacies), glazed linen (olandilla), fine muslins (canequies), and semianas; and of cotton and silk, beds, curtains, coverlets, quilts, and other pieces. (They also carry) civet, musk, and amber; gold and pearls; crockery-ware, cabinets, and articles made of wood and other things; and the products of the islands themselves, of which mention has been made (in the margin: “In number 15”). But the bulk of the commerce is reduced to the silk and cotton textiles; for there is but little else that is rare or elegant, or that has much export. From the skeined silk, and the silk thread, and trama are manufactured in Nueva España velvets, veils, headdresses, passementeries, and many taffetas, which were taken to Perú when there were ships that went to Callao, and to other parts of the Indias—where the black, brown, and silver-colored goods that are sent from Sevilla do not arrive in good shape, because the sea rots them. It is known that the skein silk of China is more even and elegant for delicate and smooth fabrics than is the Misteca which is produced in that kingdom; besides that, there is less of the latter kind than is necessary in the country. By this trade and manufacture, more than fourteen thousand persons support themselves in Mexico, La Puebla, and Antequera, by their looms, the whole thing being approved by royal decrees. Of the cotton textiles, linens (lienzos) are used in Nueva España more than any other stuff, as they are so cheap that they sell for one and one-half or two reals per vara. Therefore, they are desired by the Indians and negroes; and when these are lacking, even though there should be an over-supply of the linens of Europa, they do not want them or use them, as those are dear and not so much used by them; and they get along with their own cloths from Campeche or La Guasteca, and others that they weave.”

“In regard to the first part, which relates to the merchandise, the trade of the Philippines is so essential today in New Spain that the latter country finds it as hard to get by without that trade as do the islands; and its absence can't be compensated with goods from these kingdoms. The items shipped to Acapulco include plain and patterned velvets, satins, and damasks; grograms, taffetas, and picotes; headdresses and stockings; silk, both loose and twisted, in skeins that are wound on spindles, as well as woven silk; thread; tramas, plushes, and other silk products and textiles. For cotton, there are sinavafas, fine glazed buckrams (bocacies), glazed linen (olandilla), fine muslins (canequies), and semianas; as well as cotton and silk items like beds, curtains, coverlets, quilts, and other pieces. They also carry civet, musk, and amber; gold and pearls; crockery, cabinets, and wooden items; and products from the islands themselves, which have been mentioned (in the margin: “In number 15”). However, most of the trade revolves around silk and cotton textiles, as there isn’t much else that is rare or elegant, or that has significant export. From the skeined silk, silk thread, and trama, Nueva España produces velvets, veils, headdresses, trimmings, and many taffetas, which were sent to Peru when ships traveled to Callao and other parts of the Indies—where the black, brown, and silver goods shipped from Seville don’t arrive in good condition because the sea damages them. It is known that the skein silk from China is more consistent and refined for delicate, smooth fabrics than the Misteca silk produced in that kingdom; moreover, the latter is produced in amounts less than what the country needs. Through this trade and create, over fourteen thousand people make a living in Mexico, La Puebla, and Antequera from their looms, all of which is sanctioned by royal decrees. Among cotton textiles, linens (lienzos) are more commonly used in Nueva España than any other fabric, as they are so affordable, selling for one and a half to two reals per vara. Because of this, they are favored by Indians and blacks; and when these linens are unavailable, even if there’s an excess of European linens, they don’t want or use them, as those are expensive and not widely used by them; instead, they manage with their own fabrics from Campeche or La Guasteca, along with others that they weave.”

25 “The basis of it was, and is, the funds called “Obras Pías” (Pious Works). These are funds under various denominations, whose origin was the piety of well-meaning Spaniards, who dying rich have bequeathed large sums for the purpose of lending to deserving traders to commerce or continue their career with. The administration of these is confided to various religious and charitable institutions, or to civil associations—the trustees forming a board, at which the sums to be lent, etc., are determined. Their statutes differ in many unessential points; but their general tenor is the same, viz., that sums not exceeding two-thirds of the fund shall be lent on respondentia at certain rates of interest, which are fixed according to the risk of the voyages; and these, when repaid, shall be added, principal and interest, to the original fund. The interests are 25 per cent. to Acapulco, 15 to Bengal, and so in proportion. The total of the capitals of these establishments (there are 12 or 14 of them), amounted to about three millions and a half of dollars in 1820, of which about two millions are due to the funds on various risks, principally those of New Spain: of this the major part is considered as lost by those best qualified to judge of the subject.

25 “The foundation of it was, and still is, the funds known as “Obras Pías” (Pious Works). These are funds under different names, originating from the generosity of well-intentioned Spaniards who, having died wealthy, have left large sums intended to lend to deserving traders to support their businesses or careers. The management of these funds is entrusted to various religious and charitable institutions or civil associations, with a board of trustees that determines the amounts to be lent, among other decisions. Their regulations vary in some minor ways, but generally, they share the same principle: that amounts not exceeding two-thirds of the fund will be lent on respondentia at specific interest rates, which are based on the risk of the voyages; and these, when repaid, will be added, principal and interest, to the original fund. The interest rates are 25 percent for Acapulco, 15 percent for Bengal, and so on accordingly. The total capital of these establishments (there are 12 or 14 of them) was about three and a half million dollars in 1820, with around two million owed to the funds for various risks, mainly those in New Spain: most of this is considered lost by those most qualified to assess the situation.”

“The principal employ of these funds has been in the commerce to Acapulco; and from the facility with which capital was procured, the excessive gambling spirit which this introduced, as well as the system of mutual accommodations from the trustees of different funds, and the utter absence of the wholesome restraint of public examinations of their accounts, it has resulted that more harm than good has been done by these establishments. The original intentions are entirely perverted, a few small sums being lent to young adventurers (when they have powerful friends), but far the greatest part is employed by the trustees themselves under the name of a relation or friend.” (Remarks on the Philippine Islands, and their capital Manila, 1819–1822, by an Englishman.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 51, pp. 148–149.)

“The main use of these funds has been in trade with Acapulco; and due to how easily capital was obtained, the excessive gambling mentality this created, along with the practice of mutual support among trustees of different funds, and the complete lack of proper scrutiny through public audits of their accounts, it turns out that these establishments have caused more harm than good. The original intentions have been completely twisted, with only a few small amounts being lent to young adventurers (when they have influential friends), while most of the funds are used by the trustees themselves under the guise of a relative or friend.” (Remarks on the Philippine Islands, and their capital Manila, 1819–1822, by an Englishman.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 51, pp. 148–149.)

26 Zuñiga, Estadismo de las Islas Filipinas.

26 Zuñiga, Political Status of the Philippines.

Historia General de Filipinas, José Montero y Vidal, Chapter XXVIII.

Historia General de Filipinas, José Montero y Vidal, Chapter XXVIII.

27 It is represented that the seamen are allowed to carry each 30 pesos’ worth of goods as a private investment, in order to encourage Spaniards to enter the marine service; but this ought to be increased to 300 pesos (the allowance made to the men on the fleets that go to the Indias), for more Spaniards are needed on the Acapulco trade-route—hardly one-third of the men on the galleon being of Spanish birth, the rest being Indians—and on the rivera of Cavite.” Extracto Historial, Antonio Alvarez Abreu, 1736.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 44, Pp. 307–308.

27 It is stated that seamen are allowed to carry goods worth 30 pesos each as a personal investment to encourage Spaniards to join the maritime service; however, this should be increased to 300 pesos (the same allowance given to the men on the fleets traveling to the Indias), as more Spaniards are needed on the Acapulco trade route—barely one-third of the men on the galleon are of Spanish descent, while the rest are Indians—and along the rivera of Cavite.” Extracto Historial, Antonio Alvarez Abreu, 1736.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 44, Pp. 307–308.

28 Azcarraga, La Libertad, pp. 81–95.

28 Azcarraga, La Libertad, pp. 81–95.

29 “This trade and commerce is so great and profitable, and easy to control—for it only lasts three months in the year, from the time of the arrival of the ships with their merchandise, until those vessels that go to Nueva España take that merchandise—that the Spaniards do not apply themselves to, or engage in, any other industry. Consequently, there is no husbandry or field-labor worthy of consideration. Neither do the Spaniards work the gold mines or placers, which are numerous. They do not engage in many other industries that they could turn to with great profit, if the Chinese trade should fail them. That trade has been very hurtful and prejudicial in this respect, as well as for the occupations and farm industries in which the natives used to engage. Now the latter are abandoning and forgetting those labors. Besides, there is the great harm and loss resulting from the immense amount of silver that passes annually by this way (of the trade), into the possession of infidels, which can never, by any way, return into the possession of the Spaniards.” (Morga’s Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb. Vol. 16, p. 187).

29 “This trade and commerce is so significant and profitable, and easy to oversee—for it only lasts three months a year, from when the ships arrive with their goods until the vessels leave for Nueva España with that cargo—that the Spaniards don’t pursue or engage in any other industries. As a result, there’s no noteworthy farming or fieldwork. They also don’t operate the gold mines or placer deposits, which are plentiful. They miss out on many other industries they could profit from if the Chinese trade were to collapse. This trade has been very damaging in this respect, as well as for the farming and occupations the natives once participated in. Now they are letting go of and forgetting those tasks. Additionally, there is the significant harm and loss caused by the vast amount of silver that flows through this trade route each year into the hands of non-believers, which will never, by any means, return to the Spaniards.” (Morga’s Sucesos.—Bl. and Rb. Vol. 16, p. 187).

“When, without risking any capital of his own, the merchant might thus share the enormous profits of this trade, with no more exertion than signing the invoices and letters (they were written by Indian clerks), and receiving the treasure on the return of the vessel, it is not surprising that for nearly two centuries they neglected all the other commercial advantages which surrounded them, or that such a commerce produced such merchants; the history of it and of them for that period may be confined to a few words:—they were agents of the merchants of Madras and Bengal, receiving and shipping their goods, and returning their proceeds, while their profits were confined to a large commission on them.” (Remarks on the Philippine Islands and on their capital Manila, 1819–1822, by an Englishman.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 51, p. 150.)

“When a merchant could share in the huge profits of this trade without risking any of his own money, with no effort beyond signing invoices and letters (which were written by Indian clerks) and receiving the treasure when the ship returned, it’s no wonder that for nearly two centuries they overlooked all the other business opportunities around them, or that such a trade produced such merchants. The story of it and of them during that time can be summed up in a few words: they were agents of the merchants from Madras and Bengal, receiving and shipping their goods and returning their profits, while their earnings came from a substantial commission on those transactions.” (Remarks on the Philippine Islands and on their capital Manila, 1819–1822, by an Englishman.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 51, p. 150.)

30 ”... This I say, then, Sire, that it is a most pitiable thing that there is not a man in all these Philippine Islands—Spaniard, or of any other nation—saving some religious, who make their principal aim and intent the conversion of these heathen, or the increase of the Christian faith; but they are only moved by their own interests and seek to enrich themselves, and if it happened that the welfare of the natives was an obstacle to this they would not hesitate, if they could, to kill them all in exchange for their temporal profit. And since this is so, what can your Majesty expect will happen if this continues? From this inordinate greed arises the violation of your Majesty’s decrees and mandates, as everyone is a merchant and trader—and none more so than the governor, who has this year brought ruin upon the country. There comes each year from Nueva España a million in money, contrary to the mandate of your Majesty, all of which passes on to the heathen of China. From here, in violation of your Majesty’s decrees, cargoes are loaded for the Peruvians and the merchants of Mexico, without leaving room for those of this country—especially the poor, who are unable to secure any interest therein except for a wretched bundle which is allowed them as a cargo. If I were to go into the multitude of evils which are connected with this, I should have to proceed ad infinitum.” (Letters from the archbishop of Manila to Felipe II; Ignacio de Santibañez; Manila, June 24 and 26, (1598);—Bl and Rb. Vol 10, p. 145.)

30 "... What I’m saying, Your Majesty, is that it’s truly sad that there isn’t a single person in these Philippine Islands—whether Spaniard or from any other nation—besides a few religious figures, who genuinely focuses on converting these non-believers or promoting the Christian faith. Instead, everyone is driven by their own interests, looking to enrich themselves, and if the well-being of the locals gets in the way, they wouldn’t hesitate to eliminate them entirely for their own financial gain. Given this situation, what can Your Majesty expect to happen if things stay the same? This excessive greed leads to the disregard of Your Majesty’s orders, as everyone has become a merchant and trader—none more so than the governor, who has brought devastation to the country this year. Each year, a million in funds comes from Nueva España, going against Your Majesty’s orders, and all of it ends up with the non-believers in China. Here, in violation of Your Majesty’s directives, shipments are loaded up for the Peruvians and the merchants in Mexico, leaving no space for those from this country—especially the poor, who can barely manage to get a meager shipment. If I were to delve into the many wrongs connected to this, I would have to go on ad infinitum." (Letters from the archbishop of Manila to Felipe II; Ignacio de Santibañez; Manila, June 24 and 26, (1598);—Bl and Rb. Vol 10, p. 145.)

31 Azcarraga: La Libertad, p. 68.

31 Azcárraga: La Libertad, p. 68.

32 “By this system for two centuries the South American market for manufactures was reserved exclusively for Spain, but the protection did not prevent Spanish industry from decay and did retard the well-being and progress of South America. Between Mexico and the Philippines a limited trade was allowed, the profits of which were the perquisites of the Spaniards living in the Philippines and contributed to the religious endowments. But this monopoly was of no permanent advantage to the Spanish residents. It was too much like stock-jobbing, and sapped all spirit of industry. Zúñiga says that the commerce made a few rich in a short time and with little labor, but they were very few; that there were hardly five Spaniards in Manila worth $100,000, nor a hundred worth $40,000, the rest either lived on the King’s pay or in poverty. ‘Every morning one could see on the streets of Manila, in greatest poverty and asking alms, the sons of men who had made a fine show and left much money, which their sons had squandered because they had not been well trained in youth.’ The great possibilities of Manila as an entrepôt of the Asiatic trade were unrealized; for although the city enjoyed open trade with the Chinese, Japanese, and other orientals, it was denied to Europeans and the growth of that conducted by the Chinese and others was always obstructed by the lack of return cargoes owing to the limitations placed upon the trade with America and to the disinclination of the Filipinos to work to produce more than was enough to insure them a comfortable living and pay their tributes. That the system was detrimental to the economic progress of the islands was always obvious and its evils were repeatedly demonstrated by Spanish officials. Further it was not only detrimental to the prosperity of the islands but it obstructed the development of Mexico.” (Historical Introduction, by Edward Gaylord Bourne.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 1, pp. 67–68.)

32 “For two hundred years, this system kept the South American market for manufactured goods exclusively for Spain, but the protection didn’t stop Spanish industry from declining and actually slowed down the well-being and progress of South America. A limited trade was allowed between Mexico and the Philippines, and the profits mainly benefited the Spaniards living in the Philippines and went towards religious endowments. However, this monopoly didn’t provide lasting benefits for the Spanish residents. It felt too much like speculation and drained all entrepreneurial spirit. Zúñiga notes that commerce briefly made a few individuals rich with minimal effort, but they were very few in number; there were hardly five Spaniards in Manila worth $100,000, nor a hundred worth $40,000, while the rest either relied on the King’s salary or lived in poverty. ‘Every morning, the streets of Manila were filled with the sons of wealthy men who had made a great display of wealth but left behind little money, which their sons wasted because they hadn’t been well-raised in their youth.’ The immense potential of Manila as a hub for Asian trade was never realized; although the city had open trade with the Chinese, Japanese, and other Asians, Europeans were excluded, and the growth of trade conducted by the Chinese and others was always hindered by the lack of return cargoes due to trade restrictions with America and the unwillingness of Filipinos to produce more than what was necessary for comfortable living and paying their tributes. It was always clear that the system harmed the economic progress of the islands, and its problems were repeatedly highlighted by Spanish officials. Moreover, it not only hurt the prosperity of the islands but also obstructed the development of Mexico.” (Historical Introduction, by Edward Gaylord Bourne.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 1, pp. 67–68.)

33 “Trade between America and the Far East all passed for a time through the port of Manila. This commerce was greatly desired by the Spanish colonists of Mexico, Perú, and Chile, but the selfish and rapacious merchants of Spain so influenced the policy of the mother country as to throttle this trading and prevent for more than two hundred years the legitimate development of the islands. From the early part of the seventeenth century until 1837 the Philippines were in the grasp of a protective monopoly, which not only prevented the productive development of the soil, but kept the Filipinos down to those necessarily restricted numbers which attend a population that raises nothing in excess of its daily needs. If there is one thing to be learned from this and every other study of increase of population in a fertile and tropical country it is that population increases in exact proportion to the agricultural production and export.” (Dr. D. P. Barrows, in Philippine Census, 1903, Vol. 1, p. 247.)

33 "Trade between America and the Far East used to flow entirely through the port of Manila. This trade was highly sought after by Spanish colonists in Mexico, Peru, and Chile, but the greedy merchants in Spain influenced the government's policies in such a way that it stifled this commerce and hindered the islands' legitimate growth for over two hundred years. From the early seventeenth century until 1837, the Philippines were under a protective monopoly that not only prevented the productive use of the land but also kept the Filipino population limited to numbers that only met their daily needs. If there's one lesson to take from this and any other study on population growth in fertile tropical regions, it's that population increases directly correlate with agricultural production and export." (Dr. D. P. Barrows, in Philippine Census, 1903, Vol. 1, p. 247.)

34 ”* * * All thrifty activity was regarded as despicable. No trader had a seat in the Cortes of Aragon. As late as 1781 the Academy of Madrid was obliged to offer as the subject for a prize essay the proposition that there was nothing derogatory in the useful arts. Every tradesman and manufacturer sought only to make enough money to enable him to live on the interest of it or to establish a trust fund for his family. If he was successful he either entered a cloister or went to another province in order to pass for a noble. In Cervantes we find the maxim: ‘Whoever wishes to make his fortune seeks the church, the sea (i. e., service in America), or the king’s house.’ The highest ambition of the nation in its golden age was to be to Europe just what the nobility, the clergy, and the army were to single nations. Consequently there was an enormous preponderance of personal service in the industrial organism, and much of this was purely for ostentation. Nowhere in the world were there so many nobles, so many officers, civil and military, so many lawyers and clerks, priests and monks, so many students and school-boys, with their servants. But as truly, nowhere in the world were there so many beggars and vagabonds.” (The Spanish Colonial System, by Wilhelm Roscher, pp. 3–4.)

34 ”* * * All frugal behavior was seen as shameful. No merchant had a seat in the Cortes of Aragon. As late as 1781, the Academy of Madrid had to offer a prize essay on the notion that there was nothing shameful about practical trades. Every tradesman and manufacturer aimed to earn just enough to live off the interest or to set up a trust fund for his family. If he succeeded, he either joined a monastery or moved to another region to be seen as noble. In Cervantes, we find the saying: ‘Whoever wants to get rich seeks the church, the sea (meaning service in America), or the king’s court.’ The highest aspiration of the nation during its golden age was for Spain to be to Europe what the nobility, clergy, and military were to individual nations. As a result, there was a huge number of people in personal service within the economy, much of it purely for show. Nowhere else in the world were there so many nobles, officers (both civil and military), lawyers, clerks, priests, monks, students, and schoolboys, along with their servants. But equally, nowhere else in the world were there so many beggars and homeless people.” (The Spanish Colonial System, by Wilhelm Roscher, pp. 3–4.)

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

V. The Nineteenth Century and Economic Development

Towards the close of the eighteenth century there were events which indicated the coming of greater liberty. Direct communication was established in 1765 between Manila and Spain by means of a warship which was to sail annually from Cadiz, with European goods, and to come back loaded, not only with the products of the Philippines, but also with Oriental merchandise, including goods from China and Japan. However, the innovation was not well received in Manila, due perhaps to the monopolistic habit of the merchants, and, in 1783, these annual voyages were discontinued.1

Towards the end of the eighteenth century, events began to signal the arrival of greater freedom. In 1765, direct communication was established between Manila and Spain through a warship that would sail from Cadiz every year, bringing European goods and returning with not only products from the Philippines but also merchandise from the East, including items from China and Japan. However, this change wasn’t well received in Manila, likely because of the merchants' monopolistic practices, and by 1783, these annual trips were stopped. 1

The coming of Governor José de Basco y Vargas marked a new era in the economic history of the country, for two important events happened during his term: the establishment of the Sociedad Económica de Amigos del Pais, in 1781, and of the Real Compañía de Filipinas, in 1785. These may be considered to be the most serious attempts of Spain throughout her rule, to develop the natural resources of the Philippines.

The arrival of Governor José de Basco y Vargas signaled a new chapter in the economic history of the country, as two significant events took place during his time: the founding of the Sociedad Económica de Amigos del Pais in 1781 and the Real Compañía de Filipinas in 1785. These can be seen as Spain's most serious efforts during her rule to develop the natural resources of the Philippines.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Economic Society of Friends of the Country.

Basco’s idea was to make the Philippines economically self-sufficing, and not dependent on Mexico. For this reason, he encouraged the development of agriculture by offering prizes to those who would excel in the cultivation of cotton, spices, sugar and silk; those who would open up the various kinds of mines; those who invented useful things, and those who excelled in the arts and sciences. Likewise, he issued circulars and pamphlets explaining the method of cultivating the different Philippine crops. In order to get the community’s co-operation in carrying out his economic plan, he induced the King to issue a decree establishing the Economic Society. In spite of serious opposition on the part of many, the society was auspiciously inaugurated in 1782. It seemed, however, as if Basco’s ideas were too advanced for his time, for the society led a declining life up to 1822. A memoir published [63]by the Society2, and containing a list of its achievements, shows its activity to have consisted of discussions of economic subjects; the publication of pamphlets dealing with the cultivation of coffee, sugar, indigo, silk, gutta-percha, hemp, cacao, and other plants; the offering of prizes to persons who succeeded in weaving cloths, making dyes, inventing hemp-stripping machines, and contributing other useful things to agriculture; and the introduction of agricultural implements of various kinds from the United States. The Society lived for over a century, till 1890. Another means resorted to by Basco to free the Philippines from its dependence on Mexico was the establishment of the tobacco monopoly by the government. This proved to be a good source of revenue, and, at the same time, was instrumental in bringing into cultivation large tracts of land. However, the evils attending it were many; the abuses of the government officials in enforcing the regulations, and in trying to make profits for themselves; the lack of incentive on the part of the producer to improve the quality of his tobacco; the existence of smuggling and bribery, and the poverty of the farmer; all these were attributed to the tobacco monopoly.3

Basco’s idea was to make the Philippines economically self-sufficient and not rely on Mexico. For this reason, he promoted agricultural development by offering prizes to those who excelled in growing cotton, spices, sugar, and silk; those who opened different kinds of mines; those who invented practical tools, and those who excelled in the arts and sciences. He also issued circulars and pamphlets explaining how to cultivate various Philippine crops. To gain community support for his economic plan, he got the King to issue a decree establishing the Economic Society. Despite facing serious opposition from many, the society was successfully launched in 1782. However, it seemed like Basco’s ideas were too progressive for his time, as the society struggled to maintain momentum until 1822. A memoir published [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]by the Society2, which includes a list of its achievements, shows that its activities revolved around discussions on economic topics; the publication of pamphlets on cultivating coffee, sugar, indigo, silk, gutta-percha, hemp, cacao, and other plants; offering prizes to individuals who excelled in weaving cloth, making dyes, inventing hemp-stripping machines, and contributing other useful innovations to agriculture; and introducing various agricultural tools from the United States. The Society lasted for over a century, until 1890. Another strategy Basco used to reduce the Philippines’ dependence on Mexico was the establishment of a government tobacco monopoly. This proved to be a substantial source of revenue and was also helpful in cultivating large areas of land. However, it came with many drawbacks, such as government officials abusing their power in enforcing regulations for personal profit, a lack of incentive for producers to improve tobacco quality, issues with smuggling and bribery, and the poverty of farmers; all these problems were associated with the tobacco monopoly.3

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Royal Company.

The second important event during Basco’s rule was the establishment of the “Real Compañía de Filipinas” by royal decrece of March 10, 1785. The capital of the company was fixed at eight million pesos divided into 32,000 shares of two hundred and fifty pesos each; the king bought four thousand shares, and the citizens of Manila were allowed three thousand. The [64]chief object of the company was to establish commercial relations among the different colonies, and also between the colonies and Spain; to supply Manila with the products of Europe, and, in return, to carry to Spain not only the products of the Philippines, but also the merchandise coming from the Oriental countries. The second important object was the encouragement of Philippine agriculture, as shown in section four of the charter, which required the company to invest four per cent. of its net profits in some extractive industries, chiefly agriculture. In order to help the company, all the laws and decrees which prohibited the importation of Oriental cloths into Spain, were repealed, and the products of the Philippines were exempted from all kinds of duties both in Manila and in Spain. Furthermore, the merchants of Manila were allowed to go to the Asiatic ports for trade, and the Chinese who came to Manila were allowed to trade freely without subjecting themselves to any restrictions. However, the old Manila-Acapulco trade was not to be disturbed, for the company could not send ships to Acapulco.

The second major event during Basco's rule was the creation of the “Royal Company of the Philippines” by royal decree on March 10, 1785. The company's capital was set at eight million pesos, divided into 32,000 shares of 250 pesos each; the king purchased 4,000 shares, and the citizens of Manila were permitted to buy 3,000. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]main goal of the company was to establish trade connections among the various colonies and between the colonies and Spain, to supply Manila with European goods, and to send not only Philippine products but also merchandise from Asia back to Spain. Another key aim was to promote Philippine agriculture, as stated in section four of the charter, which required the company to reinvest 4% of its net profits into extractive industries, primarily agriculture. To assist the company, all laws and decrees that restricted the import of Asian textiles into Spain were lifted, and products from the Philippines were exempt from all duties in both Manila and Spain. Additionally, Manila merchants were allowed to trade at Asian ports, and the Chinese arriving in Manila could trade freely without any restrictions. However, the existing Manila-Acapulco trade remained unchanged, as the company was not allowed to send ships to Acapulco.

The company encouraged the production of silk,4 [65]indigo,5 sugar,6 cotton,7 and especially of pepper and other spices. For this purpose it bought lands, established posts in Ilocos, Bataan, Cavite, and Camarines, and offered prizes. It also gave stimulus to manufacturing by establishing textile factories.

The company promoted the production of silk, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] indigo, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] sugar, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] cotton, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and especially pepper and other spices. To achieve this, it purchased land, set up posts in Ilocos, Bataan, Cavite, and Camarines, and offered rewards. It also boosted manufacturing by starting textile factories.

In spite of the special protection and privileges granted to the company, it declined from year to year. In 1805 it was rechartered, and given fifteen years of life and the same privileges as before; its capital was fixed at twelve and a half million pesos divided into shares of two hundred and fifty pesos each; foreigners were allowed to own [66]shares; and the ships were allowed to sail directly from the Asiatic ports without stopping at Manila; and finally the three-year privilege,8 allowed to foreigners at the request of the company in 1789, of importing into Manila Asiatic goods, and exporting the products of the country, was made perpetual. In 1830 its privileges were revoked, and Manila was left open to foreign commerce and navigation.

Despite the special protection and privileges given to the company, it continued to decline year after year. In 1805, it was rechartered and granted another fifteen years of operation along with the same privileges as before; its capital was set at twelve and a half million pesos divided into shares of two hundred and fifty pesos each; foreigners were permitted to own [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] shares; ships were allowed to sail directly from Asian ports without needing to stop in Manila; and finally, the three-year privilege, 8 which allowed foreigners, as requested by the company in 1789, to import Asian goods into Manila and export local products, was made permanent. In 1830, its privileges were revoked, and Manila was opened to foreign trade and navigation.

What were the causes that led to the ill success of the Royal Company? Among the minor causes mentioned was the indifference of the residents of the Philippines; for, as Zuñiga says,9 “taught to gain in New Spain what is necessary for their comfort, without any more work than sending a memorial once every year, it is hard for them to engage in a commerce which is servile and vexatious; and, accustomed to exorbitant profits, they cannot adapt themselves to the gradual profits in a store; * * *. Furthermore, the company neglected to import the goods from Europe, such as wines and groceries, which the foreign ships brought at great profit.”

What were the reasons behind the Royal Company's failure? One of the minor reasons noted was the apathy of the people living in the Philippines; as Zuñiga points out, 9 “trained to obtain in New Spain what they need for their comfort with hardly more effort than sending a letter once a year, it's tough for them to get involved in a business that's tedious and frustrating; and having become used to high profits, they struggle to adjust to the slow earnings from a store; * * *. Additionally, the company failed to import goods from Europe, like wines and groceries, which foreign ships brought in at high profit.”

It also failed to establish direct trade relations with China and India, but depended solely on buying the goods which were brought there by the Chinese and other foreign traders; hence, it had to pay higher prices for the Oriental goods it sent to Europe. The company, too, overestimated the importance of certain Philippine products, especially spices, which were produced much more cheaply in Sumatra and Java. Though allowed to invest only four per cent of its net profits in agriculture during the first years of its existence, it invested great sums in buying lands, made advances to the producers; in other words, it engaged in much speculation, which proved disastrous. It also gave premature attention to the development of manufacturing. The chief cause, however, of the failure of the company was the fact that it was not given control of the Manila-Acapulco trade, [67]which continued to absorb the attention of the very men, who, because of experience in the country, would have helped the Company during its formative years.10

It also failed to establish direct trade relationships with China and India, relying only on purchasing goods brought there by Chinese and other foreign traders. As a result, it had to pay higher prices for the Eastern goods sent to Europe. The company also overestimated the importance of certain Philippine products, especially spices, which were produced much more cheaply in Sumatra and Java. Although it was only allowed to invest four percent of its net profits in agriculture during its early years, it put significant amounts into buying land and provided advances to producers; in other words, it engaged in a lot of speculation, which turned out to be a disaster. It also focused too early on the development of manufacturing. However, the main reason for the company's failure was that it did not gain control of the Manila-Acapulco trade, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] which continued to capture the focus of the very people who, due to their experience in the region, could have assisted the Company during its early years.10

According to Dr. Tavera, the Royal Company introduced capital, which was essential for economic development.11

According to Dr. Tavera, the Royal Company brought in funding, which was crucial for economic growth.11

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The opening of the ports.

Even before the coming of Basco, the taking of Manila by the English in 1762 had a good economic effect, for it acquainted England with the natural resources of the Philippines, and the possibilities for material development.12 Perhaps as a result of the information thus gained, we find an English commercial house obtaining permission to establish itself in Manila in 1809. And in 1814, probably due to the liberalizing influence of the [68]war of independence just closed in Spain, it was stipulated that all colonial ports still restricted should be opened to foreign traffic, and that foreigners should be allowed to enter, and engage in commercial activities; thus was swept away the restrictive colonial policy, which had prevailed among the European nations, and which Spain was the very last to abandon. In the beginning, however, there was need of special royal permission for each foreign house established. Later on the permission of the Governor General only sufficed.13 An earlier edict of the Philippine government, repeated in 1828 and again in 1840, forbade foreigners to sell at retail or to enter the provinces to carry on business of any kind.14 In 1842 there were in Manila thirty-nine Spanish shipping and commercial houses, and about a dozen foreign houses, of which seven or eight were English, [69]two were Americans, one was French, and another Danish, while consuls of France, the United States, Denmark, Sweden, and Belgium resided there.15 By about 1859, according to Bowring, there were in Manila seven English, three American, two French, two Swiss, and one German commercial establishments; and in the other ports, there was no European business house, except one in Iloilo, where there was an English firm of which the British vice-consul was the directing partner.16

Even before Basco arrived, the English capture of Manila in 1762 had a positive economic impact. It introduced England to the natural resources of the Philippines and the potential for material growth. 12 Probably as a result of this newfound knowledge, an English commercial firm obtained permission to set up shop in Manila in 1809. Then, in 1814, likely influenced by the recent liberalizing effects of the [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] war of independence in Spain, it was agreed that all colonial ports still under restrictions would be opened to foreign trade, allowing foreigners to enter and engage in business activities. This change dismantled the restrictive colonial policies that had been in place among European nations, with Spain being the last to let them go. Initially, special royal permission was required for each foreign business set up. Later, just the Governor General's approval was enough. 13 An earlier decree from the Philippine government, reiterated in 1828 and again in 1840, prohibited foreigners from retailing or entering the provinces to conduct any type of business. 14 By 1842, there were thirty-nine Spanish shipping and commercial companies in Manila, along with about a dozen foreign firms, including seven or eight English, two Americans, one French, and one Danish. Consuls from France, the United States, Denmark, Sweden, and Belgium also resided there. 15 By around 1859, according to Bowring, Manila had seven English, three American, two French, two Swiss, and one German commercial entities; in other ports, the only European business presence was in Iloilo, where there was an English firm led by the British vice-consul as the managing partner. 16

Once Manila was opened, the advocates of greater freedom did not rest content with only one free port, because there were great difficulties in connection with the exportation of products from the places far from Manila. The products of the Ilocano provinces, southern Luzon, and the Visayas, and even Mindanao, had all to be taken to Manila, and from there, exported. Thus, the system entailed unnecessary risks, waste of time, and extra expense.17 Accordingly, at the request of the government of the Philippines, Royal Order of September 29, 1855, approved the opening of the ports of Sual (Pangasinan), Iloilo, and Zamboanga. And lastly, by Royal Decree of July 30, 1860, Cebu, which up to that time was obliged to send her products for exportation either to Manila or Iloilo, was opened.

Once Manila was opened, the advocates for greater freedom didn’t settle for just one free port, as there were significant challenges with exporting products from areas far away from Manila. Goods from the Ilocano provinces, southern Luzon, the Visayas, and even Mindanao all had to be transported to Manila for export. This system created unnecessary risks, wasted time, and added costs.17 As a result, at the request of the Philippine government, the Royal Order of September 29, 1855, approved the opening of the ports of Sual (Pangasinan), Iloilo, and Zamboanga. Finally, by Royal Decree on July 30, 1860, Cebu, which until then had to send its products to Manila or Iloilo for export, was also opened.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Effects of the opening of the ports.

Taking the increase of exports as an indication of greater agricultural and commercial activity, we find that, with the opening of the ports, exports increased; [70]and these now consisted of the products of the country, instead of manufactured goods brought from elsewhere in the Orient.18 By 1839, the Philippines exported 2,674,220 pesos of her own products, as against 500,000 pesos in 1810.19 Sugar in 1782, was the only product which was attracting any attention, because at the time, thirty-thousand piculs of it had been exported; in 1840, 146,661 piculs were exported; in 1854 the amount had increased to 566,371, almost four times greater than in 1840; and in 1857 the amount reached 714,059 piculs.20 Similarly, the amount of hemp exported increased, in spite of the fact that it found its way in the world’s market for the first time only in the early part of the nineteenth century.21 [71]

Taking the rise in exports as a sign of increased agricultural and commercial activity, we see that with the opening of the ports, exports grew; [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and these now included products from the country, instead of manufactured goods imported from elsewhere in the Orient.18 By 1839, the Philippines exported 2,674,220 pesos worth of its own products, compared to 500,000 pesos in 1810.19 Sugar in 1782 was the only product attracting attention, since at that time, thirty thousand piculs were exported; by 1840, 146,661 piculs were exported; in 1854, the amount rose to 566,371, nearly four times higher than in 1840; and by 1857, the figure reached 714,059 piculs.20 Likewise, the quantity of hemp exported increased, even though it entered the world market for the first time only in the early nineteenth century.21 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The same effect that was observed in connection with the opening of Manila followed that of the other ports. The production of the regions around the new ports increased as shown by export statistics, and commercial activity was stimulated, as shown in the greater movement of ships. For example, Sual in 1857 sent abroad twelve ships with rice, and two hundred and twenty-five ships to Manila, also loaded with rice; in 1860, sixty ships went abroad, and one hundred and seventy-two to Manila, loaded mostly with the same cargo. Again, although in the first three or four years there were no marked increase in her exports, Iloilo by 1859 began to show signs of increasing productivity.22 Its total value of exports, which in 1858 amounted to 82,000 pesos, had increased to 1,000,000 pesos in 1863.

The same effect seen with the opening of Manila also happened with the other ports. Production in the areas around the new ports grew, as shown by export statistics, and commercial activity increased, evidenced by a higher movement of ships. For instance, Sual in 1857 sent out twelve ships with rice and two hundred and twenty-five ships to Manila, also loaded with rice; by 1860, sixty ships left for abroad, and one hundred and seventy-two went to Manila, mostly with the same cargo. Although there wasn't a noticeable increase in exports during the first three or four years, Iloilo began to show signs of greater productivity by 1859. Its total export value, which was 82,000 pesos in 1858, jumped to 1,000,000 pesos in 1863.22

Furthermore, the opening of Iloilo encouraged production in the island of Negros. Previous to the new era the conditions there were described thus: “... before the happy event that we are considering, that island was uncultivated, thinly populated, and above all, without any kind of production to keep commerce alive; besides the Governor, the Alcalde mayor, and the curates sent by the religious orders, there were no other Spaniards; only one European, a French doctor by the name of Gaston, had settled there, cultivating sugar cane, and now and then sending some cargoes to Manila.23 Again, Jagor tells us that in 1857 there was not one iron mill to be found on the island; and that in working with the wooden mill, about 30% of the sap remained in the cane, even after it had been thrice passed through. However, the old wooden presses were disappearing, and were being supplanted by iron mills run by steam or carabao. These mills the natives had [72]no difficulty in obtaining because they could get them on credit from the warehouses of the English importers. Instead of the old Chinese cast-iron pans which were in use, far superior articles had been imported from Europe; and many large factories worked by steam power and with all modern improvements had been established. In agriculture, likewise, great progress was noticeable. Improved plows, carts, and good farming implements generally were to be had in plenty.24 After the opening, the 4,000 piculs of sugar produced in Negros in 1856 had increased to 100,000 in 1864 for exportation; there were 25 Europeans in the same year, 7 machines run by steam in the towns of Bacolod, Minuluan, and Bago, and 45 run by animal power. Similar advance characterized the other parts of the islands.25

Furthermore, the opening of Iloilo boosted production on the island of Negros. Before this new era, conditions there were described like this: “... before the fortunate event we're discussing, that island was uncultivated, sparsely populated, and, most importantly, lacked any production to support commerce; apart from the Governor, the Alcalde mayor, and the curates sent by religious orders, there were no other Spaniards; only one European, a French doctor named Gaston, had settled there, growing sugar cane and occasionally shipping some cargoes to Manila.23 Again, Jagor tells us that in 1857 there wasn't a single iron mill on the island; and that using the wooden mill, about 30% of the sap remained in the cane, even after it had been pressed three times. However, the old wooden presses were disappearing and were being replaced by iron mills powered by steam or carabao. The locals had [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]no trouble acquiring these because they could get them on credit from the warehouses of English importers. Instead of the old Chinese cast-iron pans previously in use, far superior products had been imported from Europe; and many large factories powered by steam with all the latest improvements had been established. In agriculture, significant progress was also evident. Improved plows, carts, and quality farming tools were readily available.24 After the opening, the 4,000 piculs of sugar produced in Negros in 1856 had risen to 100,000 in 1864 for export; there were 25 Europeans that same year, 7 steam-operated machines in the towns of Bacolod, Minuluan, and Bago, and 45 machines powered by animals. Similar advancements were seen in other parts of the islands.25

The increased production, due to the improved methods of cultivation, had a great effect on the inhabitants of the islands, for, not only did it bring about greater welfare because of more adequate satisfaction of their necessities, but also because it developed a demand for other necessities; hence, raising the standard of living. Referring to the same phenomenon in Iloilo Mr. Loney in a report as vice-consul of Great Britain, said that the current testimony of all the elder residents in the province was that during the last few years a very marked change had taken place in the dress and general exterior appearance of the inhabitants of the large pueblos, owing [73]in great measure to the comparative facility with which they obtained articles which were formerly either not imported, or the price of which placed them beyond their reach. In the interior of the houses the same change was observable in the furniture and other arrangements, and the evident wish to add ornamental to the more necessary articles of household use.26

The increased production, thanks to better farming methods, had a significant impact on the island residents. It not only improved their well-being by better meeting their needs, but also created a demand for other necessities, ultimately raising their standard of living. Regarding this same trend in Iloilo, Mr. Loney, in his report as vice-consul of Great Britain, noted that long-time residents in the province testified that in recent years, there had been a noticeable change in the clothing and overall appearance of people in the larger towns, largely due to the easier availability of goods that were once either not imported or too expensive for them. This change was also evident inside their homes, where furniture and other arrangements reflected a clear desire to include decorative items alongside essential household goods.

And since the opening of the ports, a great many people, especially mestizos, who before traded in manufactured goods purchased in Manila, abandoned their business, and, unable to compete with the Chinese dealers, had betaken themselves to the raising of sugar, and other products to the great benefit of the country.27 And, thus, the greater exploitation of natural resources gave rise to the demand for better means of communication,28 and other material improvements.

And since the ports opened, a lot of people, especially mestizos, who used to trade in manufactured goods bought in Manila, abandoned their businesses. Unable to compete with the Chinese dealers, they turned to growing sugar and other products, which greatly benefited the country. 27 As a result, the increased use of natural resources led to a demand for better communication methods, 28 and other material improvements.

The material progress of the Filipinos wrought great changes in the social population, mind, and structure. Though not affecting the majority of the people, economic advance paved the way for the development of the spirit of independence and criticism, which characterizes an independent and stable middle class. It was [74]that class, which, because of contact with the new ideas brought by the newcomers, and of increasing material power, first questioned the abuses of the government, and demanded social reforms.29

The material progress of Filipinos brought about significant changes in social structure, mentality, and community dynamics. While not impacting the majority, economic growth fostered the emergence of an independent and critical spirit typical of a stable middle class. It was that class, influenced by new ideas from newcomers and their growing economic power, that first challenged government abuses and called for social reforms. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] 29

Furthermore, the law that all the energy in the growth and activity of a population is derived from the physical world, and hence, density of population is dependent on material progress, is well illustrated by the increase of population in this country during the last century, especially its first half.30 In turn, density of population made possible further social progress.31 [75]

Furthermore, the principle that all the energy driving a population's growth and activity comes from the physical world, and that population density depends on material progress, is clearly shown by the increase in population in this country during the last century, particularly in the first half. In turn, population density enabled further social progress. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Conclusion.

Why is it that writers attribute great significance to the coming of the foreign business men, especially the American and British?32 Why was it that the opening of the ports, and the coming of the foreigners, resulted in the material progress of the country? Two circumstances are of prime importance in considering the growth of new settlements, and the conditions determining their economic and social progress. The first is whether or not they possess markets for commodities which their natural resources enable the people to produce easily. This condition is important for, without markets in other communities new countries can possess no material advantage over old ones in the production of wealth. Now, the opening of Philippine ports to foreigners brought our products in contact with the world’s market, without which it would have been useless to attempt to produce any more than what was required by the local demand. In other words, the world’s demand for the commodities we produce easily, served as an effective stimulus to further production. [76]

Why do writers place so much importance on the arrival of foreign businessmen, especially from America and Britain? 32 Why did opening the ports and welcoming foreigners lead to the country's material growth? Two key factors are crucial when looking at the development of new settlements and the conditions that shape their economic and social advancement. The first factor is whether they have markets for the goods that their natural resources allow them to produce easily. This is important because, without markets in other places, new countries can't have any real advantage over older ones in creating wealth. The opening of Philippine ports to foreigners connected our products to the world's market; without that, it would have been pointless to produce more than what was needed to meet local demand. In other words, the global demand for the goods we can easily produce acted as a strong motivator for increased production. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The second circumstance affecting the growth of a new country is the extent to which the people are able to secure the co-operation of capital from older communities to assist them. There are several ways by which capital may co-operate in the development of a new territory. The first is, where capital in the form of stocks of commodities of all kinds is advanced or sold upon credit by the commercial houses. This has been used in this country. The example of Mr. Nicholas Loney, an Englishman, agreeing to be paid for his sugar machineries with the increased earnings due to the use, by the Filipino planters, of such machines, is a good illustration of how foreign capital could be utilized to advantage by all parties concerned. On the one hand, the planter improved his method of cultivation, thereby increasing his produce, and, on the other, the foreign merchant sold more of his imported machineries, and exported more of the products of the Philippines to his country.33 Furthermore, labor is not without some benefit, for the payment of higher wages is then possible. The second way by which capital may co-operate is by providing transportation facilities to connect a new country with the markets, and especially with those so necessary to [77]its prosperity; for example, by organizing steamboat companies, building important roads, and, above all, constructing railroads. This also was done in this country; the building of the Manila-Dagupan railroad, for example, has had a remarkable influence upon the economic progress of the provinces through which it passed.

The second factor impacting the growth of a new country is how well the people can secure support from capital in older communities. There are several ways that capital can help develop a new territory. The first is when capital in the form of various goods is either advanced or sold on credit by commercial businesses. This has been implemented in this country. A great example is Mr. Nicholas Loney, an Englishman, who agreed to be paid for his sugar machinery with a portion of the increased earnings from Filipino planters using these machines. This illustrates how foreign capital can benefit everyone involved. On one hand, the planter improved his farming methods, leading to greater production, and on the other hand, the foreign merchant sold more of his imported machines and exported more Philippine products back home. Moreover, labor also stands to gain, as higher wages become possible. The second way capital can cooperate is by providing transportation systems to link a new country with key markets crucial for its success; for instance, by setting up steamboat companies, constructing vital roads, and especially building railroads. This has also taken place in this country; the construction of the Manila-Dagupan railroad, for instance, has had a significant impact on the economic growth of the provinces it passes through.

Thus is explained why it is that the opening of the Philippines to the outside world caused great social changes.

This explains why opening up the Philippines to the outside world led to significant social changes.


1 Azcarraga, pp. 117–118.

1 Azcarraga, pp. 117–118.

2 See Bl. and Rb., Vol. 52, pp. 307–322. Also Vidal, Historia General de Filipinas, Vol. 2, pp. 285–297; Mas, Informe Sobre el Estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1842, part II, pp. 28–31; and the Boletin de la Sociedad Económica for the different years.

2 See Bl. and Rb., Vol. 52, pp. 307–322. Also Vidal, Historia General de Filipinas, Vol. 2, pp. 285–297; Mas, Informe Sobre el Estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1842, part II, pp. 28–31; and the Boletin de la Sociedad Económica for the different years.

3 Jagor, Travels in the Philippines, chapter 25.

3 Jagor, Travels in the Philippines, chapter 25.

Memoria Sobre el Desestanco del Tabaco en las Islas Filipinas, José Jimeno Agius, Manila, 1871.

Memoria Sobre el Desestanco del Tabaco en las Islas Filipinas, José Jimeno Agius, Manila, 1871.

4 ”* * * at the time of Basco there were in Camarines four and a half million mulberry trees, and this was one of the results of the industrious administration of that famous governor, and of the first patriotic attempts of the Economic Society, so ably aided by the alcalde mayor, Don Martin Ballesteros, who later became factor of the Company in said province. At the request of the Society the first seeds were sent to Manila in 1780 by an Augustinian by the name of Fray Pedro Galiano; the director of the Company decided at all cost to stimulate this production, by advancing big sums * * (and) thought of introducing Chinese laborers for this purpose, and even proposed to bring over families from Granada, Valencia, and Murcia, well acquainted with this kind of industry; and, according to report of those agents, the first crops gave good results because of the continuous sprouting of the leaves, possibly the harvesting of even nine crops in each year. They were assured too, that according to Chinese experts, the silk of the country was inferior to that of Nanking, but very much superior to that of Canton.” (Azcarraga, p. 133.)

4 ”* * * During Basco's time, Camarines had four and a half million mulberry trees, a result of the hard work of that well-known governor and the early patriotic efforts of the Economic Society, with strong support from the mayor, Don Martin Ballesteros, who later became the representative of the Company in that province. At the Society's request, the first seeds were sent to Manila in 1780 by an Augustinian named Fray Pedro Galiano. The director of the Company was determined to boost this production by investing large sums of money and considered bringing in Chinese workers for this purpose. He even suggested relocating families from Granada, Valencia, and Murcia, who were experienced in this industry. According to reports from those agents, the initial crops had good outcomes due to the constant leaf growth, potentially allowing for even nine harvests each year. They were also informed that, as per Chinese experts, the country's silk was of lower quality than that from Nanking but significantly better than that from Canton.” (Azcarraga, p. 133.)

5 “The cultivation of the indigo had already been encouraged and improved by another Augustinian, Fray Matias Octavo, with the generous aid of a worthy merchant of Manila, Don Diego Garcia Herreros, applying the method then used at Guatemala; (thus) it was possible in 1784 to make a shipment, by the warship Asuncion, which found a good market in Cadiz. With these antecedents, the Company did not have to do much to exploit this product, and limited itself to making advances to the farmers for the purchase of implements needed * * *, and buying everything that was offered for sale; thus in 1786 it was able to export one hundred and forty quintals of this valuable article, and double that in 1788.” (Ibid., pp. 133–134).

5 “The cultivation of indigo had already been promoted and enhanced by another Augustinian, Fray Matias Octavo, with the generous support of a respected merchant from Manila, Don Diego Garcia Herreros, using the method then practiced in Guatemala; as a result, in 1784, it was possible to send a shipment on the warship Asuncion, which found a good market in Cadiz. With this background, the Company didn’t have to do much to take advantage of this product and simply provided advances to farmers for the purchase of necessary tools * * *, and bought everything that was offered for sale; thus, in 1786, it was able to export one hundred and forty quintals of this valuable item and double that amount in 1788.” (Ibid., pp. 133–134).

6 “With the same eagerness the Company devoted itself to promote the cultivation of the sugar cane, and very soon began to reap the harvest of its well-calculated attempts, and shipped for the Peninsula in 1786 eight hundred and sixty arrobas, and in 1788, nine thousand six hundred and sixty three arrobas for the same place, and for China and India; and thus this article continued to progress, always heading the list of exports from the country, since in a memorial or report sent to the king in 1790 by Governor Don Felix Berenguer de Marquina, it is stated that the amount of sugar exported the year before was between forty and fifty thousand piculs.” (Ibid., pp. 134–135.)

6 “With the same enthusiasm, the Company committed itself to promoting the cultivation of sugar cane, and soon started to see the results of its carefully planned efforts. In 1786, it shipped eight hundred sixty arrobas to the Peninsula, and in 1788, it sent nine thousand six hundred sixty-three arrobas to the same destination, as well as to China and India. This product continued to thrive, consistently topping the list of exports from the country. A report sent to the king in 1790 by Governor Don Felix Berenguer de Marquina noted that the amount of sugar exported the previous year was between forty and fifty thousand piculs.” (Ibid., pp. 134–135.)

7 Azcarraga says that upon cotton, which—at different times, especially during the revolutionary war in the United States—had been recommended to the chiefs of the provinces as an article to whose cultivation they should especially devote themselves, the company placed a great deal of hope, because of its good quality; it could compete with what the English exported from the coasts of Malabar, and thus, by promoting its cultivation in great scale, at the same time that the projected textile factories of the country would be supplied with raw materials, it would supply the constant demand of China; these expectations were confirmed by the good sale which the first shipment of one hundred and fifty sacks to China had, and thus the directors adopted this article as the chief commodity for its trade. (Ibid.)

7 Azcarraga mentions that cotton, which had been suggested to provincial leaders at various times, especially during the American Revolutionary War, as a crop worth focusing on, was a major source of hope for the company due to its high quality. It could compete with the cotton that the English exported from the Malabar coast. By significantly promoting its cultivation, the country’s planned textile factories would be supplied with raw materials while also meeting China's constant demand. These hopes were backed up by the successful sale of the first shipment of one hundred and fifty sacks to China, leading the directors to prioritize this commodity for their trade. (Ibid.)

8 Text of decree is given in Montero y Vidal, Historia, Vol. 2, pp. 302–303.

8 The text of the decree can be found in Montero y Vidal, Historia, Vol. 2, pp. 302–303.

9 Estadismo, Vol. 1, p. 273.

9 Estadismo, Vol. 1, p. 273.

10 Azcarraga, Chapters 9, 10, and 11; Mas, Part II, pp. 31–35; Vidal, Historia, Vol. II, pp. 297–307.

10 Azcarraga, Chapters 9, 10, and 11; Mas, Part II, pp. 31–35; Vidal, Historia, Vol. II, pp. 297–307.

11 In this way a new element was introduced which was essential for economic development: capital. Up to that time money had been scarce and it was all derived from local sources: owing to the conditions to which we have heretofore referred our community was obliged to furnish its own capital. It was necessarily small, first, on account of the slight productive forces, second, because of the easy destruction of acquired property, which was dissipated in fires and storms principally. In those first days of our history, the preservation and transmission from one generation to another of created and inherited wealth was, as it is even now, a problem almost impossible of solution. The general construction of houses, manufactured from such weak and transient elements as cane and nipa, does not leave us in a condition to conserve: it leaves us rather in a condition of easy destruction, as may be readily understood. So it is, that we get the benefit of only a small part of the property acquired by the generations that have gone before us. Where will you find even the trace of so many millions of cane and nipa houses which have absorbed the money earned by past generations? Destroyed by fire and storms. In their destruction was also involved all the industrial production, all the labor converted into capital represented by furniture, books, manuscripts, cloths, jewelry, coins, articles, of practical utility, religious, artistic and every sort of objects which ran the same precarious risk and had the same ephemeral existence as our flimsy cane and nipa houses.”—Results of the Economic Development of the Philippines.

11 In this way, a new element essential for economic development was introduced: capital. Until then, money had been scarce and was sourced locally. Because of the conditions previously mentioned, our community had to generate its own capital. It was necessarily limited, first, due to the minimal productive forces, and second, because acquired property was easily destroyed, primarily by fires and storms. In those early days of our history, preserving and passing down created and inherited wealth was, as it still is today, an almost impossible challenge. The general construction of houses made from weak and temporary materials like cane and nipa doesn't allow us to conserve; instead, it puts us in a situation of easy destruction, which is easy to understand. As a result, we only benefit from a small portion of the property accumulated by previous generations. Where can you even find remnants of the countless millions of cane and nipa houses that have absorbed the earnings of past generations? Destroyed by fire and storms. Their destruction also included all industrial production, all the labor transformed into capital represented by furniture, books, manuscripts, fabrics, jewelry, coins, and practical items, as well as religious, artistic, and all kinds of objects that faced the same precarious risks and had the same short-lived existence as our flimsy cane and nipa houses. —Results of the Economic Development of the Philippines.

12 “The taking of Manila in 1762 by the English had subsequently great influence on our future. They, during the occupation of Manila, had an opportunity to know the natural resources of this country, the condition of abandonment and neglect of agriculture and commerce, and the contempt that was felt for them, and realize the possibilities that existed for material development as understood by the British. As a result of such contact with the Filipinos English commerce was able to understand the conditions of our archipelago until then entirely unknown, owing to the conditions of their tutelar sequestration, and, on their part, the authorities and prominent persons of Manila had occasion to observe, during the short period of the occupation of Manila, what the English were who had been reputed as the enemies par excellence of the Roman Catholic Apostolic religion. It is said that they appropriated to themselves the money that they found in the treasury, which, on the other hand, we must assume, was found empty, both because Anda y Salazar took with him what he could find there to organize the war, and because private persons concealed their treasure. From whatever source it may have come, either brought by them as was really the case, or taken from the Filipinos, the fact was, that in order to maintain themselves, they spent a great deal of money and placed in movement the dormant activity of all whom they found within their reach.” (Ibid.)

12 “The capture of Manila in 1762 by the English had a significant impact on our future. During their occupation of Manila, they had the chance to discover the natural resources of this country, observe the state of neglect in agriculture and commerce, and recognize the resentment directed toward them, while realizing the potential for material development as the British understood it. This interaction with Filipinos allowed English trade to grasp the conditions of our archipelago, which had been entirely unknown due to their protective isolation. In turn, the authorities and notable figures in Manila had the opportunity to witness, during the brief occupation, who the English were, despite being viewed as the ultimate enemies of the Roman Catholic Apostolic religion. It’s said that they took the money they found in the treasury, which we must assume was mostly empty since Anda y Salazar took what he could find to fund the war, and private individuals hid their wealth. Regardless of its source—whether it was brought by them, as indeed was the case, or seized from Filipinos—the fact remains that to sustain themselves, they spent a lot of money and activated the dormant activity of everyone they encountered.” (Ibid.)

13 Azcarraga, pp. 151–152; also Mas, under Comercio Exterior, p. 2.

13 Azcarraga, pp. 151–152; also Mas, under Comercio Exterior, p. 2.

14 “The first result was the collision of the new arrivals with the exploiters of the old order, whose peaceful possession of a livelihood which suited them—because nobody questioned it or disturbed it—was suddenly threatened by the competition of more active, more industrious, better prepared and richer individuals, supported by firms located in the most important centers of the commercial world. In the same manner as, by arrival of the Spaniards, the old Filipino caciques were subjected to the Spanish officials, now the caciques who dominated during the period of tutelar sequestration found themselves immediately supplanted and converted into something lower than the new caciques of the economic order. They (the former) understood that such supremacy would give them (the latter) supremacy in everything. To defend their position they had recourse to the anti-foreign sentiments of the entire community; foreigners had always been regarded as the enemies of Spain and God; they must be the enemies of the Filipinos, too. The crusade was not new; it had been used before with excellent results at the time of the English domination. This campaign was hardly started when the cholera for the first time made its appearance in Manila. Taking advantage of that event, which was also called providential, the rumor was started that the foreigners had poisoned the waters of the Pasig, with the results that in 1820 the people of Manila exterminated the foreigners who were then residing at the capital.” (Tavera, Ibid.)

14 “The first outcome was the clash between the new arrivals and the exploiters of the old system, whose stable way of making a living—since no one questioned or disturbed it—was suddenly under threat from the competition of more active, industrious, better-prepared, and wealthier individuals backed by companies based in the key centers of the commercial world. Just like how the Spaniards' arrival subjected the old Filipino caciques to Spanish officials, now the caciques who had dominated during the period of tutelar sequestration found themselves quickly replaced and reduced to a lower status than the new economic leaders. They (the former) realized that such dominance for the new leaders would mean dominance in everything. To protect their position, they tapped into the anti-foreign sentiments of the entire community; foreigners had always been seen as the enemies of Spain and God, so they must be the enemies of Filipinos as well. This crusade wasn’t new; it had previously proven successful during the English domination. This campaign had barely begun when cholera first appeared in Manila. Seizing on this event, which was also deemed providential, rumors spread that foreigners had poisoned the waters of the Pasig, leading to the extermination of the foreigners living in the capital in 1820.” (Tavera, Ibid.)

15 Le Roy, The Americans in the Philippines, Vol. 1, p. 33, Diccionario Geográfico-Estadistíco-Historico de las Islas Filipinas, Manuel Buzeta and Felipe Bravo, (Madrid, 1850–1851).

15 Le Roy, The Americans in the Philippines, Vol. 1, p. 33, Diccionario Geográfico-Estadistíco-Historico de las Islas Filipinas, Manuel Buzeta and Felipe Bravo, (Madrid, 1850–1851).

16 Bowring, A Visit to the Philippines (London, 1859), p. 301.

16 Bowring, A Visit to the Philippines (London, 1859), p. 301.

17 Mas, under Comercio Exterior, pp. 28–29; also Azcarraga, Chapter 13.

17 But, under Foreign Trade, pp. 28–29; also Azcarraga, Chapter 13.

18 “The merchants and even all the residents of Manila during the epoch of the Acapulco (trade), firmly believed that the interruption of its voyages would be the infallible and total ruin of the colony, and that upon them depended even the maintenance of the inhabitants of the farms. However, experience has demonstrated the error in which they were.” (Mas, Ibid., pp. 2–3.)

18 “The merchants and all the people in Manila during the time of the Acapulco trade genuinely believed that stopping these voyages would bring complete destruction to the colony and that their survival relied on supporting the farmers. However, experience has shown that they were mistaken.” (Mas, Ibid., pp. 2–3.)

After giving a table of imports and exports for 1810, Mas says: “From this statement it is seen that at that epoch the commerce of the Philippines was reduced mostly to receiving funds from New Spain, and, in return, remitting articles of China and India; that the importation of foreign goods consumed in the Philippines amounted to 900,000 pesos, and the exportation of the products of the country, such as sugar, indigo, hide, etc., did not amount to 500,000 pesos. The gains, therefore, from that traffic, for which Manila was only a port of exchange, were divided between the merchants who had the monopoly of the galleon, but the wealth of the territory received but small advantages from it.” (Ibid.)

After presenting a table of imports and exports for 1810, Mas states: “This data shows that at that time, the commerce of the Philippines mainly involved receiving money from New Spain and, in exchange, sending over goods from China and India; that the importation of foreign goods consumed in the Philippines reached 900,000 pesos, while the exportation of local products, like sugar, indigo, leather, etc., was less than 500,000 pesos. Therefore, the profits from this trade, for which Manila served only as a trading post, were shared among the merchants who held the galleon monopoly, but the wealth of the region benefitted very little from it.” (Ibid.)

19 Mas, Ibid., p. 4.

19 But, Ibid, p. 4.

20 Azcarraga, p. 18.

20 Azcarraga, p. 18.

21 An item in the memoir published by the Sociedad Económica de Amigos del País (Manila, 1860), containing a list of its achievements, is to the effect that on August 8, 1834, “abacá” was exported for the first time. (See Bl. and Rb., Vol. 52, p. 317.)

21 An item in the memoir published by the Sociedad Económica de Amigos del País (Manila, 1860), which includes a summary of its achievements, states that on August 8, 1834, “abacá” was exported for the first time. (See Bl. and Rb., Vol. 52, p. 317.)

Azcarraga (p. 19) gives the following figures for hemp:

Azcárraga (p. 19) provides the following statistics for hemp:

Piculs exported.
1840 83,790
1845 102,490
1850 123,410
1853 221,518
1857 327,574
1858 412,502

22 Azcarraga (p. 167) gives the following figures for Iloilo:

22 Azcarraga (p. 167) provides these numbers for Iloilo:

Foreign Countries. Manila.
Piculs of Sugar. Piculs of sugar.
1859 9,344 77,488
1860 40,176 72,592
1861 44,256 29,312
1862 102,464 98,912
1863 170,832 80,000

23 Azcarraga, pp. 168–169.

23 Azcarraga, pp. 168–169.

24 Jagor, (Spanish edition, Madrid, 1874), p. 255.

24 Jagor, (Spanish edition, Madrid, 1874), p. 255.

25 “From these dates (referring to the opening of the ports) the prosperity of the Philippines advanced steadily and rapidly without interruption until the outbreak of the Philippine revolution six years ago. To this period is due the propagation of the hemp fields of Ambos Camarines, Albay, and Sorsogon; the planting of the innumerable coconut groves; the sugar haciendas of Pampanga and Negros; the tobacco fields of Cagayan and the Ilocos provinces; the coffee of Batangas, and the utilization everywhere of the specially adapted soils for the production of these admirable articles of trade. One thing is to be noticed, and is important in estimating the future development of the islands. The money that was invested here was not brought in by capitalists but was made here. Haciendas arose from small beginnings, and this continued prosperity apparently suffered no diminution or check until it was interrupted by the ravages and desolation of warfare. * * *” (Barrows, Census of the Philippine Islands (1903), Vol. 1, p. 446.)

25 “Since the ports were opened, the Philippines experienced steady and rapid growth without interruption until the Philippine Revolution broke out six years ago. This time saw the expansion of the hemp fields in Ambos Camarines, Albay, and Sorsogon; the planting of countless coconut groves; the sugar plantations in Pampanga and Negros; the tobacco fields in Cagayan and the Ilocos provinces; the coffee of Batangas; and the use of specially suited soils across the islands for producing these valuable trade goods. One important point to note when considering the future development of the islands is that the money invested here wasn't brought in by outside capitalists but was generated locally. Haciendas originated from small beginnings, and this ongoing prosperity seemed unaffected until it was disrupted by the damage and destruction of war. * * *” Below is a short piece of text (5 words or fewer). Modernize it into contemporary English if there's enough context, but do not add or omit any information. If context is insufficient, return it unchanged. Do not add commentary, and do not modify any placeholders. If you see placeholders of the form __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_x__, you must keep them exactly as-is so they can be replaced with links.Barrows, Census of the Philippine Islands (1903), Vol. 1, p. 446.)

26 Bowring, p. 410.

26 Bowring, p. 410.

“The Filipinos gave a proof of their intelligence and of their aspirations by sending their children to Manila to be educated, buying furniture, mirrors, articles of luxury for their homes and persons; buying pianos, carriages, objects imported from the United States and Europe which came their way, owing to foreign trade. These articles caused a revelation which produced a revolution in the social mind, thanks to that veritable revolution of an economic character which permitted the only possible development—the material development.” (Tavera, Ibid.)

“The Filipinos demonstrated their intelligence and aspirations by sending their children to Manila for education and purchasing furniture, mirrors, and luxury items for their homes and themselves. They bought pianos, carriages, and imported goods from the United States and Europe, all thanks to foreign trade. These purchases revealed insights that sparked a shift in societal mindset, driven by a significant economic revolution that enabled the only feasible growth—the material growth.” (Tavera, Ibid.)

27 Jagor, ibid., p. 256.

27 Jagor, same source, p. 256.

28 “The needs of commerce, demanded not by the poor but by the powerful, were attended to; for that reason roads were made, bridges were built, new highways of communication were opened, public safety was organized in a more efficient manner, the abuses of the dominators had greater publicity and, therefore, were fewer and more combated, the mail service was improved, Spaniards and other Europeans penetrated into the provinces, the natives themselves were permitted to go from one pueblo to another and change their residence, and the Filipinos were able to place themselves in contact with the civilized world, emerging from their prolonged and harmful sequestration, thanks to the workings of economic forces.” (Tavera, Ibid.)

28 “The needs of business, driven not by the poor but by the powerful, were addressed; for this reason, roads were built, bridges constructed, new communication channels opened, public safety was organized more effectively, the abuses of those in power became more visible and, as a result, were reduced and more actively challenged, the mail service was enhanced, Spaniards and other Europeans moved into the provinces, the locals were allowed to travel between towns and change their residences, and Filipinos were able to connect with the outside world, breaking free from their long and harmful isolation, thanks to economic forces.” (Tavera, Ibid.)

29 “During the previous epoch the so-called natural resources constituting the extractive industries—consisting of the collection of the spontaneous products of nature—were exploited: whereas freedom of trade brought about the development of agriculture which had already been initiated by the Real Compañía. In Ilocos, indigo was made, in Batangas, Pampanga, Bulacan, Laguna and the Visayas, sugar-cane was cultivated and sugar made; in Albay abaca was produced. Bigan, Taal, Balayan, Batangas, Albay, Nueva Caceres, Cebu, Molo, Jaro, Iloilo began to be covered with solidly constructed buildings; their wealthy citizens would come to Manila, make purchases, become acquainted with the great merchants, who entertained them in their quality as customers whose trade they needed; they visited the Governor-General, who would receive them according to the position that their money gave them; they came to know the justices of the Supreme Court, the provincials of the religious orders; they brushed up, as a result of their contact with the people of the capital and, on returning to their pueblo, they took in their hearts and minds the germ of what was subsequently called, “subversive ideas” and, later still, “filibusterismo.”

29 “During the previous era, the so-called natural resources that made up the extractive industries—representing the collection of nature's spontaneous products—were exploited. Meanwhile, the freedom of trade led to the growth of agriculture, already started by the Real Compañía. In Ilocos, they produced indigo; in Batangas, Pampanga, Bulacan, Laguna, and the Visayas, they cultivated sugar cane and made sugar; in Albay, they produced abaca. Places like Bigan, Taal, Balayan, Batangas, Albay, Nueva Caceres, Cebu, Molo, Jaro, and Iloilo began to be filled with solidly built structures. Wealthy citizens traveled to Manila to shop, meet prominent merchants who welcomed them as valuable customers, and visit the Governor-General, who received them based on their wealth. They got to know the justices of the Supreme Court and the provincial leaders of religious orders. Their interactions with people from the capital gave them fresh perspectives, and when they returned to their hometowns, they carried with them the seeds of what would later be known as 'subversive ideas' and eventually 'filibusterismo.'”

“The opening of the Suez Canal brought us nearer to Europe, and, carried along by the current of economical nature, came the ideas and principles of a political character which did no less than to revolutionize the ideas predominant in a country which had existed so completely separated from the nations of the modern world. Already the “brutes loaded with gold” dared to discuss with their curate, complain against the alcalde, defend their homes against the misconduct of the lieutenant or sergeant of the police force; such people were starting to emancipate themselves insensibly as a consequence of their economic independence. Their money permitted them effectively to defend questions involving money first, then, those of a moral character—they were becoming actually “insolent” according to the expression of the dominators: in reality, they were beginning to learn to defend their rights.” (Tavera, Ibid.)

“The opening of the Suez Canal brought us closer to Europe, and along with the flow of economic change came political ideas and principles that completely transformed the beliefs prevalent in a country that had been so isolated from the modern world. Already, the ‘brutes loaded with gold’ were daring to discuss matters with their curate, voice complaints against the alcalde, and defend their homes against the misbehavior of the lieutenant or police sergeant; these individuals were starting to free themselves gradually due to their economic independence. Their money allowed them to effectively address financial issues first, and then moral ones—they were actually becoming ‘insolent,’ as the rulers put it. In reality, they were starting to learn how to defend their rights.” (Tavera, Ibid.)

30 For a good discussion of the growth of population since Spanish conquest down to 1903, see Census of the Philippine Islands, Vol. 1, pp. 442–445.

30 For a good discussion on population growth from the Spanish conquest to 1903, check out Census of the Philippine Islands, Vol. 1, pp. 442–445.

31 This principle is stated as follows: “The beginnings of social evolution * * * are always to be found in a bountiful environment. Moreover, density of population follows abundance of food, whether the supplies are obtained from the soil directly, or indirectly, in exchange for manufactures; and other things being equal, the activity and the progress of society depend, within limits, on the density of population.

31 This principle is summarized like this: “The roots of social evolution * * * are always found in a plentiful environment. Additionally, population density increases with an abundance of food, whether that food comes directly from the land or through trade for manufactured goods; and other factors being equal, the activity and advancement of society depend, to a certain extent, on population density."

A sparse population, scattered over a poor soil, can carry on production only by primitive methods and on a small scale. It can have only the most rudimentary division of labor; it cannot have manufacturing industries, or good roads, or a rapid interchange of intelligence; all of which, together with a highly developed industrial organization and a perfect utilization of capital, are possible to the populations that are relatively dense.

A sparse population spread across poor soil can produce only through basic methods and on a small scale. It can have only the most basic division of labor; it cannot have manufacturing industries, good roads, or quick communication of ideas; all of which, along with a well-developed industrial organization and optimal use of capital, are possible for more densely populated areas.

A highly developed political life, too, is found only where population is compact. Civil liberty means discussion, and discussion is dependent on the frequent meeting of considerable bodies of men who have varied interests and who look at life from different points of view. Movements for the increase of popular freedom have usually started in towns.

A well-developed political life can only be found where the population is dense. Civil liberty involves discussion, and discussion relies on the regular gathering of large groups of people with diverse interests and perspectives on life. Efforts to enhance popular freedom have typically begun in cities.

Education, religion, art, science, and literature are all dependent on a certain density of population. Schools, universities, churches, the daily newspaper, great publishing houses, libraries, and museums come only when the population per square mile is expressed by more than one unit, and their decay is one of the first symptoms that population is declining. * * *.”—Franklin H. Giddings, The Principles of Sociology, (New York, 1911), pp. 366–367.

Education, religion, art, science, and literature all rely on a certain population density. Schools, universities, churches, daily newspapers, major publishing houses, libraries, and museums emerge only when the population per square mile is above one unit, and their decline is one of the first signs that the population is decreasing. * * *.”—Franklin H. Giddings, The Principles of Sociology, (New York, 1911), pp. 366–367.

32 “These changes show how important it was to establish at different points, extending over two hundred miles of the Archipelago, commercial centers, where it was desirable that foreigners should settle. Without these latter, and the facilities afforded to credit which hereby ensued, the sudden rise and prosperity of Iloilo would not have been possible, inasmuch as the mercantile houses in that capital would have been debarred from trading with unknown planters in distant provinces, otherwise than for ready money.” Jagor, Travels in the Philippines. (London, 1875), p. 304.

32 “These changes highlight how crucial it was to set up commercial centers at different locations, spanning over two hundred miles of the Archipelago, where it was important for foreigners to settle. Without these centers and the credit facilities that followed, the rapid growth and success of Iloilo wouldn't have been possible, as the businesses in that capital wouldn't have been able to trade with unfamiliar farmers in distant provinces without requiring cash upfront.” Jagor, Travels in the Philippines. (London, 1875), p. 304.

Azcarraga, pp. 168–177; 197–198.

Azcárraga, pp. 168–177; 197–198.

Le Roy, Bibliographical Notes, 1860–1898.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 52, pp. 112–114.

Le Roy, Bibliographical Notes, 1860–1898.—Bl. and Rb., Vol. 52, pp. 112–114.

33 Jagor gives credit to the two American houses in the Philippines for the development of the abacá into an important article of export. These American houses in the first years sank large sums of money in advance loans, and were only able to get the business on a paying basis when, in 1863, they were permitted to establish warehouses and presses in the provinces at the principal points where the crop was produced, and to deal directly with the producers. Jagor (Spanish edition, p. 264); Le Roy, The Americans in the Philippines, Vol. 1, pp. 33–34.

33 Jagor credits the two American companies in the Philippines for turning the abacá into a significant export product. In the early years, these American companies invested a lot of money in advance loans, and they could only make the business profitable when, in 1863, they were allowed to set up warehouses and presses in the provinces where the crop was primarily produced and to work directly with the producers. Jagor (Spanish edition, p. 264); Le Roy, The Americans in the Philippines, Vol. 1, pp. 33–34.

For an interesting discussion of the struggle between England and the United States for supremacy in the Philippines, and the role played by the English banks in that struggle, see a pamphlet entitled Commercial Progress in the Philippine Islands, by Antonio M. Regidor and J. Warren T. Mason, (1905).

For an engaging discussion about the competition between England and the United States for dominance in the Philippines, and the part played by English banks in that competition, check out a pamphlet titled Commercial Progress in the Philippine Islands, by Antonio M. Regidor and J. Warren T. Mason, (1905).

II. The Filipinos’ Part in the Philippines’ Past

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Pre-Spanish Philippine History

A. D. 43–1565

Pre-Spanish Philippine History during the first years of the conversion-conquest was tabooed because of its pagan and infidel associations. Whatever had to do with the past, the many records there must have been in a land where literacy is reported to have been general, was religiously destroyed by the missionaries. Likewise the converts, and it was almost an unanimous conversion, were exhorted to banish from their memories all traditions and recollections as they valued their immortal souls. Thus was repeated, on a much larger scale and more effectively, the Christianizing of England’s Saxons.

Pre-Spanish Philippine History during the early years of the conversion-conquest was considered taboo because of its pagan and non-Christian associations. Any records related to the past in a land where literacy was reportedly widespread were systematically destroyed by the missionaries. Similarly, the converts, and nearly everyone converted, were urged to erase all traditions and memories as they cherished their eternal souls. This was a much larger and more effective repetition of the Christianization of England’s Saxons.

The possibility of classical references to the archipelago had at first to be generally ignored, even had the early European comers been educated men, which for the most part they were not. Spain’s occupation was based on discovery from the New World and it would have been considered like championing Portugal’s rival claims to circulate accounts of earlier Asiatic associations.

The possibility of classical references to the archipelago initially had to be largely overlooked, even if the early European arrivals had been educated men, which for the most part they were not. Spain's occupation was based on discovery from the New World, and circulating accounts of earlier Asian connections would have been seen as supporting Portugal's rival claims.

The contempt in which the Chinese were held acted to prevent much mention of their former knowledge of the islands though scanty references, apparently unwittingly, have occasionally crept into some of the first chronicles.

The disdain for the Chinese kept people from discussing their earlier knowledge of the islands, although brief references, seemingly unintentionally, have occasionally appeared in some of the earliest records.

Similarly a prejudice consequent upon the 1762–3 occupation of Manila banned English histories of the Indian Archipelago. Then during the last decades of Spain’s [78]final century of rule her apologists sought to minimize the lamentable lack of progress since the first few decades by ascribing savagery to the people Legaspi found.

Similarly, a bias stemming from the 1762–3 occupation of Manila led to a ban on English histories of the Indian Archipelago. Then, during the final decades of Spain’s [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] last century of rule, her supporters tried to downplay the unfortunate lack of progress since the early years by blaming the people Legaspi encountered for their savagery.

A suggestion of the antagonism to historical research appears in the frequent assertions of Spanish writers from 1888 to 1898 that the only Philippine history was the chapter of Spanish history dealing with Spain in the Philippines. More emphatic proof is the bitter criticism of the early Spanish historian Morga whose 1609 “Events in the Philippines” Doctor Rizal was blamed for republishing. That Spaniards were not ignorant of the Philippines’ past may be proved by Raimundo Geler, who, in a book issued in Madrid during the liberal régime of 1869, made a brief summary of what foreign writers had gleaned from Arabian sources about the early Filipinos, but with the return of the Bourbon dynasty to power he had to withdraw his work from circulation till the claim is made that only a single copy remains.

A sign of the resistance to historical research can be seen in the frequent claims made by Spanish writers from 1888 to 1898 that the only Philippine history worth noting was the part of Spanish history that focused on Spain's presence in the Philippines. Even stronger evidence is found in the harsh criticism of early Spanish historian Morga, whose 1609 book “Events in the Philippines” was blamed on Doctor Rizal for republishing. The fact that Spaniards were not unaware of the Philippines’ history is supported by Raimundo Geler, who, in a book published in Madrid during the liberal period of 1869, provided a brief overview of what foreign writers had learned from Arabian sources about the early Filipinos. However, after the Bourbon dynasty returned to power, he had to pull his work from circulation, and it is claimed that only one copy remains.

Dr. Ferdinand Blumentritt, the Austrian professor, seems to have pioneered in applying modern critical methods to extract the true narrative from conflicting early authorities, in the later 1880s. Isabelo de los Reyes, a Filipino born in the Ilocos provinces, tried to make deductions to fill out this narrative and supplemented it with materials from folk-lore. Dr. T. H. Pardo de Tavera, another Filipino, sought the aid of philology, dealing with the considerable Sanscrit element in the local dialects. To Juan Luna, also a Filipino, belongs the credit for the first essays in Philippine historical paintings, for he availed himself of European museums to depict his characters in the real costumes of their times. And Mariano Ponce, in the Filipino students’ Madrid review La Solidaridad, popularized the chief events and prominent personalities of the conquest period.

Dr. Ferdinand Blumentritt, the Austrian professor, seems to have been a pioneer in using modern critical methods to uncover the true story from conflicting early sources in the late 1880s. Isabelo de los Reyes, a Filipino from the Ilocos provinces, tried to make deductions to fill in this narrative and added materials from folklore. Dr. T. H. Pardo de Tavera, another Filipino, sought help from philology, focusing on the significant Sanskrit influence in the local dialects. Juan Luna, also a Filipino, is credited with the first attempts at Philippine historical paintings, as he utilized European museums to depict his subjects in authentic costumes from their time. Mariano Ponce, in the Filipino students’ Madrid review La Solidaridad, highlighted the main events and key figures of the conquest period.

Dr. José Rizal, greatest of all Filipinos, however, excelled all the rest. His is the first history from the Filipino view point (to be found in The Philippines a Century Hence, The Indolence of the Filipinos, and his annotations to Morga’s History). His was the first systematic work by a Filipino in zoology, philology, and ethnology as aids to history; and as well his was the earliest Filipino interest in the Chinese records referring [79]to these Islands. It was in 1887, in Dresden, Germany, that Rizal conferred with Dr. A. B. Meyer and Professor Blumentritt on the Chua Ju-Kua account of Manila in the middle of the thirteenth century which had just been translated by Dr. Friedrich Hirth, an extract from the work begun in 1885 and continuing over ten years.

Dr. José Rizal, the greatest of all Filipinos, stood out among the rest. He was the first to present history from the Filipino perspective, which can be found in The Philippines a Century Hence, The Indolence of the Filipinos, and his notes on Morga’s HistoryI'm sorry, it seems there was an issue with the provided text. Please provide the short text you would like me to modernize.. He produced the first systematic research by a Filipino in zoology, philology, and ethnology as resources for history; he also showed the earliest Filipino interest in the Chinese records related [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]to these Islands. In 1887, in Dresden, Germany, Rizal discussed with Dr. A. B. Meyer and Professor Blumentritt the Chua Ju-Kua account of Manila from the mid-thirteenth century, which had just been translated by Dr. Friedrich Hirth, an excerpt from a project that began in 1885 and continued for over a decade.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Pre-historic Civilization in the Philippines

By Elsdon Best

By Elsdon Best

(Polynesian Society, Journal, Vol. 1)

(Polynesian Society, Journal, Vol. 1)

When a powerful and highly civilized nation comes in contact with a barbaric and isolated people, who have nevertheless advanced many steps on the road of progress, it would naturally be thought that the superior and conquering race would endeavor to collect and place on record information concerning such people: their manners, customs, language, religion, and traditions. Unfortunately, in the case of the Spanish conquests of the XVI century, that nation appears never to have considered it a duty to hand down to posterity any detailed description of the singularly interesting races they had vanquished. As it was with the Gaunches of the Canaries, the Aztecs of Mexico, and the Quichuas of Peru, so was it with the Chamorro of the Ladrones, and the Tagalog-Bisayan tribes of the Philippines. The same vandal spirit that prompted the conquistadores to destroy the Maya and Aztec literature also moved them to demolish the written records of the Philippine natives, and but few attempts were made to preserve relics or information concerning them. The Spanish priests, as the lettered men of those times, were the persons we should look to for such a work, but in their religious ardor they thought only of the subjugation and conversion of the natives, and so, with the sword in one hand and crucifix in the other, they marched through that fair land ignoring and destroying the evidences of a strange semi-civilization which should have been to them a study of the deepest interest. Fortunately, however, there were a few in that period who were interested in such matters, and who wrote accounts of the state of culture of the islanders of that early date. Some of these MSS. have been preserved in the archives of Manila and have lately attracted the attention of Spanish scholars.

When a powerful and highly developed nation interacts with a primitive and isolated people, who have nonetheless made significant advancements, it's natural to assume that the dominant and conquering group would make an effort to gather and document information about those people: their customs, traditions, language, religion, and cultural practices. Unfortunately, during the Spanish conquests of the 16th century, that nation seemingly never viewed it as their responsibility to provide future generations with detailed accounts of the uniquely fascinating cultures they subdued. Just as it was with the Guanches of the Canaries, the Aztecs of Mexico, and the Quechuas of Peru, the same destructive mindset that drove the conquistadors to obliterate Maya and Aztec literature also led them to wipe out the written records of the Filipino natives, with minimal efforts made to preserve artifacts or information about them. The Spanish priests, who were the educated individuals of that era, might have been expected to undertake such documentation, but in their zeal for conversion and control of the natives, they only focused on subjugation. Armed with a sword in one hand and a crucifix in the other, they traversed that beautiful land, overlooking and destroying evidence of a fascinating semi-civilization that should have piqued their interest. Fortunately, there were a few people during that time who cared about such topics and wrote about the cultural state of the islanders. Some of these manuscripts have been preserved in the archives of Manila and have recently caught the attention of Spanish scholars.

Such is the article from which the greater part of these notes is taken. In the volume for 1891 of the Revista Ibero-Americana, published at Madrid, there appeared a series of papers contributed by the Bishop of Oviedo, and entitled La antigua civilización de las Islas Filipinas, in which he gives a very interesting description of the natives and their mode of life. The source of this information is an old folio manuscript written on rice-paper in the year 1610 [80]from data collected at the period of the Spanish conquest of the Philippines by Legaspi. It is extended to the year 1606, and relates minutely the condition of the islanders prior to the arrival of the Spanish. The codex is divided into five books, and these again into 183 capitulos, or chapters. The writer lived in the group for twenty-nine years in order to complete his work, which is authorised by authentic signatures of responsible persons. Extracts have also been made from Miguel de Loarca’s account of the Philippines written in 1583, Dampier’s voyage in the Pinkerton collection, and Antonio de Morga’s Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas.

This is the article from which most of these notes are taken. In the 1891 volume of the Revista Ibero-Americana, published in Madrid, a series of papers by the Bishop of Oviedo appeared, titled La antigua civilización de las Islas Filipinas, which provides a fascinating description of the natives and their way of life. The information comes from an old folio manuscript written on rice paper in 1610 [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__], based on data collected during the Spanish conquest of the Philippines by Legaspi. It covers events up to 1606 and details the situation of the islanders before the Spanish arrived. The codex is divided into five books, which are further divided into 183 capitulos, or chapters. The author lived in the region for twenty-nine years to complete his work, which is backed by genuine signatures from responsible individuals. Extracts have also been taken from Miguel de Loarca’s account of the Philippines written in 1583, Dampier’s voyage in the Pinkerton collection, and Antonio de Morga’s Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas.

The first historical existence of the Malay proper is traced to Menangkabau in the Island of Sumatra, from whence they have spread over the islands of the East India Archipelago, and by their vigor, energy and skill have made themselves masters of the original inhabitants. At an early period they probably received instruction from Hindoo immigrants in the arts of working metals, spinning, weaving, etc. As to the whence of the various Malayan tribes of the Philippines, it is most probable that they originally reached the Archipelago from Borneo, or the Malay Peninsula. From northern Borneo the Sulu islands form a series of stepping stones across to Mindanao. As the Tagalog language is looked upon as one of the purest of Malay dialects, and contains the least number of Sanscrit words, it may be inferred from this that the race has occupied the islands from an early date. It is possible that the first settlers were carried thither by ocean currents, and that the Kuro Siwo, or Black Current, which sweeps up past Luzon, is also responsible for the existence of the Kabaran (a Malay tribe) in Formosa. From ancient times boats and men have drifted up from the Malay Islands to Japan, and W. E. F. Griffis, in his “Mikado’s Empire,” states that Shikoku and Kiushiu were inhabited by a mixed race descended from a people who had come from Malaysia and southeast Asia. It is most probable that Micronesia was settled from the Philippine Group, which thus became the meeting ground of the northern migration of Polynesians from Samoa, and the Micronesians proper. The Spanish codex before mentioned states that the Tagalog-Bisayan tribes were thought to be derived from the coast of Malabar and Malacca, and that, according to tradition, they arrived at the islands in small vessels called barangayan under the direction of dato or maguinoo (chiefs or leaders), who retained their chieftainship after the landing as the basis of a social organization of a tribal kind, and that every barangay (district or tribal division) was composed of about fifty families. Nothing definite appears to have been obtained from their traditions as to the original habitat of the race, and this may be accounted for by the supposition that the migration occurred at a remote period, and that all knowledge of their former home was lost. When a migratory race takes possession of new regions it maintains little or no correspondence with those left behind; thus in time they forget their old habitations, and their geographical knowledge is reduced to obscure and fading traditions.

The first historical evidence of the Malays can be traced back to Menangkabau on the Island of Sumatra, from which they spread throughout the East India Archipelago. With their energy, strength, and skills, they became the dominant group over the original inhabitants. Early on, they likely learned metalworking, spinning, and weaving from Hindu migrants. Regarding the origins of the various Malay tribes in the Philippines, it's most likely that they initially arrived in the Archipelago from Borneo or the Malay Peninsula. The Sulu Islands serve as a chain of stepping stones from northern Borneo to Mindanao. Since the Tagalog language is considered one of the purest Malay dialects, with the fewest Sanskrit words, it's suggested that this race has been in the islands for a long time. The first settlers may have been carried there by ocean currents, with the Kuro Siwo, or Black Current, possibly explaining the presence of the Kabaran (a Malay tribe) in Formosa. Historically, boats and people have drifted from the Malay Islands to Japan, and W. E. F. Griffis, in his “Mikado’s Empire,” mentions that Shikoku and Kiushiu were settled by a mixed race descended from those who came from Malaysia and Southeast Asia. It's likely that Micronesia was settled from the Philippine Group, making it a crossroads for the northern migration of Polynesians from Samoa and the Micronesians themselves. The previously mentioned Spanish codex states that the Tagalog-Bisayan tribes were believed to originate from the coast of Malabar and Malacca, and according to tradition, they arrived in the islands in small vessels called barangayan led by dato or maguinoo (chiefs or leaders), who kept their leadership after landing as a basis for a tribal social organization, with each barangay (district or tribal division) consisting of about fifty families. There doesn't seem to be any concrete information from their traditions about the original homeland of the race, which may be due to the assumption that the migration happened a long time ago, leading to the loss of knowledge about their former home. When a migratory people settle in new areas, they maintain little to no contact with those they left behind, causing them to eventually forget their old homes and reducing their geographical knowledge to vague and fading traditions.

On arriving at their new home the invaders must have ejected the indigenous Aieta from the low-lying country, and driven them back into the mountains. Juan de Salcedo, the Cortes of the Philippines, [81]in his triumphal march round the island of Luzon, was unable to conquer many of the hill tribes, both Aieta and Tagalog, some of whom have remained independent until the present time. The Spanish Government forbade all intercourse with these mountaineers, on pain of one hundred lashes and two years’ imprisonment, and this edict had the effect of preserving the ruder, non-agricultural hill-races.

Upon arriving at their new home, the invaders must have expelled the indigenous Aieta from the lowland areas and pushed them back into the mountains. Juan de Salcedo, the Cortes of the Philippines, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] on his victorious journey around the island of Luzon, was unable to conquer many of the hill tribes, both Aieta and Tagalog, some of whom remain independent to this day. The Spanish Government prohibited any interaction with these mountain people, under threat of one hundred lashes and two years in prison, and this rule helped to preserve the more primitive, non-agricultural hill tribes.

This invading race of Malays was divided into many different tribes, the principal ones being the Tagalog of Luzon and the Bisayan of the southern isles. The Tagalog, or Ta-Galoc, were the most numerous, and were endowed with all the valor and politeness which can be expected in a semi-civilized people. The Pampangan and Camarine tribes were noted for their generosity. The Cagayans were a brave people, but easily civilized. The Bisayans were also called Pintados, or “painted ones,” by the Spanish, from their custom of tattooing the body. Within this community of tribes there are numerous differences of dialects and customs, clothing, character, and physical structure, which in many cases indicate obvious traces of foreign mixture.

This invading group of Malays was made up of many different tribes, the main ones being the Tagalog from Luzon and the Bisayan from the southern islands. The Tagalog, or Ta-Galoc, were the most numerous and showed all the bravery and politeness expected from a semi-civilized people. The Pampangan and Camarine tribes were known for their generosity. The Cagayans were a brave group, but they adapted easily to civilization. The Bisayans were also called Pintados, or "painted ones," by the Spanish due to their tradition of tattooing their bodies. Within this community of tribes, there are many variations in dialects, customs, clothing, character, and physical attributes, which often show clear signs of foreign influence.

As a race, the Philippine natives of the Malayan tribes are of moderate stature, well-formed, and of a coppery-red color, or, as Morga quaintly describes them, “They were of the color of boiled quinces, having a clever disposition for anything they undertook: sharp, choleric, and resolute.” Both men and women were in the habit of anointing and perfuming their long black hair, which they wore gathered in a knot or roll on the back of the head. The women, who were of pleasing appearance, adorned their hair with jewels, and also wore ear-pendants and finger-rings of gold. The men had little or no beard, and both sexes were distinguished for their large, black eyes. The Zambales, or Beheaders, shaved the front part of the head, and wore on the skull a great lock of loose hair, which custom also obtained among the ancient Chamorro of the Ladrones. Most of the tribes filed their teeth, and stained them black with burnt coconut shell; while among the Bisayans the upper teeth were bored, and the perforations filled with gold, a singular custom observed by Marco Polo in China, and which was also practised in ancient Peru and Egypt. Many of the tribes are spoken of by the early Spanish navigators as being endowed with fair intellectual capacities, possessing great powers of imitation, sober, brave, and determined. The Tagalog character, according to some later writers, is difficult to define: the craniologist and physiognomist may often find themselves at fault. They are great children, their nature being a singular combination of vices and virtues.

As a group, the native people of the Philippines from the Malayan tribes are of average height, well-proportioned, and have a coppery-red skin tone, or, as Morga charmingly puts it, “They had the color of boiled quinces, and were smart in whatever they did: sharp, hot-headed, and determined.” Both men and women would often anoint and perfume their long black hair, which they styled in a knot or roll at the back of their heads. The women, who were attractive, decorated their hair with jewels and also wore gold earrings and rings. The men had little to no facial hair, and both genders were noted for their large, dark eyes. The Zambales, or Beheaders, shaved the front of their heads and kept a large section of loose hair on the top, a style also seen among the ancient Chamorro of the Ladrones. Most tribes filed their teeth and stained them black with burnt coconut shell; among the Bisayans, the upper teeth were drilled, and the holes were filled with gold, a unique practice noted by Marco Polo in China and also practiced in ancient Peru and Egypt. Many tribes were described by early Spanish explorers as having good intellectual abilities, being highly imitative, sober, brave, and resolute. The Tagalog character, according to some later writers, is hard to define: craniologists and physiognomists often struggle with it. They are very childlike, with a unique mix of strengths and weaknesses.

The costume of the men consisted of a short-sleeved cotton tunic (chinina), usually black or blue, which came below the waist, a colored cotton waistcloth, or kilt (bahaque), extending nearly to the knee, and over this a belt or sash of silk a handbreadth wide, and terminating in two gold tassels. On the right side hung a dagger (bararao) three palms long, and double-edged, the hilt formed of ivory or gold, and the sheath of carabao-hide. They wore a turban (potong) on the head, and also leg-bands of black reeds or vines such as are seen among the Papuans of New Guinea. Chains, bracelets [82](calombiga), and armlets of gold, cornelian and agate were much worn, and he was reckoned a poor person who did not possess several gold chains. Hernando Requel, writing home to Spain, stated: “There is more gold in this island of Luzon than there is iron in Biscaya.”

The men's outfit included a short-sleeved cotton tunic (chinina), typically black or blue, that reached below the waist, a colored cotton waistcloth or kilt (bahaque) that went down almost to the knee, and over that, a silk belt or sash about a hand's width wide, ending in two gold tassels. On the right side hung a dagger (bararao) about three palms long and double-edged, with a hilt made of ivory or gold and a sheath made of carabao hide. They wore a turban (potong) on their heads and also had leg bands made of black reeds or vines like those seen among the Papuans of New Guinea. Chains, bracelets (calombiga), and armlets made of gold, cornelian, and agate were commonly worn, and a person was considered poor if they didn’t own several gold chains. Hernando Requel, writing home to Spain, noted: “There is more gold in this island of Luzon than there is iron in Biscaya.”

The Tinguianes had a peculiar custom of wearing tightly-compressed bracelets, which stopped the growth of the forearm, and caused the hand to swell. Women wore the tapis, a bordered and ornamented cloth wrapped round the body, which was confined by a belt, and descended to the ankles. The bust was covered with a wide-sleeved camisita, or waist (baro), to which was sometimes added a handkerchief. The women of Luzon were without headdress, but made use of a parasol of palm leaves (payong). Among the Bisayans the women wore a small cap or hood, and in the northern isles they were permitted the luxury of being carried on the shoulders of slaves. Both sexes wore the same dress among the Ilokanos, the chief article of attire being a loose coat (cabaya) similar to those of the Chinese. The dress of the Chief’s wives was more elegant than that of women of the common people (timaguas). They wore white robes, and others of crimson silk, plain or interwoven with gold, and trimmed with fringes and trinkets. From their ears were suspended golden pendants of excellent workmanship, and on their fingers and ankles were massive gold rings set with precious stones. The timaguas and slaves went barefooted, but the upper class wore shoes, the women being daintily shod with velvet shoes embroidered with gold. “Both men and women were very cleanly and elegant in their persons and dress, and of a goodly mien and grace; they took great pains with their hair, rejoicing in its blackness, washing it with the boiled bark of a tree called gogo, and anointing it with musk oil and other perfumes. They bathed daily, and looked upon it as a remedy for almost every complaint. On the birth of a child the mother repaired to the nearest stream, and bathed herself and the little one, after which she returned to her ordinary occupation. Women were well treated among these people, and had for their employment domestic work, needle work, in which they excelled, the spinning and weaving of silk and cotton into various fabrics, and also the preparation of the hemp, palm, and banana fibers.

The Tinguianes had a unique custom of wearing tight bracelets that stunted the growth of their forearms and caused their hands to swell. Women wore the tapis, a decorated cloth wrapped around their bodies, held in place by a belt, and reaching down to their ankles. Their busts were covered with a wide-sleeved camisita, or waist (baro), sometimes topped off with a handkerchief. Women in Luzon didn’t wear headdresses but used palm leaf parasols (payong). Bisayan women wore small caps or hoods, and in the northern islands, they had the luxury of being carried on the shoulders of slaves. Among the Ilokanos, men and women wore similar clothes, with the primary garment being a loose coat (cabaya) akin to those of the Chinese. The wives of chiefs wore fancier attire than common women (timaguas). They donned white robes and some made of crimson silk, plain or woven with gold, and adorned with fringes and trinkets. From their ears hung beautifully crafted golden earrings, and they wore large gold rings set with precious stones on their fingers and ankles. The timaguas and slaves went barefoot, but the upper class wore shoes, with women elegantly shoed in velvet shoes embroidered with gold. “Both men and women were very clean and elegant in their appearance and attire, possessing a pleasant demeanor and grace; they took great care with their hair, delighting in its blackness, which they washed with boiled bark from a tree called gogo, and they anointed it with musk oil and other perfumes. They bathed daily, considering it a cure for nearly every ailment. When a child was born, the mother would go to the nearest stream to bathe herself and the infant, then return to her usual tasks. Women were well-respected in this society, engaging in domestic chores, needlework, where they excelled, spinning and weaving silk and cotton into various fabrics, as well as preparing fibers from hemp, palm, and bananas.

The Philippine natives, with the exception of some of the hill tribes, were diligent agriculturists, this being their chief occupation. In some mountainous regions they adopted a system of terrace cultivation similar to that of China, Peru, and Northern Mexico in bygone times, and which may also be seen in Java. They cultivated rice, sweet potatoes, bananas, coconuts, sugar-cane, palms, various vegetable roots and fibrous plants. They hunted the wild carabao, deer and wild boar. The flesh of the carabao, or water buffalo, was preserved for future use by being cut into slices and dried in the sun, when it was called tapa. Rice was prepared by being boiled, then pounded in a wooden mortar and pressed into cakes, thus forming the bread of the country. They made palm wine (alac or mosto) from the sap of various species of palms. Food was stored in raised houses similar to the pataka of the Maori. The [83]first fruits of the harvest were devoted to the deified spirits of ancestors, called anito. The Bisayans, when planting rice, had the singular custom of offering a portion of the seed at each corner of the field as a sacrifice. The ordinary dainty among the islanders was the buyo or betel quid, consisting of a leaf of betel pepper (tambul or siri) smeared over with burnt lime and wrapped round a piece of areca nut (bonga).

The Filipino natives, except for some of the mountain tribes, were hardworking farmers, which was their main job. In certain hilly areas, they used a terrace farming system similar to what was done in China, Peru, and Northern Mexico in the past, and it can also be seen in Java. They grew rice, sweet potatoes, bananas, coconuts, sugar cane, palm trees, and various vegetable roots and fiber plants. They hunted wild carabao, deer, and wild boar. To preserve the meat of the carabao, or water buffalo, they sliced it and dried it in the sun, which was called tapa. Rice was prepared by boiling, then pounding it in a wooden mortar and pressing it into cakes, forming the country's bread. They made palm wine (alac or mosto) from the sap of different types of palms. Food was stored in elevated houses similar to the pataka of the Maori. The [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]first fruits of the harvest were offered to the deified spirits of ancestors, known as anito. The Bisayans had a unique custom when planting rice, where they offered a portion of the seed at each corner of the field as a sacrifice. A common treat among the islanders was the buyo or betel quid, which consisted of a betel pepper leaf (tambul or siri) coated with burnt lime and wrapped around a piece of areca nut (bonga).

“The Filipinos,” says the old Spanish padre “lived in houses (bahai) built of bamboo six feet from the ground.” These dwellings were supplied with cane screens in the place of divisions and doors. The elevated floor, where they ate and slept, was also made of split cane, and the whole structure was secured by reeds and cords for want of nails. They ascended to these houses by a portable ladder, which was removed when the inmates went out, a sign that no person might approach the dwelling, which was otherwise unsecured. The house was surrounded by a verandah, and in one apartment were the household utensils, dishes and plates of earthenware, and copper vessels for various purposes. They had, moreover, in their houses some low tables and chairs, also boxes, called tampipi, which served for the purpose of keeping wearing apparel and jewels. Their bedding consisted usually of mats manufactured from various fibers. The houses of the chiefs were much larger and better constructed than those of the timaguas. Many of their villages were built on the banks of rivers and the shores of lakes and harbors, so that they were surrounded by water, in the manner of the seaside dwellings of New Guinea and the Gulf of Maracaibo. Among the Tinguianes tree houses were made use of. In these they slept at night in order to avoid being surprised by enemies, and defended themselves by hurling down stones upon the attacking party, exactly in the same manner as the natives of New Britain do to this day.

“The Filipinos,” says the old Spanish padre, “lived in houses (bahai) built of bamboo, six feet off the ground.” These homes had cane screens instead of walls and doors. The raised floor, where they ate and slept, was also made of split cane, and the entire structure was held together with reeds and cords instead of nails. They accessed these houses using a portable ladder, which was taken away when the residents left, signifying that no one should come near the dwelling, as it was otherwise unsecured. The house had a verandah around it, and in one room were the household items, dishes and plates made of earthenware, and copper containers for various uses. They also had low tables and chairs, along with boxes called tampipi to store clothing and jewelry. Their bedding usually consisted of mats made from different fibers. The houses of the chiefs were much larger and better built than those of the timaguas. Many of their villages were located along the banks of rivers and the shores of lakes and harbors, making them surrounded by water, similar to the coastal homes of New Guinea and the Gulf of Maracaibo. Among the Tinguianes, tree houses were utilized. They slept in these at night to avoid being caught by enemies and defended themselves by throwing stones at attackers, just like the natives of New Britain do today.

The external commerce of the Tagalog tribes was principally with China, of which nation there were vessels in Manila on the arrival of the Spanish. They are also said to have had intercourse with Japan, Borneo, and Siam. They had no coined money, but to facilitate trade they utilized gold as a medium of exchange in the form of dust and ingots, which were valued by weight. Magellan speaks of their system of weights and measures. These people were skilful shipwrights and navigators. The Bisayans were in the habit of making piratical forays among the isles. Their vessels were of various kinds, some being propelled by oars or paddles, and others were provided with masts and sails. Canoes were made of large trees, and were often fitted with keels and decks, while larger vessels, called virey and barangayan, were constructed of planks fastened with wooden bolts. The rowers, with paddles (busey) or oars (gayong), timed their work to the voices of others, who sung words appropriate to the occasion and by which the rowers understood whether to hasten or retard their work. Above the rowers was a platform (bailio) on which the fighting men stood without embarrassing the rowers, and above this again was the carang, or awning. They sometimes used outriggers (balancoire) on both sides of the vessel. The laip and tapaque were vessels of the largest kind, some [84]carrying as many as two hundred and fifty men. The barangayan, a type of vessel used from the earliest times, was singularly like those of the ancients described by Homer.

The foreign trade of the Tagalog tribes was mainly with China, which had ships in Manila when the Spanish arrived. They are also said to have traded with Japan, Borneo, and Siam. They didn’t have coins, but to make trading easier, they used gold in the form of dust and ingots, valued by weight. Magellan talked about their system of weights and measures. These people were skilled shipbuilders and navigators. The Bisayans often conducted pirate raids among the islands. Their boats came in various types; some were rowed with oars or paddles, while others had masts and sails. Canoes were made from large trees and were often built with keels and decks, while larger boats, called virey and barangayan, were constructed from planks held together with wooden bolts. The rowers, using paddles (busey) or oars (gayong), coordinated their efforts with the voices of others who sang relevant songs to help them know whether to speed up or slow down. Above the rowers was a platform (bailio) for the fighters, which did not interfere with the rowers, and above that was the carang, or awning. They sometimes used outriggers (balancoire) on both sides of the boat. The laip and tapaque were the largest types of vessels, some [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]holding as many as two hundred and fifty people. The barangayan, a vessel used since ancient times, was remarkably similar to those described by Homer.

Society among the Tagalog-Bisayan tribes was divided into three classes, the chiefs and nobles, the common people (timagua), and the slaves. The principal of every group, styled maguinoo among the Tagalogs, bagani by the Manobos, and dato by the Bisayans, was the only political, military, and judicial authority. These chieftainships were hereditary, and the same respect was shown to the women as to the men of the ruling families. Their power over the people was despotic, they imposed a tribute upon the harvests, and could at any time reduce a subject to slavery, or dispose of his property and children. The slaves were divided into two classes: the sanguihuileyes, who were in entire servitude as also were their children, lived and served in the houses of their masters; while the namamahayes lived in houses of their own, and only worked as slaves on special occasions, such as at harvesting and housebuilding. Among this latter class there obtained a peculiar half-bond system, which may be explained thus: In the event of a free man marrying a slave woman, and their having only one son, that child would be half free and half enslaved—that is, he would work one month for his owner and the next for himself. If they had more than one child, the first born would follow the condition of the father, the second of the mother, and so on. If there were uneven numbers, the last born was half free and half bond. Slaves were bought, sold, and exchanged like ordinary merchandise. In their social manners these people were very courteous, more especially the Luzon tribes. They never spoke to a superior without removing their turban. They then knelt upon one knee, raised their hands to their cheeks, and awaited authority to speak. The hongi, or nose-pressing salutation of the Polynesians, was an ancient custom in the Philippine Group, and on the island of Timor. It also obtained among the Chamorro of the Ladrones, who termed it tshomiko. The Philippine natives addressed all superiors in the third person, and added to every sentence the word po, equivalent to Sir. They were given to addresses replete with compliments, and were fond of music of the cud, a guitar with two strings of copper wire. In regard to judicial matters, all complaints were brought before the dato of the barangay (district) for examination. Though they had no written laws, they had established rules and customs by which all disputes were settled, and the chiefs recovered their fees by seizing the property not only of the vanquished party, but also of his witnesses. Trial by ordeal was common, the usual mode being that of plunging the arm into a vessel of boiling water and taking out a stone off the bottom; or a lighted torch was placed in the hands of the accused, and if the flame flickered towards him he was pronounced guilty. Theft was sometimes punished by death, in which case, the condemned was executed by the thrust of a lance. In some cases the punishment was by being reduced to slavery. Loans with excessive interest were ordinary, the debtor and his children often becoming enslaved to the lender. Verbal insults were punished with great severity. It was also regarded as a great insult to step over a sleeping person, [85]and they even objected to awakening one asleep. This seems to refer to the widespread belief of the soul leaving a sleeping body. Their worst curse was “May thou die sleeping.” The male children underwent a species of circumcision at an early age, which was but preparatory to further rites. Their oaths of fidelity, in conventions of peace and friendship, were ratified by the ceremony of bloodbrotherhood, in which a vein of the arm being opened, the flowing blood was drunk by the other party. Among these people was sometimes seen that singular mania for imitation called by the Javanese sakit latar, on the Amoor olon, in Siberia, inuira, and in the Philippines malimali. This peculiar malady, presumably by the result of a deranged nervous system, manifests itself as far as I can gather, in the following manner, the afflicted person is seized with a desire to copy or imitate the action and movements of others, and will do the most extraordinary and ridiculous things to attain his object. The despair induced by this strange mania and its consequent ridicule, urges the unfortunate to end his life in the dreaded Amok. These unfortunates were sometimes attacked by the amok frenzy.

Society among the Tagalog-Bisayan tribes was divided into three classes: chiefs and nobles, common people (timagua), and slaves. The leader of each group, known as maguinoo among the Tagalogs, bagani by the Manobos, and dato by the Bisayans, held all political, military, and judicial authority. These positions were hereditary, and women of the ruling families were given the same respect as men. Their power over the people was absolute; they imposed tribute on harvests and could reduce anyone to slavery or take control of their property and children at any time. Slaves were split into two classes: the sanguihuileyes, who were completely enslaved along with their children, and lived and worked in their masters' homes; and the namamahayes, who had their own houses and only worked as slaves during special events, like harvesting and construction. Among the latter group, there existed a unique half-bond system: if a free man married a slave woman and they had one son, that child would be half-free and half-enslaved, working one month for his owner and the next for himself. If they had more than one child, the firstborn would follow the father's status, the second the mother's, and so on. If there were an odd number, the lastborn was classified as half-free and half-bond. Slaves were bought, sold, and traded like ordinary goods. Socially, these people were very polite, especially the tribes from Luzon. They wouldn't speak to a superior without removing their turban, kneeling on one knee, raising their hands to their cheeks, and waiting for permission to speak. The hongi, or nose-pressing salute, was an ancient custom in the Philippines and on Timor Island, and it was also practiced by the Chamorro people of the Ladrones, who called it tshomiko. The natives referred to all superiors in the third person and added the word po, which is similar to "Sir," to every sentence. They often spoke in a highly complimentary manner and enjoyed music played on the cud, a two-stringed guitar made of copper wire. For legal matters, all complaints were brought before the dato of the barangay (district) for consideration. Although they had no written laws, established rules and customs were in place for settling disputes. The chiefs collected their fees by seizing not only the property of the defeated party but also that of their witnesses. Trial by ordeal was common; one typical method involved plunging a hand into boiling water to retrieve a stone from the bottom, or placing a lighted torch in the hands of the accused. If the flame flickered toward them, they were declared guilty. Theft could occasionally result in death, with the condemned executed by a lance thrust. In some cases, the punishment was reduced to slavery. Loans with excessive interest were common, often leading to the debtor and his children becoming enslaved by the lender. Verbal insults were met with severe punishment. It was considered a grave insult to step over someone who was sleeping, and they also frowned upon waking someone up. This likely stemmed from the belief that the soul leaves the body while sleeping. Their harshest curse was, “May you die sleeping.” Male children underwent a type of circumcision at an early age, which was just a precursor to further rites. Their oaths of loyalty, during peace and friendship agreements, were confirmed through a bloodbrotherhood ceremony in which a vein in the arm would be opened and the blood drunk by the other party. Among these people, there were occasionally those with a strange desire to imitate others, referred to as sakit latar by the Javanese, olon in Amoor, inuira in Siberia, and malimali in the Philippines. This condition, likely resulting from a disrupted nervous system, manifests as the afflicted individual feels an overwhelming urge to copy the actions and movements of others, often engaging in extraordinarily ridiculous behavior to achieve this. The despair caused by this unusual compulsion and the resulting mockery could lead these unfortunate individuals to end their lives in a state of Amok. Those afflicted sometimes experienced episodes of the amok frenzy.

It is certain that gold and copper mines have been worked in the islands from early times. The copper ore was smelted, and worked into various utensils and implements, and the gold was formed into ornaments, or used, as a medium of exchange. The ruder mountain tribes brought much gold from the interior and traded it to the lowland people in exchange for various coveted articles. Several of the tribes were in the habit of tattooing the body, the Bisayans being the most noted for the practice. The Catalangan Iraya used for tattoo patterns, and as decorations for sacred places, certain marks and characters which appeared to be of Chinese or Japanese origin. The Iraya proper used only straight and simple curved lines like those of the Aieta. The Ysarog (Issaro), a primitive race of mountaineers, who have been isolated for centuries, are said by later writers to resemble the Dyaks of Borneo. Time was reckoned in former days by suns and moons, and feasts were held on the occurrence of certain astronomical phenomena. Brass gongs were much used at these feasts, and also on war expeditions.

It’s clear that gold and copper mines have been worked in the islands since ancient times. The copper ore was smelted and made into various utensils and tools, while the gold was crafted into ornaments or used as currency. The more primitive mountain tribes brought a lot of gold from the interior and traded it with the lowland people for various desirable goods. Many tribes practiced tattooing, with the Bisayans being the most famous for it. The Catalangan Iraya used certain symbols and characters for tattoo patterns and sacred place decorations that seemed to have Chinese or Japanese origins. The Iraya proper only used straight and simple curved lines, similar to those of the Aieta. The Ysarog (Issaro), a primitive mountain race who have been isolated for centuries, are said by later writers to resemble the Dyaks of Borneo. Time was measured in the past by the cycles of the sun and moon, and feasts were held for certain astronomical events. Brass gongs were widely used at these feasts and also during war expeditions.

Such are some of the notes collected in reference to this interesting race. These Tagalogs, Bisayans, Pampangans and Cagayanes were despised by their Iberian conquerors as being ignorant savages; but, as the good old padre says in his MS., they were worthy of being placed on a superior level to certain ancient people who possess a more illustrious fame. And who shall say it was not so?

Such are some of the notes gathered about this fascinating group. The Tagalogs, Bisayans, Pampangans, and Cagayanes were looked down upon by their Iberian conquerors as ignorant savages; however, as the good old padre mentions in his manuscript, they deserved to be regarded as superior to certain ancient civilizations that are more famous. And who can argue that it wasn't true?

The various tribes of the Philippines were frequently at war with each other, as seems to be the invariable rule where a race is broken up into many separate divisions. The weapons used in former times were the bow and arrow, the lance, long curved knives, and in the southern isles the blow pipe (sarbacan), for propelling poisoned darts. The arrows and lances were pointed with iron and bone, or were simply hardened with fire. Their defensive armour consisted of carved wooden shields (carans), inlaid with tortoise-shell and mother-of-pearl, which covered them from head to foot, and also cuirasses formed of bamboo. It is not clear whether they [86]manufactured artillery, but they certainly used cannon of iron and bronze before the advent of the Spanish, at which time the Mindanao tribes held strongly fortified positions—defended with cannon. These fortifications consisted of earthworks and stockades, sometimes surrounded by morasses. Such were the defences of the town of the Chief Rahamora when Legaspi attacked it. This town consisted of four thousand houses, and, having destroyed it, the victorious Spaniards built on its site, in 1571, the city of Manila. The poison used for the sarbacan darts was either derived from certain trees, or, it is said, from the saliva of a green lizard (chacon). The natives are said by Morga to have used this poison in order to kill the Spanish, for whom they had conceived a most bitter hatred.

The various tribes of the Philippines often fought each other, which seems to be common when a group is divided into many separate factions. The weapons they used back then included bows and arrows, lances, long curved knives, and in the southern islands, the blowpipe (sarbacan) for firing poisoned darts. Their arrows and lances were tipped with iron and bone, or they were just hardened by fire. For defense, they used carved wooden shields (carans) inlaid with tortoise shell and mother-of-pearl, which covered them from head to toe, along with breastplates made of bamboo. It's unclear if they [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]produced artillery, but they definitely used cannons made of iron and bronze before the Spanish arrived, at which time the Mindanao tribes held strong fortified positions that were armed with cannons. These fortifications included earthworks and stockades, sometimes surrounded by swamps. Such were the defenses of Chief Rahamora's town when Legaspi attacked. This town had four thousand houses, and after destroying it, the victorious Spaniards built the city of Manila on its site in 1571. The poison used for the sarbacan darts came either from certain trees or, as some say, from the saliva of a green lizard (chacon). Morga reported that the natives used this poison to kill the Spanish, whom they had developed a deep hatred for.

The Manobos and Zambals were the most savage tribes. The Manobos surprised their enemies while asleep, slaughtered the men, and enslaved the women and children. The priest opened the breast of the first victim with the sacred knife, took out the heart, and ate it. This tribe also sacrificed slaves to the god of war, to whom the color red was sacred. They were also head-hunters, and hung these trophies to the roofs of their houses. The Zambals, a fierce and savage tribe, were also head-hunters, as their name signifies, and were in the habit of extracting and eating the brains of slain enemies. Among the Ifugaos the lasso is said to have been used as a weapon.

The Manobos and Zambals were the most brutal tribes. The Manobos would attack their enemies while they were asleep, killing the men and enslaving the women and children. The priest would cut open the first victim's chest with a sacred knife, remove the heart, and consume it. This tribe also sacrificed slaves to the war god, who regarded the color red as sacred. They were head-hunters and displayed these trophies on the roofs of their houses. The Zambals, another fierce and savage tribe, were also head-hunters, as their name suggests, and had a practice of extracting and eating the brains of their slain enemies. Among the Ifugaos, it’s said that the lasso was used as a weapon.

In regard to marriage customs, there was one peculiar form worthy of observation. When a man wished to marry he went to live with his prospective father-in-law, thus becoming a member of the household, and as such he worked at whatever duties were imposed upon him. This lasted sometimes for several years. If the family became dissatisfied with him he was dismissed, but if all went well he paid over to the parents what was known as “the price of the mother’s milk”—that is, a compensation for the rearing of his wife. During the probationary period the young man assumed the name of bagontao, and the girl that of dalaga. They were much given to the practice of divination during the period of the wedding festivities, which lasted for several days. Although polygamy did not exist in a legal sense, yet concubinage was common. The first woman married, however, was the only legitimate wife (inasaba). To the inferior wives were assigned the various domestic labors, the milking of the carabao-cows, and the rearing of ducks, swans, geese, and pigeons. The women, in paying visits or in walking abroad, were attended by a following of maids and slaves. In various tribes the Assuan, an evil deity, was supposed to exercise an evil influence over women in labor, and at such a time the husband mounted the house-roof, or stationed himself, before the door, and, with lance or dagger in hand, cut, and slashed vigorously at the air in order to drive away the dreaded spirit. Among these people also obtained that strange and world-wide custom known among anthropologists as the couvade the origin of which it is difficult to conjecture. In China and Africa, in Egypt and South America, in Malabar and Corsica, among the Basques, Caribs, Burmese, and many other races, this singular custom of simulated maternity seems to have originated independently. [87]

In terms of marriage customs, there was one unique practice worth noting. When a man wanted to marry, he would move in with his future father-in-law, becoming part of the household and taking on whatever tasks were given to him. This could last for several years. If the family was unhappy with him, he would be sent away; but if everything went well, he would give the parents what was called “the price of the mother’s milk”—a payment for raising his future wife. During this trial period, the young man took the name of bagontao, and the girl took the name of dalaga. They often practiced divination during the wedding celebrations, which lasted several days. While polygamy wasn’t legally recognized, having concubines was common. The first woman to be married was considered the only legitimate wife (inasaba). The other wives were responsible for various domestic tasks, like milking the carabao cows and raising ducks, swans, geese, and pigeons. When women went out or visited others, they were typically accompanied by maids and servants. In different tribes, the Assuan, a malevolent spirit, was believed to have a harmful influence on women during childbirth. At such times, the husband would go up on the roof or stand outside the door, wielding a lance or dagger, and would vigorously slash at the air to scare away the dreaded spirit. This community also practiced the unusual custom known to anthropologists as couvade, the origins of which are challenging to determine. This strange custom of pretending to be pregnant appears to have independently emerged in places like China and Africa, Egypt and South America, Malabar and Corsica, among the Basques, Caribs, Burmese, and many other cultures. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The language of the Philippines was divided into many different dialects, of which the Tagalog, an abundant and copious tongue, was the most perfect specimen. These, together with the languages of various outlying groups, can be traced to the same origin by unequivocal marks of affinity, both in word formation and grammatical construction. In spite of various linguistic changes it has been noted by Le Gobien that the language of the Carolines bears a strong resemblance to the Tagalog, and the same may be said of the ancient Chamorro tongue. The Battak speech of Sumatra is said to be closely allied to the Tagalog. Prichard states that the Malagasi resembles Tagalog more than it does any other Malayan tongue. The Tagalog-Bisayan-languages are said by several writers to be the most highly developed of this family, and are in a transition state between the agglutinative and inflective stages. Von Humboldt considered the Tagalog to be the parent language of the Malay type, but this was denied by Crawfurd. In the Javanese, one hundred and ten words per thousand are Sanscrit, in Malay fifty, in the Bugi, seventeen, in Tagalog one and a half, and in Malagasi there are none. It might be inferred from this that the Tagalog-Bisayan migrations from the southwest took place prior to, or about, the sixth century of our era, about which time the Hindu religion was introduced into the East Indies, bringing with it many Sanscrit terms. The native languages hold their own in the Philippines. Pickering, in his “Races of Man,” states that the Tagalog is still the chief language of Luzon, being in general use in all the interior towns.

The language of the Philippines is made up of many different dialects, with Tagalog being the most developed and comprehensive. These dialects, along with languages from various neighboring groups, share a common origin, evident in their word formations and grammar. Despite linguistic evolution, Le Gobien noted that the language of the Carolines closely resembles Tagalog, and the same goes for the ancient Chamorro language. The Battak language from Sumatra is also said to be linked to Tagalog. Prichard notes that Malagasy is more similar to Tagalog than to any other Malayan language. Several authors claim that Tagalog-Bisayan languages are the most advanced in this family, existing in a state of transition between agglutinative and inflective forms. Von Humboldt believed that Tagalog was the parent language of the Malay languages, though Crawfurd disagreed. In Javanese, there are 110 Sanskrit words per thousand, in Malay there are fifty, in Bugi seventeen, in Tagalog just one and a half, and none in Malagasy. This suggests that the Tagalog-Bisayan migrations from the southwest likely occurred around or before the sixth century AD, which is around the time Hinduism was introduced to the East Indies, bringing many Sanskrit words with it. Native languages remain strong in the Philippines. According to Pickering in his “Races of Man,” Tagalog is still the primary language of Luzon and is widely used in all inland towns.

In respect to religion, the more advanced of the tribes appeared to have arrived at the stage of intellectual progress when Nature worship begins to give place to a dim idea of a Supreme Being, a Maker of all things. This protecting genius, to whom they offered sacrifices, was called Bathalang Meicapal. These people had a vague conception of a future state in which the good were rewarded and the wicked punished. Among the Bisayans, Ologan was the term for Heaven in their ancient religion, and their Hell was Solad. The souls of their dead were said to pass to the mountain of Medias in the Oton district. Tigbalan was the name of a forest demon among the northern tribes, who was treated with great respect. In passing beneath a tree a native would invariably say “Tavit po,”—that is, “By your leave, my lord.” They practised fire worship and fetishism and paid homage to the Sun, Moon, rainbow, to animals, birds, and even to trees, and to rocks of peculiar appearance. The worship of birds appears to have been confined to two species, the bathala, a small blue bird, and the maylupa, a species of crow or kite. The trees, rocks, and headlands which were close to contrary currents, or places dangerous to navigation, were objects of veneration and dread, and the deities of these places were propitiated by offerings of food, or were supposed to be quelled by a flight of arrows being discharged against them. Influenced by terror, they venerated the crocodile, calling it nono, or grandfather, and it was sometimes tamed and cherished by the priests. These huge saurians were extremely dangerous, and many natives lost their lives by them, for which reason they constructed enclosures for bathing purposes. The Manobos revered the lightning, and believed thunder to be its [88]voice. The Bisayans held that all who perished in battle or were killed by crocodiles became divata. The divata or anito were guardian spirits, and among some tribes were represented by idols of gold, ivory, or stone. There were anito of the cultivations, of the rains, of the sea, cocoanut trees, also of newly-born children, and of children during the period of lactation. Again there were family anito, a species of household gods, who protected the family, and who were principally deified ancestors, having, it is said, ascended to heaven on the rainbow (balangao). Images representing these were kept in the houses, or in the vacant space beneath them, and slaves were sometimes sacrificed in their honor. It has been denied by some writers that the Philippine natives had any idols or images, or any places set apart for religious ceremonies, but the account of Cavendish, the adventurous English navigator, who visited the Philippines in 1588, states: “These people wholly worship the Devil, who appears unto them in divers horrible forms, and they worship him by making figures of these forms, which they keep in caverns and special houses, offering to them perfumes and food, and calling them anito or licha.” The MS. which we quote says: “These people lacked capacious temples, neither had they sacred days set apart for religious practices, but they had at the entrances to their towns, and even close to their houses, small chapels or rooms consecrated to the anito, and to the offering of sacrifices. In these places were deposited offerings of food to sustain the souls of the dead in their journey of three days which divided death from the re-incarnation which ensued. Before the figures also were placed small braziers burning perfumes, and plates of sago and fruits.”

In terms of religion, the more developed tribes seemed to have reached a point in their intellectual evolution where Nature worship started to give way to a vague concept of a Supreme Being, the Creator of everything. This protective spirit, to whom they made sacrifices, was known as Bathalang Meicapal. They had a blurry idea of an afterlife where the good were rewarded and the evil punished. Among the Bisayans, Ologan referred to Heaven in their ancient beliefs, while their Hell was called Solad. The souls of their deceased were thought to travel to Medias Mountain in the Oton region. Tigbalan was the name of a forest spirit among the northern tribes, who was treated with great respect. When passing under a tree, a native would always say “Tavit po,” meaning “By your leave, my lord.” They practiced fire worship and fetishism, honoring the Sun, Moon, rainbow, animals, birds, and even trees and uniquely shaped rocks. Bird worship seemed to focus on two species: the bathala, a small blue bird, and the maylupa, a type of crow or kite. Trees, rocks, and headlands situated near strong currents or dangerous navigation areas were objects of both reverence and fear, and the deities of these places were appeased with food offerings or believed to be subdued by shooting arrows at them. Driven by fear, they regarded the crocodile with reverence, calling it nono or grandfather, and it was occasionally tamed and cared for by priests. These massive reptiles were extremely hazardous, causing many natives to lose their lives, which is why they built enclosures for bathing. The Manobos respected lightning, believing thunder was its [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]voice. The Bisayans believed that anyone who died in battle or was killed by a crocodile became a divata. The divata or anito were protective spirits, and in some tribes, they were depicted by idols made of gold, ivory, or stone. There were anito for agriculture, rain, the sea, coconut trees, newborns, and children who were still nursing. Additionally, there were family anito, a type of household deity, who protected the family and were primarily deified ancestors, believed to have ascended to heaven on the rainbow (balangao). Statues representing these spirits were kept in homes or in the empty space beneath them, and sometimes slaves were sacrificed in their honor. Some writers have claimed that the Philippine natives had no idols or dedicated places for religious ceremonies, but the account of Cavendish, the adventurous English navigator who visited the Philippines in 1588, states: “These people entirely worship the Devil, who appears to them in various terrifying forms, and they honor him by creating figures of these forms, which they keep in caves and special houses, offering them perfumes and food, and calling them anito or licha.” The Ms. we reference states: “These people did not have large temples, nor did they set aside sacred days for religious practices, but they had small chapels or rooms at the entrances of their towns and even near their homes, dedicated to the anito and to making sacrifices. In these places, food offerings were left to support the souls of the dead on their three-day journey, which separated death from the reincarnation that followed. Small braziers burning incense and plates of sago and fruits were also placed before the figures.”

The priests of these tribes were known as catalona in the north, and as babailan among the Bisayans. They were the sorcerers, or “medicine men,” and rude beyond measure was their art in curing, consisting generally of the imaginary extraction of pebbles, leaves, or pieces of cane from the affected part. The priests possessed great authority among the people. In their invocations to the anito they sometimes deceived the spectators by a peculiar sound produced by burning the kernels of the cashew (casuy); “and at all times,” says the padre, “they were assisted by the devil.” The secret of these frauds was transmitted by inheritance, or was sold to the highest bidder, and after being consecrated the priests did no other work than net-making or weaving cloth.

The priests of these tribes were called catalona in the north and babailan among the Bisayans. They were the healers or “medicine men,” and their methods of curing were quite primitive, usually involving the imagined extraction of pebbles, leaves, or pieces of cane from the affected area. The priests held significant authority among the people. In their rituals to the anito, they sometimes tricked onlookers with a distinct sound made by burning cashew nuts (casuy); “and at all times,” says the padre, “they were helped by the devil.” The secret behind these deceptions was passed down through generations or sold to the highest bidder, and once consecrated, the priests only engaged in net-making or weaving cloth.

As to their sacrifices, the object of them in many cases was to gain a knowledge of the future. Among other modes, they practised divination by an examination of the victim’s entrails, and also by the stars, both widely spread customs. In the case of prolonged illness a new house was built, and the patient removed to it. The priestess being summoned, she sacrificed according to the wealth of the offerers, sometimes a tortoise, and sometimes as many as three slaves. The house was filled with small tables, on which were placed refreshments, and which correspond with the number of guests. The priestess performed a sacred dance, purified and sacrificed the victim, and with the warm blood sprinkled the most distinguished of the guests, distributing to the remainder small copper bells. After repeating an incantation the entrails were examined after the [89]manner of the Roman augurs, by the priests, who were often seized with convulsions, made grotesque contortions, foamed at the mouth, and finally announced the sentence of the death, or recovery of the patient. If the omen was of health, a revel was held, and the valor of the patient’s family and ancestors celebrated with songs. If the omen was of death, they diverted the mind of the patient by dancing, drinking, singing his praises, and persuading him that the gods removed him from this world in order to elevate him to the dignity of anito. At the close of the proceedings the priest received presents of gold and food from the guests. Sacrifices which were offered before undertaking a war or assault were conducted in a similar manner. Others, which were arranged by the chiefs, and dedicated to the principle of good, were celebrated with feasting and dancing to the sound of their primitive music. The best dancer was invited by the priest to give the fatal thrust, and the flesh of sacrificed hogs was distributed among the guests, who looked upon it as sacred food.

As for their sacrifices, many times the goal was to gain insight into the future. They used various methods, including divination by looking at the victim’s entrails and by studying the stars, both of which were common practices. In cases of prolonged illness, a new house was built, and the patient was moved into it. When the priestess was called, she performed sacrifices based on the wealth of those making the offerings, sometimes a tortoise, and other times as many as three slaves. The house was filled with small tables for refreshments, matching the number of guests. The priestess did a sacred dance, purified and sacrificed the victim, and sprinkled the warm blood on the most distinguished guests, giving the others small copper bells. After reciting an incantation, the entrails were examined like the Roman augurs did, by the priests, who often fell into convulsions, made strange movements, foamed at the mouth, and finally declared the fate of the patient—either death or recovery. If the omen indicated health, a celebration took place, honoring the bravery of the patient’s family and ancestors with songs. If the omen foretold death, they distracted the patient with dancing, drinking, singing his praises, and convincing him that the gods were taking him from this world to elevate him to the status of anito. At the end of the ceremonies, the priest received gifts of gold and food from the guests. Sacrifices made before going to war or launching an attack were done similarly. Others, organized by the leaders and dedicated to goodwill, were celebrated with feasting and dancing set to their traditional music. The best dancer was invited by the priest to deliver the final blow, and the flesh of sacrificed pigs was shared among the guests, who regarded it as sacred food.

The Philippine natives had a firm belief in omens and superstitions of many kinds. Thus, in the house of the fishermen, new nets were not spoken of until they had been tested and found reliable, and among hunters the merits of dogs recently acquired were not discussed until they had been successful in catching game. A belief in the invulnerability (anting) of certain persons was a common superstition. A pregnant woman was not allowed to cut her hair for fear the infant should be bald. Much importance was attached to dreams, of which they were anxious to divine the meaning. In order to navigate their seas with safety it was not permitted to carry in the vessel either animals or land birds, nor even to name them; and in like manner, when travelling by land, they did not mention things which pertained to the sea. Before embarking on a voyage they caused the boat to oscillate and observed carefully to which side it inclined the most. If to the right, it was accepted as a good omen, but if to the left, it was an evil omen. They also tied together many cords, and one end being made fast, would rub the other between the hands, and by observing the manner in which the cords became entangled, they inferred the good or evil fortune which fate had in store for them.

The Philippine natives strongly believed in various omens and superstitions. For example, fishermen didn’t talk about new nets until they’d tested them and confirmed they worked well, and hunters waited to discuss the qualities of newly acquired dogs until they’d successfully caught game. Many believed in the invulnerability of certain people, known as anting. Pregnant women weren’t allowed to cut their hair for fear that their baby would be born bald. Dreams were taken very seriously, and they were eager to interpret their meanings. To sail safely, they wouldn’t bring animals or land birds onto their boats or even say their names; similarly, while traveling on land, they avoided mentioning anything related to the sea. Before starting a journey, they would make the boat rock and carefully observe which side it tilted toward the most. If it leaned to the right, it was seen as a good sign; if to the left, it was a bad sign. They also tied many cords together, fastening one end and rubbing the loose end between their hands, watching how the cords tangled to predict their fortune, whether good or bad.

The geogony of primitive and semi-civilized races always contains an element of interest, and that of the Philippine natives was certainly a singular belief. The creators of the earth were the sky and the kite, and the sea. After the bird had flown many times across the ocean, and found nothing to alight upon, the sky, in quarreling with the sea, caused the bird to throw huge rocks with the aim of subduing it. These rocks became islands, and the earth generally.

The origin stories of early and semi-civilized cultures are always intriguing, and the beliefs of the Philippine natives were definitely unique. They believed that the creators of the earth were the sky, the kite, and the sea. After the bird flew across the ocean many times and found no place to land, a disagreement between the sky and the sea led to the bird throwing large rocks to try to overcome it. Those rocks turned into islands, and eventually formed the earth as a whole.

The tradition of the origin of man is as follows: “Two logs of bamboo, impelled by the waves, were cast on shore at the feet of the bird, which becoming enraged, began to pick them to pieces, when there appeared from the first log a man, and from the second a woman, thus proving the monogeny of the human species.” The man succeeded in gaining the affections of the woman, and from them [90]are descended the whole human race. The dispersion of the race throughout the world was caused by a family quarrel. The many children of the primal couple lived independent in the house of the parents, which displeased the father, who belabored them with a cudgel, and expelled them from the house. Some concealed themselves in the house, and from them are descended the maguinoo, or chiefs. Others went out openly from the house, and these were the fathers of the timagua (timawa) or freemen, and yet others took refuge in the cooking-sheds and beneath the house. From these last sprang the slaves. Finally, those who were banished, and never returned, became the ancestors of distant people, and remote tribes. It is worthy of note that, on the arrival of the Spanish, they were supposed by the natives to be the descendants of the last-mentioned migration. The various animals are also said by tradition to have been derived from other logs of bamboo; and the fact that the monkey came from one close to that which contained man, explains satisfactorily the resemblance between them.

The origin of humanity is described like this: “Two bamboo logs, washed ashore by the waves, landed at the feet of a bird. This bird, becoming angry, started to peck at the logs, and from the first log came a man, and from the second a woman, proving that humanity comes from a single origin.” The man won the woman’s affection, and from them [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]descended the entire human race. The scattering of people around the world happened because of a family dispute. The many children of the original couple lived independently in their parents' house, which upset the father, who hit them with a stick and kicked them out. Some hid in the house, and from them came the maguinoo, or chiefs. Others left openly, becoming the ancestors of the timagua (timawa) or freemen, while others took refuge in the cooking areas and underneath the house. From these last groups came the slaves. Finally, those who were exiled and never returned became the ancestors of distant people and remote tribes. It’s interesting to note that, when the Spanish arrived, the natives believed they were descendants of this last group. Tradition also says that various animals came from other bamboo logs, and the fact that monkeys originated from a log near the one that produced man explains the similarities between them.

Respecting their idea of a future life, the belief was, that preceding the state of happiness after death, there was a series of incarnations or purifications of the soul, which successive transmigrations took place in a cluster of one and fifty islands, on which were sheltered the souls of the dead. In those beautiful isles departed spirits enjoyed perpetual youth. In this paradise there were trees always loaded with ripe fruits, and fastened to the earth by chains of gold, which served as roots. Of gold also were the ornaments, the bells, ear-rings (panica), the cloths (isine), and many other things. The shores of the sea were formed of pure rice, and there was also a sea of milk, and another of linogao, which is rice boiled with milk or fat. Yet another sea was of blood, and on the bank of this grew plants, whose flowers had petals of flesh ready for eating.

Respecting their vision of an afterlife, the belief was that before experiencing happiness after death, there was a series of reincarnations or soul purifications. These successive trips took place in a group of fifty-one islands, where the souls of the deceased resided. In those beautiful islands, departed spirits enjoyed eternal youth. In this paradise, there were trees constantly heavy with ripe fruit, anchored to the ground by golden chains that served as roots. The ornaments, bells, earrings (panica), fabrics (isine), and many other items were also made of gold. The shores of the sea were composed of pure rice, and there was a sea of milk and another of linogao, which is rice cooked with milk or fat. There was even another sea of blood, and along its banks grew plants whose flowers had edible, flesh-like petals.

These people held primitive notions concerning original sin, and also cherished a belief in the punishments and rewards of a future life. They accounted for the coming of death into the world in the following manner: Far back in the very night, the god Laon possessed a most beautiful fish which was his delight, also a tree which bore the most luscious fruits. The offenders killed the fish and plucked the fruit. For this offence Laon caused men to die in all ages.

These people had basic ideas about original sin and believed in the punishments and rewards of an afterlife. They explained how death entered the world like this: A long time ago, in the darkness, the god Laon owned a stunning fish that he adored and a tree that produced the tastiest fruits. The wrongdoers killed the fish and took the fruit. Because of this wrongdoing, Laon made it so that people would die throughout all of time.

Such was then the state of civilization among the Tagalog-Bisayan tribes at the time when the Malay Mohammedans, and the Spanish conquistadores attempted, from opposite points, to introduce their religions into the archipelago. The Moros of the Sulu Islands were beginning to overrun the Philippines on the arrival of the Spanish, and would eventually have Mohammedanised the entire group. The Philippine natives at this time were in a singularly interesting stage of intellectual progress. They had lived through the crude fetishism of savagedom, and were emerging from the second stage of religious feeling, during which they had evolved, out of the contemplation of Nature, one of those wonderful mythologies which are met with among so many nations. They were beginning to renounce the old Nature worship, of which the central figure was a Supreme Maker. [91]

Such was the state of civilization among the Tagalog-Bisayan tribes when the Malay Muslims and the Spanish conquistadors attempted, from different directions, to introduce their religions into the archipelago. The Moros of the Sulu Islands were starting to sweep through the Philippines just as the Spanish arrived, and they would eventually have converted the entire group to Islam. At this time, the native Filipinos were in a particularly fascinating phase of intellectual development. They had moved beyond the basic fetishism of primitive societies and were emerging from a second stage of religious belief, during which they had created one of those remarkable mythologies that can be found in many nations through their contemplation of Nature. They were beginning to turn away from the old Nature worship, which centered around a Supreme Creator. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

It has been truly said that nothing requires such calm and impartial judgment as the inquiry into the moral and religious condition of uncivilized races. The co-evolution of religion and civilization is an extremely interesting subject to the student of anthropology, when he notes the gradual refinement of the national religion as the culture of the race improves, and the degradation of that religion when a race retrogrades in civilization. It is one of the many grand problems, based on the retributive laws of Nature, which confront the enquirer into that great and wonderful mystery—the development of the human race. Well it is for him who can learn from the savage Aieta, or the semi-civilized Tagalog, a lesson in the evolution of the human intellect; but, unfortunately, so many who have golden opportunities of studying the intellect and works of uncultured man are careless of those matters, and look with contempt upon the noblest of studies. They cannot interest themselves in the struggling intellect of primitive man; they no longer understand the craving of youth for advancement; they disdain to look upon the dawn of intellectual day.

It has been wisely said that nothing demands such calm and unbiased judgment as the investigation into the moral and religious state of uncivilized people. The way religion and civilization evolve together is a fascinating topic for anthropology students, especially when they observe how a nation's religion becomes more refined as its culture improves, and how that religion deteriorates when a culture declines. It is one of the many significant challenges, rooted in the natural laws of cause and effect, that face those exploring the great and incredible mystery of human development. It's fortunate for anyone who can learn from the primitive Aieta or the semi-civilized Tagalog a lesson about the evolution of human thought; however, many who have valuable opportunities to study the intellect and creations of uncultured people are indifferent to these subjects and view them with disdain. They cannot engage with the struggling intellect of primitive humans; they no longer appreciate the young people's desire for progress; they refuse to acknowledge the early spark of intellectual growth.

These are the most interesting points procured from the aforementioned works on the Philippine Islands, a land which we call new, but in which the events of the Tagalog-Bisayan migrations were but as of yesterday. Here, as elsewhere, the rude savage retreats before a superior race, but the receptive Tagalog attaches himself to the civilization of his conquerors. He had already advanced himself to the difficult highway that leads from barbarism to a higher culture, and was thus enabled to receive the teachings of his Iberian invaders; but he who would seek the indigenous Aieta must look for him in the distant recesses of the primeval forest, or in the dark and gloomy cañons of the great ranges.

These are the most interesting points gathered from the earlier works on the Philippine Islands, a place we consider new, but where the events of the Tagalog-Bisayan migrations feel like they happened just yesterday. Here, as in other places, the rough savage retreats before a stronger race, but the open-minded Tagalog embraces the civilization of his conquerors. He had already progressed along the challenging path from barbarism to a higher culture, allowing him to learn from his Iberian invaders; however, anyone looking for the indigenous Aieta must search for him in the remote depths of the ancient forest, or in the dark and gloomy canyons of the great mountain ranges.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

A Thousand Years of Philippine History Before the Coming of the Spaniards

By Austin Craig

By Austin Craig

The Philippine History of which one is apt to think when that subject is mentioned covers hardly a fourth of the Islands’ book-recorded history.

The Philippine history that comes to mind when the topic is mentioned barely covers a quarter of the Islands' documented history.

These records are not the romantic dream of a Paterno that under the name Ophir the Philippines with their gold enriched Solomon (10th century B. C.). There are solider grounds than any plausible explanations that Manila hemp (abaká) was Strabo’s (A. D. 21) “ta seerika,” the cloth made of “a kind of flax combed from certain barks of trees.” The shadowy identification of the Manilas with Ptolemy’s Maniolas (c. A. D. 130) is not in their class. Nor, to accept them, is recourse needed to farfetched deductions like Zuñiga’s that the American Continent received Israel’s ten lost tribes, and thence, through Easter Island, Magellan’s archipelago was peopled. Their existence saves us from having to accept [92]such references as how Simbad the sailorman (Burton: The Arabian Nights, Night 538 et seq.) evidently made some of his voyages in this region, though it would not be uninteresting to note that the great Roc is a bird used in Moro ornament, the “ghoul” of the Thousand and One Nights is the Filipino Asuang and that the palm-covered island which was believed to be a colossal tortoise because it shook might well have been located where the Philippine maps indicate that earthquakes are most frequent.

These records aren’t the romantic fantasy of a Paterno, who claimed that under the name Ophir, the Philippines were like Solomon’s gold (10th century B.C.). There are stronger reasons than any plausible arguments that Manila hemp (abaká) was Strabo’s (A.D. 21) “ta seerika,” the fabric made of “a kind of flax combed from certain tree barks.” The vague connection of the Manilas with Ptolemy’s Maniolas (c. A.D. 130) doesn’t hold the same weight. Furthermore, to accept these links, we don’t need to resort to far-fetched theories like Zuñiga’s, which suggest that the American continent received Israel’s ten lost tribes, and that through Easter Island, Magellan’s archipelago was populated. Their existence spares us from needing to accept [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] such references as how Sinbad the sailor (Burton: The Arabian Nights, Night 538 et seq.) supposedly made some of his voyages in this area, although it would be interesting to mention that the great Roc is a bird used in Moro decoration, the “ghoul” from the Thousand and One Nights is the Filipino Asuang, and that the palm-covered island believed to be a giant tortoise because it shook might very well have been situated where Philippine maps show earthquakes occur most frequently.

The records hereinafter to be cited are for the most part of the prosaic kind, all the more reliable and valuable because they are inclined to be dry and matter-of-fact. They make no such demand upon imagination as Europe’s pioneer traveller’s tales, for instance the sixteenth century chart which depicted America as inhabited by headless people with eyes, nose and mouth located in the chest.

The records mentioned here are mostly straightforward and practical, which makes them more reliable and valuable because they tend to be dry and matter-of-fact. They don't require the imagination like Europe’s early explorer stories do, such as the sixteenth-century map that showed America as being populated by headless people with eyes, nose, and mouth on their chests.

The British Museum’s oriental scholar (Douglas: Europe and the Far East, Cambridge, 1904) states that by the beginning of the Chou dynasty (B. C. 1122–255) intercourse had been established at Canton with eight foreign nations. Duties as early as 990 B. C. were levied, and among the imports figure birds, pearls and tortoise shell, products of the Philippines, but the origin of these has not been investigated. “Reliable history,” says Dr. Pott (A Sketch of Chinese History, Shanghai, 1908), “does not extend further back than the middle of the Chou dynasty (B. C. 722). * * * After the time of the Chou dynasty we come to more solid ground, for at the beginning of the Han dynasty (B.C. 206) the custom originated of employing Court chroniclers to write a daily account of governmental proceedings. These diaries were kept secret and stored away in iron chests until the dynasty they chronicled had passed away; then they were opened and published, and so form the basis of our knowledge of the events that had transpired while the dynasty was in existence.”

The British Museum’s eastern scholar (Douglas: Europe and the Far East, Cambridge, 1904) states that by the beginning of the Chou dynasty (B.C. 1122–255), trade had been established in Canton with eight foreign nations. Taxes as early as 990 B.C. were imposed, and among the imports were birds, pearls, and tortoise shell, products from the Philippines, though the origin of these hasn’t been investigated. “Reliable history,” says Dr. Pott (A Sketch of Chinese History, Shanghai, 1908), “does not go back further than the middle of the Chou dynasty (B.C. 722). * * * After the Chou dynasty, we have more solid information, as at the start of the Han dynasty (B.C. 206), the practice began of having Court chroniclers write a daily record of governmental activities. These diaries were kept secret and stored in iron chests until the dynasty they chronicled had ended; then they were opened and published, forming the basis of our understanding of the events that occurred while the dynasty was in power.”

Philippine history, however, has attracted only incidental interest in the translating of these voluminous chronicles so that while the first three mentions hereafter to be cited are well within the reliable history period they have not been verified and are valuable only as suggesting more definitely where to investigate.

Philippine history, however, has generated only occasional interest in translating these extensive chronicles, so while the first three references mentioned here are from the reliable historical period, they haven't been verified and are only useful for pointing to where further investigation should take place.

Dr. von Moellendorf, a sinologist, formerly German consul in Manila, states that the Philippines were once called “Gold” in China, because of their considerable export thither of the precious yellow metal. This parallels the Malay province named “Silver” (Perak or Pilak). Further he refers to Becker’s Geology of the Philippines where (on page 90 of the reprint) F. Karusch gives a former German Consul in Manila as authority for gold having been exported to China during the third century. If the Chinese authority for this can be found it will destroy the value of Dr. Groeneveldt’s observation (Notes on the Malay Archipelago and Malacca compiled from Chinese sources; Batavia, 1876, p. 4) on his quotation from the history of the Liang dynasty (Book 54, p. 1):

Dr. von Moellendorf, a sinologist and former German consul in Manila, mentions that the Philippines used to be called "Gold" in China because of their significant exports of the precious metal there. This is similar to the Malay province known as "Silver" (Perak or Pilak). He also references Becker’s Geology of the Philippines, where (on page 90 of the reprint) F. Karusch cites a former German consul in Manila as evidence that gold was exported to China during the third century. If the Chinese source for this can be found, it would undermine the value of Dr. Groeneveldt’s observation (Notes on the Malay Archipelago and Malacca compiled from Chinese sources; Batavia, 1876, p. 4) regarding his quotation from the history of the Liang dynasty (Book 54, p. 1):

“In the time of Sun Ch’uean of the house of Wu (A. D. 222–251) two functionaries, called Chu-ying and K’antai, were ordered to go to the south; they went to or heard from a hundred or more countries and made an account of them.”

“In the time of Sun Ch’uean of the house of Wu (A.D. 222–251), two officials, named Chu-ying and K’antai, were instructed to travel south. They visited or learned about over a hundred countries and documented their findings.”

[93]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The commentator admits that “what these countries were is not stated,” but believes the “Malay islands were not amongst them, otherwise their name would have appeared at that time already in the annals of China.”

The commentator acknowledges that “what these countries were is not stated,” but thinks the “Malay islands were not among them; otherwise their name would have already appeared at that time in the records of China.”

Since only a beginning has as yet been made in studying the voluminous records of China, a little further investigation may easily result in establishing this early date.

Since only a start has been made in studying the extensive records of China, a bit more investigation could easily lead to confirming this early date.

The last of the early three possible references to the Philippines, classed only as introductory because of their uncertain character, is from the narrative of Fahien, the details of whose home voyage seem to suggest that he passed in the vicinity of, if not through, this group of islands. This Buddhist priest in A. D. 400 went overland to India (Groeneveldt, Notes, p. 6) in search of Buddhist books and fifteen years later came back by sea in Indian vessels via Ceylon and Java. Shortly after his death a book was published, written from his narratives, giving “an account of Buddhist countries” (Fo Kuo Chi). After staying five months in Java where “heretics and Brahmans flourished but the law of Buddha hardly deserved mention,” Fahien embarked in May, 414, on a large merchant vessel with a crew of over two hundred and provisioned for fifty days. Steering a north east course for Canton, when over a month out they struck a typhoon, “a sudden dark squall accompanied by pelting rain.” The Brahmans felt that the priest of the rival religion was a Jonah and wanted to land him on one of the neighboring islands but were dissuaded by a trader representing the danger that would be to all on coming to China. The weather continued very dark and the pilots did not know their situation. Finally on the 78th day, with water almost gone and provisions short, they determined to change their course since they had already exceeded the usual fifty days for the run. So on a northwest route in twelve days more they reached not Canton but Shantung, nearly thirteen degrees farther north. Now this voyage on a map works out that they passed the Philippines about the time that marooning the priest on an island was under discussion, and, as St. John notes (The Indian Archipelago, London 1853, Vol. I, p. 103), “The Philippines * * * occupy the only part of the Archipelago liable to hurricanes.” Apparently the land was then unfamiliar to these early navigators.

The last of the early three possible references to the Philippines, considered only as introductory due to their uncertain nature, comes from the account of Fahien. The details of his return journey seem to indicate that he was near, if not passing through, this group of islands. This Buddhist priest traveled overland to India in A.D. 400 (Groeneveldt, Notes, p. 6) seeking Buddhist texts and returned by sea fifteen years later on Indian ships via Ceylon and Java. Shortly after his death, a book was published, based on his accounts, titled “an account of Buddhist countries” (Fo Kuo Chi). After spending five months in Java, where “heretics and Brahmans thrived but the law of Buddha hardly got a mention,” Fahien set sail in May 414 on a large merchant ship with a crew of over two hundred and enough supplies for fifty days. Heading northeast toward Canton, they encountered a typhoon after being at sea for over a month, “a sudden dark squall with heavy rain.” The Brahmans believed the priest from a rival religion was a Jonah and wanted to leave him on a nearby island, but a trader warned them about the danger that would present for everyone when reaching China. The weather remained very stormy, and the pilots were unsure of their location. Finally, on the 78th day, with almost no water and limited provisions, they decided to change their course since they had already exceeded the usual fifty days at sea. So, taking a northwest route, they reached Shantung in another twelve days, nearly thirteen degrees farther north than Canton. This voyage, plotted on a map, shows that they passed the Philippines around the time they were considering marooning the priest on an island. As St. John observes (The Indian Archipelago, London 1853, Vol. I, p. 103), “The Philippines * * * occupy the only part of the Archipelago liable to hurricanes.” Clearly, this land was unfamiliar to these early navigators.

No voyages of discovery were attempted by the Chinese but, creeping along the coast, they finally came to the Malay Peninsula and they worked from one island to another in the Indian Archipelago. (Groeneveldt, p. 1.) By this roundabout course in connection with the great island of Borneo, then called Polo and noted to have sent envoys to China in 518, 523 and 616, we find the Sulu islands suggested. The reference reads “at the east of this country is situated the land of the Rakshas (or lawless persons, or pirates.)” These were stated to have the same customs as the Poli people, unerring in throwing a saw-edged (wooden) discus knife, but using other weapons like those in China, in ways resembling Cambodia and with products like Siam’s. Murder and theft were punished by cutting off the hands and adultery by chaining together the legs for a year. In the dark of the moon came the sacrifices, bowls of wine and eatables set adrift on the surface of the water, as Bornean [94]tribes supposed to be akin to the Bisayans and Tagalogs now are doing. The Polans collected coral and trained parrots to talk, and so probably did the men of Sulu. In their ears were the teeth of wild beasts and a piece of home-made cotton cloth was wrapped about their waists, sarong fashion. Their markets they held at night and they were accustomed to keep their faces covered.

No voyages of discovery were made by the Chinese, but as they slowly made their way along the coast, they eventually reached the Malay Peninsula and moved from one island to another in the Indian Archipelago. (Groeneveldt, p. 1.) Through this indirect route in connection with the large island of Borneo, known as Polo and noted for sending envoys to China in 518, 523, and 616, we come across the Sulu Islands. The reference states, “to the east of this country lies the land of the Rakshas (or outlaws, or pirates).” These people were said to have similar customs to the Poli, excelling at throwing a saw-edged (wooden) discus knife, but using other weapons akin to those in China, in ways resembling Cambodia and with goods similar to those from Siam. Murder and theft were punished by amputating hands, and adultery was punished by chaining the legs together for a year. During the dark of the moon, sacrifices were made, with bowls of wine and food set adrift on the water, as the Bornean tribes, believed to be related to the Bisayans and Tagalogs, do today. The Polans collected coral and taught parrots to speak, and likely the people of Sulu did too. They wore the teeth of wild animals in their ears and wrapped homemade cotton cloth around their waists in a sarong style. They held their markets at night and were used to covering their faces.

Next in point of time is a reference through Southern Formosa, called by the Chinese P’i-sho-ye, which the author of “China before the Chinese” (De Lacouperie) believes is only a miscalling of Bisaya, and former Consul Davidson of Formosa corroborates this both on Chinese authority (Ma Touan-lin) and from local traditions. (Davidson: The Island of Formosa Past and Present, New York, 1903).

Next in line chronologically is a reference to Southern Formosa, known in Chinese as P’i-sho-ye. The author of "China before the Chinese" (De Lacouperie) suggests that this is just a misnomer for Bisaya, and former Consul Davidson of Formosa supports this both with Chinese sources (Ma Touan-lin) and local traditions. (Davidson: The Island of Formosa Past and Present, New York, 1903).

“Bands of uncivilized Malays” from the south drove into the interior the Formosans with whom the Chinese earlier had been familiar. So on the next expedition from the mainland, in 605, the Chinese leader was surprised to find on the coast strange inhabitants with whom he could not communicate. His surmise that the newcomers were Malays led the next expedition to take with it interpreters from different southern Malayan islands, of whom at least one made himself understood. The immigrants kept up communication with Luzon and on their rafts raided coast towns of China, as will be later seen.

“Groups of uncivilized Malays” from the south pushed the Formosans, who the Chinese had previously known, into the interior. So in the next expedition from the mainland in 605, the Chinese leader was surprised to find strange inhabitants on the coast with whom he couldn’t communicate. He guessed that the newcomers were Malays, which led the next expedition to bring interpreters from various southern Malayan islands, and at least one of them managed to communicate. The immigrants maintained connections with Luzon and, on their rafts, raided coastal towns in China, as will be detailed later.

Pangasinan once extended much farther north in Luzon and Mr. Servillano de la Cruz, a University of the Philippines student specializing in the history of that province, describes rafts of bamboo bound together with vines, of a size which two men can lift, yet used on rivers and by people venturing as far as four miles from the coast upon them.

Pangasinan used to reach much farther north in Luzon, and Mr. Servillano de la Cruz, a student at the University of the Philippines studying the history of that province, describes bamboo rafts tied together with vines that two men can lift. These rafts were used on rivers and by people traveling as far as four miles from the coast.

The chronological order takes us again to the south.

The chronological order brings us back to the south.

A “Ka-ling” mentioned in the old Chinese history of the T’ang dynasty (618–906) has been, it seems to me, wrongly identified by the Dutch scholar Groeneveldt (Notes on the Malay Archipelago, p. 12) as Java on the assumption that Pali or Po-li was Sumatra. Since it is much more probable that Poli is only an older form of Poni, Brunei, our Borneo (Hose and McDougall: Pagan Tribes of Borneo, London, 1912, Vol. I), Kaling rather should be looked for as an island off the eastern side of Borneo, Cambodia to the north, the sea to the south, and on the western side of the island of Dva-pa-tan, which might have been the old, and more extensive, district of Dapitan on the northwest of Mindanao. Directions are so general that the fixing of the spot is only guess work, yet the probability puts it within the southern (Sulu) part of the Philippine Archipelago.

A “Ka-ling” mentioned in the old Chinese history of the T’ang dynasty (618–906) seems to have been incorrectly identified by the Dutch scholar Groeneveldt (Notes on the Malay Archipelago, p. 12) as Java, based on the assumption that Pali or Po-li referred to Sumatra. It’s much more likely that Poli is just an older form of Poni, Brunei, which is our Borneo (Hose and McDougall: Pagan Tribes of Borneo, London, 1912, Vol. I), so Kaling should be looked for as an island off the eastern side of Borneo, with Cambodia to the north, the sea to the south, and to the west of the island of Dva-pa-tan, which might have been the old and larger district of Dapitan in the northwest of Mindanao. The directions are so vague that pinpointing the location is just guesswork, yet the likelihood places it within the southern (Sulu) part of the Philippine Archipelago.

The walls of the city were of palisades as were those enclosing Fort Santiago’s Moro predecessor. The king’s palace was a two-story affair thatched with coir from the abundant coco palms and the throne of the monarch was an ivory couch. Using neither spoons nor chopsticks, food was handled with that manual dexterity of which the Tondo tribune has recently been complaining as contributory to cholera. The palm wine was obtained just as tuba is now prepared.

The city walls were made of wooden posts, similar to those around Fort Santiago's older design. The king’s palace had two stories and was roofed with coconut fiber from the plentiful coconut trees, and the monarch's throne was an ivory couch. Instead of using spoons or chopsticks, food was eaten with hands, a practice that the Tondo community has recently been criticizing as a cause of cholera. Palm wine was gathered in the same way that tuba is prepared today.

The older history was considered vague and in its revision, called “the new history,” fuller details appear, among them another [95]name (Djava, Djapa or Dayapo (Dva-apo?)). The larger houses were covered with palm leaves and like the king’s equipped with ivory couches. Bamboo mats are also mentioned and the exports are given as tortoise shell, gold and silver, rhinoceros-horns, and ivory. The ivory might have been white camagon, since it was used for furniture, and the rhinoceros horns could have been imported. The rapid intoxication from the native drink is emphasized and, contrary to the American traveller (Rev. Arthur J. Browne) who attributed the introduction of vice here to his soldier-countrymen, a virulent venereal disease is mentioned. The alternative name of the island turns out to belong to the place on it where the king resided and he is said to be a descendant of Ki-yen who had lived more to the east in the town of Pa-lu-ka-si. Of his thirty-two high ministers Datu Kan-liung was chief and twenty-eight small neighboring countries owed him allegiance, as the twenty-eight islands would to a powerful Sulu sultan. (As to number of islands, see Saleeby’s , Manila, 1908, p. 15.)

The earlier history was seen as unclear, and in its update, referred to as “the new history,” more detailed information emerges, including another [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]name (Djava, Djapa, or Dayapo (Dva-apo?)Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.. The larger houses were covered with palm leaves and like the king’s, were furnished with ivory couches. Bamboo mats are also mentioned, and the exports included tortoise shell, gold and silver, rhinoceros horns, and ivory. The ivory might have been white camagon, as it was used for furniture, while the rhinoceros horns could have been imported. The rapid intoxication from the native drink is highlighted, and in contrast to the American traveler (Rev. Arthur J. Browne) who blamed his soldier-countrymen for bringing vice here, a severe venereal disease is mentioned. The island’s alternative name turns out to refer to the area where the king lived, and he is said to be a descendant of Ki-yen, who lived further east in the town of Pa-lu-ka-si. Of his thirty-two high ministers, Datu Kan-liung was the chief, and twenty-eight small neighboring countries recognized his authority, similar to how the twenty-eight islands would submit to a powerful Sulu sultan. (For the number of islands, see Saleeby’s, Manila, 1908, p. 15.)

A royal mountain resort overlooking the sea was Lang-pi-ya, a name for which, like the others, Groeneveldt finds it difficult to name a counterpart in Java, in this case noting “we think it advisable not to insist upon the above identification.” The latitude would seem to have been in the Sulu neighborhood for at the summer solstice an 8-foot gnomon cast, on the south side, a 2.4-foot shadow.

A royal mountain resort overlooking the sea was Lang-pi-ya, a name for which, like the others, Groeneveldt finds it hard to identify a counterpart in Java, noting that “we think it advisable not to insist upon the above identification.” The latitude seems to have been around the Sulu area, since at the summer solstice an 8-foot gnomon cast a 2.4-foot shadow on the south side.

Between 627 and 649 envoys to China accompanied the tribute bearers from Dva-ha-la and Dva-pa-tan (Dapitan?), receiving acknowledgments under the Chinese Emperor’s great seal. Dva-ha-la also asked for good horses, and got them.

Between 627 and 649, envoys to China traveled with the tribute bearers from Dva-ha-la and Dva-pa-tan (Dapitan?), receiving acknowledgments under the Chinese Emperor’s great seal. Dva-ha-la also requested good horses, and received them.

Then in 674 there was an ideal ruler, a woman named Sima, of whom a story is told similar to one remembered in Korea, and somewhat like the tales of China’s Golden Age, that a foreign king (prince of Arabs) to test the reports he had heard sent a bag of gold to be left in the road. There it remained undisturbed till the heir apparent happened to step over it. The incensed queen was dissuaded by her ministers from killing him but, saying his fault lay in his feet, insisted on cutting these off, finally, however, compromising on amputating the toes. Not only was this an example to the whole nation but it so frightened the Arab king that he did not carry out his planned attack. This variation of the Queen of Sheba-Solomon anecdotes is common in Chinese history, and its extensive use was probably due to the same sort of local adaptation as later made an orientalized Dido story of land-measurement trickery spread so quickly after the coming of the Europeans. Groeneveldt suggests the Arab prince might have been one of the Arab chiefs in the Archipelago, which would by our identification nicely fit with Bornean conditions.

Then in 674, there was an ideal ruler, a woman named Sima, of whom a story is told that's similar to one remembered in Korea and somewhat like the tales of China’s Golden Age. A foreign king (a prince from Arabia), to test the reports he had heard, sent a bag of gold to be left in the road. It stayed there undisturbed until the heir apparent happened to step over it. The furious queen was talked out of killing him by her ministers but, saying that his fault lay in his feet, insisted on cutting them off. In the end, she compromised by amputating his toes. Not only did this serve as an example to the whole nation, but it also scared the Arab king so much that he decided not to carry out his planned attack. This variation of the Queen of Sheba and Solomon anecdotes is common in Chinese history, and its widespread use was probably due to local adaptations similar to those that later turned the Dido story of land-measurement trickery into a tale that spread quickly after the arrival of Europeans. Groeneveldt suggests that the Arab prince might have been one of the Arab chiefs in the Archipelago, which aligns nicely with conditions in Borneo.

Between 766 and 779 three Ka-ling envoys visited China and in 813 four slaves (Groeneveldt thinks negroes), assorted colored parrots, “pinka-birds”—whatever these may have been, and other gifts were presented to their powerful neighbor. A title of “Left Defender of the office of the Four Inner Gates” came to the ambassador [96]who, by cleverly seeking to relinquish this title to his younger brother, secured imperial praise and the coveted honor for two members of his family instead of one.

Between 766 and 779, three Ka-ling envoys visited China, and in 813, four slaves (Groeneveldt thinks they were black), various colored parrots, “pinka-birds”—whatever those were—and other gifts were presented to their powerful neighbor. The ambassador received the title of “Left Defender of the office of the Four Inner Gates” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] and, by cleverly trying to pass this title to his younger brother, earned imperial praise and the sought-after honor for two members of his family instead of just one.

In 827 and 835 were two embassies, and between 837 and 850 an envoy presented female musicians as the tribute gift. (Account summarized from Groeneveldt, pp. 12–15.)

In 827 and 835, there were two embassies, and between 837 and 850, an envoy presented female musicians as the tribute gift. (Account summarized from Groeneveldt, pp. 12–15.)

“The great sea southwest of Hainan,” says he, “* * * has in it Triple-joint currents (Shan-ho-lin). The waves break here violently, dividing into three currents: one flows south and is the sea which forms the highway to foreign lands; one flows north and is the sea of Canton (and Amoy) * * * one flows eastward and enters the boundless place, which is called the Great Eastern Ocean Sea.

“The vast sea southwest of Hainan,” he says, “* * * has Triple-joint currents (Shan-ho-lin). The waves crash here fiercely, splitting into three currents: one flows south and is the sea that serves as the route to foreign lands; one flows north and is the sea of Canton (and Amoy) * * * the other flows eastward into the endless expanse known as the Great Eastern Ocean Sea.

“Ships in the southern trade, both going and coming, must run through the Triple-joint currents. If they have the wind, in a moment they are through it. But if on getting into the dangerous place there is no wind, the ship cannot get out and is wrecked in the three currents. * * * It is said that, in the Great Eastern Ocean Sea there is a long bank of sand and rocks some myriads of li (705 yards or 2–5 mile) in length. It marks the gulf leading to Hades (Wei-lu). In olden times there was an ocean-going junk which was driven by a great westerly wind to within hearing distance of the roar of the waves falling into Wei-lu of the Great Eastern Ocean. No land was to be seen. Suddenly there arose a strong easterly wind and the junk escaped its doom. (Hirth and Rockhill, Chau Ju-Kua, note 3, p. 185.)

“Ships in the southern trade, both arriving and departing, must navigate through the Triple-joint currents. If they have the wind at their backs, they can clear it quickly. However, if they enter this treacherous area without any wind, the ship can't escape and is wrecked among the three currents. * * * It's said that in the Great Eastern Ocean Sea, there is a long bank of sand and rocks stretching for many li (705 yards or 2–5 miles). This marks the entrance to Hades (Wei-lu). In ancient times, there was an ocean-going junk that was pushed towards the sound of waves crashing into Wei-lu of the Great Eastern Ocean by a strong westerly wind. No land was visible. Suddenly, a powerful easterly wind arose, allowing the junk to avoid disaster. (Hirth and Rockhill, Chau Ju-Kua, note 3, p. 185.)”

Such superstition, like that of the Pillars of Hercules, in the Strait of Gibraltar, naturally restrained explorations so that the first voyages across the China sea came from Manila.

Such superstitions, like those surrounding the Pillars of Hercules in the Strait of Gibraltar, naturally held back exploration, so the initial voyages across the China Sea originated from Manila.

The earliest account of Filipino traders comes through a brief mention in a French ethnologist’s notes on foreigners in China (Henry St. Denis, Ethnographie, II, 502, according to Rockhill) that in 982 merchants from Manila visited Canton for trade. They probably were not pioneers as it is related that they came with valuable merchandise. This was about the time (between 976 and 983) when the Canton trade was declared a state monopoly. Over two centuries a maritime customs service had existed in that port, reorganized in 971 because of the greatly increased foreign trade.

The earliest record of Filipino traders is a brief mention in a French ethnologist’s notes about foreigners in China (Henry St. Denis, Ethnography, II, 502, according to Rockhill) stating that in 982, merchants from Manila traveled to Canton for trade. They likely weren’t the first, as it’s noted that they arrived with valuable goods. This was around the time (between 976 and 983) when trade in Canton was declared a government monopoly. For over two centuries, a maritime customs service had been operating at that port, reorganized in 971 due to a significant increase in foreign trade.

From 1174 to 1190 (Chau Ju-Kua’s account, Hirth and Rockhill, p. 165) the Formosan Bisayan chiefs were in the habit of assembling parties of several hundreds to make sudden raids on villages of the neighboring Chinese coast. There murders innumerable and even cannibalism were charged against them, though perhaps there should be some discount upon these unfavorable statements as even today enemies are not always reliable authorities upon their adversaries.

From 1174 to 1190 (Chau Ju-Kua’s account, Hirth and Rockhill, p. 165), the Formosan Bisayan chiefs used to gather groups of several hundred to launch surprise attacks on villages along the nearby Chinese coast. They faced accusations of countless murders and even cannibalism, although it's worth considering that these negative claims might be exaggerated, as even today, enemies aren't always trustworthy sources when it comes to their rivals.

They placed great value upon iron, even to the extent of attaching ropes, of over a hundred feet in length, to their spears so that these might be recovered after each throw.

They valued iron a lot, even going so far as to tie ropes, over a hundred feet long, to their spears so they could be retrieved after each throw.

Such was their fondness for all forms of iron that those surprised by them would throw away spoons or chopsticks of that metal so [97]while the pursuers were stopping to pick these up they could gain a start. Once in the house the door had only to be closed and they would be distracted from the attack by sight of an iron knocker which they would wrench off and then immediately depart with it.

Such was their love for all things iron that those caught off guard by them would toss away their metal spoons or chopsticks so [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] that while the pursuers were pausing to collect these, they could get a head start. Once inside the house, they only needed to close the door, and their attention would be diverted from the attack by the sight of an iron knocker, which they would tear off and then quickly leave with it.

The soldiers decoyed them with mail-covered horsemen and in their mad struggle to strip off the armor they would meet their death without being sensible of their danger. Bamboo lashed into rafts conveyed them over the waters and when hard pressed facilitated their escape for these, folded up like screens, were easy to lift and swim off with.

The soldiers used armored horsemen as a decoy, and in their frantic attempt to remove the armor, they met their end without realizing the threat they were in. Bamboo tied together into rafts carried them across the waters and, when they were under pressure, helped them escape because these rafts, folded up like screens, were easy to lift and swim away with.

A collector of customs (the Chau Ju-Kua before quoted) of Chinchew, the port in the Amoy district later made famous by Marco Polo, from personal investigation obtained data as to the Philippines which he published in a geography written between 1209 and 1214 (B. Laufer, Relations of Chinese to the Philippines, Washington, 1907, p. 24).

A customs collector (the previously mentioned Chau Ju-Kua) from Chinchew, the port in the Amoy district later recognized by Marco Polo, gathered information about the Philippines through personal research, which he published in a geography book written between 1209 and 1214 (B. Laufer, Relations of Chinese to the Philippines, Washington, 1907, p. 24).

Under “Mai,” an island north of Borneo, he is supposed to include Western Luzon, and the Island of Mindoro, which Blumentritt thinks (Versuch einer Ethnographie der Philippinen, 65) had the name “Mait,” or black, from the former negrito population. The opening description, now held to be of Manila, tells of about a thousand families who occupied both banks of a water-course. Some people wore only waist-cloths while others draped themselves in a sort of cotton sheet, getting presumably much the same effect as may be seen among the feminine bathers on the Tondo beach any Sunday morning.

Under “Mai,” an island north of Borneo, he is supposed to include Western Luzon and the Island of Mindoro, which Blumentritt believes (An Attempt at Philippine Ethnography, 65) was called “Mait,” or black, due to the former negrito population. The opening description, now thought to refer to Manila, talks about around a thousand families living on both sides of a waterway. Some people wore only waist-cloths, while others wrapped themselves in a type of cotton sheet, likely achieving a similar look to what can be seen among the women bathing at Tondo beach on any Sunday morning.

Little bronze idols of unknown origin were to be found in the grassy region outside the village, for Mr. Rockhill is careful to translate “idols” instead of “Buddhas,” holding that the word has the more general meaning often. Yet because the later idols of the country were of wood and clay one wonders where bronze idols would be made at that time if not in a Buddhist land. Manila was a peaceable community then, and peaceful too, for the fierce pirates of the south had not yet gotten into the habit of coming there, still less had settled, as they were to do two centuries later.

Little bronze statues of unknown origin could be found in the grassy area outside the village, as Mr. Rockhill is careful to translate “idols” instead of “Buddhas,” believing the word has a broader meaning often. Yet, since the later statues in the country were made of wood and clay, one wonders where bronze statues would be produced at that time if not in a Buddhist region. Manila was a peaceful community then, and it was serene too, as the fierce pirates from the south had not yet developed the habit of coming there, let alone settling, as they would do two centuries later.

The traders’ ships anchored in front of the quarters of the chiefs, to whom they presented the white silk parasols which these dignitaries were accustomed to use. There the market was held, and the shore people at once went on board, mixing in friendly fashion with the newcomers. Nor was there fear of loss, for such then was the Manilans’ honesty that even when some one helped himself and took away goods without being seen he could be relied on in due season to faithfully account for them. The period was usually eight or nine months so that, though not travelling the greatest distance, those trading to Manila were among the latest in getting back to China.

The traders’ ships dropped anchor in front of the chiefs' quarters, where they offered the white silk parasols that these dignitaries were used to. This was where the market took place, and the local people immediately boarded the ships, mingling amicably with the newcomers. There was no worry about loss, as the Manilans were so honest that even if someone took goods without being seen, they could be counted on to return and settle up in due time. This usually took about eight or nine months, so while they weren't traveling the longest distances, those trading with Manila were often among the last to get back to China.

The trade was without money, a barter of the country’s yellow wax (a medium grade), cotton, pearls, tortoise shell, medicinal betel nuts, and native cloth, for imported porcelain, trade gold, iron censers, leads, colored glassbeads and iron needles. Names of other settlements in this region may be what we now call the Babuyanes islands, Polillo island, off the East coast, Lingayen in [98]Pangasinan, Luzon perhaps used of East Luzon and (according to Luther M. Parker, a graduate student in the University of the Philippines, 1913–14) Lian in Batangas.

The trade was conducted without money, exchanging the country’s yellow wax (a medium grade), cotton, pearls, tortoise shell, medicinal betel nuts, and local cloth for imported porcelain, trade gold, iron censers, lead, colored glass beads, and iron needles. Other settlements in this region may refer to what we now call the Babuyanes Islands, Polillo Island off the East coast, Lingayen in [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Pangasinan, and Luzon, possibly referring to East Luzon, and (according to Luther M. Parker, a graduate student at the University of the Philippines, 1913–14) Lian in Batangas.

For the group called “the three islands,” Calamianes, Palawan and Busuanga are the closest resemblances to the curious names of the Chinese narrative, though B. Laufer in his notes to Fay Cole’s Chinese pottery in the Philippines (Field Museum Bulletin) suggests another for Calamianes.

For the group known as “the three islands,” Calamianes, Palawan, and Busuanga are the closest matches to the intriguing names in the Chinese story, although B. Laufer, in his notes on Fay Cole’s Chinese pottery in the Philippines (Field Museum Bulletin), proposes a different suggestion for Calamianes.

Local customs were said not to differ particularly from the ways of Mai. The country, grand in its scenery, had many ridges and ranges of cliffs rose from the shore, steep as the walls of a house.

Local customs reportedly didn’t differ much from the ways of Mai. The country, impressive in its scenery, had many ridges and ranges of cliffs that rose from the shore, steep like the walls of a house.

Each tribe had about a thousand families (which seems to be only another way of saying that the tribes were large rather than an effort at statistics) and they lived in wattled huts in commanding situations difficult of access. The sight of women bringing water from the streams in jars gracefully and easily carried on the head, two or three being borne one above another, still amazes and interests us as it did the Chinese geographer’s informant.

Each tribe had around a thousand families (which seems more like a way of saying that the tribes were big rather than an actual attempt at statistics) and they lived in woven huts in strategic locations that were hard to reach. The sight of women fetching water from the streams in jars effortlessly balanced on their heads, sometimes with two or three stacked on top of each other, still fascinates and captures our attention just like it did for the Chinese geographer’s informant.

In more remote valleys lurked the negritoes, nesting in the trees the author alleges. They were stunted in stature, with eyes round and yellow, curly hair, and teeth exposed by their parted lips. In groups of three or five they would ambuscade some unwary wayfarer and many fell victims to their cunning and deadly arrows. But throwing a porcelain bowl would make them forget their murderous purpose and off they would go, leaping and shouting in joy.

In more remote valleys, the negritoes hid, nesting in the trees, according to the author. They were short, with round yellow eyes, curly hair, and teeth showing through their parted lips. In groups of three or five, they would ambush unsuspecting travelers, and many became victims of their clever and deadly arrows. But tossing a porcelain bowl would make them forget their murderous intent, and they would run off, jumping and shouting with joy.

The country folk evidently did not inspire in the traders the same confidence these felt toward the Manilans. Their ships would anchor in midstream and none went ashore till there had been sent one or two hostages to be retained till the trading was over. Drum beating announced their arrival, when the local traders raced for the ship carrying, evidently as samples, cotton, yellow wax, and home made cloth, and coconut heart mats, whatever this last may have meant. In case of disagreement over prices the chiefs of the traders came in person, when, after a mutually satisfactory settlement had been reached, there would be presents given,—silk umbrellas, porcelain and rattan baskets, probably the first two from the visitors and the last from the people. Then the barter was concluded ashore. Three or four days was the usual stop in each place when the ships sailed to another anchorage, for each of the settlements was independent of its neighbors. The Chinese goods were porcelain, black damask, and other silks, beads of all colors leaden sinkers for nets, and tin.

The country folks clearly didn't inspire the traders with the same confidence that the traders had toward the Manilans. Their ships would anchor in the middle of the river, and no one went ashore until one or two hostages had been sent to stay until the trading was done. Drum beats signaled their arrival, and the local traders would rush to the ship, bringing samples like cotton, yellow wax, homemade cloth, and coconut heart mats, whatever that last one meant. If there were disagreements over prices, the chiefs of the traders would come personally, and after reaching a mutually agreeable deal, gifts would be exchanged—silk umbrellas, porcelain, and rattan baskets, likely the first two from the visitors and the last from the locals. Then the barter would wrap up on land. Each stop typically lasted three or four days before the ships moved to another anchorage since each settlement was independent of its neighbors. The Chinese goods included porcelain, black damask, and other silks, beads of all colors, lead sinkers for nets, and tin.

Polillo, on the Pacific coast, was also, but less frequently, visited, to obtain two prized varieties of coral. There local customs and commercial usages were the same as on the other side of the archipelago, but though the settlements were more populous the coral was hard to get and so there was little trade. The coast, too, was dangerous, with the sea full of “bare ribs of rock with jagged tooth-like blasted trees, their points and edges sharper than swords and lances.” Ships tacked far out from shore in passing to avoid these perils, and besides the people were “of cruel disposition and given to robbery.” [99]

Polillo, located on the Pacific coast, was also visited, though less often, to gather two highly sought-after types of coral. The local customs and trade practices were similar to those on the opposite side of the archipelago, but even though the settlements were more populated, the coral was difficult to obtain, resulting in minimal trade. The coast was also perilous, with the sea filled with "bare ribs of rock and jagged, tooth-like trees, their points and edges sharper than swords and lances." Ships sailed far from the shore to steer clear of these dangers, and in addition, the local people were "of cruel disposition and prone to robbery." [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Northern Formosa, during this period, was not visited by Chinese for there were no goods of special importance to be gotten there while the people were also given to robbery, but Formosan goods,—yellow wax, native gold, buffalo tails, and jerked leopard-meat, were brought to the Philippines for sale.

Northern Formosa, during this time, wasn't visited by the Chinese because there were no goods of significant value to be found there, and the locals were also prone to robbery. However, Formosan products—yellow wax, native gold, buffalo tails, and dried leopard meat—were brought to the Philippines for sale.

For 1349, in an unpublished translation by Mr. Rockhill of “A Description of the Barbarians of the Isles (Tao-i-chih-lio) by Wang Ta-yuan is mentioned the “three archipelagoes,” if that is the proper way to distinguish between Chao-ju-kua’s Sanhsu and the present San-tao. Islands were for the Chinese merely places distant by a sea route from each other rather than our “bodies of land completely surrounded by water.”

For 1349, in an unpublished translation by Mr. Rockhill of “A Description of the Barbarians of the Isles (Tao-i-chih-lio)” by Wang Ta-yuan, the “three archipelagoes” are mentioned, if that’s the proper way to differentiate between Chao-ju-kua’s Sanhsu and the current San-tao. To the Chinese, islands were simply locations separated by a sea route from one another, rather than our definition of “land masses completely surrounded by water.”

This author’s region was to the east of a very curious range of mountains if one may translate the name “taki-shan.” It was divided by a triple peak and there was range upon range of mountains which suggests to Mr. Rockhill the Pacific coast of Luzon south of Cape Engaño.

This author's area was to the east of a very interesting mountain range, if you translate the name "taki-shan." It was divided by a triple peak, and there were layers upon layers of mountains that remind Mr. Rockhill of the Pacific coast of Luzon, south of Cape Engaño.

As now, the soil was poor and the crops sparse, while the heated climate was variable.

As it is now, the soil was poor and the crops were sparse, while the hot climate was unpredictable.

The old question of a lost white tribe, attributed so often to Mindoro, is raised by mention of “some males and females,” being “white.” Perhaps the breeding principle that a second cross sometimes reverts to the original type may be the explanation. Chinese mestizos have seemed to me whiter here than European blends with Filipinas where no Chinese strain was present. Their delicate beauty suggests the Caucasians from whom the earliest Chinese may have taken wives in the remote past before they came to the “eighteen provinces.” The first Spaniards comment also on exceedingly fair Filipinas and as the Caucasian type is the European ideal of beauty it probably resulted that such mixed marriages as occurred were with these Chinese mestizas. The prejudice of new converts against pagans, linked with the humiliation to which the Chinese residents in the Philippines were subject during Spain’s rule here, led to covering up and ignoring all Chinese relations and is a very good reason why even where known there is today reluctance to admit descent from the oldest of civilized races. Yet before the Spaniards came both in the Philippines and in the lands from which successive immigrations of Filipinos have come, the Chinese traders ranked with the aristocracy and Chinese wives were sought by royalty.

The old question of a lost white tribe, often linked to Mindoro, comes up with the mention of “some males and females” being “white.” Maybe the breeding principle that a second cross sometimes goes back to the original type could explain this. In my experience, Chinese mestizos here seem whiter than European mixes with Filipinas where there's no Chinese ancestry. Their delicate beauty reminds me of the Caucasians from whom the earliest Chinese may have taken wives long before arriving in the “eighteen provinces.” The first Spaniards also noted the extremely fair Filipinas, and since the Caucasian type is seen as the European ideal of beauty, it likely resulted in more mixed marriages with these Chinese mestizas. The prejudice of new converts against pagans, combined with the humiliation that Chinese residents faced during Spanish rule here, led to concealing and ignoring all Chinese connections, which is a major reason for the current reluctance to acknowledge descent from the oldest of civilized races. However, before the Spaniards arrived, both in the Philippines and in the lands from which successive waves of Filipinos have come, Chinese traders were regarded as part of the aristocracy, and royalty sought out Chinese wives.

A trait by no means died out was a fondness for jewelry shown by stowaways on board junks for Chinchew. When their money was all expended on personal adornments they returned home, there to be honored as travelled personages, the distinction of having visited China raising them above even their own fathers and the older men.

A trait that definitely didn't disappear was the love for jewelry displayed by stowaways on junks heading to Chinchew. Once they spent all their money on personal decorations, they returned home, where they were celebrated as world travelers, the fact that they had been to China elevating them above even their own fathers and older men.

The 1349 account of Mai, or Manila, credits the people with “customs chaste and good.” Both men and women wore their hair done up in a knot and clothed themselves in blue cotton shirts. Since the earlier notice, within the century and a quarter interval, Hindu influence had become manifest for a sort of suttee is related. New [100]widows with shaven heads would lie fasting beside their husband’s corpses for seven days. Then if still alive they could eat but were never permitted to remarry and many when the husband’s body was placed on the funeral pyre accompanied it into the flames. The region must have been populous for on the burial of a chief of renown two or three thousand slaves would be buried in his tomb. The imports show more luxuries; red taffetas, ivory and trade silver figuring in the later list.

The 1349 account of Mai, or Manila, describes the people as having “pure and good customs.” Both men and women styled their hair in a knot and wore blue cotton shirts. Since the earlier observation, over the span of about 125 years, Hindu influence became evident, as a type of suttee was mentioned. New [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]widows with shaved heads would fast beside their husband's corpses for seven days. If they were still alive after that, they could eat but were never allowed to remarry, and many would join their husband's body on the funeral pyre as it was set ablaze. The area must have had a large population, as the burial of a notable chief involved the interment of two or three thousand slaves in his tomb. The imports indicated more luxuries, with red taffeta, ivory, and trade silver appearing in the later records.

Sulu comes in for mention with fields losing their fertility in the third year of cultivation. Sago, fish, shrimps and shell fish made up the diet and the people, with cut hair, wore black turbans as may now be seen in parts of Borneo, and dressed in sarongs. Boiling seawater for salt, making rum and weaving were their occupations ashore, and dyewoods of middling quality, beeswax, tortoise-shell and pearls, surpassing in roundness and whiteness, were their exports.

Sulu is mentioned as the fields lose their fertility in the third year of farming. The diet consisted of sago, fish, shrimp, and shellfish. The people, with cropped hair, wore black turbans like those seen in parts of Borneo today and dressed in sarongs. Their activities on land included boiling seawater for salt, making rum, and weaving. They exported middling quality dyewoods, beeswax, tortoise-shell, and pearls that were exceptionally round and white.

Laufer (Relations of Chinese to the Philippines, p. 251) gives 1372 as the date of the first tribute embassy to China from the Philippine peoples under their present name of “Luzon-men,” then designating principally Manilans (Ming Chronicles chap. 323, p. 110 according to his reference). Luzon was then stated to be situated in the South Sea very close to Chinchew, Fukien province.

Laufer (Relations of Chinese to the Philippines, p. 251) states that 1372 is the year of the first tribute embassy to China from the Philippine people known as “Luzon-men,” which primarily referred to the residents of Manila (Ming Chronicles chap. 323, p. 110 according to his reference). At that time, Luzon was said to be located in the South Sea, very close to Chinchew in Fukien province.

The ruler of the great Middle Kingdom in return sent an official to the king of Luzon with gifts of silk gauze embroidered in gold and colors. The commentator adds a well founded caution against accepting the word “first” as meaning anything other than that the chronicler was unfamiliar with previous notices.

The ruler of the great Middle Kingdom sent an official to the king of Luzon with gifts of silk gauze embroidered in gold and colors. The commentator adds a valid warning against taking the word “first” to mean anything other than that the chronicler was unaware of earlier records.

Laufer quotes from the Ming Chronicles of the Malayan tribe F’ing-ka-shi-lau whom he concludes are the Pangasinanes, inhabitants of the western and southern shores of Lingayen Bay, Luzon, but in earlier days apparently extending further north. Early in the XV century they had a small realm of their own, sending an embassy to China in 1406 and presenting the emperor as gifts “with excellent horses, silver and other objects” and receiving in return paper money and silks. In 1408 the chief was accompanied by an imposing retinue of two headmen from each village subject to his authority and these in turn each accompanied by some of his retainers. This time the imperial gifts were paper money for the sub-chiefs and for each hundred men six pieces of an open-work variegated silk, for making coats, and linings.

Laufer refers to the Ming Chronicles of the Malayan tribe F’ing-ka-shi-lau, which he identifies as the Pangasinanes, people living on the western and southern shores of Lingayen Bay in Luzon, although historically they seemed to extend further north. In the early 15th century, they had a small kingdom of their own and sent an embassy to China in 1406, bringing gifts for the emperor that included "excellent horses, silver, and other items," and received paper money and silk in return. By 1408, the chief was accompanied by an impressive entourage of two headmen from each village under his rule, each bringing several of their followers. This time, the imperial gifts included paper money for the sub-chiefs and six pieces of decorative silk for every hundred men, intended for making coats and linings.

Besides a 1410 embassy from Pangasinan there was another tribute party from Luzon headed by one Ko-Ch’a-lao who brought products of his country, among which gold was most prominent. This last party came because in 1405 the Emperor Yung-lo had sent a high Chinese officer to Luzon to govern that country. Here is definite political identification with the Chinese empire. In 1407 it is probable this moral force of respect for the superior culture of what was the Rome of the Orient witnessed also a physical demonstration, for in that year the eunuch Cheng-ho set sail, with his 62 large ships bearing 27,800 soldiers, on the expedition which explored as far as the Arabian Gulf and required the nominal allegiance of the numerous countries visited during repeated voyages extending over thirty years. [101]

Besides a 1410 embassy from Pangasinan, there was another tribute group from Luzon led by a guy named Ko-Ch’a-lao, who brought goods from his country, with gold being the most notable. This group came because in 1405, Emperor Yung-lo had sent a high-ranking Chinese official to Luzon to govern there. This shows a clear political connection with the Chinese empire. In 1407, it’s likely that this respect for the superior culture of what was considered the Rome of the Orient was also shown through action. That year, the eunuch Cheng-ho set sail with 62 large ships carrying 27,800 soldiers on an expedition that explored as far as the Arabian Gulf and required the nominal allegiance of the various countries visited over multiple voyages that lasted for thirty years. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Ian C. Hannah states in his “Eastern Asia: A History” that outside the North of Toh Chow, in Shantung province, by a little mosque, is yet marked the burial place of a former sultan of Sulu who died on a visit to the Emperor Yung-lo in 1417.

Ian C. Hannah mentions in his “Eastern Asia: A History” that just north of Toh Chow, in Shantung province, near a small mosque, is still marked the burial site of a former sultan of Sulu who passed away during a visit to Emperor Yung-lo in 1417.

In the same year, Sulu’s eastern, western and village rajahs with their wives, children and headmen all came to the Chinese court with tribute, and another tribute mission from Sulu arrived in 1420.

In the same year, the eastern and western rajahs of Sulu, along with their wives, children, and headmen, all visited the Chinese court to bring tribute, and another tribute mission from Sulu came in 1420.

About the middle of the XV century, Doctors Hose and McDougall in their history of Borneo (Pagan Tribes of Borneo, London, 1912, chap. 1) assert, a Bisayan was king of Brunei. This Alakber Tala, later to be called Sultan Mohammed, introduced Arabic doctrines into his kingdom and the use of Arabic writing made his reign the beginning of Brunei’s local recorded history. His great grandnephew, Makoda Ragan, had Arab and Chinese as well as Bisayan blood, a fact remembered to this day by having representatives of these three races officiating at the king’s coronation, and the fourth official on these occasions is dressed in ancient Bisayan costume. Makoda Ragah, also called Sultan Bulkiah, is spoken of as the most heroic character in Bornean history and conquered the Sulu islands, and sent expeditions to Manila, the second time seizing the place. His wife, the first queen of the Philippines of whom we know, was a Javan princess. This great king was accidentally killed by his wife’s bodkin. It was this monarch or his son who died in 1575 that so impressed the chronicler of Magellan’s expedition.

Around the middle of the 15th century, Doctors Hose and McDougall in their history of Borneo (Pagan Tribes of Borneo, London, 1912, chap. 1) claim that a Bisayan was king of Brunei. This Alakber Tala, who would later be known as Sultan Mohammed, brought Arabic teachings into his kingdom, and the introduction of Arabic writing marked the start of Brunei’s local recorded history. His great grandnephew, Makoda Ragan, had Arab, Chinese, and Bisayan ancestry

Corroboration for this considerable historic association comes in the Chinese jars found in the oldest burial caves as well as prized among the more remote hill tribes as ancestral possessions, handed down from so remote an antiquity that their origin has long been forgotten and they are now venerated as objects that came from heaven (Fay Cole: Chinese Pottery in the Philippines). The four-toed dragon claw designs place them among the Chinese manufacture of not later than the last of the XIV century.

Corroboration for this significant historical connection comes from the Chinese jars found in the oldest burial caves, which are also cherished by more isolated hill tribes as ancestral belongings, passed down from such distant times that their origin has been forgotten, and are now revered as items that came from the heavens (Fay Cole: Chinese Pottery in the Philippines). The four-toed dragon claw designs date them to Chinese production no later than the end of the 14th century.

Legend is not lacking, either, for a tradition of Tapul (Saleeby: The Origin of the Malayan Filipinos, p. 1) relates that a Chinese rajah who anchored his boat at the south of their island had his daughter stolen in the night by the “dewas.” She was hidden in a bamboo stalk and there found by the solitary male who had hatched out of a roc’s egg. Their daughter, the earliest recorded Chinese mestiza, was, according to Doctor Saleeby again, the grandmother of the Chiefs of Sulu.

Legend also tells a story about Tapul (Saleeby: The Origin of the Malayan Filipinos, p. 1) that a Chinese rajah, who docked his boat on the southern part of their island, had his daughter taken one night by the “dewas.” She was hidden inside a bamboo stalk and was discovered by a solitary male who hatched from a roc’s egg. Their daughter, the first known Chinese mestiza, was, according to Doctor Saleeby again, the grandmother of the Chiefs of Sulu.

The very name Luzon is not the time-honored rice mortar, La-sung, but Luzong of which John Crawfurd (History of the Indian Archipelago, vol. 1, p. 324) says: “The term, I have no doubt, is Chinese, for the Chinese, who destroy the sound of all other native names of countries, or use barbarisms of their own, apply the word Lusong familiarly and correctly.” They even associate it with their famous dynasty of that name and have a joke of their own at the expense of the Spaniards (B. Laufer: The Chinese in the Philippines).

The name Luzon doesn’t come from the traditional rice mortar, La-sung, but rather from Luzong, which John Crawfurd (History of the Indian Archipelago, vol. 1, p. 324) notes: “I’m sure it’s of Chinese origin, because the Chinese tend to alter the pronunciation of native names or create their own variations. They use the term Lusong in a familiar and accurate way.” They even link it to their famous dynasty of that name and have their own joke about the Spaniards (B. Laufer: The Chinese in the Philippines).

Naming in pairs is common enough by Chinese to make it seem more than a mere coincidence that these islands are called “Liu sung,” while their neighbors to the north were originally “Liu Kiu.” [102]

Naming things in pairs is common enough among the Chinese that it feels more than just a coincidence that these islands are called “Liu sung,” while their northern neighbors were originally “Liu Kiu.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

(Translation, by Hon. W. W. Rockhill, of a Chinese book of 1349, by Wang Ta-yuan, Description of the Barbarians of the Isles (Tao-i-chih-lio).)

(Translation, by Hon. W. W. Rockhill, of a Chinese book from 1349, by Wang Ta-yuan, Description of the Barbarians of the Isles (Tao-i-chih-lio).)

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

San-tao.

It is to the east of Ta-ki-shan. (1). It is divided by a triple peak, and there are range upon range of mountains. The people live along the roadsides. The soil is poor and the crops sparse. The climate is of varying degrees of heat. Among the males and females some are white. The men knot their hair on the tops of their heads; the women do it up in a chignon behind. They wear a single garment. The men frequently get on board junks and come to Ch’uanchou (in Fu-kien). When the brokers there have got all the money out of their bags for ornaments for their persons, they go home, where their countrymen show them great honor at which even fathers and old men may not grumble, for it is a custom to show honor to those who come from China. The people boil seawater to make salt, and ferment sugar-cane juice to make liquor. They have a ruler (or chief). The natural products are beeswax, cotton, and cotton stuffs. In trading with them use is made of copper beads, blue and white porcelain cups, small figured chintzes, pieces of iron and the like. Secondary to them there is T’a-p’ei, Hai-tan, Pa-numg-ki, Pu-li-lao, Tung-liu-li. They are only noted here as they have no very remarkable products.

It’s located to the east of Ta-ki-shan. (1). It’s split by a triple peak, and there are mountains after mountains. The people live along the roadsides. The soil is poor, and the crops are sparse. The climate varies in temperature. Among the men and women, some have lighter skin. The men tie their hair on top of their heads, while the women style it in a chignon at the back. They wear a single piece of clothing. The men often board junks and travel to Ch’uanchou (in Fu-kien). Once the brokers there have taken all their money for personal ornaments, they return home, where their countrymen treat them with great respect, to which even fathers and elders cannot object, as it is customary to honor those coming from China. The people boil seawater to produce salt and ferment sugar-cane juice to make liquor. They have a ruler (or chief). The natural resources include beeswax, cotton, and cotton textiles. In trade, they use copper beads, blue and white porcelain cups, small patterned fabrics, pieces of iron, and similar items. Secondary to them are T’a-p’ei, Hai-tan, Pa-numg-ki, Pu-li-lao, and Tung-liu-li. They are only mentioned here as they don’t have any particularly notable products.


1) The San hsü of Chao Ju-kua were Kia-ma-yen (Calamian), Pa-lao-yu (Palawan?), and Pa-ki-nung (Busuanga?). The San-tao of our author seems to be a more restricted area, presumably the coast south of Cape Engano, which may be his Ta-ki shan. The San hsü of Chao were dependencies of Ma-i which probably included all of the northern and western portions of Luzon, if not all the island.

1) The San hsü of Chao Ju-kua were Kia-ma-yen (Calamian), Pa-lao-yu (Palawan?), and Pa-ki-nung (Busuanga?). The San-tao mentioned by our author appears to refer to a more specific area, likely the coast south of Cape Engano, which may be his Ta-ki shan. The San hsü of Chao were part of Ma-i, which probably encompassed all of the northern and western parts of Luzon, if not the entire island.

2) Chao Ju-kua states that in San hsü were “many lofty ridges and ranges of cliffs which rise steep as the walls of a house.”

2) Chao Ju-kua mentions that in San hsü there were "many high ridges and cliff ranges that rise steeply like the walls of a house."

3) T’a-pei defies identification. Hai-tan is found already in Chao’s book, it is the Aeta, the Negrito aborigines of the Philippines. Pa-nung-ki must be an error for Pa-ki-nung; Pu-li-lao is Chao’s P’u-li-lu (Polillo island) and Tung Liu-li is also in all likelihood an error for Tung Liu-hsin and may mean “Eastern Luzon.” See Hirth and Rockhill, op. sup. cit., 160, where these names are wrongly divided; we should read Li Kin and Tung Liu-hsin.

3) T’a-pei is hard to identify. Hai-tan is mentioned in Chao’s book; it refers to the Aeta, the Negrito natives of the Philippines. Pa-nung-ki is likely a mistake for Pa-ki-nung; Pu-li-lao corresponds to Chao’s P’u-li-lu (Polillo island), and Tung Liu-li is probably also a mistake for Tung Liu-hsin, which may mean “Eastern Luzon.” See Hirth and Rockhill, op. sup. cit., 160, where these names are incorrectly divided; we should read Li Kin and Tung Liu-hsin.

In reference to what our author says of white colored natives in the Philippines, I have been assured that such is the fact; I, unfortunately, cannot now recall on which island they have been found. (Mindoro, probably albinos.—A. C.)

In connection with what the author mentions about white-skinned natives in the Philippines, I've been told that this is true; unfortunately, I can't remember which island they were found on. (Mindoro, probably albinos.—A. C.)

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Ma-i.

The island is flat and broad. It is watered by a double branched stream. The soil is rich. The climate is rather hot. In their customs they are chaste and good. Both men and women do up their hair in a knot behind. They wear a blue cotton shirt. When any woman mourns her husband, she shaves her head and fasts for seven days, lying beside her husband. Most of them [103]nearly die, but if, after seven days, they are not dead, their relatives urge them to eat. Should they get quite well they may not remarry during their whole lives. There are some even who, to make manifest their wifely devotion, when the body of their dead husband has been consumed, get into the funeral pyre and die. At the burial of a chief of renown they put to death two or three thousand slaves to bury with him. The people boil sea-water to make salt, and ferment treacle to make spirits. The native products are cotton, beeswax, tortoise-shell, betelnuts and chintzes. The goods used in trading are caldrons, pieces of iron, colored cotton stuffs, red taffetas, ivory, sycee shoes and the like. The natives and the traders having agreed on prices, they let the former carry off the goods and later on they bring the amount of native products agreed upon. The traders trust them, for they never fail to keep their bargains.

The island is flat and wide. It has a stream that splits into two branches. The soil is fertile. The weather is pretty hot. Their customs are decent and kind. Both men and women style their hair in a bun at the back. They wear blue cotton shirts. When a woman mourns her husband, she shaves her head and fasts for seven days, lying next to her husband. Most of them [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]almost die, but if they survive the seven days, their family encourages them to eat. If they recover fully, they cannot remarry for the rest of their lives. Some women, to show their loyalty, will join their husband on the funeral pyre after his body has been cremated. When a well-known chief is buried, they sacrifice two or three thousand slaves to be buried with him. The people boil seawater to make salt and ferment molasses to produce alcohol. Local products include cotton, beeswax, tortoiseshell, betelnuts, and printed fabrics. The items used for trade are cauldrons, iron pieces, colorful cotton textiles, red taffeta, ivory, sycee shoes, and similar things. Once the locals and traders agree on prices, the locals take the goods and later bring back the agreed-upon amount of local products. The traders trust them because they always keep their promises.


Cf. Chu-fan-chih Hirth and Rockhill, op. sup. cit., 159–162. It refers to the custom of the people building their dwellings along the banks of streams and not in villages. It refers also at length to the honesty of the natives in their dealings with the Chinese traders. The custom of suttee was evidently introduced into the islands subsequent to Chao Ju-kua’s time (1225), brought there of course, from India or Java, otherwise the earlier writer would probably have noted it.

Cf. Chu-fan-chih Hirth and Rockhill, op. sup. cit., 159–162. It discusses how people build their homes along stream banks rather than in villages. It also goes into detail about the integrity of the locals in their interactions with Chinese traders. The practice of suttee seems to have been introduced to the islands after Chao Ju-kua’s time (1225), likely brought from India or Java, otherwise the earlier writer would have probably mentioned it.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Su-lu.

This place has the Shih-i island as a defense. The fields of the island of three years cultivation are lean; they can grow millet and wheat. The people eat shahu (sago), fish, shrimps, and shell fish. The climate is half hot. The customs are simple. Men and women cut their hair, wear a black turban, and a piece of chintze with a minute pattern tied around them. They boil sea-water to make salt, and ferment the juice of the sugar-cane to make spirits. They earn a living by weaving chu pu. They have a ruler. The native products include laka-wood of middling quality, beeswax, tortoise-shell, and pearls. These Su-lu pearls are whiter and rounder than those got at Sha-li-pa-tan (Jurfattan of the Arabs, on Malabar coast), Tisan-kiang (gulf of Manár), and other places. Their price is very high. The Chinese use them for head ornaments. When they are off-color they are classed as “unassorted.” There are some over an inch in diameter. The large pearls from this country fetch up to seven or eight hundred ting. All below this are little pearls. Pearls worth ten thousand taels and upwards, or worth from three or four hundred to a thousand taels, come from the countries of the western Ocean and from Ti-san-kiang (near Ceylon); there are none here (in Su-lu). The goods used in trading here are dark gold, trade silver Pa tu-la cotton cloth, blue beads Chu (choufu) china-ware, pieces of iron, and such like things. Hsi-yang chao-kung tien-lu, 1.20 (Su-lu) says, “this country is in the Eastern Sea. Its trade centre is the island of Shih-ch’i. In 1417 its eastern raja Pa-tu-ko pa-ta-la, its western raja Pa-tu-ko pa-su-li, and its village raja Pa-tu-ko pa-la-pu came with their [104]wives, children, and headmen to court with tribute. Again in 1420 there came a tribute mission from Su-lu. See Rouffaer, op. sup. cit., IV., 391. He gives us the equivalents of these names, Paduka Bohol, Paduka Suli, and Paduka Prabu. Duarte Barbosa, 203, says of the Sulu (Solor) islands that “all around this island the Moros gather much seed pearl and fine pearls of perfect color and not round.”

This place has Shih-i island as a defense. The fields on the island, after three years of cultivation, are not very productive; they can grow millet and wheat. The locals eat sago, fish, shrimp, and shellfish. The climate is somewhat hot. Their customs are straightforward. Both men and women cut their hair, wear a black turban, and a piece of fabric with a tiny pattern wrapped around them. They boil seawater to produce salt and ferment sugarcane juice to make alcohol. They make a living by weaving chu pu. They have a ruler. Local products include medium-quality laka wood, beeswax, tortoiseshell, and pearls. These Su-lu pearls are whiter and rounder than those from Sha-li-pa-tan (Jurfattan of the Arabs, on the Malabar coast), Tisan-kiang (gulf of Manár), and other places. Their price is quite high. The Chinese use them for hair ornaments. When they’re discolored, they’re labeled as "unassorted." Some are over an inch in diameter. The large pearls from this region can sell for seven or eight hundred ting. All pearls below this size are considered small. Pearls valued at ten thousand taels and above, or worth between three or four hundred to a thousand taels, come from the countries of the western Ocean and from Ti-san-kiang (near Ceylon); none are found here (in Su-lu). The goods traded here include dark gold, trade silver, Pa tu-la cotton cloth, blue beads, Chu (choufu) china, pieces of iron, and similar items. Hsi-yang chao-kung tien-lu, 1.20 (Su-lu) states, “this country is in the Eastern Sea. Its trade center is the island of Shih-ch’i. In 1417, its eastern raja Pa-tu-ko pa-ta-la, its western raja Pa-tu-ko pa-su-li, and its village raja Pa-tu-ko pa-la-pu came with their [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]wives, children, and headmen to pay tribute. Again in 1420, there was a tribute mission from Su-lu. See Rouffaer, op. sup. cit., IV., 391. He provides the equivalents of these names: Paduka Bohol, Paduka Suli, and Paduka Prabu. Duarte Barbosa, 203, mentions the Sulu (Solor) islands stating that “all around this island, the Moros gather a lot of seed pearls and fine pearls of perfect color, though not round.”

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Spanish Unreliability; Early Chinese Rule over Philippines; and Reason for Indolence in Mindanao

Mr. Salmon’s “Modern History,” London, 1744, Vol. I, pp. 92–93.

Mr. Salmon’s “Modern History,” London, 1744, Vol. I, pp. 92–93.

The Portuguese were no sooner in possession of Malacca, but they discovered the Moluccas or Spice islands; at which time Magallanes returning home and not being rewarded according to his expectations, as has been hinted above, offered his service to the Emperor Charles the Fifth, proposing to discover a passage to these very Spice islands by sailing westward, which he apprehended would bring them within the Emperor’s share, according to the agreement above mentioned, that all countries which should be discovered westward should belong to Spain, as all the discoveries eastward were to belong to Portugal.

The Portuguese had barely taken control of Malacca when they discovered the Moluccas, or Spice Islands. At that time, Magellan was returning home and, feeling that he hadn't been rewarded as he expected, as mentioned earlier, he offered his services to Emperor Charles the Fifth. He proposed to find a route to these Spice Islands by sailing west, believing that this would fall under the Emperor’s territory, according to the earlier agreement that stated all lands discovered to the west would belong to Spain, while those discovered to the east would belong to Portugal.

The Spaniards who lived to return home again, gave a very extravagant account of the inhabitants which has since appeared to have little truth in it. They afterwards sailed into the 50th degree of South latitude, where they pretended to meet with a monstrous race of giants, which have never been heard of since; and, among other improbable stories, tell us that their way of letting blood there was by chopping a great gash in their arms and legs with a hatchet, instead of using a lancet; and the way of vomiting their patients was by thrusting an arrow a foot and a half long down their throats.

The Spaniards who lived to return home gave very exaggerated accounts of the locals that now seem largely untrue. They later sailed into the 50th degree of South latitude, where they claimed to encounter a monstrous race of giants, who have not been mentioned since; and among other unlikely tales, they said that their method of bloodletting involved chopping large gashes in their arms and legs with a hatchet, instead of using a lancet; and that they induced vomiting in their patients by forcing a foot-and-a-half-long arrow down their throats.

So little credit is to be given to some discoverers, especially where they happen to be people of no judgment, and who have little regard for truth, as it happened in this case where the commander, Magellan, and most of the officers died in the voyage, and very few besides the common sailors returned to give an account of the expedition.

So little credit should be given to some discoverers, especially those who lack good judgment and have little regard for the truth, as was the case here where the leader, Magellan, and most of the officers died on the journey, leaving only a few common sailors to return and report on the expedition.

Magellan was killed in a skirmish with the natives; having a little before his death received intelligence that the Molucca islands, which he came out in search of, were not far distant; and his ships, afterwards pursuing the voyage, arrived at Tidore, one of the Moluccas, on the 8th day of November, 1521. In these islands they were kindly received by the respective Princes and suffered to build a fort and erect a factory at Tidore; they also left one of their ships which was leaky there to be refitted, which the Portuguese afterwards took as a prize and ruined their factory. [105]

Magellan was killed in a clash with the natives; just before his death, he learned that the Molucca islands, which he had been searching for, were not far away. His ships continued on their journey and reached Tidore, one of the Moluccas, on November 8, 1521. In these islands, they were warmly welcomed by the local princes and allowed to build a fort and set up a trading post in Tidore. They also left one of their ships, which was leaking, to be repaired, but the Portuguese later captured it and destroyed their trading post. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

These islands were probably first peopled from the continent of China, being formerly under the Emperor of China’s government; who deserted them, it seems, on account of their being too remote from the rest of his dominion; but their religious rights, as well as several other customs they retained when the Spanish came thither, show that the people were of Chinese extraction.

These islands were likely first inhabited by people from mainland China, as they were once governed by the Emperor of China. He seems to have abandoned them because they were too far from the rest of his territory. However, their religious practices and several other customs they kept when the Spanish arrived indicate that the people had Chinese roots.

The Mindanayans are said to be an ingenious, witty people and active enough when they have a mind to it; but for the most part very lazy and thievish, and will not work unless compelled to it by hunger; but our author attributes their want of industry chiefly to the tyranny of the government, which will not suffer them to enjoy the wealth they acquire, and therefore they never endeavor to lay up anything.

The Mindanayans are described as clever and humorous, and they can be quite industrious when they want to be; however, they are mostly lazy and prone to stealing, only working when driven by hunger. Our author suggests that their lack of motivation mainly comes from the oppressive government that prevents them from enjoying the wealth they earn, so they never make an effort to save anything.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Bisayans in Formosa

(Dr. Terrien de Lacouperie, Formosa Notes; Hertford, 1887, p. 39.)

(Dr. Terrien de Lacouperie, Formosa Notes; Hertford, 1887, p. 39.)

There are other evidences of importance, which show that the Chinese were acquainted with the dark-skinned occupiers of Formosa as originated from the Philippine Archipelago. The Yang tchou wen Kao (v. Geo. Kleinwachter, The History of Formosa under the Chinese, p. 345) says that “the island of Tai-wan (or Formosa), which was formerly called Ki-lung, was originally a part of the Liu-Kiu state, which was founded by some descendants of the Ha-la. The author does not say what the Ha-la are, assuming that his readers are acquainted with that name, so that we must look elsewhere for the wanted explanations. I find it in the Miao Man hoh tchi (k. III, ff. 6–7), “A Description of the Miao and Man Tribes,” by Tsao Shu-K’iao of Shanghai. The entry about that people is amongst those of the South. They are described as “dark, with deep-set eyes,” a peculiarity which the Chinese stated to be that of the kun-lun men, as we have seen above. The author of the Miao Man hoh tchi says also that the Hala do not know the practice of chewing betel and he proceeds with some details on their clothes and customs in so far as they are peculiar to themselves, but they are unimportant. Now these Ha-la of the Chinese are simply the Gala, commonly Ta-gala, with the usual Ta1 prefix of the Philippine Islands and the statements agree entirely with the inferences of ethnologists deduced from travellers’ reports as to the parentship of several tribes of aborigines of Formosa with the Tagal population of the Philippines.

There are other important pieces of evidence that show the Chinese were aware of the dark-skinned inhabitants of Formosa, who originated from the Philippine Archipelago. The Yang tchou wen Kao (v. Geo. Kleinwachter, The History of Formosa under the Chinese, p. 345) states that “the island of Tai-wan (or Formosa), which was previously known as Ki-lung, was originally part of the Liu-Kiu state, founded by some descendants of the Ha-la. The author doesn't explain who the Ha-la are, assuming that his readers are familiar with the term, so we must look elsewhere for clarification. I find it in the Miao Man hoh tchi (k. III, ff. 6–7), “A Description of the Miao and Man Tribes,” by Tsao Shu-K’iao of Shanghai. The information about that group appears among the southern peoples. They are described as “dark, with deep-set eyes,” which the Chinese identified as a characteristic of the kun-lun men, as noted earlier. The author of the Miao Man hoh tchi also mentions that the Hala do not practice chewing betel and provides some details about their clothing and customs that are unique to them, though these details are not significant. The Ha-la referred to by the Chinese are simply the Gala, commonly known as Ta-gala, with the usual Ta1 prefix from the Philippine Islands, and these statements completely align with the conclusions drawn by ethnologists from travelers’ reports regarding the ancestry of several tribes of aborigines in Formosa and the Tagalog population of the Philippines.

The Chinese ethnographical notices of the Sung Dynasty on the Liu Kiu islands, including as it does all the islands from Japan to the Philippines, states that next to Liu-Kiu lies the country of the P’i-she-ye2 in which we must I think recognize the Bisayas, the most diffused population of the Philippines, and next to the Tagalas in importance. [106]

The Chinese ethnographical accounts from the Song Dynasty about the Ryukyu Islands, which cover all the islands from Japan to the Philippines, mention that next to the Ryukyu Islands is the land of the P’i-she-ye2. I believe this refers to the Bisayas, the most widespread ethnic group in the Philippines, and second in significance only to the Tagalogs. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

They made a raid on the coasts of Fuhkien at Tsiuen-tchou during the period A. D. 1174–1189 and caused a great deal of havoc. They are described as naked savages with large eyes, greatly covetous of iron in any shape, using bamboo rafts and a sort of javelin attached by a long string and which they throw on their enemy (cf. Ma Tuanlin, Wen hien t’ung K’ao; d’Hervey de St. Denis, Ethnographie de Matouanlin, Vol. 1, p. 425). These people travelling on rafts could not have come from afar, and therefore may be supposed to have come over to the Chinese coast from Formosa. In which probable case, this ought to have resulted from an emigration of them to the great island.

They raided the coasts of Fuhkien at Tsiuen-tchou between A.D. 1174 and 1189 and caused a lot of destruction. They are described as naked savages with big eyes, intensely craving iron in any form, using bamboo rafts and a type of javelin tied to a long string that they throw at their enemies (cf. Ma Tuanlin, Wen hien t’ung K’ao; d’Hervey de St. Denis, Ethnography of Matouanlin, Vol. 1, p. 425). These people traveling on rafts likely didn’t come from far away, so it’s reasonable to think they might have come over to the Chinese coast from Formosa. If that’s the case, it probably resulted from their migration to the large island.


1 This prefix does not seem, however, to be genuine in the language, so that the Chinese have mistaken the first syllable Ta for their own word (adjective preposed) ta “great”, and dropped it with their usual contempt for foreign nations. But all this is conjectural.

1 This prefix doesn’t seem to be authentic in the language, so the Chinese have confused the first syllable Ta with their own word (adjective placed before the noun) ta meaning “great,” and discarded it with their typical disregard for foreign nations. But all of this is speculative.

2 apparently Sanskrit ... some such sound as ... Vaisadja.—Parker (China, London, 1901.)—C.

2 apparently Sanskrit ... some sound like ... Vaisadja.—Parker (China, London, 1901.)—C.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Tagalog Tongue

By Jose Rizal

By José Rizal

Tagalog belongs to the agglutinative branch of languages. For a long time it was believed to be one of the dialects of Malay, through that language having been the first of the family known to Europeans. But later studies, by comparing the Malay-Polynesian idioms with one another, have succeeded in showing how slight is the basis for this supposition. The conjugation of the Tagalog verbs, far from being derived from the Malay verbs, contains in itself every form of that’s and besides some from other dialects.

Tagalog is part of the agglutinative language family. For a long time, it was thought to be a dialect of Malay since that language was the first of its kind known to Europeans. However, later studies that compared Malay-Polynesian languages have shown that the support for this idea is quite weak. The way Tagalog verbs are conjugated, rather than being based on Malay verbs, includes forms from Tagalog itself and some from other dialects.

Although in Tagalog as at present spoken and written (slightly different from ancient Tagalog), there are to be found many Sanscrit, Spanish and Chinese words, nevertheless the structure of the language still retains its own distinctive character. These foreign words are stitched to the fabric much as gems are set in jewels; they could come off and something else be substituted without the framework losing its form.

Although modern Tagalog, as it is currently spoken and written (which differs slightly from ancient Tagalog), includes many Sanskrit, Spanish, and Chinese words, the structure of the language still maintains its unique character. These foreign words are woven into the language like gems set in jewelry; they could be removed and replaced without the overall structure losing its shape.

Like every other language, Tagalog has its alphabet; composed of five vowels and fourteen consonants.

Like every other language, Tagalog has an alphabet made up of five vowels and fourteen consonants.

The vowels are: A, E, I, O, U.

The vowels are: A, E, I, O, U.

A is pronounced clear and full as in all other languages. The same may be said of I and U.

A is pronounced clearly and fully, just like in all other languages. The same goes for I and U.

E and O only are found in the last syllable, or in the next to the last when that begins with the same vowel. In these cases E or O can be likewise represented by I or U, since the sounds of these final, or penultimate, vowels partake of both sounds. For example, in mabuti or mabute, the final I or E sounds like the final Y of the English words pity and beauty, where Y has a sound intermediate between E and I; leeg or liig is pronounced with a vowel which resembles E as much as it does I.

E and O are only found in the last syllable or in the second to last when that syllable starts with the same vowel. In these cases, E or O can also be represented by I or U, since the sounds of these final or second to last vowels share characteristics of both sounds. For example, in mabuti or mabute, the final I or E sounds like the final Y in the English words pity and beauty, where Y has a sound that’s between E and I; leeg or liig is pronounced with a vowel that resembles E as much as it does I.

In the same way, O in the words dulo, ubod, look, has the value of a vowel intermediate between O and U.

In the same way, O in the words dulo, ubod, look, has the value of a vowel that is in between O and U.

The consonants are: B, D, G, , H, K, L, M, N, P, R, S, T, Y. [107]

The consonants are: B, D, G, G̃, H, K, L, M, N, P, R, S, T, Y. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Philippine Tribes and Languages

By Prof. Ferdinand Blumentritt.

By Prof. Ferdinand Blumentritt.

Notwithstanding the rich literature concerning the peoples and languages of the Philippine Archipelago, there is no book or publication in which are catalogued the names of the tribes and the languages, and this appears the more inexcusable, since both Spanish and Philippine writers, with few exceptions, handle these names very carelessly, so that great confusion must ensue. The prevailing bad form in the Philippines, of transferring the name of one people or family (Stamm) to another, who possess similarities of any kind with the first, either in manner of life, or even only in culture grade in the widest sense of the term, has its counterpart in a second bad fashion of making several peoples out of one by replacing the folk name with the tribal names. Only with the greatest pains and thought is it possible to extricate one’s self from this labyrinth of nomenclature. After thorough search, I am convinced that many names reported to me must be eliminated, since they owe their existence to mistakes in penmanship or printing, to ridicule, misunderstanding, or error, as I have proved in single instances. However, I have been convinced that by a closer and intelligent exploration of the archipelago, it would not only be possible to make many corrections, particularly in orthography, but that new names would also be added, especially from northern Luzon and from the interior of other islands.

Despite the extensive literature about the people and languages of the Philippine Archipelago, there isn't a book or publication that catalogs the names of the tribes and languages. This is particularly unacceptable since both Spanish and Philippine writers, with few exceptions, treat these names very carelessly, leading to significant confusion. The common practice in the Philippines of applying the name of one group or family to another that shares any similarities—whether in lifestyle or even just in cultural level—mirrors another issue where multiple identities are created from one by replacing the general name with specific tribal names. Untangling this confusing web of names requires considerable effort and thought. After thorough investigation, I believe that many names reported to me should be discarded because they arose from errors in writing or printing, mockery, misunderstandings, or mistakes, as I've demonstrated in individual cases. However, I am confident that a closer and more informed exploration of the archipelago could not only correct many names, especially in spelling, but also introduce new names, particularly from northern Luzon and the interiors of other islands.

I have introduced into this catalogue all the variations of published names known to me, and briefly the description of tribal locations and reports on their culture grades, especially their religion. Besides the Negritos, I differentiate only Malay peoples (Stamme) in general, because here regard for different principles of grouping and subdividing of the Malay race would appear to serve no good end and perhaps prove troublesome. Obsolete forms of names are carefully marked with a cross. Where I, as with the Talaos, Mardicas, and Cafres, take note of foreign peoples or castes on the islands, it is because Spanish authors have erroneously set them down as Philippine. On the other hand, in order to draw attention to a few names customary in the country for races and castes, I have included the following, not belonging here in strict accordance with the title of this article: Castila, Cimarrones, Indios, Infieles, Insulares, Mestizos, Montaraz, Peninsulares, Remontados, and Sangley:

I have included in this catalog all the variations of published names that I know of, along with brief descriptions of tribal locations and reports on their cultural levels, especially their religion. Besides the Negritos, I only differentiate the Malay peoples (Stam) in general, since focusing on different principles of grouping and subdividing the Malay race doesn't seem useful and might even be problematic. Outdated name forms are marked with a cross. When I mention foreign peoples or castes on the islands, like the Talaos, Mardicas, and Cafres, it's because Spanish authors have mistakenly recorded them as Philippine. On the other hand, to highlight a few locally used names for races and castes, I've included the following, which don't strictly fit the title of this article: Castila, Cimarrones, Indios, Infieles, Insulares, Mestizos, Montaraz, Peninsulares, Remontados, and Sangley:

Abacas.—Heathen Malay people, who lived in the dense forests of Caraballo Sur (Luzon). Warlike, probably head-hunters. In the last century they were Christianized, and in their territory the parish of Caranglan (province of Nueva Ecija) was founded, where their descendants lived as peaceful Christians. They have a language of their own, but appear now to be thoroughly Tagalized.

Abacas.—Heathen Malay people who lived in the dense forests of Caraballo Sur (Luzon). They were warlike, likely head-hunters. In the last century, they were Christianized, and the parish of Caranglan (province of Nueva Ecija) was established in their territory, where their descendants now live as peaceful Christians. They have their own language, but they now seem to be completely integrated into the Tagalog culture.

Abra-Igorots, Igorots of Abra.—Collective title for the head-hunters living in the province of Abra (Luzon). Belong for the most part to the Guinaanes.

Abra-Igorots, Igorots of Abra.—Collective name for the headhunters living in the province of Abra (Luzon). They mostly belong to the Guinaanes.

Abulon.—The name of a group of wild peoples living in the mountain regions of Zambales. They are perhaps identical with the Zambales and Igorots.

Abulon.—The name of a group of wild people living in the mountain areas of Zambales. They might be the same as the Zambales and Igorots.

Adang.—A folk with a language of their own, who dwell about a mountain of the same name in the province of Ilocos Norte. According to the Augustians P. Buzeta and P. Bravo, they are a mixture of Malays and Negritos. But the first-named element is more prevalent than the second. Their customs resemble those of the Apayaos, their next neighbors; still they do not appear to be head-hunters. [108]

Adang.—A group of people with their own language, living near a mountain of the same name in the province of Ilocos Norte. According to the Augustinians P. Buzeta and P. Bravo, they are a mix of Malays and Negritos, but the Malay influence is stronger. Their customs are similar to those of the Apayaos, who live nearby; however, they don’t seem to practice head-hunting. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Aeta, see Negrito. (Variants: Aheta, Eta, Aita, Aigta, Ita, Atta, Agta, Inagta, Até, Atá, etc., from the Tagalog, ita, itim, Malay itam, Bicol, ytom, black).

Aeta, see Negrito. (Variants: Aheta, Eta, Aita, Aigta, Ita, Atta, Agta, Inagta, Até, Atá, etc., from the Tagalog, ita, itim, Malay itam, Bicol, ytom, black).

Agutainos.—Name of the natives of Malay race in the island of Agutaya, in the Cuyo archipelago (province of Calamianes). They have their own dialect, called Agutaino; are Christianized and civilized.

Agutainos.—Name of the natives of Malay descent on the island of Agutaya, in the Cuyo archipelago (province of Calamianes). They have their own language, called Agutaino; they are Christian and have adopted a civilized way of life.

Alibaon, Alibabaun.—Not the name of a people, but, it seems, a title of the Moro chief, settled on the bay of Davao.

Alibaon, Alibabaun.—Not the name of a group of people, but, it appears, a title for the Moro chief, who resides by the bay of Davao.

Alimut.—This name is cited in the form Igorots of Alimut. Supposed to be the tribe of head-hunters who lived in June, 1889, in the lately erected comandancia Quiangan and on the banks of the river Alimut. In this case they should belong to the Mayoyao or Ifugao family (Luzon).

Alimut.—This name is mentioned as the Igorots of Alimut. They were thought to be a tribe of head-hunters who lived in June 1889 in the newly established comandancia of Quiangan and along the banks of the Alimut river. In this context, they would likely belong to the Mayoyao or Ifugao group (Luzon).

Altasanes or Altabanes.—In both forms a head-hunting people of northwestern Nueva Vizcaya (Luzon) is known. The correct spelling of the name should be decided. They appear to have no language of their own and perhaps belong to the Mayoyaos and Ifugaos.

Altasanes or Altabanes.—In both forms, a head-hunting group from northwestern Nueva Vizcaya (Luzon) is recognized. The correct spelling of the name needs to be established. They seem to have no distinct language and may be associated with the Mayoyaos and Ifugaos.

Apayaos.—Warlike head-hunters, having their own language and dwelling in the northwestern portion of the province of Cagayan (Luzon) and the adjoining portions of Ilocos Norte and Abra. Buzeta and Bravo report that they are not full-blood Malays, but mixed with Negritos. It must not be forgotten, however, that the Spanish authors have such mixtures ready made. Dark hair is a mixture of Negrito blood; clear skin or yellowish is the result of crossing with Chinese or Japanese. They are partly Christianized. Some Spanish authors declare their language to be Mandaya, but this is improbable.

Apayaos. — Warlike headhunters who have their own language and live in the northwestern part of Cagayan province (Luzon) and nearby areas of Ilocos Norte and Abra. Buzeta and Bravo report that they are not purely Malay but mixed with Negritos. However, it's important to remember that Spanish authors often refer to these mixtures. Dark hair indicates Negrito ancestry, while fairer or yellowish skin comes from intermixing with Chinese or Japanese. They are partially Christianized. Some Spanish authors claim their language is Mandaya, but that seems unlikely.

Variants: Apayos, Apoyaos. (Consult also Vol. VIII, folio series of the Royal Ethnographic Museum in Dresden, by A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg.)

Variants: Apayos, Apoyaos. (See also Vol. VIII, folio series of the Royal Ethnographic Museum in Dresden, by A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenfreude.)

Aripas.—A Malay language, spoken by a peaceable people. They live near Nacsiping and Tubang (Luzon). They are heathen, but a portion of them have been converted to Christianity. With these new Christians the village of Aripa has been founded.

Aripas.—A Malay language, spoken by a peaceful people. They live near Nacsiping and Tubang (Luzon). They are non-Christians, but some of them have converted to Christianity. With these new Christians, the village of Aripa has been established.

Atas (also Ataas, Itaas).—(1) A powerful people of unknown origin, who occupy the head waters of the rivers Davas, Tuganay, and Libaganum, and their country extends in the eastern portion of the province of Misamis (Mindanao) to the home of the Bukidnones. Little is known about the Atás; they appear to be a mixture of Negritos and Malays. They have a language of their own. Their name means “dwellers in highlands.” Variants: Ataas, Itaas. (2) A mixture of Bicols and Negritos in Camarines Sur. [On the confounding of Atás with Aetas, consult A. B. Meyer, 1899, p. 18. The Atás are not pure Negritos.—Tr.]

Atas (also Ataas, Itaas).—(1) A powerful group of people with unknown origins, who live near the headwaters of the rivers Davas, Tuganay, and Libaganum. Their territory extends in the eastern part of Misamis province (Mindanao) to the area inhabited by the Bukidnones. There is little information available about the Atás; they seem to be a blend of Negritos and Malays. They speak their own language. Their name means “people from the highlands.” Variants: Ataas, Itaas. (2) A mix of Bicols and Negritos in Camarines Sur. [For details on the confusion between Atás and Aetas, see A. B. Meyer, 1899, p. 18. The Atás are not purely Negritos.—Tr.]

Até.—Name which the Tagbanuas of Palawan (Paragua) give to the Negritos.

Until.—Name that the Tagbanuas of Palawan (Paragua) use for the Negritos.

Atta.—Dialect spoken by the Negritos of the province of Cagayan (Luzon).

Atta.—Language used by the Negritos in the province of Cagayan (Luzon).

Baganis.—No people is known under this name, as Moya erroneously asserts; it is the title conferred on every Manobo warrior who has slain seven enemies.

Baganis.—No group of people is recognized by this name, as Moya mistakenly claims; it is the title given to every Manobo warrior who has killed seven enemies.

Bagobos.—A heathen and bloodthirsty people of Malay derivation and with an idiom of their own. Their home is at the foot of the volcano of Apo (Davao, in Mindanao). There are detached Christian settlements of them.

Bagobos.—A non-Christian and fierce group of Malay origin with their own language. They live at the base of Mount Apo (Davao, in Mindanao). There are separate Christian communities among them.

Balugas.—(1) Collective title for dark mixed people of Malay and Negrito race, derived from the Tagalog word baloga, “black mixed one.” Balugas are to be found in several portions of central Luzon. (2) Some authors identify Aetas with Balugas. Camarca calls the black, woolly savages of the mountains in Camumusan “Negros Balugas,” so it seems that in certain regions more or less pure-blooded Negritos were called by this name.

Balugas.—(1) A collective term for dark mixed individuals of Malay and Negrito descent, coming from the Tagalog word baloga, meaning “black mixed one.” Balugas can be found in various areas of central Luzon. (2) Some authors equate Aetas with Balugas. Camarca refers to the black, woolly people living in the mountains of Camumusan as “Negros Balugas,” indicating that in some regions, more or less pure-blooded Negritos were referred to by this name.

Banaos.—[In northern Luzon. See A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, in Vol. VIII, folio series of the Royal Ethnographic Museum, in Dresden.]

Banaos.—[In northern Luzon. See A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, in Vol. VIII, folio series of the Royal Ethnographic Museum, in Dresden.]

Bangal-Bangal.—The Dulanganes are so called by the Moros.

Bangal-Bangal.—The Moros refer to them as the Dulanganes.

Bangot.—A name conferred on various bands of Manguianes in Mindoro, for the place and mode of life. So called are (1), by the Socol and Bulalacao, those Manguianes who inhabit the plains; and (2) those Manguianes of Mongoloid type who have their dwelling places on the banks of the streams south of Pinamalayan.

Bangot.—A name given to different groups of Manguianes in Mindoro, based on their location and way of life. This term refers to (1) the Manguianes living on the plains near Socol and Bulalacao; and (2) the Manguianes of Mongoloid descent who reside along the banks of the rivers south of Pinamalayan.

Banuaon.—Name of the Manobos tribe from which the Christian settlement of Amporo, in the district of Surigao (Mindanao), was formed.

Banuaon.—The name of the Manobos tribe that formed the Christian settlement of Amporo, located in the district of Surigao (Mindanao).

Barangan.—Name borne by those Manguian hordes who occupy the most elevated stations in the Mangarin Mountains (Mindoro).

Barangan.—Name used by the Manguian groups who live in the highest areas of the Mangarin Mountains (Mindoro).

Batak.—Another name for the Tinitianos, especially those that dwell in the neighborhood of Punta Tinitia and the Bubayán Creek, on the island of Palawan.

Batak.—Another name for the Tinitianos, especially those who live around Punta Tinitia and Bubayán Creek on the island of Palawan.

Batan.—The inhabitants of Batanes Island were and are enumerated by Spanish authors among the Ibanags or Cagayanes. According to Dr. T. H. Pardo this is incorrect, for their idiom differs not only from the Ibanag but from [109]all others in the Philippines, having the sound of “tsch,” unknown elsewhere in the archipelago, and a nasal sound like that of the French “en.” They are therefore to be separated from the Cagayanes.

Batan.—The people of Batanes Island were historically listed by Spanish writers as part of the Ibanags or Cagayanes. However, Dr. T. H. Pardo argues that this is incorrect because their language is not only different from Ibanag but from [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] all other languages in the Philippines. They have a sound of “tsch,” which is not found anywhere else in the archipelago, as well as a nasal sound similar to the French “en.” Therefore, they should be distinguished from the Cagayanes.

Bayabonan.—Name of a supposed Malay people with a language of their own, living as neighbors to the Gamunanges on the mountain slopes eastward from Tuao, in Cagayan (Luzon). They are heathen and little is known of them save the name.

Bayabonan.—Name of a supposed Malay group with their own language, residing near the Gamunanges on the mountain slopes east of Tuao, in Cagayan (Luzon). They are non-Christian, and not much is known about them beyond their name.

Beribi.—Manguianes domiciled between Socol and Bulalacao, living on the mountains. (Compare Bangot.)

Beribi.—Manguianes who live between Socol and Bulalacao, residing in the mountains. (See Bangot.)

Bicol.—Autonym of those natives of Malay race who inhabit the peninsula of Camarines in Luzon and some outlying islands. On the arrival of the Spaniards they were somewhat civilized and had a kind of writing. They are Christians, still a section of them live under the names Igorots, or Cimarrones, mostly mixed with Negrito blood, in the wilds of Isarog, Iriga, Buhi, Caramuan, etc., wild, and plunged in the deepest heathendom. The official spelling of the name is Vicol. This is clear, since in Spanish the letter v, especially before e or i, is sounded like German b.

Bicol.—The name used by the indigenous people of Malay descent living in the Camarines peninsula in Luzon and some nearby islands. When the Spaniards arrived, they were somewhat civilized and had their own writing system. They are Christians, but some of them still identify as Igorots or Cimarrones, mostly mixed with Negrito ancestry, living in the remote areas of Isarog, Iriga, Buhi, Caramuan, etc., wild and deeply immersed in paganism. The official spelling of the name is Vicol. This is clear, since in Spanish the letter v, especially before e or i, is pronounced like a German b.

Bilanes.—A Malay people occupying, according to latest accounts, a larger area than I have attributed to them in my ethnographic chart of Mindanao, here thoroughly penetrated also by other stocks. The Sarangani islands, lying off the southern point of Mindanao, are inhabited by them. They are heathen, of peaceable disposition. Their language is characterized by the possession of the letter f. The proper form of their name ought to be Buluan, so that they have the same title as the lake. They must then at first have been called Tagabuluan (Taga = whence, from there). (Compare Tagabelies.)

Bilanes.—A Malay group that currently occupies a larger area than I've indicated in my ethnographic chart of Mindanao, which is also significantly influenced by other ethnic groups. The Sarangani islands, located off the southern tip of Mindanao, are inhabited by them. They are non-Christian and generally peaceful. Their language includes the letter f. The correct form of their name should be Buluan, similar to the name of the lake. Originally, they must have been called Tagabuluan (Taga = from, or where). (See Tagabelies.)

Variants: Buluanes, Buluan, Vilanes, Vilaanes.

Variants: Buluanes, Buluan, Vilanes, Vilaanes.

Bisayas.—Officially written Visayas. A Malay people who, on the arrival of the Spaniards, had a culture and an art of writing of their own. They inhabit the islands named after them, besides the northern and the eastern coast of Mindanao, with small intrusions of heathen populations that have become Visayised since the converted tribes—Manobos, Buquidnones, Subanos, Mandayas, etc., have been taught the Visaya language in the schools. Also Zamboango and Cottobato show Visaya settlements. Among them are to be counted the Mundos. At the time of the discovery they painted (or tattooed) their bodies, on which account they received from the Spaniards the name of Pintados, which stuck to them even till the eighteenth century. They are Christians. Their language is divided into several dialects, of which the Cebuano and Panayano are most important. (Compare Calamiano, Halayo, Hiliguayna, Caraga. Blumentritt places their number at 2,500,000 and upward. Globus, 1896, LXX, p. 213.)

Bisayas.—Officially written as Visayas. A Malay people who had their own culture and writing system when the Spaniards arrived. They live on the islands named after them, as well as the northern and eastern coasts of Mindanao, where small groups of non-Christian populations have integrated and adopted Visayan culture since the converted tribes—Manobos, Buquidnones, Subanos, Mandayas, and others—have learned the Visaya language in schools. There are also Visaya communities in Zamboanga and Cotabato. Among them are the Mundos. At the time of discovery, they painted (or tattooed) their bodies, which led the Spaniards to label them as Pintados, a name that lasted even into the eighteenth century. They are Christians. Their language has several dialects, with Cebuano and Panayano being the most significant. (Compare Calamiano, Halayo, Hiliguayna, Caraga. Blumentritt estimates their population at over 2,500,000. Globus, 1896, LXX, p. 213.)

Bontok-Igorots.—Collective name of the head-hunting peoples living in the province of Bontok, to whom also the Guinaanes belong.

Bontok-Igorots.—The collective name for the headhunting groups living in the province of Bontok, which also includes the Guinaanes.

Bouayanan.—A heathen folk in the interior of Palawan. The name appears to mean “crocodile men.”

Bouayanan.—A non-Christian group in the interior of Palawan. The name seems to mean "crocodile men."

Buhuanos, Bujuanos.—A heathen folk related to the Igorots (head-hunters?), dwelling in the province of Isabela de Luzon. They are warlike in nature.

Buhuanos, Bujuanos.—A non-Christian group connected to the Igorots (known for head-hunting?), living in the province of Isabela in Luzon. They have a warrior-like disposition.

Bulalacaunos.—A wild people of Malay race (without Negrito mixture?), having its own (?) idiom. It is to be found in the interior of the northern part of the island of Palawan (Paragua) and in Calamianes islands.

Bulalacaunos.—A wild people of Malay descent (without Negrito influence?), speaking their own language. They can be found in the interior of the northern part of Palawan Island (Paragua) and in the Calamianes islands.

Buluanes, see Bilanes.

Buluanes, check Bilanes.

Bungananes.—A warlike, head-hunting (?) people, who live in the provinces of Nueva Vizcaya and Isabela de Luzon. Except the name, almost nothing is known of them, and in my view this is not certain.

Bungananes.—A fierce, head-hunting people who live in the provinces of Nueva Vizcaya and Isabela de Luzon. Other than their name, almost nothing is known about them, and honestly, I’m not convinced about that either.

Bukidnones, Buquidnones.—A heathen Malay people living in the eastern part of the district of Misamis (Mindanao), from Ibigan to Punta Divata (the coast is settled chiefly by Visayas), and along the Rio de Tagoloan. Lately they have been partly Christianized. The Spaniards conferred on them the name of Monteses, “dwellers in the mountains,” which is a translation of their name.

Bukidnones, Buquidnones.—A non-Christian Malay group residing in the eastern part of the Misamis district (Mindanao), stretching from Ibigan to Punta Divata (the coast is primarily inhabited by Visayas) and along the Rio de Tagoloan. Recently, they have undergone some Christianization. The Spaniards gave them the name Monteses, meaning "dwellers in the mountains," which translates their name.

Bukil, Buquil.—Name of different Manguiana tribes of Mindoro: (1) the Manguianes mixed with Negrito blood, whose homes are in the vicinity of Bacoo and Subaan; (2) those that dwell on the spurs of the mountains between Socol and Bulalacao, and show a pure Malay type; (3) in Pinamalayan they are called Manguianes of Mongoloid type, who inhabit the plains; (4) the Manguianes who dwell on the banks of the rivers are named Mangarin. In view of the fact that Bukil is identical with Bukid, and can be applied only to tribes living in mountain forests, it appears to me that the settlements given under 3 and 4 are incorrect. [110]

Bukil, Buquil.—Names of different Manguiana tribes of Mindoro: (1) the Manguianes mixed with Negrito ancestry, whose homes are near Bacoo and Subaan; (2) those living on the foothills between Socol and Bulalacao, who show a pure Malay appearance; (3) in Pinamalayan, they are referred to as Manguianes of Mongoloid descent, who inhabit the plains; (4) the Manguianes living along the rivers are called Mangarin. Since Bukil is the same as Bukid and can only refer to tribes living in mountain forests, it seems to me that the settlements mentioned in 3 and 4 are inaccurate. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Buquitnon.—A “race” by this name, on the island of Negros, until recently unknown (used in La Oceañía Española, Manila, August 9, 1889, copied from the Provenir de Visayas.) The Buquitnon are said to be a heathen tribe of about 40,000 souls that has its homes on the mountains of Negros, not massed together and not to be distinguished from the Visayas living on the coast. Whether the Carolanos are identical with them is hard to say. The name Buquitnon and also Buquidnon in Mindanao means mountaineers, upland forest dwellers, yet are the Buquitnon, of Negros, and the Buquidnon, of Mindanao, to be strongly distinguished from each other.

Buquitnon.—A “race” by this name, on the island of Negros, has only recently come to light (mentioned in Spanish Oceania, Manila, August 9, 1889, copied from the Provenir de Visayas.) The Buquitnon are said to be a non-Christian tribe of about 40,000 people living in the mountains of Negros, not grouped together and not easily distinguishable from the Visayas living on the coast. It is difficult to determine whether the Carolanos are the same as them. The term Buquitnon, as well as Buquidnon in Mindanao, refers to mountain dwellers or people from the upland forests, but the Buquitnon of Negros and the Buqidnon of Mindanao should be clearly differentiated from each other.

Buriks.—Under this name figures a pretended Igorot people in all publications devoted to the Igorots, but Dr. Hans Meyer found that Burik applies to any Igorot who is tattooed in a certain manner. I did not believe this until a Philippine friend, Eduardo P. Casal, wrote that the Igorots in the Philippine Exposition in Madrid, in 1887, had confirmed the statement of Dr. Meyer.

Buriks.—This term refers to a supposed Igorot people in all publications about the Igorots, but Dr. Hans Meyer found that Burik actually applies to any Igorot who has tattoos in a specific style. I didn't believe this until a Filipino friend, Eduardo P. Casal, mentioned that the Igorots at the Philippine Exposition in Madrid in 1887 supported Dr. Meyer’s statement.

Busaos.—From Spanish accounts the Busaos are a separate division of Igorots. Dr. Hans Meyer has reported that the Basaos, or Bisaos, through manner, costume, and custom, are to be numbered rather with the Guiaanes and Bontok-Igorots than with the Igorots proper.

Busaos.—According to Spanish accounts, the Busaos are a distinct group of Igorots. Dr. Hans Meyer has noted that the Basaos, or Bisaos, in terms of behavior, clothing, and traditions, are more closely associated with the Guiaanes and Bontok-Igorots than with the Igorots themselves.

Cafres.—No native people by this name. The Papuan slaves brought to Manila by the Portuguese at the end of the sixteenth and the beginning of the seventeenth century were so called. (The abolition of slavery under Philip II arrested this traffic.)

Cafres.—There are no indigenous people by this name. The Papuan slaves brought to Manila by the Portuguese at the end of the sixteenth and the beginning of the seventeenth century were referred to as such. (The abolition of slavery under Philip II halted this trade.)

Cagayanes.—A Malay language group. Their dwelling places are the Rio Grande de Cagayan (Luzon) from Furao to the mouth, the Babuyanes and Batanes islands, although the people of the last named are by some authors made an independent stock. (Compare Batan.) The Cagayanes had at the time of the Spanish discovery a civilization of their own. They are Christians. Their language is Ibanag. From them are to be sharply discriminated the people of Cagayan, in Mindanao, belonging to the Visayan stock.

Cagayanes.—A group speaking a Malay language. They live along the Rio Grande de Cagayan (Luzon) from Furao to the mouth, as well as on the Babuyanes and Batanes islands, although some authors consider the people of the latter to be a separate group. (See Batan.) At the time of the Spanish discovery, the Cagayanes had their own civilization. They are Christians. Their language is Ibanag. It’s important to distinguish them from the people of Cagayan in Mindanao, who belong to the Visayan group.

Calaganes.—A small Malayan people who live on the Casilaran Creek (Bay of Davao, Mindanao). Partly converted to Christianity.

Calaganes.—A small Malay group who live on the Casilaran Creek (Bay of Davao, Mindanao). Some have converted to Christianity.

Calamiano.—Buzeta and Bravo understand by Calamiano a Visaya dialect which was made up of Tagalog mixed with Visaya and spoken by the Christians of northern Palawan (Paragua) and Calamianes islands. Pere Fr. Juan de San Antonio has preached in Calamiano and composed in it a catechism. The existence of the Calamiano language should therefore be unassailable, but A. Marche has declared that it does not exist.

Calamiano.—Buzeta and Bravo refer to Calamiano as a Visaya dialect that combines Tagalog and Visaya, spoken by the Christians in northern Palawan (Paragua) and the Calamianes islands. Father Juan de San Antonio has preached in Calamiano and even wrote a catechism in it. Therefore, the existence of the Calamiano language should be undeniable, but A. Marche has claimed that it doesn't exist.

Calauas (pronounced Calawas).—A Malay people, heathen and peaceable. They live near Malauec, in the valleys of the Rio Chico de Cagayan (Luzon), and on the strip of land called Partido de Itavés. Their language is called Itavés also, but others declare their speech to be identical with the Malauec. The portion of the Calauas who hold the Itavés land are by some authors called Itaveses. I am not sure whether there may not have been a misunderstanding here.

Calauas (pronounced Calawas).—A peaceful group of Malay people who practice animism. They are located near Malauec, in the valleys of the Rio Chico de Cagayan (Luzon), and on the land known as Partido de Itavés. Their language is also referred to as Itavés, although some claim it is the same as the Malauec language. Some writers refer to the portion of the Calauas living in Itavés as Itaveses. I'm not certain if there has been some confusion regarding this.

Calibuganes.—So are called in western Mindanao the mixtures of Moros and Subanos.

Calibuganes.—That's what they call the mixed communities of Moros and Subanos in western Mindanao.

Calingas.—(1) In northern Luzon, Calinga is the collective designation for “wild” natives, independent heathen, as, in northwestern Luzon, the word Igorot is applied. (2) This term is specially attached (a) to that warlike people of Malay descent who live between Rio Cagayan Grande and Rio Abulug, and are marked by their Mongoloid type; (b) according to Semper, also the Irayas. (See Die Calingas, by Blumentritt, in Das Ausland, 1891, No. 17, pp. 328–331.)

Calingas.—(1) In northern Luzon, Calinga is the collective term for “wild” natives, independent heathens, similar to how the term Igorot is used in northwestern Luzon. (2) This term is specifically used (a) for the warlike people of Malay descent who live between the Cagayan Grande River and the Abulug River, characterized by their Mongoloid features; (b) according to Semper, it also refers to the Irayas. (See Die Calingas, by Blumentritt, in The abroad, 1891, No. 17, pp. 328–331.)

Camucones, Camocones.—Name of the Moro pirates who inhabit the little islands of the Sulu group east of Tawi-Tawi, and the islands between these and Borneo; but on the last the name Tirones is also conferred.

Camucones, Camocones.—This is the name of the Moro pirates who live on the small islands in the Sulu group east of Tawi-Tawi, as well as the islands between these and Borneo; however, the name Tirones is also used for those on Borneo.

Cancanai, Cancanay.—Igorot dialect spoken in the northwest of Benguet.

Cancanai, Cancanay.—Igorot dialect spoken in the northwest of Benguet.

Caragas.—In older works are so named the warlike and Christian inhabitants of the localities subdued by the Spaniards on the east coast of Mindanao, and, indeed, after their principal city, Caraga. It has been called, if not a peculiar language, a Visaya dialect, while now only Visaya (near Manobo and Mandaya) is spoken, and an especial Caraga nation is no longer known. I explain this as follows: Already at that time newly arrived Manobos and Mandayas were settled who spoke Visaya only imperfectly. This Visaya muddle and the mixture of Visayas and newcomers are to be identified with the Caraga, if in the end, under the first, the Mandaya is not to be directly understood.

Caragas.—In older texts, the warlike and Christian residents of the regions conquered by the Spaniards on the east coast of Mindanao are referred to as Caragas, named after their main city, Caraga. This has been considered either a distinct language or a Visaya dialect, but now only Visaya (related to Manobo and Mandaya) is spoken, and a specific Caraga nation is no longer recognized. I explain this as follows: At that time, newly arrived Manobos and Mandayas were settled there, and they spoke Visaya only imperfectly. This mix of Visaya and the newcomers is associated with the Caraga, unless in the end, the Mandaya is meant to be understood directly under the first.

Variants: Caraganes†, Calaganes (to be distinguished from Calaganes of Davao), Caragueños (now the name of the inhabitants of Daraga la Nueva and Caraga.) [111]

Variants: Caraganes†, Calaganes (distinct from Calaganes of Davao), Caragueños (now the term for the inhabitants of Daraga la Nueva and Caraga.) [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Carolanos.—Diaz Arenas so designates the heathen and wild natives who inhabit the mountain lands of Negros, especially the Cordillera, of Cauyau. They appear to be of Malay stock, transplanted Igorots from Negros. Practically nothing is known concerning them. Compare Buquitnon.

Carolanos.—Diaz Arenas refers to the pagan and untamed natives who live stream in the mountainous regions of Negros, particularly the Cordillera, of Cauyau. They seem to be of Malay descent, relocated Igorots from Negros. There is almost no information available about them. See Buquitnon.

Castilas.—Native name for Spaniards and other Europeans in the Philippine Islands.

Castilas.—The local term for Spaniards and other Europeans in the Philippines.

Catalanganes.—A Malay people of Mongoloid type. They live in the flood plain of the Catalangan river (province of Isabela de Luzon). They are heathen and peaceable, and have the same language as the Irayas. (Half Tagala and half Chinese, Brinton, American Anthropologist, 1898, XI, p. 302.)

Catalanganes.—A Malay group of Mongoloid descent. They inhabit the floodplain of the Catalangan River in the province of Isabela de Luzon. They are non-Christian and peaceful, and they share the same language as the Irayas. (Half Tagalog and half Chinese, Brinton, American Anthropologist, 1898, XI, p. 302.)

Cataoan.—A dialect spoken by the Igorots of the district of Lepanto, living in the valley of the Abra River.

Cataoan.—A dialect spoken by the Igorots of the Lepanto district, who live in the valley of the Abra River.

Catubanganes, or Catabangenes.—Warlike heathen, settled in the mountains of Guinayangan, in the province of Tayabas (Luzon). Through lack of available information nothing can be said about their race affiliations, whether they be pure Malay or Negrito-Malay. They are probably Remontados mixed with Negrito blood and gone wild.

Catubanganes, or Catabangenes.—Warlike pagans, settled in the mountains of Guinayangan, in the province of Tayabas (Luzon). Due to a lack of available information, nothing can be said about their racial affiliations, whether they are pure Malay or Negrito-Malay. They are likely Remontados mixed with Negrito blood and have become wild.

Cebuano.—Dialect, Visaya.

Cebuano — Dialect, Visaya.

Cimarrones.—This characterization (“wild,” “gone wild”) is given to heathen tribes of most varied affiliations, living without attachment and in poverty, chiefly posterity of the Remontados. (See note by A. B. Meyer, 1899, p. 12.—Translator.)

Cimarrones.—This label (“wild,” “out of control”) refers to pagan tribes of various backgrounds, living in a state of detachment and poverty, mainly descendants of the Remontados. (See note by A. B. Meyer, 1899, p. 12.—Translator.)

Coyuvos.—The natives of Cuyo archipelago (province of Calamianes), with exception of those who belong to the stock of Agutainos. According to A. Marche, the Coyuvos appear to be Christianized Tagbanuas. For that reason would the idiom called official Coyuvo be the Tagbanua.

Coyuvos.—The natives of the Cuyo archipelago (province of Calamianes), except for those who belong to the Agutainos group. According to A. Marche, the Coyuvos seem to be Christianized Tagbanuas. For that reason, the language referred to as official Coyuvo would be Tagbanua.

Culamanes.—Another name for the Manobos, who live on the southern portion of the east coast of Davao Bay, the so-called coast of Culaman.

Culamanes.—Another name for the Manobos, who live on the southern part of the east coast of Davao Bay, known as the coast of Culaman.

Dadayag.—A Malay people, who occupy the mountain wilds in the western part of Cabagan (province of Cagayan). They have a language of their own and are warlike heathen as well as head-hunters.

Dadayag.—A Malay group living in the rugged mountains of the western part of Cabagan (Cagayan province). They speak their own language and are known for being fierce and practicing head-hunting.

Variant: Dadaya.

Dad.

Dapitan (Nacion de)†.—Title conferred in the sixteenth century on the Visayas of the present comandancia of Dapitan (province of Misamis, Mindanao).

Dapitan (Nacion de)†.—Title given in the sixteenth century to the Visayas in the current district of Dapitan (province of Misamis, Mindanao).

Dayhagang†.—According to S. Mas, before the arrival of the Spaniards, the progeny of Borneo-Malays and Negrito women were so called.

Dayhagang†.—According to S. Mas, before the Spaniards arrived, the descendants of Borneo-Malays and Negrito women were referred to by this name.

Dulanganes.—This heathen people occupy the southern part of the district of Davao. The name signifies “wild men.” It is not known whether they are pure bloods or Malays with infusion of Negrito blood. I believe that the Malay type predominates. Since they also bear the name of Gulanganes, perhaps, more properly, it is to be suspected that they form with the Mangulangas, Manguangas, and Guiangas (q. v.) a single linguistic group, or at least a stock closely related to them. This is merely a conjecture. By the Moros they are called Bangal-Bangal.

Dulanganes.—This non-Christian group lives in the southern part of the Davao district. Their name means “wild men.” It’s unclear whether they are purely indigenous or a mix of Malays and Negritos. I think the Malay type is more common. Since they are also called Gulanganes, it’s possible that they belong to the same language group as the Mangulangas, Manguangas, and Guiangas (see above), or at least have a close connection to them. This is just a guess. The Moros refer to them as Bangal-Bangal.

Dumagat.—A name conferred on the Negritos of the northeast coast of Luzon and by older non-Spanish writers on coast dwellers of Samar, Leyte, and Mindoro. Latterly it has come about that the Tagal name Dumagat (from dagat, “sea,” “dweller on the strand,” “skillful sailor,” etc.) has been taken for the name of a people. (A. B. Meyer, 1899, p. 11, calls the Dumagates Negrito half-breeds of the island of Alabat, quoting Steen Bille, Reise der Galathea, 1852, Vol. I, p. 451.—Translator.)

Dumagat.—A name given to the Negritos of the northeast coast of Luzon and, by earlier non-Spanish writers, to coastal inhabitants of Samar, Leyte, and Mindoro. Recently, the Tagalog name Dumagat (derived from dagat, meaning “sea,” “dweller on the shore,” “skilled sailor,” etc.) has been adopted as the name of a people. (A. B. Meyer, 1899, p. 11, refers to the Dumagates as Negrito mixed-bloods from the island of Alabat, citing Steen Bille, Reise der Galathea, 1852, Vol. I, p. 451.—Translator.)

Durugmun.—The Manguianes of Mongoloid type are so called who occupy the highest portions of the mountains around Pinamalayan (Mindoro). They are called also Buchtulan.

Durugmun.—The Manguianes, who are of Mongoloid descent, are referred to as such because they inhabit the highest areas of the mountains near Pinamalayan (Mindoro). They are also known as Buchtulan.

Etas, see Negritos.

Etas, see Negritos.

Gaddanes.—A Malay head-hunting people, with a language of their own, settled in the provinces of Isabela and Cagayan, but especially in the comandancia of Saltan (Luzon). The Gaddanes of Bayombong and Bagabag are Christians; the rest are heathen.

Gaddanes.—A Malay head-hunting group with their own language, located in the provinces of Isabela and Cagayan, particularly in the district of Saltan (Luzon). The Gaddanes in Bayombong and Bagabag are Christians; the others follow traditional beliefs.

Gamungan, Gamunanganes.—A Malay people having their own idiom, and inhabiting the mountain provinces in the eastern and northeastern portions of Tuao (province of Cagayan, Luzon). They are heathen.

Gamungan, Gamunanganes.—A Malay people with their own language, living in the mountain areas of the eastern and northeastern regions of Tuao (Cagayan province, Luzon). They are non-religious.

Guiangas, Guangas.—A Malay people in the northeastern and northern part of Davao (Mindanao). They are heathen and do not differ greatly from the Bagobo, their neighbors; on the other hand, according to the accounts of the Jesuit missionaries, their speech differs totally from those of the heathen tribes near by, and for that reason it is difficult to learn. On account of their wildness [112]they are much decried. The variants, Guanga and Gulanga, which mean “forest people,” give rise to the bare suspicion that they are a fragment of the little-known tribe who, according to location, lived scattered in southern Mindanao under the names: Manguangas, Mangulangas, Dulanganes.

Guiangas, Guangas.—A Malay group in the northeastern and northern parts of Davao (Mindanao). They practice their traditional beliefs and are not very different from the Bagobo, their neighbors; however, according to Jesuit missionaries, their language is completely different from that of the nearby heathen tribes, making it hard to learn. Due to their wild nature, they face a lot of criticism. The variations, Guanga and Gulanga, meaning “forest people,” suggest that they might be part of the little-known tribe that, based on location, lived scattered across southern Mindanao under names like Manguangas, Mangulangas, and Dulanganes.

Guimbajanos (pronounced Gimbahanos).—The historians of the seventeenth century, under this title, designated a wild, heathen people, apparently of Malay origin, living in the interior of Sulu Island. Their name is derived from their war drum (guimba). Later writers are silent concerning them. In modern times the first mention of them is by P. A. de Pazos and by a Manila journal, from which accounts they are still at least in Carodon and in the valley of the Loo; it appears that a considerable portion of them, if not the entire people, have received Islam.

Guimbajanos (pronounced Gimbahanos).—Seventeenth-century historians referred to a wild, pagan group of people, likely of Malay descent, who lived in the interior of Sulu Island. Their name comes from their war drum (guimba). Later authors don’t mention them. In recent times, the first references to them come from P. A. de Pazos and a Manila journal, which state that they still exist at least in Carodon and in the valley of the Loo; it seems that a significant part of them, if not the entire group, has converted to Islam.

Variants: Guinbajanos, Guimbanos, Guimbas, Quimpanos.

Variants: Guinbajanos, Guimbanos, Guimbas, Quimpanos.

Guinaanes (pronounced Ginaanes).—A Malay head-hunting people inhabiting the watershed of the Rio Abra and Rio Grande de Cagayan (Luzon), as well as the neighboring region of Isabela and Abra. They are heathen; their language possesses the letter f.

Guinaanes (pronounced Ginaanes).—A Malay head-hunting group living in the area around the Rio Abra and Rio Grande de Cagayan (Luzon), as well as in the nearby regions of Isabela and Abra. They follow traditional beliefs; their language includes the letter f.

Variants: Guianes, Ginan, Quinaanes, Quinanes. (See A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, Volume VIII, folio series, Royal Ethnographic Museum, Dresden, 1890.)

Variants: Guianes, Ginan, Quinaanes, Quinanes. (See A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, Volume VIII, folio series, Royal Ethnographic Museum, Dresden, 1890.)

Gulanga, see Guianga.

Gulanga, refer to Guianga.

Gulanganes, see Dulanganes.

Gulanganes, check out Dulanganes.

Halaya†.—A Visaya dialect spoken in the interior of Panay.

Halaya†.—A Visaya dialect spoken in the interior of Panay.

Haraya.—A Visaya dialect spoken in the interior of the island of Panay, nearly identical with the foregoing.

Haraya.—A Visaya dialect spoken in the interior of the island of Panay, almost the same as the previous one.

Hiliguayna†.—A Visaya dialect spoken on the coast of the island of Panay. Variants: Hiligueyna, Hiligvoyna.

Hiliguayna†.—A Visaya dialect spoken along the coast of Panay Island. Variants: Hiligueyna, Hiligvoyna.

Hillunas, Hilloonas, see Illanos.

Hillunas, Hilloonas, see Illanos.

Ibalones†.—Ancient name of Bicols, especially those of Albay.

Ibalones†.—The ancient name for the people of Bicol, particularly those from Albay.

Ibanag.—Name of the language spoken by the Cagayanes. They possess the letter f.

Ibanag.—The name of the language spoken by the people of Cagayan. They have the letter f.

Idan, Idaan.—The Idan, sought by non-Spanish authors on the islands of Palawan (Paragua) and Sulu, have not been found.

Idan, Idaan.—The Idan, looked for by non-Spanish writers on the islands of Palawan (Paragua) and Sulu, have not been discovered.

Ifugaos.—A dreaded Malay head-hunting people who inhabit the provinces of Nueva Vizcaya and Isabela and the lately formed comandancia of Quiangan. To them belong the Quianganes, Silipanos, etc. They are heathen. Their language possesses the sound of f.

Ifugaos.—A feared Malay headhunting group living in the provinces of Nueva Vizcaya and Isabela, as well as the newly established command of Quiangan. This group includes the Quianganes, Silipanos, and others. They do not practice Christianity. Their language contains the sound of f.

Ifumangies.—According to Diaz Arenas, this name applies to a tribe of Igorots who were then (1848) in the province of Nueva Vizcaya. The f in their name leads to the suspicion that they are Ifugaos.

Ifumangies.—According to Diaz Arenas, this name refers to a tribe of Igorots who were present in the province of Nueva Vizcaya in 1848. The f in their name suggests that they might be Ifugaos.

Ibilaos.—A Malay head-hunting people, having also apparently Negrito blood in their veins. They are heathen and inhabit the border lands of Nueva Vizcaya and Nueva Ecija.

Ibilaos.—A Malay head-hunting group, apparently with some Negrito ancestry. They are non-Christian and live in the border areas of Nueva Vizcaya and Nueva Ecija.

Igorots.—With the name Ygolot the first chroniclers characterized the warlike heathen who now inhabit Benguet, therefore the pure Igorots. Later, the name extended to all the head-hunters of northern Luzon; still later it was made to cover the Philippine islanders collectively, and to-day the title is so comprehensive that the name Igorot is synonymous with wild. According to Hans Meyer, the name applies only to the Igorots of Lepanto and Benguet, who speak the dialects Inibaloi, Cancanai, Cataoan, and a fourth (Suflin?), that of the Berpe Data.

Igorots.—The early chroniclers referred to the warlike pagans living in Benguet as Ygolot, and thus identified the pure Igorots. Over time, the term broadened to include all the headhunters of northern Luzon; eventually, it came to encompass all the Philippine islanders as a whole. Today, the term is so broad that "Igorot" has become synonymous with "wild." According to Hans Meyer, the name specifically applies only to the Igorots of Lepanto and Benguet, who speak the dialects Inibaloi, Cancanai, Cataoan, and possibly a fourth one (Suflin?), from the Berpe Data.

Variant: Ygolot, Ygulut.

Ygolot, Ygulut.

(A Chinese-Japanese Tagala group. Brinton, Amer. Anthropologist, 1898, XI, p. 302. Consult A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, in Vol. VIII, folio series of the Royal Ethnographic Museum, in Dresden, 1890; and Die Igoroten von Pangasinan, F. Blumentritt, in Mittheil. T. K. K. Geogr. Gesellschaft in Wien, 1900. hft. 3 u. 4.)

(A Chinese-Japanese Tagala group. Brinton, American Anthropologist, 1898, XI, p. 302. See A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, in Vol. VIII, folio series of the Royal Ethnographic Museum, in Dresden, 1890; and The Igorots of Pangasinan, F. Blumentritt, in Mittheilungen der T. K. K. Geographischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 1900, Heft 3 und 4.)

Ilamut.—Name of an Igorot tribe always mentioned together with that of Altsanes. If this tribe really exists, its home is in the Cordilleras which separate Benguet from Nueva Vizcaya, and is to be sought, indeed, in the last-named province, especially in Quiangan. They may be identical with the Alimut.

Ilamut.—Name of an Igorot tribe that is always mentioned alongside Altsanes. If this tribe actually exists, its home is in the Cordilleras, which separate Benguet from Nueva Vizcaya, and can be found, in fact, in the latter province, particularly in Quiangan. They might be the same as the Alimut.

Ilanos, Illanos.—The Moros dwelling in the territory of Illano, Mindanao. Their name should be connected with Lanao, “lake,” since their land incloses Lake Dagum, or Lanao. This conjecture is strengthened through the names Lanun, Lanaos, Malanaos, existing in the neighborhood. (Consult A. B. Meyer, 1899, p. 18, on the Hillunas, “Correcting Quatrefages and Hamy Crania Ethnica,” 1882, p. 178, where they are called Negrito.—Translator.)

Ilanos, Illanos.—The Moros living in the area of Illano, Mindanao. Their name is likely connected to Lanao, which means “lake,” since their land surrounds Lake Dagum, or Lanao. This idea is supported by the names Lanun, Lanaos, and Malanaos found in the area. (See A. B. Meyer, 1899, p. 18, on the Hillunas, “Correcting Quatrefages and Hamy Crania Ethnica,” 1882, p. 178, where they are referred to as Negrito.—Translator.)

Ileabanes.—According to Diaz Arenas there existed an Igorot tribe of this name (1848) in the province of Nueva Vizcaya. [113]

Ileabanes.—According to Diaz Arenas, there was an Igorot tribe by this name (1848) in the province of Nueva Vizcaya. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Ilocanos.—A Malay people, with language of their own. At the discovery they had their peculiar culture and an alphabet. They inhabit the provinces of Ilocos Norte, Ilocos Sur, Union, and form the civic population of Abra, whose Tinguian peasants they Ilocanise. Since they are fond of wandering, their settlements are scattered in other provinces of Luzon, as Benguet, Pampanga, Cagayan, Isabela de Luzon, Pangasinan, Zambales, and Nueva Ecija. They are to be found as far as the east coast of Luzon. They are Christians and civilized. (The Ilocanos of the northwest are markedly Chinese in appearance and speech. Brinton, Amer. Anthropologist, 1898, XI, p. 302. Consult A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, in Vol. VIII, folio series, of the Royal Ethnographic Museum in Dresden, 1890.)

Ilocanos.—A Malay people, with their own language. At the time of discovery, they had a unique culture and a written alphabet. They live in the provinces of Ilocos Norte, Ilocos Sur, and Union, and also make up the civic population of Abra, where they influence the Tinguian farmers. They enjoy traveling, so their communities are spread across other provinces in Luzon, including Benguet, Pampanga, Cagayan, Isabela de Luzon, Pangasinan, Zambales, and Nueva Ecija. They can also be found as far as the east coast of Luzon. They are Christians and are considered civilized. (The Ilocanos in the northwest have a distinctly Chinese appearance and speech. Brinton, Amer. Anthropologist, 1898, XI, p. 302. Consult A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, in Vol. VIII, folio series, of the Royal Ethnographic Museum in Dresden, 1890.)

Ilongotes.—A Malay people of apparent Mongoloid type, inhabiting the borders of Nueva Vizcaya, Isabela, and Principe, and known also in Nueva Ecija. They are bloodthirsty head-hunters. (In the eastern Cordillera, a rather pure but wild Tagala horde. Brinton, American Anthropologist, 1898, p. 302.)

Ilongotes.—A Malay group that appears to be of Mongoloid descent, living along the borders of Nueva Vizcaya, Isabela, and Principe, and also found in Nueva Ecija. They are known as fierce headhunters. (In the eastern Cordillera, there’s a somewhat unrefined but authentic Tagala group. Brinton, American Anthropologist, 1898, p. 302.)

Indios.—Under this title the Spanish understand the non-Mohammedanized natives of Malay descent, especially those Christianized and civilized.

Indios.—With this term, the Spanish refer to the non-Muslim natives of Malay origin, particularly those who have been Christianized and civilized.

Infieles.—Heathen, uncivilized peoples of Malay descent; were so named by the Spaniards.

Infidels.—Heathen, uncivilized people of Malay descent; they were named that by the Spaniards.

Inibaloi.—Name of the dialect spoken by the Igorots Agnothales.

Inibaloi.—Name of the dialect spoken by the Igorots Agnothales.

Insulares.—Spaniards born in the Philippine Archipelago.

Insulares.—Spaniards born in the Philippine Islands.

Irapis.—After Mas, a subdivision of Igorots.

Irapis.—After Mas, a subgroup of the Igorot people.

Irayas.—A Malay people mixed with Negrito blood, who dwell south of the Catalanganes and in the western declivities of the Cordillera of Palanan (Luzon). They speak the same language as the Catalanganes, and are likewise heathen. Their name seems to mean “dwellers on the plains,” “owners of plains.” To them the collective name Calinga is applied. (Consult A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, in Vol. VIII, folio series, of the Royal Ethnographic Museum in Dresden, 1890.)

Irayas.—A Malay group with Negrito ancestry, living south of the Catalanganes and in the western slopes of the Cordillera of Palanan (Luzon). They speak the same language as the Catalanganes and are also non-religious. Their name seems to mean “people who live on the plains” or “owners of the plains.” The collective name Calinga is used for them. (See A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, in Vol. VIII, folio series, of the Royal Ethnographic Museum in Dresden, 1890.)

Isinays (Isinayas, Isinay).—In the eighteenth century the heathen population of the then mission province of Ituy were so called, which includes the present communities of Aritao, Dupax, Banibang, Bayombong (Nueva Vizcaya, Luzon). It is not certain whether they are a separate people or are identical with Gaddanus, Italones, or Ifugaos.

Isinays (Isinayas, Isinay).—In the eighteenth century, the non-Christian population of the mission province of Ituy was referred to by this name, which includes the current communities of Aritao, Dupax, Banibang, and Bayombong (Nueva Vizcaya, Luzon). It is unclear whether they are a distinct group or the same as the Gaddanus, Italones, or Ifugaos.

Italones.—A head-hunting Malay people who inhabit the mountain wilds of Nueva Vizcaya (Luzon). They are heathen, only a small part of them having embraced Christianity.

Italones.—A head-hunting Malay group living in the mountainous areas of Nueva Vizcaya (Luzon). They are non-Christians, with only a small portion having accepted Christianity.

Ita, see Negritos.

Ita, check out Negritos.

Itaas, see Atas.

Itaas, see Atas.

Itanegas, Itaneg, Itaveg. See Tinguianes.

Itanegas, Itaneg, Itaveg. See Tinguianes.

Itaves.—So used the language of the Calauas to be called; still there are authors who affirm that these two are different. Nothing certain is known concerning this name, which is also written Itaues, Itanes. From latest accounts, this is a dialect of Gaddan.

Itaves.—This is how the language of the Calauas was referred to; however, some authors insist that these two are distinct. There is no definite information about this name, which is also spelled Itaues and Itanes. According to the latest reports, this is a dialect of Gaddan.

Itetapanes (Itetapaanes).—According to Buzeta and Bravo, a head-hunting Malay people mixed with Negrito blood, living on the western borders of Isabela de Luzon and perhaps also in Bontok.

Itetapanes (Itetapaanes).—According to Buzeta and Bravo, a head-hunting Malay group mixed with Negrito ancestry, living on the western borders of Isabela de Luzon and possibly also in Bontok.

Ituis.—According to Mas, a subdivision of Igorots. Nothing more is known. Compare Isinays.

Ituis.—According to Mas, it's a subgroup of Igorots. Not much else is known. See Isinays for comparison.

Ivanha.—Form of Ibanag.

Ivanha.—Type of Ibanag.

Joloanos.—The Moros of Sulu.

Joloanos.—The Muslims of Sulu.

Jacanes, see Yacanes.

Jacanes, check out Yacanes.

Kianganes, see Quianganes. (Meyer has Kingianes, 1899.)

Kianganes, refer to Quianganes. (Meyer has Kingianes, 1899.)

Jumangi, see Humanchi.

Jumanji, see Humanchi.

Humanchi.—Heathen people of central Luzon (?); written Jumangi.

Humanchi.—Non-Christian people of central Luzon (?); written Jumangi.

Latan.—Another name for the Manguianes who inhabit the plains of Mangarin (Mindoro).

Latan.—Another name for the Manguianes who live in the plains of Mangarin (Mindoro).

Lanaos, see Illanos and Malanaos.

Lanaos, check out Illanos and Malanaos.

Lanun, see Illanos.

Lanun, check out Illanos.

Laut, see Samales-Laut.

Laut, see Samales Sea.

Lingotes, see Ilongotes.

Lingots, see Ilongots.

Loacs.—Not a separate people, but the name of a very poor Tagacaolo tribe who dwell in the mountain forests of San Augustin Peninsula (Mindanao).

Loacs.—Not a separate group, but the name of a very poor Tagacaolo tribe living in the mountain forests of the San Augustin Peninsula (Mindanao).

Lutangas.—A Mohammedan mixed race of Moros and Subanos, who inhabit the island of Olutanga and the adjacent coast of Mindanao.

Lutangas.—A Muslim mixed race of Moros and Subanos, who live on the island of Olutanga and the nearby coast of Mindanao.

Lutaos, Lutayos.—Moros of the district of Zamboanga and frequently called Illanos. It appears to be the Hispanicized form of the Malay Orang-Laut. [114]

Lutaos, Lutayos.—Moros from the Zamboanga area, often referred to as Illanos. It seems to be the Hispanic version of the Malay Orang-Laut. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Maguindanaos (Mindanaos).—Another of the Moros who inhabit the valley of the Rio Palangui or Rio Grande de Mindanao. To them belong also the Moros of Sarangani Islands and partly those of Davao Bay. (See the Maguindanaos, by Blumentritt, Das Ausland, 1891, No. 45, pp. 886–892.)

Maguindanaos (Mindanaos).—Another group of Moros living in the valley of the Rio Palangui or Rio Grande de Mindanao. This group also includes the Moros from the Sarangani Islands and partially those from Davao Bay. (See the Maguindanaos, by Blumentritt, Abroad, 1891, No. 45, pp. 886–892.)

Malanaos.—Common name of those Moros, specially of Ilanos, who inhabit the shores of Malanas Lake (Mindanao).

Malanaos.—The common name for those Moros, especially from Ilanos, who live along the shores of Malanas Lake (Mindanao).

Malancos.—A tribe alleged to be settled in Mindanao, but the name is plainly an error for Malanaos.

Malancos.—A tribe said to be living in Mindanao, but the name is clearly a mistake for Malanaos.

Malauec.—In an anonymous author of “Apuntes interesantes sobre las islas Filipinas,” (Madrid, 1870), and quoting V. Barrantes, the common language of commerce of Malaneg (province of Cagayan) is so called; but on the last named also (only) Ibanag is spoken. Other authors understand by this the language of the Nabayuganes or that of the Calaluas. The suspicion is also well founded that by Malauec is meant a lingua franca made up from various tongues. It is difficult to extract the truth from these conflicting accounts.

Malauec.—In an anonymous work titled “Interesting notes about the Philippines” (Madrid, 1870), and referencing V. Barrantes, the common language used in trade in Malaneg (Cagayan province) is referred to as such; however, only Ibanag is spoken in the latter region. Other authors interpret this as the language of the Nabayuganes or that of the Calaluas. It is also reasonable to suspect that Malauec refers to a lingua franca composed of various languages. It’s challenging to uncover the truth amid these conflicting narratives.

Mamanuas.—A Negrito people inhabiting the interior of Surigao Peninsula (northeast Mindanao). Semper and others have called them a bastard race, but the Jesuit missionaries, who have turned a great number of them to Christianity, call them “los verdaderos negritos aborigines de Mindanao.” (On the Mamanuas consult A. B. Meyer, Distribution of the Negritos, Dresden, 1899, p. 17.—Translator.)

Mamanuas.—A Negrito group living in the interior of the Surigao Peninsula (northeast Mindanao). Semper and others have referred to them as a mixed race, but the Jesuit missionaries, who have converted many of them to Christianity, refer to them as “the true indigenous Black people of Mindanao.” (For more on the Mamanuas, see A. B. Meyer, Distribution of the Negritos, Dresden, 1899, p. 17.—Translator.)

Mananapes.—A heathen people alleged to dwell in the interior of Mindanao, possibly a tribe of Buquidnones or Manobos.

Mananapes.—A non-Christian group said to live in the interior of Mindanao, possibly a tribe of Buquidnones or Manobos.

Mandaya.—In some authors this is the name of the Apayas language, which is somewhat doubtful.

Mandaya.—Some authors refer to this as the name of the Apayas language, though this is somewhat uncertain.

Mandayas.—A bloodthirsty Malay and bright-colored head-hunting people in the comandancia of Bislig and the district of Davao (Mindanao). They are heathen, partly converted to Christianity by the Jesuits.

Mandayas.—A fierce Malay group known for their vibrant colors and head-hunting traditions in the comandancia of Bislig and the district of Davao (Mindanao). They are non-Christian, with some having partially converted to Christianity by the Jesuits.

Mancayaos.—Not a separate people, but merely the warriors among the Manobos, who carry lances.

Mancayaos.—Not a distinct group, but simply the warriors among the Manobos who wield lances.

Manguangao.—Under this name the Jesuits near Catel (comandancia Bislig, east Mindanao) characterized the heathen inhabitants. By the same authors the heathen living on the upper tributaries of the Rio Agusan, Rio Manat, and Rio Batutu are called Manguangas and Mangulangas (forest people). Pere Pastells identifies Manguangas and Mangulangas and says that they inhabit the head waters of the Rio Salug (which does not agree with Montano’s communications). From all which it results that Manguangas is a collective name and stands in connection with that of the Dulanganes and Guiangas. Perhaps all the folk named belong to one people. They are heathen and of the Malay race.

Manguangao.—This is the name the Jesuits near Catel (commandancia Bislig, east Mindanao) used to describe the local non-Christians. The same authors refer to the non-Christians living in the upper tributaries of the Rio Agusan, Rio Manat, and Rio Batutu as Manguangas and Mangulangas (forest people). Pere Pastells identifies Manguangas and Mangulangas, noting that they inhabit the headwaters of the Rio Salug (which conflicts with Montano’s reports). From all this, it seems that Manguangas is a collective term connected to the Dulanganes and Guiangas. It’s possible that all these groups are part of the same people. They are non-Christians and of the Malay race.

Manguianes.—The heathen, unaffiliated natives inhabiting the interior of Mindoro, Romblon, and Tablas. Manguian (forest people) is a collective name of different languages and races. According to R. Jordana, the Manguianes of Mindoro are divided into four branches, one of which, Bukil or Buquel, is a bastard race of Negritos, while a second in external appearance reminds one of Chinese Mestizos, and on that account it is to be regarded as a Mongoloid type. The other two are pure Malay. To the name Manguianes (which calls to mind Magulangas) specially belong only (1) those Manguianes who live in the mountains near Mangarin and (2) only those between Socol and Bulacao who dwell on the river banks. The remaining tribes bear different names—Bangot, Buquil, Tadianan, Beribi, Durugmun, Buctulan, Tiron, and Lactan. The Manila journals speak of Manguianes of Paragua (Palawan). These have naught to do with those of Mindoro, since on Paragua this title in its meaning of “forest people” is applied to all wild natives of unknown origin.

Manguianes.—The non-Christian, unaligned natives living in the interior of Mindoro, Romblon, and Tablas. Manguian (forest people) is a general term for different languages and ethnic groups. According to R. Jordana, the Manguianes of Mindoro are divided into four branches, one of which, Bukil or Buquel, is a mixed group of Negritos, while a second has an appearance similar to Chinese Mestizos, making it a Mongoloid type. The other two are pure Malay. The name Manguianes (which is reminiscent of Magulangas) specifically refers to (1) those Manguianes who live in the mountains near Mangarin and (2) those between Socol and Bulacao who live along the riverbanks. The other tribes go by different names—Bangot, Buquil, Tadianan, Beribi, Durugmun, Buctulan, Tiron, and Lactan. The Manila journals mention Manguianes of Paragua (Palawan). These are not related to those of Mindoro, as in Paragua, this title meaning “forest people” is used for all wild natives of unknown origin.

Mangulangas, see Manguangas.

Mangulangas, see Manguangas.

Manobos.—A Malay head-hunting people, sedentary, chiefly in the river valley of middle Rio Agusan (district of Swigao), as well as at various points in the districts of Davao (Mindanao). A considerable portion have been converted through Jesuit missionaries; the rest are heathens. The correct form of the name is Manuba, or, better, Man-Suba; that is, “river people.” The name in earlier times was frequently extended to other heathen tribes of Mindanao. (On the relationship of Manobos with Indonesians, an allophyllic branch of the white race, see remark of Brinton on Quatrefages and Hamy in American Anthropologist, 1898, Vol. XI, p. 297.)

Manobos.—A Malay head-hunting community that settled mainly in the middle Rio Agusan river valley (Swigao district) and various locations in the Davao districts (Mindanao). Many have been converted by Jesuit missionaries; the rest are still practicing their traditional beliefs. The correct name is Manuba, or better yet, Man-Suba, which means “river people.” Historically, this name was often used to refer to other non-Christian tribes in Mindanao. (For information on the relationship between Manobos and Indonesians, a branch of the white race, see Brinton's remarks on Quatrefages and Hamy in the American Anthropologist, 1898, Vol. XI, p. 297.)

Mardicas†.—In the war between Spain and Holland (seventeenth century) the mercenaries from the Celebes, Macassars, and the Moluccas were so called.

Mardicas†.—During the war between Spain and Holland (seventeenth century), the mercenaries from the Celebes, Macassars, and the Moluccas were referred to as such.

Maritimos.—The Remontados, who inhabit the islands and rocks on the north coast of Camarines Norte. (The island of Alabat, on the east coast of Luzon, is peopled by Negrito half-breeds, called Dumagat and Maritimos.—A. B. Meyer.) [115]

Maritimos.—The Remontados, who live on the islands and rocks along the north coast of Camarines Norte. (The island of Alabat, located on the east coast of Luzon, is inhabited by Negrito mixed-race individuals known as Dumagat and Maritimos.—A. B. Meyer.) [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Mayoyaos.—A Malay head-hunting people, who inhabit the southwest corner of Isabela and the northwest angle of Nueva Vizcaya. The Mayoyaos belong, without doubt, to the Ifugao linguistic stock.

Mayoyaos.—A Malay head-hunting group that lives in the southwest corner of Isabela and the northwest region of Nueva Vizcaya. The Mayoyaos definitely belong to the Ifugao linguistic family.

Mestizo.—Mixture. Mestizo Peninsulo, Mestizo Español, Mestizo Privilegiado, mixture of Spaniards and natives; Mestizo Chino, Mestizo Sangley, Mestizo Tributante, or mixture of Chinese with natives.

Mestizo.—Blend. Mestizo Peninsulo, Mestizo Español, Mestizo Privilegiado, a mix of Spaniards and natives; Mestizo Chino, Mestizo Sangley, Mestizo Tributante, or a blend of Chinese with natives.

Mindanaos, see Maguindanaos.

Mindanao, see Maguindanao.

Montaraz, Montesinos.—Collective name for heathen mountain peoples and also for Remontados.

Montaraz, Montesinos.—A general term for non-Christian mountain communities and also for Remontados.

Monteses.—(1) Collective name in the same sense as Montaraz; (2) Spanish name for Buquidnones and Buquitnon.

Monteses.—(1) Group name similar to Montaraz; (2) Spanish term for Buquidnones and Buquitnon.

Moros.—Mohammedan Malays in the south of the archipelago, southern Palawan, Balabac, Sulu Islands, Basilan, western and partly the southern coast of Mindanao, as well as the territorio illano and the Rio Grande region and the Sarangani islands. Various subdivisions have been recognized: Maguindanaos, Illanos, Samales, Joloanos, etc.

Moros.—Muslim Malays in the southern part of the archipelago, including southern Palawan, Balabac, Sulu Islands, Basilan, the western and some southern coast of Mindanao, as well as the interior territories and the Rio Grande region and the Sarangani islands. Different subdivisions have been identified: Maguindanaos, Illanos, Samales, Joloanos, etc.

(In the sixteenth century, 1521–1565, the Moros of Brunei (Borneo) propagated Islam among the brown race of the Philippines.)

(In the sixteenth century, 1521–1565, the Moros of Brunei (Borneo) spread Islam among the indigenous people of the Philippines.)

Mundos.—Heathen tribes inhabiting the wilds of Panay and Cebu. Buzeta and Bravo regard them as Visaya Remontados gone wild. Baron Huegel says that their customs resemble those of the Igorots. This is a contradiction, in which more stress is laid on the testimony of the two Augustinians, that Mundos is misused as a collective name, like Igorots, Maguianes, etc.

Mundos.—Pagan tribes living in the remote areas of Panay and Cebu. Buzeta and Bravo consider them to be wild Visaya Remontados. Baron Huegel claims that their practices are similar to those of the Igorots. This presents a contradiction, with more emphasis on the claims of the two Augustinians, who argue that Mundos is improperly used as a collective term, similar to Igorots, Maguianes, and others.

Nabayuganes.—A warlike, head-hunting people of Malay origin, dwelling westward from Malaneg or Malanec (province of Cagayan). They appear to be related to the Guinaanes.

Nabayuganes.—A warrior, head-hunting group of Malay origin, living west of Malaneg or Malanec (Cagayan province). They seem to be connected to the Guinaanes.

Negrito.—(Native names: Aeta, Até (Palawan), Eta, Ita, Mamanua (northeast Mindanao), old Spanish name, Negrillo, Negros del País). The woolly-haired, dark-colored aborigines of the land who, in miserable condition, live scattered among the Malay population in various parts of Luzon, Mindoro (?), Tablas, Panay, Busuanga (?), Culion (?), Palawan, Negros, Cebu, and Mindanao. There are supposed to be 20,000 of them. They are also spoken of under the word Balugas. The Negrito idiom of the province of Cagayan is called Atta.

Negrito.—(Native names: Aeta, Até (Palawan), Eta, Ita, Mamanua (northeast Mindanao), old Spanish name, Negrillo, Negros del País). The woolly-haired, dark-skinned indigenous people of the land who, in poor conditions, live scattered among the Malay population in various parts of Luzon, Mindoro (?), Tablas, Panay, Busuanga (?), Culion (?), Palawan, Negros, Cebu, and Mindanao. There are believed to be around 20,000 of them. They are also referred to as Balugas. The Negrito language in the province of Cagayan is called Atta.

(“It may be regarded as proved that Negritos are found in Luzon, Alabat, Corregidor, Panay, Tablas, Negros, Cebu, northeastern Mindanao, and Palawan. It is questionable whether they occur in Guimaias (island south of Panay), Mindoro.”—A. B. Meyer, 1899, p. 19.

(“It may be considered proven that Negritos are found in Luzon, Alabat, Corregidor, Panay, Tablas, Negros, Cebu, northeastern Mindanao, and Palawan. It's uncertain if they are present in Guimaias (an island south of Panay) and Mindoro.”—A. B. Meyer, 1899, p. 19.

Upon the Negritos, consult A. B. Meyer: The Negritos of the Philippines, publications of the Royal Ethnographic Museum of Dresden, 1893, Vol. IX, 10 pl., folio; also, The Distribution of the Negritos, Dresden, 1899; Montano, Mission aux Philippines, 1885; Marche, Lucon et Palaouan, 1887.—Translator.)

Upon the Negritos, see A. B. Meyer: The Negritos of the Philippines, publications of the Royal Ethnographic Museum of Dresden, 1893, Vol. IX, 10 pl., folio; also, The Distribution of the Negritos, Dresden, 1899; Montano, Mission aux Philippines, 1885; Marche, Lucon et Palaouan, 1887.—Translator.)

Palauanes.—Another name for Tagbanuas, perhaps their original name, from which the island of Paragua got the name Isla de los Palauanes. The u in these names equals the German w and the English v.

Palauanes.—Another name for Tagbanuas, possibly their original name, from which the island of Paragua got the name Isla de los Palauanes. The u in these names is equivalent to the German w and the English v.

Pampangos.—A Malay language group who, at the arrival of the Spaniards, possessed a civilization and method of writing of its own. The people inhabit the province of Pampanga, Porac, and single locations in Nueva Ecija, Bataan, and Zambales. They are Christians.

Pampangos.—A Malay language group who, when the Spaniards arrived, had their own civilization and writing system. They live in the province of Pampanga, Porac, and some areas in Nueva Ecija, Bataan, and Zambales. They are Christians.

Panayano.—Dialect of Visaya.

Panayano.—Visayan dialect.

Pangasinanes.—A Malay language group which already at the time of the conquest had its own civilization and writing. The people inhabit the larger part of Pangasinan and various localities of Zambales, Nueva Ecija, Benguet, and Porac (?). They are Christians.

Pangasinanes.—A Malay language group that already had its own civilization and writing at the time of the conquest. The people live in most of Pangasinan and various areas of Zambales, Nueva Ecija, Benguet, and Porac (?). They are Christians.

Panguianes, see Pungianes.

Panguianes, see Pungianes.

Panuipuyes (Panipuyes).—A tribe of so-called Igorots. Their dwellings were to be sought in the western portion of Nueva Vizcaya or Isabela de Luzon.

Panuipuyes (Panipuyes).—A tribe of what are called Igorots. Their homes could be found in the western part of Nueva Vizcaya or Isabela de Luzon.

Peninsulares.—European Spaniards.

Peninsulares.—Spanish Europeans.

Pidatanos.—In the back country of Libungan, therefore not far from the delta of the Rio Grande de Mindanao, dwell, as the Moros report, a heathen mountain people bearing the name of Pidatanos. Probably they have not a separate language, but belong to one of the well-known families, perhaps the Manguangas.

Pidatanos.—In the rural areas of Libungan, not too far from the delta of the Rio Grande de Mindanao, there lives a group described by the Moros as a pagan mountain people known as the Pidatanos. They likely don't have their own distinct language but instead belong to one of the familiar groups, possibly the Manguangas.

Pintados,† see Visayas.

Pintados,† see Visayas.

Pungianes.—Tribe of Mayoyaos. [116]

Pungianes.—Mayoyaos tribe. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Quianganes.—(Pronounced Kianganes). A head-hunting people, settled in 1889 in the comandancia of Quiangan (Luzon), for that reason belonging to the Ifugao linguistic family. (See Die Kianganes (Luzon), by Blumentritt, Das Ausland, Stuttgart, 1891, pp. 129–132.)

Quianganes.—(Pronounced Kianganes). A head-hunting group that settled in 1889 in the district of Quiangan (Luzon), which is why they are part of the Ifugao language family. (See The Kianganes (Luzon), by Blumentritt, The foreign country, Stuttgart, 1891, pp. 129–132.)

Quimpano, see Quimbazanos.

Quimpano, check out Quimbazanos.

Quinanes, see Guinaanes.

Quinanes, see Guinaanes.

Remontados.—Name of civilized natives who have given up the civilized life and fled to the mountain forests.

Remontados.—Name for civilized natives who have abandoned their civilized lifestyle and escaped to the mountain forests.

Samales.—(1) A small Malay people living on the island of Samal in the Gulf of Davao (Mindanao). They are heathen, but they are partly converted to Christianity. (2) Another name for the Moros who inhabit the islands lying between Basilan and Sulu.

Samales.—(1) A small Malay group residing on the island of Samal in the Gulf of Davao (Mindanao). They are non-Christian, but they have partially adopted Christianity. (2) Another term for the Moros living on the islands between Basilan and Sulu.

Samales-Laut.—The Moros who inhabit the coasts of Basilan. Compare Samales (2).

Samales-Laut.—The Moros living along the shores of Basilan. See Samales (2).

Sameacas.—Some authors speak of them as the aborigines of Basilan pushed back into the interior by the Moros. According to Claudio Montero y Gay, they are heathen.

Sameacas.—Some writers refer to them as the original inhabitants of Basilan who were driven into the interior by the Moros. According to Claudio Montero y Gay, they are pagans.

Sangley.—A name borne in early times by Chinese settled in the Philippines. Going into disuse.

Sangley.—A name used in the past by Chinese people who settled in the Philippines. It's falling out of use.

(It is thought that the Chinese were not numerous on the islands until the settlement of the Spaniards had established commerce with Acapulco, introducing Mexican silver, greatly coveted by the Celestials.—Translator.)

(It is believed that the Chinese population on the islands was small until the Spanish settlement established trade with Acapulco, bringing in Mexican silver, which was highly sought after by the Celestials.—Translator.)

Sanguiles.—(1) Until most recent times by this name was understood a people in the little-known southern part of the district of Davao (Mindanao). The Jesuit missionaries have found no people bearing this name; it seems, therefore, that Sanguiles was a collective title for the Bilanes, Dulanganes, and Manobos, who occupied the most southern part of Mindanao, the peninsula of the volcano Sanguil or Saragana. (2) Moros Sanguiles means those Moros who dwell in the part of the south coast of Mindanao (district of Davao) lying between the Punto de Craan and the Punta Panguitan or Tinaka. They also appear to have received their name from the volcano of Sanguil.

Sanguiles.—(1) Until very recently, this term referred to a group of people in the lesser-known southern area of the Davao region (Mindanao). The Jesuit missionaries found no group with this name; it seems that Sanguiles was actually a collective term for the Bilanes, Dulanganes, and Manobos, who lived in the southernmost part of Mindanao, at the peninsula of the Sanguil or Saragana volcano. (2) Moros Sanguiles refers to those Moros who live along the southern coast of Mindanao (Davao district) between Punto de Craan and Punta Panguitan or Tinaka. They also seem to have gotten their name from the volcano of Sanguil.

Silipanes.—A heathen head-hunting people having its abode in the province of Nueva Vizcaya (and comandancia Quiangan). It belongs to the Ifugao linguistic family. (Consult A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, in Vol. VIII, folio series, Royal Ethnographic Museum in Dresden, 1890.)

Silipanes.—A non-Christian head-hunting group living in the province of Nueva Vizcaya (and comandancia Quiangan). They are part of the Ifugao language family. (See A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, in Vol. VIII, folio series, Royal Ethnographic Museum in Dresden, 1890.)

Subanos.—(Properly Subanon, “river people.”) A heathen people of Malay extraction, who occupy the entire peninsula of Sibuguey (west Mindanao), with exception of a single strip on the coast. (See Die Subanos (Mindanao), by Blumentritt, Das Ausland, Stuttgart, 1891, pp. 392–395.)

Subanos.—(Correctly Subanon, “river people.”) A non-Christian group of Malay origin that lives throughout the Sibuguey peninsula (west Mindanao), except for a narrow stretch along the coast. (See The Subanos (Mindanao), by Blumentritt, Abroad, Stuttgart, 1891, pp. 392–395.)

Suflin.—An Igorot dialect. The f in the name would hint at Guinaanes or Ifugaos. The official nomenclature in 1865 so characterizes a dialect spoken in Bontok.

Suflin.—An Igorot dialect. The f in the name suggests a connection to Guinaanes or Ifugaos. The official classification in 1865 describes a dialect spoken in Bontok.

Tabanus, see Tagbanuas.

Tabanus, refer to Tagbanuas.

Tadianan.—Another name for those Mongoloid Manguianes who live in the mountain vales of Pinamalayan (Mindoro).

Tadianan.—Another name for the Mongoloid Manguianes who live in the mountain valleys of Pinamalayan (Mindoro).

Tagabaloyes.—In a chart of the Philippines for 1744, by P. Murillo Velardi, S. J., this name is to be seen west of Caraga and Bislig (Mindanao). English authors speak of the Tagabaloyes, Waitz mentions their clear color, and Mas calls them Igorots. Others add that they were Mestizos of Indians and Japanese, and more fables to the same effect. Their region has been well explored, but only Manobos and Mandayas have been found there. The last named are clear colored, so Tagabaloyes seems to be another name for Mandayas. The name sounds temptingly like Tagabelies.

Tagabaloyes.—In a map of the Philippines from 1744, created by P. Murillo Velardi, S. J., this name appears west of Caraga and Bislig (Mindanao). English writers refer to the Tagabaloyes, Waitz notes their light skin tone, and Mas calls them Igorots. Others claim they were Mestizos of Indigenous people and Japanese, along with other similar tales. Their area has been thoroughly explored, but only Manobos and Mandayas have been found there. The latter are light-skinned, so Tagabaloyes seems to be another name for Mandayas. The name sounds quite similar to Tagabelies.

Variants: Tagbalvoys, Tagabaloyes, Tagobalooys, etc.

Variants: Tagbalvoys, Tagabaloyes, Tagobalooys, etc.

Tagabawas.—Dr. Montano reports that this is not a numerous people and that it is made up of a mixture of Manabos, Bagobos, and Tagacaolos. Their dwelling places are scattered on both sides of Davao Bay (Mindanao), especially near Rio Hijo.

Tagabawas.—Dr. Montano reports that this group is not large and consists of a mix of Manabos, Bagobos, and Tagacaolos. Their homes are spread out on both sides of Davao Bay (Mindanao), particularly near Rio Hijo.

Tagabelies.—A heathen people of Malay origin, living in the region between the Bay of Sarangani and Lake Buluan (Mindanao). Since they call themselves Tagabulu (people of Bulu), it is suspected that they, like the Buluanes or Bilanes, derive their name from the lake mentioned.

Tagabelies.—A non-Christian group of Malay descent, residing in the area between the Bay of Sarangani and Lake Buluan (Mindanao). Because they refer to themselves as Tagabulu (people of Bulu), it is believed that, similar to the Buluanes or Bilanes, they get their name from the aforementioned lake.

Tagabotes.—A people of Mindanao mentioned in the Ilustración Filipina (1860, No. 17).

Tagabotes.—A group of people from Mindanao noted in the Ilustración Filipina (1860, No. 17).

Tagabulu, see Tagabelies, also Tagabuli.

Tagabulu, see Tagabelies, also Tagabuli.

Tagacaolos.—A Malay, heathen people. Their settlements are scattered among those of other tribes on both sides of the Gulf of Davao (Mindanao). Compare also Loac. Their name Taga-ca-olo would mean “dwellers on the river sources.” [117]

Tagacaolos.—A Malay, non-Christian people. Their communities are spread out among those of other tribes on both sides of the Gulf of Davao (Mindanao). Compare also Loac. Their name Taga-ca-olo means “people who live near the river sources.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Variant: Tagalaogos.

Variant: Tagalog.

Tagalos, Tagalog (elsewhere Tagalas).—A Malay people of ancient civilization, possessing already an alphabet in pre-Spanish times. They are Christians, and inhabit the provinces and territory of the following: Manila, Corregidor, Cavite, Bataan, Bulacan, Batangas, Infanta, Laguna, Mindoro; in less degree, Tayabas, Zambales, Nueva Ecija, Isabela, and Principe. They form, with the Visayas and Ilocanos, the greater part of the native population, as well by their numbers as by their grade of culture. Their language is called Tagalog. (See Brinton, American Anthropologist, 1898, XI, pp. 303–306.)

Tagalos, Tagalog (sometimes Tagalas).—A Malay people with an ancient civilization, who already had an alphabet before Spanish colonization. They are Christians and live in the provinces and areas of: Manila, Corregidor, Cavite, Bataan, Bulacan, Batangas, Infanta, Laguna, Mindoro; to a lesser extent, Tayabas, Zambales, Nueva Ecija, Isabela, and Principe. Along with the Visayas and Ilocanos, they make up the majority of the native population, both in terms of numbers and cultural development. Their language is called Tagalog. (See Brinton, American Anthropologist, 1898, XI, pp. 303–306.)

Tagbalvoys, see Tagabaloyes.

Tagbalvoys, check out Tagabaloyes.

Tagbanuas.—A Malay people mixed with Negrito blood. They are heathen, with exception of the Calmianos, and appear to have formerly stood on higher culture grade, for A. Marche found them in possession of an alphabet of their own. They inhabit the island of Palawan (Paragua) and the Calamianes. The Moros of Palawan are partly Tagbanuas. Variant: Tabanuas. (See Dean Worcester, Philippine Islands, 1898, p. 99.—Translator.)

Tagbanuas.—A Malay group with some Negrito ancestry. They follow traditional beliefs, except for the Calmianos, and seem to have had a higher cultural status in the past, as A. Marche discovered they had their own alphabet. They live on the island of Palawan (Paragua) and the Calamianes. The Moros of Palawan are partly Tagbanuas. Variant: Tabanuas. (See Dean Worcester, Philippine Islands, 1898, p. 99.—Translator.)

Tagobalooys, see Tagabaloys.

Tagobalooys, see Tagabaloys.

Talaos.—This newly christened name belongs to no Philippine people, but is the Spanish title of the inhabitants of the Dutch island Talaut. They come to southern Mindanao to purchase provisions.

Talaos.—This newly given name doesn't refer to any Philippine people, but is the Spanish name for the residents of the Dutch island Talaut. They travel to southern Mindanao to buy supplies.

Tandolanos.—Wild natives living on the west coast of Palawan, between Punta Diente and Punta Tularan. As they are also called Igorots they appear to belong to the Malay race.

Tandolanos.—Wild natives living on the west coast of Palawan, between Punta Diente and Punta Tularan. They are also referred to as Igorots, which suggests they are part of the Malay race.

Teduray, see Tirurayes.

Teduray, see Tirurayes.

Tegurayes.—A variant form of Tirurayes.

Tegurayes.—A variant of Tirurayes.

Tinguianes.—A heathen people of Malay origin and peaceable disposition. Their home is the province of Abra and the bordering parts of Ilocos Norte and Ilocos Sur. They have also villages in Union (Luzon). The Tinguianes converted to Christianity are strongly Ilocanised. Variants: Itanega,† Itaneg,† Itaveg,† Tingues.† (See Brinton’s note on the identification of Tinguianes with Indonesians, an allophyllic branch of the white race, by Quatrefages and Hamy. American Anthropologist, 1898, Vol. XI, p. 297. Consult A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, in Volume VIII, folio series, Royal Ethnographic Museum, in Dresden, 1890.)

Tinguianes.—A non-Christian group of Malay descent known for their peaceful nature. They live in the province of Abra and nearby areas of Ilocos Norte and Ilocos Sur. They also have villages in Union (Luzon). The Tinguianes who have converted to Christianity are heavily influenced by Ilocano culture. Variants: Itanega,† Itaneg,† Itaveg,† Tingues.† (See Brinton’s note on the identification of Tinguianes with Indonesians, a branch of the white race, by Quatrefages and Hamy. American Anthropologist, 1898, Vol. XI, p. 297. Consult A. B. Meyer, with A. Schadenberg, in Volume VIII, folio series, Royal Ethnographic Museum, in Dresden, 1890.)

Tinitianes.—A heathen people, probably of Malay origin. They inhabit a strip of land north of Bubayan Creek, Palawan. (A. B. Meyer, 1899, pp. 9, 19, quotes Blumentritt’s The Natives of the Island of Palawan and of the Calamanian Group (Globus, Braunschweig, 1891, Vol. LIX, pp. 182, 183), to the effect that the Tinitianes are probably only Negrito half-breeds.—Translator.)

Tinitianes.—A group of non-Christian people, likely of Malay descent. They live in a region north of Bubayan Creek, Palawan. (A. B. Meyer, 1899, pp. 9, 19, references Blumentritt’s The Natives of the Island of Palawan and of the Calamanian Group (Globus, Braunschweig, 1891, Vol. LIX, pp. 182, 183), suggesting that the Tinitianes are probably just Negrito half-breeds.—Translator.)

Tinivayanes.—Moros (?) or heathen (?). Said to live along the Rio Grande de Mindanao.

Tinivayanes.—Moros (?) or heathens (?). Reportedly live along the Rio Grande de Mindanao.

Tino.—Name of the language of the Zambales.

Tino.—The name of the language spoken in the Zambales region.

Tiron.—Separate name of those Manguianes of Mindoro who inhabit the highest mountain regions in the surroundings of Naujan.

Tiron.—Distinct name for the Manguianes of Mindoro who live in the highest mountain areas around Naujan.

Tirones†.—The Moro pirates of the province of Tiron in Borneo and the islands near-by are so called.

Tirones†.—The Moro pirates from the province of Tiron in Borneo and the nearby islands are referred to as such.

Tirurayes.—A peaceable heathen people of Malay origin. They live in the district of Cottabato, in the mountains west of the Rio Grande de Mindanao. The Christian Tirurayes live in Tamontaca. Variants: Teduray, Tirulay.

Tirurayes.—A peaceful indigenous group of Malay descent. They reside in the Cottabato region, in the mountains west of the Rio Grande de Mindanao. The Christian Tirurayes are located in Tamontaca. Variants: Teduray, Tirulay.

Vicol, see Bicol.—(Vicol is preferable.)

Vicol, see Bicol.—(Vicol is better.)

Vilanes, see Bilanes.—(Vilanes is preferable.)

Vilanes, see Bilanes.—(Vilanes is better.)

Visayas, see Bisayas.—(This spelling is preferable to Bisayas.)

Visayas, see Bisayas.—(This spelling is better than Bisayas.)

Ygolot, see Igorots.

Ygolot, see Igorots.

Ycanes—According to P. P. Cavallería, S.J., the Moros dwelling in the interior of the island are so called. (Compare Jacanes, Sameacas, and Samales-Lautes.)

Ycanes—According to P. P. Cavallería, S.J., the Moros living in the interior of the island are called this. (Compare Jacanes, Sameacas, and Samales-Lautes.)

Yvgades, see Gaddanes.

Yvgades, check out Gaddanes.

Zambales.—A civilized, Christianized people of Malay origin, living in the province of the same name. Those called by different writers Igorotes de Zambales, Cimarrones de Zambales, are posterity of Remontados. Their language is Tino. [118]

Zambales.—A civilized, Christianized group of people of Malay descent, residing in the province of the same name. Those referred to by various writers as Igorotes de Zambales or Cimarrones de Zambales are descendants of Remontados. Their language is Tino. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Beginnings of Philippine Nationalism

The third of a thousand years during which Spain misgoverned the archipelago that Magellan had discovered for her was a period of Philippine preparation.

The third of a thousand years that Spain mismanaged the archipelago discovered by Magellan was a time of preparation for the Philippines.

Divided already so each town was jealous of its neighbors and anxious to enlist the Europeans in waging war upon them, the Filipinos were an easy conquest for soldiers whose first military maxim was Rome’s “Divide and Conquer.”

Divided already so each town was jealous of its neighbors and eager to get the Europeans to fight against them, the Filipinos were an easy target for soldiers whose first military rule was Rome’s “Divide and Conquer.”

The conquest might better be called a conversion for the cross did much more to establish and maintain Spain’s authority than the sword. And the new religion formed a bond of union, perhaps the only one which could have brought together such diverse elements.

The conquest might be better described as a conversion because the cross did much more to establish and maintain Spain’s authority than the sword. The new religion created a unifying bond, possibly the only one that could have brought together such diverse groups.

Spanish catholicism was not merely a Spanish church, the church was Spain. There was therefore no humiliation over subjugation, rather exultation in having found salvation.

Spanish Catholicism wasn't just a Spanish church; it was Spain itself. So, there was no shame in being dominated, but rather a celebration of having found salvation.

The people were seafaring folk with the sturdiness such a life gives. Their chiefs were their captains, and, in waters that are the home of the typhoon, leadership, if in no other way than by the survival of the fittest, came to the most capable.

The people were seafaring folk with the toughness that comes with that lifestyle. Their leaders were their captains, and in waters that are known for typhoons, leadership—if only through survival of the fittest—fell to the most skilled.

Women held high position, for with their husband so much away not only the household but all the family affairs were under their control, a condition still notable. Thus the home influence in which the children grew up was not that of the Orient, a shut-in Zenana with, for the child’s first model, a mother who had been a slave and now as mistress was a tyrant, but the youth of the Philippines earlier saw the real world and had training from mothers who knew its ways.

Women held significant positions because, with their husbands gone so often, they were in control of not just the household but all family matters as well, a situation that is still noticeable today. Therefore, the environment in which the children were raised wasn't like the Orient, where children grew up in a confined Zenana with a mother who had been a slave and then became a tyrant as the mistress. Instead, the youth of the Philippines were exposed to the real world and received guidance from mothers who understood its realities.

There were gradations of rank, but people were constantly falling from the higher to the lower so that these had ambitious persons among them seeking to regain their former estate and arousing ambition among their fellows. And the condition of even the lowest was not [119]hopeless. So well ordered was society that even slaves had rights and knew them; had too the civic courage to stand up for them against their masters. Witness the story of the surprise of the Spaniards who heard slaves saying to their masters, “What is there in it for me in this?”, when orders were given them.

There were different levels of rank, but people were always moving down from the higher ranks to the lower ones, which led to ambitious individuals trying to reclaim their previous status and inspiring ambition in others. Even the lowest social status wasn't [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] hopeless. Society was so well organized that even slaves had rights and were aware of them; they even had the courage to defend these rights against their masters. Take for example the incident where Spaniards were shocked to hear slaves asking their masters, “What’s in it for me?” when they were given orders.

Nor should it be thought that the wholesale conversion betrayed weakness of character. The islands had had a nature religion, the belief of an artistic people, that their Gods would delight in and frequent the most beautiful spots. Then came the religion of Mahomet with a system which reason readily recognized as superior, but before it was fairly established there arrived another religion which not only commended itself to reason but appealed to the artistic sense, both in larger measure than either of its predecessors.

Nor should anyone think that the complete conversion showed weakness of character. The islands had a nature religion, stemming from the belief of an artistic people, that their Gods would enjoy and inhabit the most beautiful places. Then came the religion of Mohammed, which reason easily recognized as superior. But before it was fully established, another religion arrived that not only appealed to reason but also resonated with artistic sensibilities, doing so more profoundly than either of its predecessors.

Those who had felt exalted in the glory of the tropical sun, found comfort in the moonbeams’ softer radiance, had sought the leafy recesses of the forest for reflection and were soothed and sustained by the musical murmurs of mountain cascades found greater comfort and a higher gratification in the rites and ceremonies of a church which has ever been the patron of art and consecrates all that is beautiful in music, painting and sculpture to adorn its sanctuaries and dignify its worship.

Those who had basked in the glory of the tropical sun, found comfort in the gentle glow of the moonbeams, sought refuge in the leafy parts of the forest for reflection, and were calmed and uplifted by the soothing sounds of mountain waterfalls found greater comfort and deeper satisfaction in the rituals and ceremonies of a church that has always supported art and honors all that is beautiful in music, painting, and sculpture to enhance its sanctuaries and elevate its worship.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Friar Domination in the Philippines

By “Plaridel” (Marcelo H. del Pilar).

By "Plaridel" (Marcelo H. del Pilar).

Three centuries have passed since the blood of Legaspi and of Sikatuna mingled in a cup of which both partook in token of eternal friendship, thus ratifying their oaths to fuse thenceforward into a single ideal the aspiration of Spain and the Philippines. But the passage of time, instead of making firmer this fusion, has only strengthened the predominance of the religious orders who have turned the islands into a colony exploited by friars.

Three centuries have gone by since the blood of Legaspi and Sikatuna mixed in a cup they both drank from as a symbol of everlasting friendship, confirming their vows to blend the hopes of Spain and the Philippines into one ideal. However, instead of solidifying this union, time has only reinforced the power of the religious orders that have turned the islands into a colony exploited by friars.

No one is ignorant of the rebellion of the friars against the highest political and religious authorities of the archipelago; nor is anyone ignorant of the violent death of some, the coercion exercised on others and the vexations visited upon all those who in governing the country have dared to place the interests of the motherland of the Catholic religion before the convents. [120]

No one is unaware of the friars' uprising against the top political and religious authorities of the archipelago; nor is anyone oblivious to the brutal deaths of some, the pressure put on others, and the mistreatment faced by all those who, in leading the country, have dared to prioritize the interests of the homeland of the Catholic faith over the convents. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The immunity of those implicated and the predominance of the rebellious elements compel the unhappy belief that Spain has already abdicated the sovereignty in favor of Philippine friarism.

The immunity of those involved and the dominance of the rebellious groups lead to the unfortunate belief that Spain has already given up its sovereignty in favor of Philippine friarism.

So it is worth while to dissipate this erroneous impression. Sad is it to think that the planning of Charles V and Philip II, the efforts of Magellan and Elcano, the sufferings of Villalobos, the prudence and the valor of Legaspi, the sacrifices of Salcedo, Lavezares, Goiti, and the others, only served as a stepping-stone for enthroning the friar orders.

So it's important to clear up this misunderstanding. It's unfortunate to consider that the planning of Charles V and Philip II, the efforts of Magellan and Elcano, the hardships faced by Villalobos, the wisdom and bravery of Legaspi, and the sacrifices made by Salcedo, Lavezares, Goiti, and others, only served to elevate the friar orders.

The Filipino people are passing in these moments through an interesting period. Already they have manifested their aversion to the friars, and I believe the time has come to draw attention to the aspirations which palpitate in their bosoms.

The Filipino people are currently going through an interesting time. They have already shown their dislike for the friars, and I believe it's time to highlight the hopes and desires that beat within their hearts.

On the one hand their future and on the other the attitude of China, Japan and other nations which from Europe and Asia have fixed their gaze on the map of Oceanica, offer to the thoughtful man problems of deep seriousness which perhaps may be resolved in time to forestall and smooth out future difficulties.

On one hand, there’s their future, and on the other, the stance of China, Japan, and other countries from Europe and Asia that have their eyes set on the map of Oceania, presenting serious challenges for those who think deeply. These issues might be addressed over time to prevent and ease future problems.

Luna’s palette has revived the recollection of the “Blood Compact” between Legaspi and Sikatuna, and the Filipino cannot view without regret the powerful intervention of the friar interests which, blocking every tendency toward fraternity between Spain and the Philippines, are creating a difficult situation by increasing the former’s unfriendliness and the latter’s burdens. For this they rely on the difference of language between the governing and the governed classes; and to maintain that difference, to impede popular instruction and to prevent at all cost that the people and their government shall come to understand each other is the best way to maintain them in perpetual antagonism.

Luna’s artwork has brought back memories of the “Blood Compact” between Legaspi and Sikatuna, and Filipinos can’t help but feel regret over the strong influence of friar interests that, by blocking any efforts toward unity between Spain and the Philippines, are creating a tough situation by worsening Spain’s hostility and increasing the burdens on the Philippines. They rely on the language barrier between those in power and the common people; keeping that gap ensures that popular education is hindered and prevents mutual understanding between the people and their government, which is the best way to keep them in constant conflict.

How far this plan has already gone can be estimated by analyzing the relations of the friarocracy with the official institution which makes up the organization of the towns of the Philippines. As everywhere else, in the Philippines the relation of residents to the municipal officers is of the utmost importance. The petty governor, or chief of the village, in each locality constitutes the channel of communication and the agency for carrying out the ideas of the government, and according to the activity or inertness of this element the plan of the higher authorities works out effectively or suffers sad shipwreck.

How far this plan has progressed can be assessed by looking at the connections between the friarocracy and the official institutions that organize the towns in the Philippines. Just like anywhere else, the relationship between residents and municipal officers is extremely important in the Philippines. The local governor or village chief acts as the channel for communication and the means to implement the government’s ideas, and the effectiveness of the higher authorities' plan depends on whether this figure is active or inactive.

The parish priest has no vote in these elections, but controls them because in his hands is the veto power. In forwarding the returns for the ratification of the election result, the parish priest makes two reports: one is public in character and is limited to setting forth the grade of instruction of the candidate in the official language; the other is confidential and under no restrictions whatever.

The parish priest doesn't have a vote in these elections, but he controls them because he has veto power. When submitting the results for ratification, the parish priest prepares two reports: one is public and only shows the candidate's education level in the official language; the other is confidential and has no restrictions at all.

The candidate who has no legal impediment, unless he is of the priest’s following, will turn out disqualified in some other way, thanks to the confidential report. He will be anti-Spanish, an agitator (filibustero), separatist, and if this report cannot be controverted the candidate of the town meeting will be thrown out. The parish priest, in the final result, is master of the situation. [121]

The candidate without any legal issues, unless he is backed by the priest, will likely be disqualified for other reasons due to the confidential report. He’ll be labeled as anti-Spanish, an agitator (filibustero), and a separatist, and if this report can’t be disputed, the town meeting’s candidate will be dismissed. In the end, the parish priest has control over the situation. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

In carrying on their municipal duties, the local authorities are dependent upon the parish priest. For a report on the conduct of a resident, a hundred of the principal men are not enough; the vital point is having the “O. K.” of the parish priest. In turning in the tax rolls of the neighborhood, his signature is necessary. For the calling to the colors of the young men to whom the lot has fallen to serve as soldiers, the parish priest’s “approved;” to validate accounts and other official documents, the parish priest’s “approved;” in everything and for everything there is demanded as the essential requisite the approval of the parish priest.

In carrying out their local responsibilities, the local authorities rely on the parish priest. For a report on a resident's behavior, having a hundred of the leading men isn’t sufficient; what's crucial is getting the parish priest's approval. When submitting the tax rolls for the area, his signature is required. For calling up the young men who have been selected to serve as soldiers, the parish priest’s "approved" is necessary; to validate accounts and other official documents, the parish priest’s "approved" is also needed; in every situation and for everything, the parish priest's approval is mandated as the essential requirement.

In exchange there exists no corrective provision which regulates the conditions under which the parish priest may grant or withhold this approval. He grants or withholds it according to his own free will or as he is directed by his ecclesiastical superiors. The chief local authority is the only one on whom falls this burden of regularizing his acts with the indispensable approval of the parish priest. If the parish priest refuses it, then the chief incurs the discipline of his superiors.

In this exchange, there isn’t a set guideline that controls when the parish priest can approve or deny this. He does so based on his own discretion or according to the directions from his church leaders. The primary local authority is solely responsible for ensuring his actions are regularized with the necessary approval from the parish priest. If the parish priest denies approval, then the local authority faces consequences from his superiors.

Manifold are the functions of the chief local authority in the Philippines. Aside from his judicial duties, he has charge of the administration, of the tax collecting, of the port, etc., and, given the dependence upon the parish priest in which he finds himself, it is not to be wondered at that the latter controls even to the official correspondence, in fact retaining the right to authorize its transmission.

The functions of the chief local authority in the Philippines are numerous. In addition to his judicial duties, he is responsible for administration, tax collection, the port, and more. Given his reliance on the parish priest, it's not surprising that the priest even controls official correspondence and retains the right to authorize its transmission.

Orders from above are complied with when it so pleases the Most Reverend Parish Priest. If the higher authority attempts to impose and require energetic compliance with his commands, the parish priest communicates it to one of the superiors of his order, and this obtains the overthrowing of the official. For it he has an argument incontrovertible and of magic effect, to wit, that it endangers the national indivisibility. If it is an effort to open a road and the parish priest doesn’t want it, then it endangers the national indivisibility. Or if the public health requires that dead bodies should not be taken into the church, still it is no reason,—it would imperil the national indivisibility.

Orders from above are followed when it suits the Most Reverend Parish Priest. If the higher-ups try to force him to comply with their orders, the parish priest tells one of the superiors in his order, and that leads to the official being removed. He has an unarguable and magically effective point: it threatens the country's unity. If there's an effort to open a road and the parish priest is against it, it threatens national unity. Or if public health demands that dead bodies shouldn’t be brought into the church, it still doesn’t matter—it would jeopardize national unity.

And in everything, the same tendency.

And in everything, the same trend.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Archbishop Martinez’s Secret Defense of His Filipino Clergy

(Translated from a copy obtained from the Manila Executive Bureau Archives)

(Translated from a copy obtained from the Manila Executive Bureau Archives)

Your Serene Highness: The undersigned archbishop respectfully addresses your highness, impelled by a true love of country as well as from a sense of the duty incumbent upon him of working for the tranquillity of his archdiocese. Frequently has it been disturbed and altered by the turning over of the curacies of the secular clergy which some years since were granted to the friar orders. This [122]has been the cause of an antagonism between the two branches of the clergy each time more marked, and is taking a turn which sooner or later can become untoward for our beloved Spain.

Your Serene Highness: The undersigned archbishop respectfully addresses your highness, driven by a genuine love for the country and a sense of duty to work for the peace of his archdiocese. It has frequently been disrupted and changed by the shifting of the parishes of the secular clergy that, some years ago, were handed over to the friar orders. This [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]has caused growing tension between the two branches of the clergy, and is heading towards a situation that could become troubling for our beloved Spain.

Merely to fix the time of the beginning of this antagonism do I mention the royal decree of July 8th, 1826, by which there were restored to the religious communities the curacies in charge of the secular clergy since the second period of the governorship of Don Simon de Anda y Salazar. Just as this measure, as the native priests had those parishes for over half a century and considered them then theirs, they felt it a great hardship each time when, on the death or transfer of one of their number, a friar was put in to replace him. On the death of the parish priest of San Simon, in this present year, the last of the provisions of said royal order was carried out.

I only mention the royal decree of July 8th, 1826, to pinpoint the start of this conflict. The decree returned control of the curacies to the religious communities, which had been in the hands of the secular clergy since the second period of Don Simon de Anda y Salazar's governorship. The native priests, who had held those parishes for over fifty years and viewed them as their own, found it very unfair every time a friar was appointed to replace one of them after his death or transfer. This year, following the death of the parish priest of San Simon, the last provision of that royal order was finally put into effect.

One may cite, as another cause contributing to the growing antagonism, the royal order of March 9th, 1849, which takes away from the secular clergy and gives to the friars seven more parishes in Cavite, namely: Bacoor, Cavite Viejo, and Silang to the Recollect Augustinians; and Santa Cruz and San Francisco de Malabon, Naic and Indan to the Dominicans. By reason of their having become vacant five of these have already been turned over.

One might point to another reason for the increasing conflict: the royal order from March 9th, 1849, which removes seven more parishes in Cavite from the secular clergy and hands them over to the friars. These parishes include Bacoor, Cavite Viejo, and Silang for the Recollect Augustinians, and Santa Cruz, San Francisco de Malabon, Naic, and Indan for the Dominicans. Out of these, five have already been transferred because they became vacant.

But what brought the antagonism to a crisis and filled the native priesthood with indignation was the royal order of September 10th, 1861, to which and to its results the subscriber has in mind especially to call the exalted attention of your Highness.

But what triggered the conflict and outraged the local priesthood was the royal order of September 10th, 1861, which the undersigned particularly wants to bring to your Highness's attention.

Article 13 of the royal decree of July 30th, 1859 (relative to the establishment of a government for Mindanao), arranged that the Jesuit priests should take charge of the parishes and religious duties of that island then held and attended to by the Recollect Friars of the Province of San Nicolas de Tolentino. It thus became necessary to have some workable plan for carrying the arrangement into effect, and the above mentioned royal order of September 10th was given for this purpose, besides indemnifying the Recollects by assigning to their administration curacies in Cavite Province or elsewhere (in the archdiocese of Manila according to a later provision) which had been under the native clergy. The circumstances under which this royal decree was issued deserve careful examination. In the first place, there was then no archbishop, a condition under which the sacred canons enjoin and counsel prudence, when no innovation of any kind shall be introduced; secondly the opinion of the customary ecclesiastical authority was not asked, though here on matters of much less importance numerous endorsements are the rule; thirdly, your Highness is already aware how the priest nominated to the mitre of Manila knew nothing of the anomalous ecclesiastical administration nor of the usages and customs (the reason why he would have renounced such a heavy responsibility and only did accept after strong urging) and so there had to elapse considerable time before he could learn enough of the matter to cause him to complain of it. The foregoing facts are respectfully submitted to Your Highness. [123]

Article 13 of the royal decree dated July 30, 1859 (regarding the establishment of a government for Mindanao) stated that Jesuit priests would take over the parishes and religious duties on the island, which were previously managed by the Recollect Friars of the Province of San Nicolas de Tolentino. Therefore, a practical plan was needed to implement this arrangement, and the aforementioned royal order of September 10 was issued for this purpose. It also provided compensation to the Recollects by assigning them parishes in Cavite Province or elsewhere (in the archdiocese of Manila, according to a later provision) that had been under the native clergy. The context in which this royal decree was issued warrants careful consideration. First, there was no archbishop at that time, which the sacred canons advise requires caution, preventing the introduction of any changes. Second, the usual ecclesiastical authority was not consulted, even though endorsements are typically expected in matters of much less significance. Third, your Highness already knows that the priest chosen for the archbishopric of Manila was unfamiliar with the peculiar ecclesiastical administration and the local customs (which is why he initially intended to decline such a significant responsibility and only accepted after considerable persuasion), and therefore, it took a significant amount of time before he had enough knowledge of the situation to voice any complaints. The above points are respectfully presented to Your Highness. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

When, toward the close of May, 1862, the writer took possession of his archbishopric, he found the native clergy extraordinarily excited and on every hand was urged to request the revocation of the September 10th royal order aforesaid. Unconvinced by petitions and appeals, rather, then in his heart persuaded that the Supreme Government could give him good and sufficient reason for taking so serious a step, the archbishop was disposed to comply as he has complied, cheerfully and to the letter. If he courteously declined to award the Antipolo curacy to the Recollects, it was because he understood this was a request not warranted by the royal order, and he could not have been far out of the way when the State Council formally upheld his judgment as appears in the royal order of May 19th where the formula used is “Having listened to the State Council,” one indicating action against their advice. Moreover now, after long residence in the country, with some knowledge of the church conditions and of its running and of affairs and persons, each time I see with greater clearness that the complaints of the native clergy are not without foundation, that there ought to be some effort to conform the royal order of September 10th, 1861, to the rules of propriety and equity, and that if one observes its results, one must conclude that it does not conform entirely to those of wise policy. Briefly I shall explain these assertions.

When, towards the end of May 1862, the author took over his position as archbishop, he found the local clergy incredibly agitated and was pressured from all sides to ask for the revocation of the royal order from September 10th. Unmoved by petitions and pleas, and rather convinced that the Supreme Government had valid reasons for such a serious step, the archbishop was inclined to comply, and he did so gladly and as instructed. His polite refusal to assign the Antipolo curacy to the Recollects was due to his understanding that this request was not supported by the royal order. He was likely correct since the State Council officially backed his judgment, as noted in the royal order from May 19th, which states, “Having listened to the State Council,” indicating action contrary to their advice. Furthermore, after spending a significant amount of time in the country and gaining some insight into church conditions, its operations, and various matters and individuals, I increasingly see that the grievances of the local clergy are not without merit. There should be an effort to align the royal order of September 10th, 1861, with standards of propriety and fairness, and observing its outcomes suggests that it doesn't fully align with wise policy. I will briefly explain these claims.

The Supreme Government was within its rights in entrusting to the recognized zeal of the Jesuit Fathers the curacies and missions of Mindanao, the law on the Royal Patronship in the code of the Indies authorizing such action. Worthy, too, of praise is it that there should be recognition of the Recollect Fathers’ services and compensation for the loss of their Mindanao religious establishments, because, although many of these were founded by the early Jesuit Fathers, yet the Recollects were then in possession of them and had made them theirs by right of prescription. But if it had been taken into account that likewise the native priests’ services merited appreciation (for under unfavorable vicissitudes they have always borne themselves as faithful subjects of Spain and in the parochial ministry as coadjutors, theirs is even the hardest part of the charge), then by no means would so deserving a class have been wronged to reward any other, and there would have been sought some gentler and equitable way of carrying out the wishes of the Government. The very diocese of Cebu, within whose borders at that time belonged the island of Mindanao, in fact offered no obstacle since it would have been only justice to have not compensated the Recollects with the parishes of other friars, for to them had been previously granted all the curacies of the Island of Negros, which belonged to the native clergy, for want of persons of that class.

The Supreme Government was within its rights to assign the curacies and missions of Mindanao to the dedicated Jesuit Fathers, as authorized by the Royal Patronage law in the code of the Indies. It’s also commendable that the services of the Recollect Fathers were acknowledged and they were compensated for losing their religious establishments in Mindanao. Even though many of these were established by the early Jesuit Fathers, the Recollects had possession of them and had made them theirs by right of prescription. However, if the contributions of the native priests had also been taken into account (because they have consistently shown loyalty to Spain despite tough times and have played a crucial role in parish ministry), then such a deserving group wouldn't have been overlooked in favor of another, and a fairer, more compassionate approach to fulfilling the Government's wishes would have been found. The diocese of Cebu, which included Mindanao at that time, posed no obstacle since it would have only been fair not to compensate the Recollects with the parishes of other friars, especially since they had already been given all the curacies in the Island of Negros, which were previously held by the native clergy due to a lack of personnel from that group.

The curacies of the aforesaid diocese were two hundred and thirty-seven, of which forty-eight belonged to the secular clergy. The scant resources of Cebu’s theological seminary, its lack of professors and the students’ ignorance of the Spanish language, knowledge of which is indispensable in the study of Latin and moral theology, not only prevented the preparation of a sufficient number of priests for the control of the above-mentioned parishes, but also detracted from the success of those needed as coadjutors to aid the parish [124]priests in the administration of the sacraments and the care of the sick. That seminary rightly should be called a college because the natives go to it for the purpose of learning Spanish, and most of them leave when they only have half learned the language. Suffice it to say that there have been, and still are within the former boundaries of the Bishopric of Cebu towns (not compact but confined to distant and scattered barriers) seventeen thousand and more souls where the spiritual administration rests on a single friar priest, usually advanced in years, too. For this reason it cannot be doubted that its zealous prelate would have welcomed the assistance of twenty-seven friars who could have taken charge of that number of parishes, because manifestly this would have improved the parochial administration, and still there would have been left him twenty-one curacies with which to reward those coadjutors who were distinguished among their scanty number for virtue, learning, and hard work.

The diocese had two hundred and thirty-seven parishes, of which forty-eight were served by secular clergy. The limited resources of Cebu’s theological seminary, combined with the lack of professors and the students’ inability to speak Spanish—which is essential for studying Latin and moral theology—not only hindered the training of enough priests to oversee these parishes but also affected the success of those needed as assistants to help the parish [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] priests with administering sacraments and caring for the sick. The seminary could more accurately be called a college since the locals attend to learn Spanish, and many of them leave only having partially learned the language. It’s important to note that within the former boundaries of the Bishopric of Cebu, there are more than seventeen thousand people living in towns that are not clustered together but rather spread out across remote areas, relying on a single friar priest, who is often quite old. Therefore, it’s clear that the dedicated bishop would have been grateful for the help of twenty-seven friars who could have taken charge of that many parishes, as this would clearly enhance the pastoral administration, and there would still be twenty-one parishes left for him to assign to those assistants who stood out among their limited numbers for their virtue, knowledge, and diligence.

Though the Archdiocese of Manila lacked ministers to attend to all the spiritual necessities of the faithful (for the force scarcely suffices under normal conditions to respond to the most urgent calls), nevertheless it formed a striking contrast in this matter to the Diocese of Cebu.

Though the Archdiocese of Manila had too few ministers to meet the spiritual needs of the faithful (since the staff hardly manages to respond to the most pressing requests even in normal circumstances), it still stood in sharp contrast to the Diocese of Cebu in this regard.

The Archbishopric had at the time approximately one million four hundred thousand inhabitants, with one hundred and ninety-one parishes served by both classes of clergy. Deduct from this number assigned to the secular clergy those which had to be returned by order of the Royal Decree of 1826, those which the Royal Order of 1849 commanded to be given the Recollects and the Dominicans, and the twenty-seven which, by the order of September 10th, 1861, the parishes and missions they had had to surrender to the Jesuits in Mindanao, and there are only twelve left to reward deserving coadjutors. The priests of this class, comparing them with those of Cebu, are very numerous, for there are not four cases where coadjutors are not provided on the scale of one for parishes of 4,000, two for 8,000, three for 12,000, and so on up to Taal, which has seven coadjutors. But let us continue the comparison of the two dioceses.

The Archbishopric had about one million four hundred thousand residents at that time, with one hundred and ninety-one parishes served by both types of clergy. If you take away the numbers assigned to the secular clergy that had to be returned according to the Royal Decree of 1826, those that the Royal Order of 1849 mandated be given to the Recollects and the Dominicans, and the twenty-seven parishes and missions they had to hand over to the Jesuits in Mindanao as per the order of September 10th, 1861, there are only twelve left to reward deserving coadjutors. The priests in this category, when compared to those in Cebu, are quite numerous, as there are hardly four instances where coadjutors are not allocated based on the following scale: one for parishes of 4,000, two for 8,000, three for 12,000, and so forth, up to Taal, which has seven coadjutors. But let’s continue comparing the two dioceses.

Though the diocese of Cebu has few who understand the Spanish language, there are many in Manila and adjacent provinces who speak it; and in contrast to the limited facilities of the Cebu seminary, the archdiocese has the University of Sto. Tomas and the colleges of San Juan de Letran and of San José, where numerous students are studying Latin, philosophy, theology and the sacred canons. Nor should one omit the seminary of San Carlos in spite of the fact that, because of difficulties elsewhere enumerated, it is not of a standard commensurate with the importance of the capital of the Philippine Archipelago, a land conquered and held by Spain primarily for religious reasons. Do not the foregoing facts prove that the losses suffered by the Recollects should be compensated with curacies in the diocese of Cebu, and not with those of Manila?

Though there are few people in the Cebu diocese who understand Spanish, many in Manila and nearby provinces speak it; and compared to the limited resources at the Cebu seminary, the archdiocese has the University of Sto. Tomas and the colleges of San Juan de Letran and San José, where many students are studying Latin, philosophy, theology, and canon law. One shouldn't overlook the San Carlos seminary, even though it does not meet the standards one would expect for the capital of the Philippine Archipelago, a land conquered and maintained by Spain mainly for religious reasons. Do these facts not show that the losses experienced by the Recollects should be compensated with curacies in the Cebu diocese, rather than in Manila?

The spirit inspiring the Royal Order of September 10th, 1861, seems no more in conformity with policy and equity, when the native priests compare the missions and curacies relinquished by the Recollects with those they received in exchange in this Archbishopric. [125]If Your Highness will have the goodness to glance over the accompanying table, perhaps you may agree with them and also may observe, as they do, that if to the term “indemnization” (which should only mean making good the actual loss) there is to be given the broader meaning that the present result suggests, then there will be many who will want to be damaged in order to get back ten-fold the value of what they lose.

The spirit behind the Royal Order of September 10th, 1861, doesn’t seem to align with fairness and policy, especially when the local priests compare the missions and parishes left behind by the Recollects with those they were given in return in this Archbishopric. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]If Your Highness could take a moment to look over the attached table, you might agree with them. You may also notice, as they do, that if the term “indemnization” (which should mean compensating for the actual loss) is to be interpreted in the broader way that the current situation suggests, then many people might actually want to incur damages just to recover ten times the value of what they lose.

It is worthy of especial note that, despite the Antipolo parish having few parishioners, such is the devotion on the part of the towns toward the image of the Virgin venerated there, so great are the crowds who from even more remote provinces during the month of May repair to this celebrated shrine, and so many and so large are the largesses for masses ordered that this is considered the pearl of the curacies, one of the fattest parishes in all the Archipelago. So it is not at all to be wondered at that the secular clergy have especially regretted its loss, and there is good reason for asserting that the Royal Order of May 19th, 1864, is far from harmonizing with the order of September 10th, 1861.

It’s important to note that, even though the Antipolo parish has a small number of parishioners, the town’s devotion to the image of the Virgin there is strong. During May, huge crowds travel from even farther provinces to visit this famous shrine, and there are so many generous donations for masses that it’s considered the most valuable curacy, one of the richest parishes in the entire Archipelago. So it’s no surprise that the secular clergy particularly lament its loss, and it’s reasonable to say that the Royal Order of May 19th, 1864, does not align well with the order from September 10th, 1861.

Besides the facts above set forth, which have created and continued antagonism and animosity between the secular and regular clergy, it is necessary to add another for your Highness’ better understanding of the discontent of the native priests.

Besides the facts mentioned above, which have created and sustained conflict and hostility between the secular and regular clergy, it’s important to add another point for your Highness’s better understanding of the dissatisfaction among the native priests.

To fill a vacancy in the curacy of San Rafael, Bulacan Province, occasioned by the death of its parish priest, seventy days’ notice was given of a competition, the time expiring February 17th, 1868. The examinations were held in the manner prescribed by Pope Benedict XIV on the 21, 22 and 23rd, and seventeen candidates presented themselves. Their papers were already graded and the highest three eligibles selected to be certified to the Vice Royal Patron on March 2nd, but the day previous the Diocesan prelate received a communication from him transmitting a brief by the Provincial of the Augustinian arguing that the said curacy should be adjudged theirs.

To fill a position in the curacy of San Rafael, Bulacan Province, due to the death of its parish priest, a notice was issued for a competition seventy days in advance, with the deadline set for February 17th, 1868. The exams took place as outlined by Pope Benedict XIV on the 21st, 22nd, and 23rd, with seventeen candidates participating. Their papers were graded, and the top three candidates were chosen to be submitted to the Vice Royal Patron on March 2nd. However, the day before, the Diocesan prelate received a message from him forwarding a brief from the Provincial of the Augustinian, arguing that the curacy should be assigned to them.

I at once replied begging the Vice Royal Patron not to disturb the course of the competition because the secular clergy were already in possession of the curacy and the candidates had acquired a right to it by the holding of the competition while the objection had not been made at the proper time. This was to be without prejudice to later going fully into the claim raised by the Reverend Provincial, which turned upon the question of ownership. The reply denied this just petition on the ground that would prejudice the question grievously, conferring the right to possession with the title of ownership. I made clearly apparent the error which had been incurred, and received a reply that “the Vice Royal Patron was not in the habit of changing a decision once it had been decreed.”

I immediately responded, asking the Vice Royal Patron not to disrupt the competition because the secular clergy already held the curacy and the candidates had a right to it by participating in the competition, especially since the objection wasn't raised in a timely manner. This would not prevent us from thoroughly examining the claim made by the Reverend Provincial later, which revolved around ownership issues. The response rejected this valid request, arguing that it would seriously affect the issue at hand, granting the right to possession along with ownership. I pointed out the mistake that had been made, but received a reply stating that “the Vice Royal Patron was not in the habit of changing a decision once it had been made.”

The question of ownership resulted equally unsatisfactorily. To the case were attached the original canonical order for the creation issued in 1746 at the instance of the Vice Royal Patron and in conformity with the canonical custom and the laws of the Indies. Likewise there were submitted certified copies of the nomination of the parish priest who served the parish from the last named date to 1808, since which date as the Provincial admitted “it had been bestowed [126]on competition and appointment by the Vice Royal Patron on secular priests.” Against its having been a canonical foundation, the most legal and strongest of claims, and to a continuous, undisturbed, unquestioned and clear possession for one hundred twenty years, the Provincial offered that his order had claimed the curacy within a few days of its establishment. He did in fact submit two documents which were written by the Provincial of San Juan de Dios, to which order the hacienda of San Rafael had belonged. But in one hundred and twenty-two years it had not been found convenient to push the claim, possibly because at first the curacy had only some eighty poverty-stricken natives, herders and laborers, while now it has over three thousand souls.

The question of ownership turned out to be equally unsatisfying. Attached to the case were the original canonical order for the creation issued in 1746 at the request of the Vice Royal Patron and in line with the canonical tradition and the laws of the Indies. Certified copies of the appointment of the parish priest who served in the parish from that date until 1808 were also submitted, after which, as the Provincial admitted, “it had been bestowed [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]on competition and appointment by the Vice Royal Patron to secular priests.” Despite it being a canonical foundation, the strongest legal argument was based on a continuous, undisturbed, unquestioned, and clear possession for one hundred twenty years. The Provincial argued that his order had claimed the curacy within days of its establishment. He actually submitted two documents written by the Provincial of San Juan de Dios, to which order the hacienda of San Rafael had belonged. However, in one hundred twenty-two years, it had not been deemed necessary to push the claim, possibly because initially, the curacy had only consisted of about eighty impoverished natives, herders, and laborers, while now it serves over three thousand souls.

Likewise it was argued that since the Royal warrant of July 8th, 1826, monastic orders had been returned to their charges in the state and conditions they had when these were secularized by the Royal Warrant of December 11th, 1776, the curacy of San Rafael must be included because of the situation within the territory ceded to them. One must, however, remember that this curacy could not be secularized, because from its foundation it had been secular, and the two Royal warrants mentioned are not applicable except by making the laws retroactive, since the curacy was created thirty years before the Royal Warrant of 1776 was issued.

Likewise, it was argued that since the Royal warrant of July 8th, 1826, monastic orders had been restored to their responsibilities in the same state and conditions they had when these were secularized by the Royal Warrant of December 11th, 1776. The curacy of San Rafael must be included because of the circumstances within the territory ceded to them. However, it’s important to remember that this curacy could not be secularized, because from its foundation it had been secular, and the two Royal warrants mentioned only apply if the laws are made retroactive, since the curacy was established thirty years before the Royal Warrant of 1776 was issued.

These arguments, with others of the weakest character, were set forth in a lengthy and hazy brief fathered by the Administrative Council, and as the Vice Royal Patron endorsed it without changing a letter, the matter was closed, because, although the undersigned petitioned the Vice Royal Patron to submit the case to the Supreme Government’s decision, enclosing an opinion from two attorneys, he could not gain this point and out of respect to the highest authority of the Island (whose prestige he has ever endeavored to sustain) he desisted from further effort. This result produced a real scandal among the native priests and greatly enhanced their grief over so great and repeated losses.

These arguments, along with others that were quite weak, were presented in a long and unclear brief created by the Administrative Council. Since the Vice Royal Patron approved it without making any changes, the issue was considered closed. Even though the undersigned appealed to the Vice Royal Patron to take the case to the Supreme Government, including opinions from two attorneys, he couldn't achieve this. Out of respect for the highest authority on the Island, whose reputation he always tried to uphold, he stopped pursuing it further. This outcome caused a real scandal among the local priests and deepened their sorrow over such significant and repeated losses.

The chief cause of the obstacles which in every direction the clergy of the country encounter is a public sentiment in vogue for some years back, which unreasonably opposes having any native parish priest. Those who think thus entirely forget the facts, allowing their imagination to freely rove in the realm of imagination. Certain is it that if the ecclesiastical establishment of the Archipelago were being for the first time set up and it were possible to bring from Spain enough priests to attend to the spiritual needs of its populous parishes, scarcely would there be found a Spaniard of any intelligence to whom such an arrangement would not seem the politic course. But the question is not theoretic, on the contrary it is eminently practical, and before it is settled there is no escape from the previous examination of others which offer serious difficulties, for example, considering the present cooling of religious ardor, what likelihood is there of obtaining a considerable number of young men willing to abandon their home country and go to lend their services in spiritual ministrations in so distant a clime, especially one which is reputed bad for the health? Could the public treasury without difficulty meet the expenses necessary for establishing colleges and [127]maintaining professors and students, and for fitting out and paying the fares of so many persons from the Peninsula to the Philippine Islands? And even if this offered no difficulty and putting aside present conditions, is there nothing to fear from keeping the native clergy in their present growing bitterness? Let anybody put himself in their place and reflect upon the series of measures heretofore mentioned and he cannot but recognize how enormous have been the damages they have suffered, and that those with which they are still threatened give over-sufficient and powerful motives that, notwithstanding their timidity, should change to hostility their former fidelity and respect for the Spaniards.

The main reason for the challenges that clergy in the country face is a public sentiment that has been around for a few years, which unreasonably opposes having any local parish priests. Those who believe this completely overlook the facts and let their imaginations run wild. It’s clear that if the church establishment in the Archipelago were being set up for the first time and there was a way to bring enough priests from Spain to cater to the spiritual needs of its large parishes, there would hardly be a Spaniard of any intelligence who wouldn’t consider that a sensible approach. However, this topic isn’t theoretical; it is very practical. Before this is resolved, we must first consider other serious challenges. For instance, given the current decline in religious fervor, how likely is it to find a significant number of young men willing to leave their home country to provide spiritual support in such a faraway place, especially one recognized as having poor health conditions? Could the public treasury easily cover the costs needed to establish colleges and [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] support professors and students, as well as pay for the travel of so many people from the Peninsula to the Philippine Islands? And even if finances weren’t a problem and we set aside current circumstances, is there no concern about the growing resentment among the local clergy? Anyone who reflects on their situation and the previous measures mentioned will recognize the significant harm they have endured, and the threats they still face provide more than enough reasons that, despite their fear, could turn their loyalty and respect for the Spaniards into hostility.

Formerly the native priests controlled the curacies of the provinces of Zambales, Bataan, and Pampanga. Of these they were dispossessed and when they felt that with the taking away of these parishes all their ills had ended, they received fresh, ruder shocks which renewed and inflamed the wound. Consequently it is no longer possible to characterise as class hatred their resentment against the friars, though that was the proper term while the natives attributed their ill fortune to the ambition and power of the monastic order. Now, after repeated proofs, they are convinced that the government is assisting the friars’ immoderate aspirations; and that in the opinion of these same priests of the country there has been adopted the policy of reducing them to insignificance, they pass over the ancient barrier, direct their glances higher, and what was formerly only hostility to the friars is changing into anti-Spanish sentiment. I do not hesitate to assert that if the Anglo-Americans or the English were to possess themselves of the Philippine Archipelago they surely would show the natives more consideration than they are receiving at the hands of the Spaniard. And so, Your Royal Highness, to escape an imaginary risk there is being created a real and true danger.

Previously, the local priests managed the parishes in the provinces of Zambales, Bataan, and Pampanga. They lost control of these parishes, and when they thought that losing them would end all their problems, they faced new, harsher shocks that reopened their wounds. As a result, it's no longer accurate to simply call their resentment towards the friars class hatred, even though that was the right term when the locals blamed their misfortunes on the ambitions and power of the monastic order. Now, after many experiences, they believe that the government is supporting the friars' excessive ambitions; and since these local priests feel that there’s a policy aimed at diminishing their significance, they look beyond the old barriers, raising their sights higher. What was once just hostility towards the friars is evolving into anti-Spanish sentiment. I firmly believe that if the Anglo-Americans or the English were to take over the Philippine Archipelago, they would definitely treat the locals with more respect than they currently receive from the Spaniards. Thus, Your Royal Highness, to avoid a perceived risk, a real and true danger is being created.

It will be readily understood that for the full carrying out of the Royal Order of September 10th there will have to elapse a period as long as that (from 1826 till the present) taken for completing the turning over of the curacies assigned the friars under the Royal Warrant before mentioned. And likewise it must be understood that as the resentment of the natives is renewed each time that they lose a curacy (as has just happened with the loss of Rosario parish in Batangas province and of Cavite of which the Recollects are going to take charge by way of compensation for the parish of Dapitan and Lubugan mission, which they relinquished to the Jesuit fathers last July) their hearts are filled with bitter grief, and so far from its finding any relief, it is embittered, as seeing themselves without any assistance at all while on the other hand the influence of their adversaries is increasing on every hand. It is more urgent to furnish prompt relief for their discontent and exasperation since if the effervescence which I noticed in them on my return from the Vatican council continues for any considerable length of time it will give an opportunity for the sentiments of the native clergy spreading among their parents, relatives, and the entire Filipino people, with whom they are in closer touch than are the friars, and so the evil might take on grave proportions. [128]

It will be clear that to fully implement the Royal Order of September 10th, a period as long as the time taken to transition the parishes assigned to the friars under the previous Royal Warrant (from 1826 until now) will be necessary. Additionally, it's important to recognize that each time the locals lose a parish—most recently with the loss of Rosario parish in Batangas province and of Cavite, which the Recollects are taking over as compensation for the Dapitan and Lubugan missions they handed over to the Jesuit fathers last July—their resentment intensifies. They feel deep sorrow and frustration, especially as they see themselves without any support while their adversaries gain more power. It’s urgent to provide quick relief for their dissatisfaction and anger because if the discontent I observed upon my return from the Vatican council continues for too long, it could allow the sentiments of the native clergy to spread among their families, friends, and the broader Filipino community, with whom they are more connected than the friars. This could escalate into a serious issue. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

It will not be hidden from the exalted acumen of Your Highness that it is highly desirable and even necessary to put out this small fire which might by mischance change itself into a formidable conflagration, which perhaps in the first stage of slight apprehension might serve the purpose of those who are trying to spread vain terrors, and I say vain, because in spite of the strictest investigation, until now there has been no positive proof to justify the accusation latterly directed against the secular clergy, for the reason set forth that the writer is of the opinion that the Royal Order of September 10th, and the explanation thereof insofar as they affect the Archbishopric of Manila, should be changed restoring matters by prompt and effective measures to the conditions and state in which they were when the Mindanao curacies and missions were turned over by the Recollect friars to the Jesuit fathers; that the Recollect should be compensated with other parishes in the Diocese of Cebu and the Jaro Diocese, which was taken from them in 1867, according to the number of parishes supplied in each of them by the secular clergy, to make up for the lack of native priests which is experienced in both; and, lastly, that there be ordered the reference to the Minister of Ultramar of the original case instituted at the suggestion of the Provincial (now the Procurator) of the Calced Augustinians (i. e., Recollects), regarding the holding of the parish of San Rafael, Bulac province, in order that it may be investigated and reach a solution in accordance with justice, which in the judgment of the secular clergy it is now far from being.

It’s clear to Your Highness that it's very important, even essential, to put out this small fire before it accidentally turns into a big blaze. This minor issue might serve the interests of those trying to spread unnecessary fears, and I call it unnecessary because, despite thorough investigations, there hasn't been any solid evidence to back up recent accusations against the secular clergy. The writer believes that the Royal Order of September 10th and its explanation, concerning the Archbishopric of Manila, should be revised to restore everything quickly and effectively to how it was when the Recollect friars handed over the Mindanao curacies and missions to the Jesuit fathers. The Recollects should be given other parishes in the Diocese of Cebu and the Jaro Diocese, taken from them in 1867, based on the number of parishes each received from the secular clergy, to compensate for the shortage of native priests in both areas. Lastly, the Minister of Ultramar should be notified about the original case raised by the Provincial (now the Procurator) of the Calced Augustinians (i.e., Recollects) regarding the parish of San Rafael in Bulac province, so it can be investigated and resolved fairly, which, according to the secular clergy, is currently far from the case.

The writer earnestly implores Your Excellency so to adjust the matter, with full confidence that it will not only calm the inquietude of their minds, but also that, reenforced by the gratitude of the never tarnished loyalty of the Filipino native clergy, it may tighten more and more the ties that unite this fruitful Archipelago to our beloved Spain.

The writer sincerely requests Your Excellency to address the issue, fully confident that it will not only ease their worries but also, supported by the gratitude of the steadfast loyalty of the Filipino native clergy, strengthen the bonds that connect this prosperous Archipelago to our beloved Spain.

May God preserve for many years the life of Your Highness and grant him amplest wisdom and favor for the well-being of the Catholic religion and of our beloved fatherland.

May God keep Your Highness safe and healthy for many more years, and grant him great wisdom and favor for the good of the Catholic faith and our beloved country.

GREGORIO,
Archbishop of Manila.

GREGORIO,
Archbishop of Manila.

Manila, December 31, 1870.

Manila, December 31, 1870.

HIS SERENE HIGHNESS
The Regent of the Kingdom.

HIS SERENE HIGHNESS
The Regent of the Kingdom.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Nineteenth Century Discontent

(In Madrid review: “La Politica de España en Filipinas” in a series. “Las Insurrecciones de Filipinas,” beginning with Vol. I, p. 44.)

(In the Madrid review: “The Politics of Spain in the Philippines” in a series. “The Philippine Uprisings,” starting with Vol. I, p. 44.)

1807.—The political troubles and intrigues of the Court between Godoy, Maria Luisa and Ferdinand VII reached the Philippines (as had the errors of Carlos III and those of a celebrated American archbishop, a great reformer).

1807.—The political troubles and intrigues at the Court involving Godoy, Maria Luisa, and Ferdinand VII made their way to the Philippines (just like the mistakes of Carlos III and those of a famous American archbishop, a significant reformer).

In spite of the vigilance of the authorities an outbreak occurred in Ilokos, at first controlled by the missionaries, who put themselves [129]at the head of the loyal towns, but soon it broke out again, the insurgents making themselves masters of the town of Pigdig and conquering the king’s forces there. An Augustinian friar (parish priest of Batac) preached obedience to the sovereign but a woman immediately made a speech in opposition, saying not to believe the priest for they all were deceivers who in the name of God, of the Gospel and of the King only beguiled them so the Spaniards might despoil them and suck their blood; that the friars were Spaniards like the rest. The priest preached again next day and got the people to take arms, cheering for the king, march to the mountains of Patae where he maintained them all at his own expense.

Despite the authorities' watchfulness, an outbreak happened in Ilokos, initially managed by the missionaries, who led the loyal towns. However, it soon erupted again, with insurgents taking control of the town of Pigdig and defeating the king’s forces there. An Augustinian friar (the parish priest of Batac) urged obedience to the sovereign, but a woman quickly countered his speech, urging people not to trust the priest, claiming that all of them were deceivers who, in the name of God, the Gospel, and the King, only tricked them so the Spaniards could plunder and exploit them; that the friars were Spaniards just like everyone else. The priest preached again the next day and rallied the people to take up arms, cheering for the king, and marched to the mountains of Patae, where he supported them all at his own expense.

1811.—In this same region, there was another uprising to change the religion, setting up a new God called Lingao. The principales (former town-chiefs—C.) and cabezas de barangay (vice-chiefs for wards—C.) conspired with the igorots and other persons, madmen and savages of Cagayan, to exterminate the Spaniards, but they were found out by the friars who informed the Government in time to thwart so terrible a plot.

1811.—In this same area, there was another uprising to change the religion, establishing a new god called Lingao. The principales (former town chiefs—C.) and cabezas de barangay (vice chiefs for wards—C.) conspired with the Igorots and other individuals, including madmen and savages from Cagayan, to wipe out the Spaniards, but the friars discovered their plans and informed the government in time to stop such a terrible plot.

1814.—At the beginning of the year, against the advice of the friars, General Gardoqui set out to publish the Constitution of 1812 and the Indians took so seriously the equality between themselves and the Spaniards that they began to rebel, refusing to pay the tribute and slight taxes placed upon them. They would not recognize the authority of the principales and barangay chiefs and in some towns of Ilokos they went so far as to set free the prisoners.

1814.—At the beginning of the year, against the advice of the friars, General Gardoqui decided to publish the Constitution of 1812, and the Indigenous people took the idea of equality between themselves and the Spaniards so seriously that they began to revolt, refusing to pay the tribute and minor taxes imposed on them. They would not acknowledge the authority of the principales and barangay chiefs, and in some towns in Ilokos, they even went so far as to free the prisoners.

Ferdinand VII abolished the Constitution of 1812, which had so pleased the Indians, and then arose a conspiracy because the Indians believed the abolition of the Constitution was due to the intrigues of the Spaniards and the missionaries to deprive them of the equality over which they had gotten so enthusiastic. With the organic law of 1812 they had thought themselves free, happy, and independent, with no tribute to pay nor any authority to obey.

Ferdinand VII got rid of the Constitution of 1812, which had made the indigenous people very happy, and a conspiracy formed because they believed the end of the Constitution was caused by the plots of Spaniards and missionaries to take away their newfound equality that they had been so excited about. With the organic law of 1812, they had felt free, happy, and independent, with no taxes to pay or authorities to follow.

Other insurrections followed in 1820, 1828, 1837, 1844, 1854, 1863, 1869, 1872, 1883, and 1888. (Also in 1896 and 1898—C.)

Other uprisings occurred in 1820, 1828, 1837, 1844, 1854, 1863, 1869, 1872, 1883, and 1888. (Also in 1896 and 1898—C.)

The fatal consequences of the imprudent proclamation of the constitution of Cadiz in the Philippines produced a certain lack of social discipline and led to uprisings. A pitiable one was the catastrophe of 1820, when, with excuse of cholera, the Indians assassinated countless Chinese and many foreigners who were in Manila. The hatred against the French (from Napoleon’s attempt to make his brother King of Spain in place of Ferdinand VII.—C.) the pretext which caused the American conspiracies—had come even there. Let us cover with a veil the horrible picture, only saying that the ones chiefly guilty of this international crime were the acting Captain General Folgueras, weak and not far-seeing, and the Alcalde of Tondo (a position corresponding to the later Governor of Manila) who was a Spaniard of the country (creole) named Varela, more ignorant, impressionable and of worse and bad faith than any Indian.

The disastrous outcomes of the careless announcement of the Cadiz constitution in the Philippines resulted in a significant breakdown of social order and sparked uprisings. A tragic event was the catastrophe of 1820, when, under the pretext of cholera, the locals killed countless Chinese and many foreigners in Manila. The animosity towards the French (stemming from Napoleon’s attempt to place his brother as King of Spain instead of Ferdinand VII.—C.) served as a trigger for American conspiracies—even reaching that far. Let's not dwell on the horrific scene, only noting that the main culprits of this international crime were the acting Captain General Folgueras, who was weak and shortsighted, and the Alcalde of Tondo (a position equivalent to the later Governor of Manila), a local Spaniard (creole) named Varela, who was even more ignorant, impressionable, and of worse character than any native.

The archbishop and all the clergy sallied forth in procession through the streets of Binondo, yet nevertheless did not succeed in pacifying the insurgents, who now commenced to attack by word the same missionaries until the peninsulars united with the friars, [130]in obliging Folgueras, who had shut himself up in the walled city, to display energy and military skill. For the affair was not alone with the foreigners and Chinese, but was taking very serious proportions.

The archbishop and all the clergy marched in a procession through the streets of Binondo, but they still couldn’t calm the insurgents, who began to verbally attack the same missionaries. Eventually, the locals joined forces with the friars, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]pressuring Folgueras, who had locked himself in the walled city, to show some strength and military skill. This issue wasn’t just between the foreigners and the Chinese; it was becoming very serious.

The political events happening in the Peninsula from 1820–1823, likewise had in the Philippines their echo. A vast conspiracy was discovered by various native women who denounced it to the friars, so there were exiled to Spain several persons, among whom figured officers of the army. But there was great laxity by the authorities because they left there other conspirators, among them a creole captain named Novales who gathered up the scattered threads of the conspiracy.

The political events in the Peninsula from 1820 to 1823 also resonated in the Philippines. A large conspiracy was exposed by several native women who reported it to the friars, resulting in the exile of several individuals to Spain, including some army officers. However, there was significant leniency by the authorities as they allowed other conspirators to remain, including a creole captain named Novales, who managed to reconnect the loose ends of the conspiracy.

The Auditor de Guerra (Judge Advocate—C.) asked that Novales be likewise exiled and watched very closely, even in exile, but General Martinez, a goodhearted fellow and more than goodhearted, simple, and unsuspecting, was content to order him to Mindanao to chase pirates in the province of Cagayan de Misamis.

The Auditor de Guerra (Judge Advocate—C.) requested that Novales also be exiled and monitored very closely, even while in exile, but General Martinez, a decent guy who was not only kind-hearted but also straightforward and naive, was okay with sending him to Mindanao to hunt down pirates in the province of Cagayan de Misamis.

Mr. Gironiere relates that Novales went to see him on the morning that he received the order to embark and told him that the Spanish Government had repented of having distrusted him. According to Estado de Filipinos he did not embark because of bad weather. According to Mr. Gironiere he returned to Manila that same night. This was June 2. On guard at the palace of the Captain General was Lieutenant Ruiz, a mestizo and a conspirator like Novales, and Novales’ brother was in Fort Santiago, the only fort of Manila. Fortunately for Spain and for General Martinez the Governor resided outside the walled limits of Manila in Malacañang Palace, as it was then the season of greatest heat. The mutineers (free from all difficulty, for the authorities, despite the warnings of the friars, did nothing to prevent the rebellion) assassinated the Teniente del Rey, Folgueras, who so expiated his weakness of the year 1820, and it was not without labor that the Coronel del Rey, Sta. Romana, escaped death, deserting his poor wife, for she then was in the family way. However the Indians, more humane than their bloodthirsty leaders were not anxious to assassinate her, and they made prisoners and kept safe many Spanish officials who had scorned and ridiculed the predictions of the patriotic missionaries.

Mr. Gironiere says that Novales visited him on the morning he received the order to board a ship and told him the Spanish Government had changed its mind about distrusting him. According to Estado de Filipinos, he didn’t board because of bad weather. Mr. Gironiere claims he returned to Manila that same night. This was June 2. On guard at the palace of the Captain General was Lieutenant Ruiz, a mestizo and a conspirator like Novales, and Novales’ brother was at Fort Santiago, the only fort in Manila. Fortunately for Spain and General Martinez, the Governor lived outside the walled area of Manila in Malacañang Palace since it was the hottest season. The mutineers, facing no obstacles as the authorities ignored warnings from the friars, killed the Teniente del Rey, Folgueras, who paid for his weakness from the year 1820, and it was a struggle for the Coronel del Rey, Sta. Romana, to avoid death, abandoning his pregnant wife at the time. However, the Indians, more compassionate than their bloodthirsty leaders, were not eager to kill her, and they captured and protected many Spanish officials who had mocked the predictions of the patriotic missionaries.

Although it was in the late hours of the night, the shouts of “Long Live Emperor Novales” awoke the Mayor de Plaza, Duro, who bravely ran to the Parian gate and taking the guard that was there, entered with it into the barracks of the mutineers. The one who opened the door was Novales’ own brother for he was too accustomed to discipline to refuse obedience. Thus the Spanish party was organized in the artillery barracks.

Although it was late at night, the shouts of “Long Live Emperor Novales” woke up the Mayor de Plaza, Duro, who bravely ran to the Parian gate and took the guard stationed there, entering the barracks of the mutineers with them. The person who opened the door was Novales’ own brother, as he was too used to discipline to refuse to obey. In this way, the Spanish party was organized in the artillery barracks.

The friars preached to the multitude submission and due obedience to the King and of the grave sin committed in rising against the generous Spanish nation.

The friars preached to the crowd about the importance of submission and proper obedience to the King, and the serious sin of rising up against the generous Spanish nation.

Novales, who had returned to the barracks, found the door shut by his own brother and with his plans upset, took possession of the cathedral. Some unknown persons kept him out of the Government Palace, where he could have maintained himself for some time, and finally he was abandoned by his own troops. This was through [131]the efforts of the Spanish friars, for the rebels threw down their guns, fearful of the wrath of God, and cried “Long live the king.” Novales was captured at the Real Gate and Ruiz made prisoner and manacled, by the Indians themselves, in the district of Tondo. The other mutineers were easily apprehended and shot, to the number of 23.

Novales, who had returned to the barracks, found the door locked by his own brother. With his plans disrupted, he took over the cathedral. Some unknown individuals kept him out of the Government Palace, where he could have held out for a while, and eventually, he was deserted by his own troops. This happened due to the efforts of the Spanish friars, as the rebels dropped their weapons, fearing God's wrath, and shouted, “Long live the king.” Novales was captured at the Real Gate, and Ruiz was taken prisoner and shackled by the Indians in the Tondo district. The other mutineers were quickly caught and executed, totaling 23.

So fell the most astute of the Filipino conspirators who, helped on by unwise reforms, tried to raise the country against the mother fatherland. At midnight he was banished, at 2 proclaimed Emperor of the Philippines, and at 5 in the afternoon shot in the back.

So fell the smartest of the Filipino conspirators who, aided by foolish reforms, tried to incite the country against the motherland. At midnight he was exiled, at 2 he was declared Emperor of the Philippines, and at 5 in the afternoon he was shot in the back.

1828.—Had another conspiracy. Two army officers, brothers, like the Novales brothers, put themselves at the front of a separatist movement which broke out in Manila in consequence of the excitement which there was in the country because of the famous interpretations which the Indians anew were making of the Constitution of Cadiz. That was suppressed too, not without first reenforcing the army with Spanish troops which till then had not regularly and permanently existed in the country.

1828.—There was another conspiracy. Two army officers, brothers, similar to the Novales brothers, led a separatist movement that emerged in Manila due to the heightened excitement in the country over the new interpretations of the Constitution of Cadiz by the locals. This was also put down, but not before reinforcing the military with Spanish troops that had not previously been stationed in the country regularly and permanently.

In 1836–1837 the Acting Governor, Salazar, had not a little to do with the consequences of the uprising of La Granjo and the uncloistering of the Religious orders in Spain.

In 1836–1837, Acting Governor Salazar played a significant role in the aftermath of the La Granjo uprising and the release of religious orders in Spain.

The Indians were divided into two factions, one wanted that the friars should leave the Islands and as well the other Spaniards (castilas). The other said it was better that the other Spaniards should go away and leave the friars in charge of the Government. The missionaries appeased the trouble, saying that they and the other Spaniards were in the islands in the name of God and of the King and one and all sought only the Indians’ happiness and well being.

The Indians were split into two groups: one wanted the friars and the other Spaniards (castilas) to leave the Islands, while the other group thought it was better for the Spaniards to go and let the friars manage the Government. The missionaries calmed the situation, stating that they and the other Spaniards were in the islands in the name of God and the King, and that everyone was only seeking the happiness and well-being of the Indians.

The imprudence of a few Spaniards of high position very quickly produced a new conflict, because while some wanted that the Constitution should be sworn to, others believed it perilous to introduce political reforms of such great importance. The excitement was increased by the appointment of General Camba who had been there before and was favorable to certain Filipinos. The relief of the general, with great scandal, came after sixteen months of administration. This was because of the suspicion of the Government of Maria Cristina who realized his undesirability and the perils which the conduct of Camba could bring to the archipelago.

The reckless actions of a few high-ranking Spaniards quickly sparked a new conflict because while some wanted to swear in the Constitution, others thought it was dangerous to implement such significant political reforms. The situation became even more charged with the appointment of General Camba, who had been there before and supported certain Filipinos. The scandalous relief of the general came after sixteen months in office. This was due to the suspicions of the government under Maria Cristina, which recognized that he was not suitable for the position and the risks Camba's actions could pose to the archipelago.

A stormy passage was made, and shortly after their arrival, a meeting of the commanders of the different vessels was convened by Commodore Dewey on board the flagship Olympia, and the plans for the operations of the fleet were discussed. The bombastic proclamation of Governor-General Basilio Augustin y Davila was read over to the commanders, and occasioned much merriment. It was resolved to have copies made of the proclamation, to be read out to the men on the different ships. Mr. Williams’ narration of the position of affairs in Manila, and the hasty but ineffective measures for the defence, more especially the extinguishing of lights on the coasts and the instructions issued to neutral vessels entering Manila harbor to take a pilot at Corregidor Island to avoid dangers [132]from mines, torpedoes, etc., were somewhat lightly regarded, the latter instruction being received with much laughter as an antique dodge to frighten the enemy.

A stormy journey was made, and soon after they arrived, Commodore Dewey called a meeting of the commanders of the different ships on board the flagship Olympia to discuss the fleet's operations. The over-the-top proclamation from Governor-General Basilio Augustin y Davila was read to the commanders and resulted in lots of laughter. They decided to make copies of the proclamation to read to the crews on the various ships. Mr. Williams shared an update on the situation in Manila and the rushed but ineffective defense measures, particularly the idea of turning off lights along the coasts and the orders for neutral vessels entering Manila harbor to take a pilot at Corregidor Island to avoid dangers [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] from mines, torpedoes, etc. These instructions were mostly disregarded, with the latter being received with a lot of laughter as an old trick to scare the enemy.

The conference concluded, the commanders departed to their respective vessels, with orders to get ready to steam off immediately. Mr. Williams, late United States Consul at Manila, went on board the Baltimore and the rebel leader Alejandrino was berthed on the transport Zafiro. Consul Rounsevelle Wildman and the two rebels who accompanied Alejandrino to the fleet then boarded the Fame. The commanders having made known their orders, the ships were weighed, and amidst great enthusiasm the fleet steamed out of Mirs Bay. The fleet left in double line, the Olympia and Baltimore leading.

The conference ended, and the commanders headed back to their ships, instructed to prepare to depart immediately. Mr. Williams, the former U.S. Consul in Manila, boarded the Baltimore, and the rebel leader Alejandrino was assigned to the transport Zafiro. Consul Rounsevelle Wildman and the two rebels who joined Alejandrino for the fleet then boarded the Fame. After the commanders relayed their orders, the ships set sail, and with great excitement, the fleet left Mirs Bay. The fleet departed in two lines, with the Olympia and Baltimore at the front.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Liberal Governor-General of 1869–1871

By Austin Craig

By Austin Craig

In July of 1869 a new Governor-General arrived in Manila. He was a soldier who could prove his valor by wounds gained in many successful battles which had brought him to the rank of Lieutenant General. The nobility of his family, almost as distinguished as royalty, gave him precedence among aristocrats. Wealth, too, he had. Yet he was Manila’s first democratic governor.

In July of 1869, a new Governor-General arrived in Manila. He was a soldier with battle scars from many successful fights that earned him the rank of Lieutenant General. The nobility of his family, nearly as distinguished as royalty, gave him a place of honor among aristocrats. He was also wealthy. Despite all this, he was Manila’s first democratic governor.

Unusual were the circumstances of his coming and epoch-making were the events of his administration.

The circumstances of his arrival were unusual, and the events during his administration were groundbreaking.

The Philippines had been loyal to the royal family of Spain during the Napoleonic wars and the withdrawal of their representation in the Cortes, which occurred at intervals for a third of a century, had not disturbed that loyalty. Yet now there had come a governor-general who represented a government in power through the expulsion of their sovereign. It was revolutionary, and the excitement over the news was increased by De La Torre’s reversal of all precedents.

The Philippines had remained loyal to the Spanish royal family during the Napoleonic wars, and the intermittent withdrawal of their representatives in the Cortes over the past thirty years hadn’t shaken that loyalty. However, now there was a governor-general who represented a government that had taken power by ousting their sovereign. This was revolutionary, and the excitement surrounding the news was amplified by De La Torre’s break from all previous practices.

The stately guard of halberdiers was dismissed and the highest official of the land mixed in society unceremoniously. A proclamation announced him to be at the people’s service at all hours for whatever complaints they might have, and deeds promptly followed his words.

The impressive guard of halberdiers was dismissed, and the highest official in the land mingled with the people casually. An announcement declared that he was available to serve the public at all times for any complaints they might have, and actions quickly followed his words.

The alleged outlaws, who were really persons who had been wronged in the land troubles, were pardoned and from their number under their former chief was organized a corps of rural guards which speedily brought a theretofore unknown tranquillity.

The so-called outlaws, who were actually people who had been wronged in the land conflicts, were pardoned, and from among them, under their former leader, a group of rural guards was formed that quickly established a previously unknown peace.

No wonder the Filipinos gave to the new administration an honor unknown to his predecessors, the spontaneous tribute of a popular serenade.

No surprise that the Filipinos gave the new administration a recognition that his predecessors never received, the unsolicited gift of a popular serenade.

Twenty-one months passed and De La Torre was replaced by Izquierdo, for whom he conscientiously compiled an explanation of his administration that the new authority might intelligently carry on the work. But reaction came, those who had applauded De La Torre for that reason found themselves in disfavor. [133]

Twenty-one months went by, and De La Torre was replaced by Izquierdo, for whom he carefully put together an overview of his administration so the new authority could effectively continue the work. However, there was pushback; those who had supported De La Torre for this reason suddenly found themselves in trouble. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

As a precaution Governor De La Torre had had all foreign mail examined and the list of men of liberal ideas thus obtained was the basis of the persecutions which followed the executions and wholesale exiling nominally connected with Cavite.

As a precaution, Governor De La Torre had all foreign mail checked, and the list of men with liberal ideas that was created became the foundation for the persecutions that followed the executions and mass exiling supposedly linked to Cavite.

An old man, he retired to his family estates, once broad but sadly shrunken through his years of liberality. There from Pozorubio he wrote his defence against the charge of being responsible for the uprising of Cavite.

An old man, he retired to his family estate, which was once large but had sadly shrunk over the years due to his generosity. From Pozorubio, he wrote his defense against the accusation of being responsible for the Cavite uprising.

Contrast the brave words of the Governor-General upon his first coming to the Philippines, and his expressions after the conclusion of his office when he was upon the defensive.

Contrast the bold statements of the Governor-General when he first arrived in the Philippines with his comments after he left office when he was on the back foot.

“As good, honored and loyal, you are recognized as our brothers. * * * I shall indicate to you the salient features that will characterize my administration, which I hope will be as my character dictates, foreign to all kinds of repression, because command is more pleasant when it is chosen by those who are under the necessity of being affected by it.”

“As good, respected, and loyal individuals, you are recognized as our brothers. * * * I will point out the key aspects that will define my leadership, which I hope will reflect my character, free from any form of oppression, because it's much better to lead when those impacted by it have a say in the choice.”

And on the defensive: “I have governed, with justice and, honesty, conformably to the special laws of that country, without consenting or permitting the slightest alteration in them, and what is more, without permitting in the newspapers of Manila any discussion nor even any allusion as to whether or no it were desirable to alter or modify those laws.”

And on the defensive: “I have governed with fairness and integrity, following the specific laws of that country, without allowing for even the smallest change in them. Furthermore, I have not allowed any discussion in the newspapers of Manila about whether it would be wise to change or modify those laws.”

Yet that was the most liberal period of Philippine history under Spanish rule. Twenty odd years later another liberal Governor of the Philippines defended himself against the charge of too great humanity by telling of how many men he had ordered shot.

Yet that was the most progressive period of Philippine history under Spanish rule. About twenty years later, another liberal Governor of the Philippines defended himself against accusations of being too humane by recounting how many men he had ordered to be executed.

Sorry indeed was Spain when a De La Torre had to save himself with his countrymen in the Peninsula by exaggerating his despotism and a Blanco found his only defense in magnifying his brutality. There’s a contrast with the present régime which marks 1898 as the beginning of different days, and the men of the old era are entitled to the charitable consideration which belongs to those who come out of great tribulation.

Sorry indeed was Spain when a De La Torre had to save himself with his countrymen in the Peninsula by exaggerating his despotism and a Blanco found his only defense in magnifying his brutality. There’s a contrast with the present regime which marks 1898 as the beginning of different days, and the men of the old era are entitled to the charitable consideration that belongs to those who come out of great tribulation.

Biographical details and incidents of De La Torre’s administration would detract from the one great lesson which paints the past in its true colors and reveals how the Filipino people found themselves without hope and came to resort to the weapon of despair, insurrection. The outcome of the events of 1869 was the origin of the events of 1896.

Biographical details and incidents from De La Torre’s administration would take away from the one important lesson that shows the past clearly and reveals how the Filipino people felt hopeless and turned to the weapon of despair, insurrection. The results of the events of 1869 led to the events of 1896.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

The Rebellion in the Philippine Islands

(A British magazine article of 1896, by John Foreman.)

(A British magazine article of 1896, by John Foreman.)

At this crisis, when the development of Japan is attracting public attention, the following paragraph in a recent issue of the St. James Gazette would be highly instructive were it based on real facts. That journal says:—

At this critical moment, as Japan's development is gaining public attention, the following paragraph from a recent issue of the St. James Gazette would be very enlightening if it were based on actual facts. That publication states:—

“This revolt, in fact, is really a consequence, to some extent, of the rising power of Japan in Far Eastern waters. Having acquired Formosa and become ambitious of a territorial and commercial empire, [134]the eyes of the Japanese have lately been eagerly directed towards the next islands to the south; and the weakness of Spain is regarded as the opportunity of Japan. But it is quite another matter whether the European powers will take the same view.”

“This revolt is actually a result, to some extent, of Japan's increasing influence in the Far East. Having taken control of Taiwan and aspiring to build a territorial and commercial empire, [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]the Japanese are now keenly focused on the nearby islands to the south; they see Spain's weakness as Japan’s opportunity. However, it's a different story whether the European powers will share this perspective.”

Those who have been long resident in the Far East and are well informed on the subject do not take that view at all. From the facts which I am about to give regarding this rebellion it will be clearly seen that the above statement is merely a hypothetical conjecture.

Those who have lived in the Far East for a long time and are knowledgeable about the topic don’t share that perspective at all. From the information I’m about to provide about this rebellion, it will be clear that the statement above is simply a hypothetical guess.

A plot was formed, at the instance of rich Chinese half-breeds, to murder all the Europeans. The priests choose to call this secret society “freemasonry,” whilst the conspirators themselves style their body the “Katipunan,” which simply means the “League.” Each member, on being sworn in, made the “blood compact,” which consists of an incision in the arm or leg whence the blood was taken to inscribe the roll of brotherhood. The general massacre of whites was to have taken place on the night of the 20th of August last, but at almost the last hour a woman came to Father Mariano Gil, the parish priest of Tondo—a suburb of Manila—and paved the way for a repentant member of the League to make his full confession of the plot under a promise of immunity from punishment. The promise was given and the confession made. An hour afterwards the civil guard was on the track of the principal leaders of the movement. Three hundred known malcontents were arrested in a few hours in the capital and adjacent provinces of Bulacan and Pampanga and further arrests having since been effected daily, the Manila prisons are overcrowded with suspects and proved delinquents. Room for more is being made by the periodical shipping off of batches of prisoners to the Caroline Islands, Mindanao Island, Fernando Po, and other distant possessions. I have just learnt from the secretary of the military court that at this moment there are 4,377 individuals awaiting trial by court-martial. Many of the richest men in the colony, the leaders of Manila society, such as it is, figure amongst the promoters of this conspiracy. Pedro Rojas, a wealthy Chinese half-caste and popularly supposed to be the prime mover of the rebellion, accepted the hospitality of the Governor-General in his palace only forty-eight hours before the hour destined to witness the general massacre. The most curious fact—which no one dares to discuss in public—is that this man, denounced by all, was allowed to quietly leave the colony. He embarked in a steamer, ostensibly for Spain, but left it at Singapore and is supposed to be residing in some Asiatic port to watch events. The arch-agitator, José Rizal, who had been purging himself of his former misdemeanors by a two years’ banishment to the south, was sent as a prisoner to Spain, where he was confined in the Catalunian fortress of Montjuich for a few days and then shipped back to Manila for trial.

A plot was created by wealthy Chinese mixed-race individuals to murder all Europeans. The priests decided to call this secret society “freemasonry,” while the conspirators referred to their group as the “Katipunan,” which means the “League.” Each member, upon being sworn in, participated in a “blood compact,” involving a cut on the arm or leg to draw blood used for inscribing the roll of brotherhood. The general massacre of whites was planned for the night of August 20th, but just hours before it was set to occur, a woman approached Father Mariano Gil, the parish priest of Tondo—a suburb of Manila—and enabled a repentant member of the League to confess the plot in exchange for immunity from punishment. The promise was given, and the confession was made. An hour later, the civil guard was tracking the main leaders of the movement. In just a few hours, three hundred known dissenters were arrested in the capital and nearby provinces of Bulacan and Pampanga, and further arrests have been made daily, leading to overcrowded prisons in Manila with suspects and confirmed offenders. Space for more is being created by periodically shipping groups of prisoners to the Caroline Islands, Mindanao, Fernando Po, and other remote territories. I’ve just learned from the military court secretary that there are currently 4,377 individuals waiting for court-martial. Many of the wealthiest men in the colony, the prominent figures in Manila society, are among those behind this conspiracy. Pedro Rojas, a rich Chinese mixed-race man who is commonly believed to be the main orchestrator of the rebellion, accepted the Governor-General’s hospitality in his palace just forty-eight hours before the general massacre was supposed to happen. The most curious fact—one that no one dares to discuss publicly—is that this man, accused by all, was allowed to leave the colony without a hitch. He boarded a steamer, supposedly headed to Spain, but disembarked in Singapore and is believed to be living in some Asian port to monitor the situation. The chief instigator, José Rizal, who had been trying to clear his past wrongdoings through a two-year banishment to the south, was imprisoned and sent to Spain, where he spent a few days in the Catalan fortress of Montjuich before being shipped back to Manila for trial.

It appears that some months ago a deputation of Philippine natives went to Japan and presented a petition to the Mikado, praying his Majesty to annex these Islands. The petition was signed, it is said, by 5,000 natives and half-breeds. The Japanese Government, far from regarding the troubled condition of Spanish affairs as their opportunity, forwarded the petition to the Spanish [135]Government, thus the names of 5,000 disaffected persons became known to the authorities here and were inscribed in their Black Book. No measures, however, were taken until the storm was about to burst. Intense excitement prevailed amongst the Europeans as the names of the 300 arrested were disclosed, for they were not mostly individuals known to us personally or by repute. But since then three months have lingered on, with the daily arrests of so many men of position that we are prepared to meet the most startling event with perfect equanimity.

It seems that a few months ago, a group of Filipino natives traveled to Japan and submitted a petition to the Emperor, asking him to annex these Islands. The petition was reportedly signed by 5,000 natives and mixed-heritage individuals. Instead of seizing the opportunity presented by the chaotic situation in Spanish affairs, the Japanese Government sent the petition to the Spanish [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]Government, which meant that the names of 5,000 dissatisfied individuals became known to the local authorities and were added to their Black Book. However, no actions were taken until tensions were about to escalate. There was a lot of anxiety among Europeans when the names of the 300 arrested were revealed, as most of them were not well-known to us personally or by reputation. Yet, three months have passed since then, with daily arrests of many prominent individuals, so we are now ready to face any shocking developments with calmness.

On the 23rd of August the leading newspaper of Manila published a stirring article, ringing with high patriotism, which concluded with an appeal to the Spaniards to go en masse to Government House the next day to discuss a proposal for extraordinary measures. They closed their offices and shops and went. It looked like a Sunday or a three-cross saint day. The Governor-General refused to receive them, and fined the newspaper $500, which was raised at once by public subscription. Indignation was openly expressed. A cablegram was sent to the Home Government asking for one thousand troops, etc. The reply came advising the immediate dispatch of 2,000 men, two millions of cartridges, 6,000 Remington rifles, and the gunboats Isla de Luzon and Isla de Cuba. Every fortnight, indeed, has brought fresh supplies of troops, which now make a total in the colony of about 10,000 Spanish regulars under arms.

On August 23rd, the leading newspaper in Manila published an inspiring article filled with strong patriotism, ending with a call for Spaniards to gather at Government House the next day to discuss a proposal for extraordinary measures. They closed their businesses and went. It felt like a Sunday or a feast day. The Governor-General refused to meet with them and imposed a $500 fine on the newspaper, which was quickly raised through public donations. People openly showed their outrage. A cable was sent to the Home Government requesting one thousand troops, etc. The response advised the immediate dispatch of 2,000 troops, two million cartridges, 6,000 Remington rifles, and the gunboats Isla de Luzon and Isla de Cuba. Every two weeks, fresh supplies of troops have arrived, bringing the total in the colony to about 10,000 Spanish regulars ready for action.

On the 26th of August one thousand rebels appeared at Caloocan, four miles from Manila. They murdered some Chinese and took others prisoners. They were held back by the gendarmerie until reinforcements of cavalry came from the capital, but just before the squadron of troops arrived the rebels fled. The cavalry scoured the district and returned to Manila the next day. I saw them pass over the Bridge of Spain. There was tremendous excitement. Groups formed about the Escolta—the principal business street—discussing the situation. For days no one met another without having some news, real or imaginary, to disclose. Business was, and still is, much interrupted. Market people, washmen, traders of all sorts from outside, were afraid to venture along the approaches to the city. Two days passed—three days passed, there was really no fresh event. The nervous tension of the amazed population began to slacken. A reaction set in, and whilst precautions were discussed and everybody was prepared to say what he should do, the Caloocan onslaught began to be talked of as a mere filibustering expedition which would break up at the first smell of powder, and simply go to swell the ranks of the ever-existing brigand bands. The Governor-General refused to proclaim martial law. The circumstances were declared to be not sufficiently grave to warrant that measure being taken, and the public were settling down into a state of acquiescence with that view when, like a bombshell, the news of a far more serious raid fell upon Manila. On Sunday, 30th of August, before daybreak, the rebels again concentrated at San Juan del Monte, four miles from the city walls. An artilleryman was murdered, and an attempt was made to seize the powder-magazine, whilst several of the loyalists were wounded. [136]

On August 26, a thousand rebels showed up at Caloocan, just four miles from Manila. They killed some Chinese and took others captive. The gendarmerie held them off until reinforcements from the capital arrived, but right before the troops got there, the rebels fled. The cavalry searched the area and returned to Manila the next day. I saw them cross the Bridge of Spain. There was a lot of excitement. Groups gathered around the Escolta—the main business street—talking about the situation. For days, no one met without sharing some news, whether true or made up. Business was heavily disrupted, and vendors, washmen, and various traders from outside were too scared to come near the city. Two days passed—three days passed—without any new developments. The anxious tension of the stunned population began to ease. A sense of calm returned, and while people talked about precautions and what they should do, the Caloocan attack was starting to be seen as just a minor disruption that would fall apart at the first sign of conflict, merely adding to the numbers of the already existing bandit groups. The Governor-General refused to declare martial law, stating that the situation wasn't serious enough to justify it. The public began to accept this view when, suddenly, news of a much more severe raid hit Manila. On Sunday, August 30, before dawn, the rebels regrouped at San Juan del Monte, four miles from the city walls. An artilleryman was killed, and there was an attempt to seize the powder magazine, resulting in several loyalists being injured. [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Filipinos with Dewey’s Squadron

(Hongkong Telegraph, April 28, 1898.)

(Hongkong Telegraph, April 28, 1898.)

The United States Asiatic Squadron left Mirs Bay yesterday afternoon for the Philippines. It was previously arranged that the fleet should have left on Tuesday, but the departure was delayed to await the arrival of Mr. O. F. Williams and several officers who had stayed behind for dispatches. As we have already intimated, Mr. Williams and the officers were stormstayed on Tuesday and had to return to Hongkong. * * * * * * Meanwhile Mr. Rounsevelle Wildman, United States Consul at Hongkong, and Mr. Williams had had interviews with several of the Philippine rebel chiefs who were deported to Hongkong, and arrangements were made that one of their number, J. Alejandrino, should accompany the squadron, and act as the intermediary between the Americans and rebels. Yesterday morning, about eight o’clock, Mr. Wildman, Mr. Williams, the United States officers, newspaper representatives, and J. Alejandrino, accompanied by two rebel friends, started in the Fame to make their way to the fleet.

The United States Asiatic Squadron left Mirs Bay yesterday afternoon for the Philippines. It was originally planned for the fleet to depart on Tuesday, but the departure was delayed to wait for Mr. O. F. Williams and several officers who stayed behind for dispatches. As we previously mentioned, Mr. Williams and the officers were stranded by a storm on Tuesday and had to return to Hong Kong. * * * * * * Meanwhile, Mr. Rounsevelle Wildman, the United States Consul at Hong Kong, and Mr. Williams had meetings with several Philippine rebel leaders who were deported to Hong Kong, and arrangements were made for one of them, J. Alejandrino, to accompany the squadron and serve as the intermediary between the Americans and the rebels. Yesterday morning, around eight o’clock, Mr. Wildman, Mr. Williams, the United States officers, newspaper representatives, and J. Alejandrino, along with two rebel friends, set out on the Fame to reach the fleet.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

A Prediction of 1872

(From the London and China Telegraph of March 22, 1872, retranslated.) Reviewing the Cavite uprising, it concludes:

(From the London and China Telegraph of March 22, 1872, retranslated.) Reviewing the Cavite uprising, it concludes:

“The magnificent resources of these Islands have been neglected too long, whatever has been done toward their development is due to Anglo-Saxons whose efforts have been impeded by every possible means through the indifferent and indolent ideas of the Spanish government. As to the future government of the Philippines, could our government, or the American, be induced to accept any responsibility no one would benefit more than they from a change in affairs so necessary to the due development of the rich and magnificent products of that soil. Therefore the best thing that the inhabitants there could do would be to establish their independence under a republican form of government, making use in this of some of the Anglo-Saxons who now reside among them.

“The amazing resources of these Islands have been neglected for too long. Any development that has taken place is thanks to Anglo-Saxons, whose efforts have been hindered by the careless and lazy attitudes of the Spanish government. Regarding the future government of the Philippines, if our government or the American one could be persuaded to take on some responsibility, no one would benefit more from a necessary change in circumstances than they would, in terms of properly developing the rich and exceptional products of that land. Therefore, the best thing for the local people to do would be to establish their independence with a republican form of government, involving some of the Anglo-Saxons currently living among them.”

“The local government would be acting with practical wisdom did it not oppose a peaceable revolution. That a separation has to take place is inevitable. The power of Spain to govern distant colonies has disappeared, never to return.

“The local government would be using common sense if it didn’t fight against a peaceful revolution. It’s inevitable that a separation will happen. Spain's ability to govern far-off colonies is gone for good.”

“We cannot, however, end this article without paying a merited tribute of respect to the gallant Governor and Captain-General. His proclamation, which we published in the last issue of the London and China Telegraph, is worthy of the most exalted patriotism. He had the duty of stifling the revolution, but now it will be found that its spirit is like the fabled seven-headed serpent.” [137]

“We cannot, however, end this article without giving the deserving respect to the brave Governor and Captain-General. His announcement, which we published in the last issue of the London and China Telegraph, reflects the highest level of patriotism. He had the responsibility of suppressing the revolution, but now it will be clear that its spirit is like the mythical seven-headed serpent.” [__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__]

Colophon

Availability

Scans for this work are available from the Internet Archive (copy 1, 2).

Scans for this work can be found on the Internet Archive (copy 1, 2).

Since none of the available scan sets include the maps at the end of this work in sufficient quality, they have been left out of this ebook edition.

Since none of the available scan sets include the maps at the end of this work in good enough quality, they have been left out of this ebook edition.

Related Library of Congress catalog page: 17031047.

Related Library of Congress catalog page: 17031047.

Related Open Library catalog page (for source): OL24150481M.

Related Open Library catalog page (for source): OL24150481M.

Related Open Library catalog page (for work): OL148709W.

Related Open Library catalog page (for work): OL148709W.

Related WorldCat catalog page: 7424095.

Related WorldCat catalog page: __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Encoding

Revision History

  • 2012-12-15 Started.

External References

Corrections

The following corrections have been applied to the text:

The following corrections have been made to the text:

Page Source Correction
1, 78, 95, 102 [Not in source] )
2 ecomomic economic
N.A. “( ” (
N.A., 27 [Deleted]
13, 72 [Not in source] (
13, N.A., 29, 70, 70, 117 [Not in source] .
14 ) [Deleted]
21 , [Deleted]
23 thet that
26, 27, 42 [Not in source]
N.A. Filipipinos Filipinos
29 Pigaffetta Pigafetta
N.A. [Not in source]
37 [Deleted]
41 excesssive excessive
42 thereasons the reasons
45 Gorvoran Gorvaran
54 cinammon cinnamon
N.A. manufacfacture manufacture
N.A. ( [Deleted]
82 [Deleted]
86 atime a time
88 Ms. MS.
94, 111 [Not in source] ,
95 2.4 foot-shadow 2.4-foot shadow
99 Filippinos Filipinos
103 nealy nearly
103 are are are
108 Schadenburg Schadenberg
108 ] .
110 n in
111 in habit inhabit
112 by in
112 adn and
113 Humangi Humanchi
114 Blumentrit Blumentritt
128 Recolect Recollect
136 Sates States
136 proclmation proclamation

Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!